Angeletics


Work in Progress

Rafael Capurro





CONTENTS

I. RESOURCES

II. EXCERPTS & INTERPRETATIONS
Part I
1. Greek, Egyptian, and  Hebrew traditions
1a. Greek, Egyptian and Hebrew traditions
Part II
2. Arabic, Assyrian  and Persian  traditions
3. Latin, Spanish and Latin American traditions
4. Australia, New Zealand and Polynesia traditions
Part III
5. Far East tradition
6. African tradition
7. German tradition
Part IV
8. English tradition
9. French tradition

III. VARIA 1 / VARIA 2

IV. DRAFTS


V. IMPACT


VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY





II. EXCERPTS & INTERPRETATIONS


PART I

1a. GREEK, EGYPTIAN, AND HEBREW TRADITIONS



CONTENTS


1. Buch Mose (Genesis)
Hesiod: Theogony
Aeschylus: Persians
Aeschylus: Seven Against Thebes
Aeschylus: Agamemnon
Aeschylus: Libation Bearers
Aeschylus: Prometheus Bound
Sofocles: Antigone
Sophocles: Ajax
Euripides: Iphigenia in Tauris
Pindar: Odes
Wikipedia: Ion
Euripides: Ion
Plato: Ion
Plato: Symposium
Plato: Gorgias
Plato: Politeia II
Plato: Politeia X
Plato: Protagoras
Plato: Politikos
Platon: Philebos
Gorgias: Defense of Palamedes
Aristotle: Politics III
Aristotle: Politics VII
Aristotle: Politics V
Aristotle: Rhetoric
Aristotle: Poetics
Demosthenes
Aeschines
Rafael Capurro: Foundations of Information Science
Rafael Capurro: Hermeneutik der Fachinformation
Xenophon: Hellenica
Xenophon: Hiparchikos
Everett L. Wheeler: Stratagem and the Vocabulary of Military Trickery
Herodotus: Historiai
Polybius: The Histories
Pheme
Pheme & Ossa
Aristotle: Feme
Giannis Stamatellos: Plotinus' Angeletics: A Neoplatonic Message Theory
Hans-Georg Gadamer: Hermeneutik
Rafael Capurro: Hermeneutik im Vorblick
Marcel Detienne: Le circle et le lien
Marcel Detienne: The Masters of Truth in Archaic Greece
Wolfgang Speyer: Himmelsbriefe
Bellerofontos ta grammata
Urijasabrief
Wikipedia: Invektive
Thucydides






Genesis Chapter 8 בְּרֵאשִׁית


א  וַיִּזְכֹּר אֱלֹהִים, אֶת-נֹחַ, וְאֵת כָּל-הַחַיָּה וְאֶת-כָּל-הַבְּהֵמָה, אֲשֶׁר אִתּוֹ בַּתֵּבָה; וַיַּעֲבֵר אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ עַל-הָאָרֶץ, וַיָּשֹׁכּוּ הַמָּיִם. 1 And God remembered Noah, and every living thing, and all the cattle that were with him in the ark; and God made a wind to pass over the earth, and the waters assuaged;
ב  וַיִּסָּכְרוּ מַעְיְנֹת תְּהוֹם, וַאֲרֻבֹּת הַשָּׁמָיִם; וַיִּכָּלֵא הַגֶּשֶׁם, מִן-הַשָּׁמָיִם. 2 the fountains also of the deep and the windows of heaven were stopped, and the rain from heaven was restrained.
ג  וַיָּשֻׁבוּ הַמַּיִם מֵעַל הָאָרֶץ, הָלוֹךְ וָשׁוֹב; וַיַּחְסְרוּ הַמַּיִם--מִקְצֵה, חֲמִשִּׁים וּמְאַת יוֹם. 3 And the waters returned from off the earth continually; and after the end of a hundred and fifty days the waters decreased.
ד  וַתָּנַח הַתֵּבָה בַּחֹדֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִי, בְּשִׁבְעָה-עָשָׂר יוֹם לַחֹדֶשׁ, עַל, הָרֵי אֲרָרָט. 4 And the ark rested in the seventh month, on the seventeenth day of the month, upon the mountains of Ararat.
ה  וְהַמַּיִם, הָיוּ הָלוֹךְ וְחָסוֹר, עַד, הַחֹדֶשׁ הָעֲשִׂירִי; בָּעֲשִׂירִי בְּאֶחָד לַחֹדֶשׁ, נִרְאוּ רָאשֵׁי הֶהָרִים. 5 And the waters decreased continually until the tenth month; in the tenth month, on the first day of the month, were the tops of the mountains seen.
ו  וַיְהִי, מִקֵּץ אַרְבָּעִים יוֹם; וַיִּפְתַּח נֹחַ, אֶת-חַלּוֹן הַתֵּבָה אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה. 6 And it came to pass at the end of forty days, that Noah opened the window of the ark which he had made.
ז  וַיְשַׁלַּח, אֶת-הָעֹרֵב; וַיֵּצֵא יָצוֹא וָשׁוֹב, עַד-יְבֹשֶׁת הַמַּיִם מֵעַל הָאָרֶץ. 7 And he sent forth a raven, and it went forth to and fro, until the waters were dried up from off the earth.
ח  וַיְשַׁלַּח אֶת-הַיּוֹנָה, מֵאִתּוֹ--לִרְאוֹת הֲקַלּוּ הַמַּיִם, מֵעַל פְּנֵי הָאֲדָמָה. 8 And he sent forth a dove from him, to see if the waters were abated from off the face of the ground.
ט  וְלֹא-מָצְאָה הַיּוֹנָה מָנוֹחַ לְכַף-רַגְלָהּ, וַתָּשָׁב אֵלָיו אֶל-הַתֵּבָה--כִּי-מַיִם, עַל-פְּנֵי כָל-הָאָרֶץ; וַיִּשְׁלַח יָדוֹ וַיִּקָּחֶהָ, וַיָּבֵא אֹתָהּ אֵלָיו אֶל-הַתֵּבָה. 9 But the dove found no rest for the sole of her foot, and she returned unto him to the ark, for the waters were on the face of the whole earth; and he put forth his hand, and took her, and brought her in unto him into the ark.
י  וַיָּחֶל עוֹד, שִׁבְעַת יָמִים אֲחֵרִים; וַיֹּסֶף שַׁלַּח אֶת-הַיּוֹנָה, מִן-הַתֵּבָה. 10 And he stayed yet other seven days; and again he sent forth the dove out of the ark.
יא  וַתָּבֹא אֵלָיו הַיּוֹנָה לְעֵת עֶרֶב, וְהִנֵּה עֲלֵה-זַיִת טָרָף בְּפִיהָ; וַיֵּדַע נֹחַ, כִּי-קַלּוּ הַמַּיִם מֵעַל הָאָרֶץ. 11 And the dove came in to him at eventide; and lo in her mouth an olive-leaf freshly plucked; so Noah knew that the waters were abated from off the earth.
יב  וַיִּיָּחֶל עוֹד, שִׁבְעַת יָמִים אֲחֵרִים; וַיְשַׁלַּח, אֶת-הַיּוֹנָה, וְלֹא-יָסְפָה שׁוּב-אֵלָיו, עוֹד. 12 And he stayed yet other seven days; and sent forth the dove; and she returned not again unto him any more.
יג  וַיְהִי בְּאַחַת וְשֵׁשׁ-מֵאוֹת שָׁנָה, בָּרִאשׁוֹן בְּאֶחָד לַחֹדֶשׁ, חָרְבוּ הַמַּיִם, מֵעַל הָאָרֶץ; וַיָּסַר נֹחַ, אֶת-מִכְסֵה הַתֵּבָה, וַיַּרְא, וְהִנֵּה חָרְבוּ פְּנֵי הָאֲדָמָה. 13 And it came to pass in the six hundred and first year, in the first month, the first day of the month, the waters were dried up from off the earth; and Noah removed the covering of the ark, and looked, and behold, the face of the ground was dried.
יד  וּבַחֹדֶשׁ, הַשֵּׁנִי, בְּשִׁבְעָה וְעֶשְׂרִים יוֹם, לַחֹדֶשׁ--יָבְשָׁה, הָאָרֶץ.  {ס} 14 And in the second month, on the seven and twentieth day of the month, was the earth dry. {S}
טו  וַיְדַבֵּר אֱלֹהִים, אֶל-נֹחַ לֵאמֹר. 15 And God spoke unto Noah, saying:
טז  צֵא, מִן-הַתֵּבָה--אַתָּה, וְאִשְׁתְּךָ וּבָנֶיךָ וּנְשֵׁי-בָנֶיךָ אִתָּךְ. 16 'Go forth from the ark, thou, and thy wife, and thy sons, and thy sons' wives with thee.
יז  כָּל-הַחַיָּה אֲשֶׁר-אִתְּךָ מִכָּל-בָּשָׂר, בָּעוֹף וּבַבְּהֵמָה וּבְכָל-הָרֶמֶשׂ הָרֹמֵשׂ עַל-הָאָרֶץ--הוצא (הַיְצֵא) אִתָּךְ; וְשָׁרְצוּ בָאָרֶץ, וּפָרוּ וְרָבוּ עַל-הָאָרֶץ. 17 Bring forth with thee every living thing that is with thee of all flesh, both fowl, and cattle, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth; that they may swarm in the earth, and be fruitful, and multiply upon the earth.'
יח  וַיֵּצֵא-נֹחַ; וּבָנָיו וְאִשְׁתּוֹ וּנְשֵׁי-בָנָיו, אִתּוֹ. 18 And Noah went forth, and his sons, and his wife, and his sons' wives with him;
יט  כָּל-הַחַיָּה, כָּל-הָרֶמֶשׂ וְכָל-הָעוֹף, כֹּל, רוֹמֵשׂ עַל-הָאָרֶץ--לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתֵיהֶם, יָצְאוּ מִן-הַתֵּבָה. 19 every beast, every creeping thing, and every fowl, whatsoever moveth upon the earth, after their families; went forth out of the ark.
כ  וַיִּבֶן נֹחַ מִזְבֵּחַ, לַיהוָה; וַיִּקַּח מִכֹּל הַבְּהֵמָה הַטְּהֹרָה, וּמִכֹּל הָעוֹף הַטָּהוֹר, וַיַּעַל עֹלֹת, בַּמִּזְבֵּחַ. 20 And Noah builded an altar unto the LORD; and took of every clean beast, and of every clean fowl, and offered burnt-offerings on the altar.
כא  וַיָּרַח יְהוָה, אֶת-רֵיחַ הַנִּיחֹחַ, וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָה אֶל-לִבּוֹ לֹא-אֹסִף לְקַלֵּל עוֹד אֶת-הָאֲדָמָה בַּעֲבוּר הָאָדָם, כִּי יֵצֶר לֵב הָאָדָם רַע מִנְּעֻרָיו; וְלֹא-אֹסִף עוֹד לְהַכּוֹת אֶת-כָּל-חַי, כַּאֲשֶׁר עָשִׂיתִי. 21 And the LORD smelled the sweet savour; and the LORD said in His heart: 'I will not again curse the ground any more for man's sake; for the imagination of man's heart is evil from his youth; neither will I again smite any more every thing living, as I have done.
כב  עֹד, כָּל-יְמֵי הָאָרֶץ:  זֶרַע וְקָצִיר וְקֹר וָחֹם וְקַיִץ וָחֹרֶף, וְיוֹם וָלַיְלָה--לֹא יִשְׁבֹּתוּ. 22 While the earth remaineth, seedtime and harvest, and cold and heat, and summer and winter, and day and night shall not cease.'


1. BUCH MMOSE 8 (GENESIS)


1 Da gedachte Gott des Noach sowie aller Tiere und allen Viehs, die bei ihm in der Arche waren. Gott ließ einen Wind über die Erde wehen und das Wasser sank. 
2 Die Quellen der Urflut und die Schleusen des Himmels wurden geschlossen; der Regen hörte auf, vom Himmel zu fallen, 
3 und das Wasser verlief sich allmählich von der Erde. So nahm das Wasser nach hundertfünfzig Tagen ab. 
4 Am siebzehnten Tag des siebten Monats setzte die Arche auf dem Gebirge Ararat auf. 
5 Das Wasser nahm immer mehr ab, bis zum zehnten Monat. Am ersten Tag des zehnten Monats wurden die Berggipfel sichtbar. 
6 Nach vierzig Tagen öffnete Noach das Fenster der Arche, das er gemacht hatte, 
7 und ließ einen Raben hinaus. Der flog aus und ein, bis das Wasser auf der Erde vertrocknet war. 
8 Dann ließ er eine Taube hinaus, um zu sehen, ob das Wasser auf dem Erdboden abgenommen habe. 
9 Die Taube fand nichts, wo sie ihre Füße ruhen lassen konnte, und kehrte zu ihm in die Arche zurück, weil über der ganzen Erde noch Wasser stand. Er streckte seine Hand aus und nahm sie wieder zu sich in die Arche. 
10 Dann wartete er noch weitere sieben Tage und ließ wieder die Taube aus der Arche. 
11 Gegen Abend kam die Taube zu ihm zurück und siehe: In ihrem Schnabel hatte sie einen frischen Ölzweig. Da wusste Noach, dass das Wasser auf der Erde abgenommen hatte. 
12 Er wartete noch weitere sieben Tage und ließ die Taube hinaus. Nun kehrte sie nicht mehr zu ihm zurück. 
13 Im sechshundertersten Jahr Noachs, am ersten Tag des ersten Monats, hatte sich das Wasser von der Erde verlaufen. Da entfernte Noach das Dach der Arche, blickte hinaus und siehe: Der Erdboden war trocken. 
14 Am siebenundzwanzigsten Tag des zweiten Monats war die Erde trocken. 
15 Da sprach Gott zu Noach: 
16 Komm heraus aus der Arche, du, deine Frau, deine Söhne und die Frauen deiner Söhne! 
17 Bring mit dir alles Lebendige heraus, von allen Wesen aus Fleisch, was da ist an Vögeln, Vieh und allen Kriechtieren, die sich auf der Erde regen! Auf der Erde soll es von ihnen wimmeln; sie sollen fruchtbar sein und sich auf der Erde vermehren. 
18 Da kam Noach heraus, er, seine Söhne, seine Frau und die Frauen seiner Söhne. 
19 Alle Tiere, alle Kriechtiere und alle Vögel, alles, was sich auf der Erde regt, kamen nach ihren Familien aus der Arche heraus. 
20 Dann baute Noach dem HERRN einen Altar, nahm von allen reinen Tieren und von allen reinen Vögeln und brachte auf dem Altar Brandopfer dar. 
21 Der HERR roch den beruhigenden Duft und der HERR sprach in seinem Herzen: Ich werde den Erdboden wegen des Menschen nie mehr verfluchen; denn das Trachten des menschlichen Herzens ist böse von Jugend an. Ich werde niemals wieder alles Lebendige schlagen, wie ich es getan habe.1 
22 Niemals, so lange die Erde besteht, werden Aussaat und Ernte, Kälte und Hitze, Sommer und Winter, Tag und Nacht aufhören.

Einheitsübersetzung der Heiligen Schrift, vollständig durchgesehene und überarbeitete Ausgabe
© 2016 Katholische Bibelanstalt, Stuttgart
Alle Rechte vorbehalten.





HESIOD: THEOGONY

 

αἵ νύ ποθ᾽ Ἡσίοδον καλὴν ἐδίδαξαν ἀοιδήν, 
ἄρνας ποιμαίνονθ᾽ Ἑλικῶνος ὕπο ζαθέοιο. 

τόνδε δέ με πρώτιστα θεαὶ πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπον, 
[25] Μοῦσαι Ὀλυμπιάδες, κοῦραι Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο:

ποιμένες ἄγραυλοι, κάκ᾽ ἐλέγχεα, γαστέρες οἶον, 
ἴδμεν ψεύδεα πολλὰ λέγειν ἐτύμοισιν ὁμοῖα, 
ἴδμεν δ᾽, εὖτ᾽ ἐθέλωμεν, ἀληθέα γηρύσασθαι.

 

And one day they taught Hesiod glorious song
while he was shepherding his lambs under holy Helicon,
and this word first the goddesses said to me—
[25] the Muses of Olympus, daughters of Zeus who holds the aegis:
“Shepherds of the wilderness, wretched things of shame, mere bellies,
we know how to speak many false things as though they were true;
but we know, when we will, to utter true things.

 

Hesiod. The Homeric Hymns and Homerica with an English Translation by Hugh G. Evelyn-White. Theogony. Cambridge, MA., Harvard University Press; London, William Heinemann Ltd. 1914.






Χορός

Τάδε μὲν Περσῶν τῶν οἰχομένων 
Ἑλλάδ᾽ ἐς αἶαν πιστὰ καλεῖται, 
καὶ τῶν ἀφνεῶν καὶ πολυχρύσων 
ἑδράνων φύλακες, κατὰ πρεσβείαν 
5οὓς αὐτὸς ἄναξ Ξέρξης βασιλεὺς 
Δαρειογενὴς 
εἵλετο χώρας ἐφορεύειν. 
ἀμφὶ δὲ νόστῳ τῷ βασιλείῳ 
καὶ πολυχρύσου στρατιᾶς ἤδη 
10κακόμαντις ἄγαν ὀρσολοπεῖται 
θυμὸς ἔσωθεν. 
πᾶσα γὰρ ἰσχὺς Ἀσιατογενὴς 
ᾤχωκε, νέον δ᾽ ἄνδρα βαΰζει, 
κοὔτε τις ἄγγελος οὔτε τις ἱππεὺς 
15ἄστυ τὸ Περσῶν ἀφικνεῖται: 

ἄστυ τὸ Περσῶν ἀφικνεῖται: 
οἵτε τὸ Σούσων ἠδ᾽ Ἀγβατάνων 
καὶ τὸ παλαιὸν Κίσσιον ἕρκος 
προλιπόντες ἔβαν, τοὶ μὲν ἐφ᾽ ἵππων. 

 

Enter a band of Elders, guardians of the Persian Empire
Chorus
[1] Here we are, the faithful Council of the Persians,
who have gone to the land of Hellas,
we who serve as warders of the royal abode,
rich in bountiful store of gold,
[5] we whom Xerxes, our King, Darius' royal son,
himself selected, by virtue of our rank and years,
to be the guardians of his realm.

Yet as regards the return of our King and of his host,
so richly decked out in gold,
[10] the soul within my breast is distressed and presages disaster.
For the whole populace of the Asian nation
has come and murmurs against its youthful King,
nor does any courier or horseman
[15] arrive at the city of the Persians,
who left behind them the walled defence of Susa and Agbatana
and Cissa's ancient ramparts, and went forth,
some on horseback, some in galleys,
others on foot [20] presenting a dense array of war.


Ἄγγελος

ὦ γῆς ἁπάσης Ἀσιάδος πολίσματα, 
250ὦ Περσὶς αἶα καὶ πολὺς πλούτου λιμήν, 
ὡς ἐν μιᾷ πληγῇ κατέφθαρται πολὺς 
ὄλβος, τὸ Περσῶν δ᾽ ἄνθος οἴχεται πεσόν. 
ὤμοι, κακὸν μὲν πρῶτον ἀγγέλλειν κακά: 
ὅμως δ᾽ ἀνάγκη πᾶν ἀναπτύξαι πάθος, 
255Πέρσαι: στρατὸς γὰρ πᾶς ὄλωλε βαρβάρων.

Messenger

O cities of all the land of Asia,
[250] O realm of Persia, and bounteous haven of wealth, at a single stroke all your
plenteous prosperity has been shattered, and the flower
of the Persians has fallen and perished!
Ah, it is a terrible task to be the first to deliver news of disaster.
And yet, Persians, I must relate the entirety of the calamity
[255] —the whole barbarian host is lost.

Χορός

βασίλεια γύναι, πρέσβος Πέρσαις, 
σύ τε πέμπε χοὰς θαλάμους ὑπὸ γῆς, 
625ἡμεῖς θ᾽ ὕμνοις αἰτησόμεθα 
φθιμένων πομποὺς 
εὔφρονας εἶναι κατὰ γαίας. 
ἀλλά, χθόνιοι δαίμονες ἁγνοί, 
Γῆ τε καὶ Ἑρμῆ, βασιλεῦ τ᾽ ἐνέρων, 
630πέμψατ᾽ ἔνερθεν ψυχὴν ἐς φῶς: 
εἰ γάρ τι κακῶν ἄκος οἶδε πλέον, 
μόνος ἂν θνητῶν πέρας εἴποι.


Chorus

Royal lady, august queen of the Persians,
pour these libations down to the chambers of the earth,
[625] while we, in solemn chant, beseech the guides
of the dead beneath the earth to be gracious to our prayers.

O holy divinities of the nether world,
Earth and Hermes, and you, Lord of the dead,
[630] send up to the light the spirit from below;
for if, beyond our prayers, he knows any
further remedy for our distress, he alone of mortals
can declare how to bring it to accomplishment.

 

AISCHYLUS: SEVEN AGAINST THEBES


καὶ νῦν μὲν ἐς τόδ᾽ ἦμαρ εὖ ῥέπει θεός: 
χρόνον γὰρ ἤδη τόνδε πυργηρουμένοις 
καλῶς τὰ πλείω πόλεμος ἐκ θεῶν κυρεῖ. 
νῦν δ᾽ ὡς ὁ μάντις φησίν, οἰωνῶν βοτήρ
25ἐν ὠσὶ νωμῶν καὶ φρεσίν, πυρὸς δίχα, 
χρηστηρίους ὄρνιθας ἀψευδεῖ τέχνῃ
οὗτος τοιῶνδε δεσπότης μαντευμάτων 
λέγει μεγίστην προσβολὴν Ἀχαιίδα 
νυκτηγορεῖσθαι κἀπιβουλεύσειν πόλει.

A large gathering of citizens of Thebes. Enter Eteocles with attendants.

And so, until today, God has been favorably inclined,
for though we have long been under siege,
the war has gone well for the most part through the gods' will.
But now, as the seer, the herdsman of birds, informs us,
[25] using his ears and his mind to understand
with unerring skill the prophetic birds unaided
by sacrificial fire—he, master of such prophecy,
declares that the greatest Argive attack
is being planned in night assembly

and that they will make plans to capture our city.

Ἄγγελος

Ἐτεόκλεες, φέριστε Καδμείων ἄναξ, 
40ἥκω σαφῆ τἀκεῖθεν ἐκ στρατοῦ φέρων, 
αὐτὸς κατόπτης δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἐγὼ τῶν πραγμάτων: 

Enter a Scout

Eteocles, mighty prince of the Cadmeans,
[40] I have returned with a sure report of the army outside the walls;
I myself am an eyewitness of their actions

 

Χορός

θρέομαι φοβερὰ μεγάλ᾽ ἄχη: 
μεθεῖται στρατός: στρατόπεδον λιπὼν 
80ῥεῖ πολὺς ὅδε λεὼς πρόδρομος ἱππότας: 
αἰθερία κόνις με πείθει φανεῖσ᾽, 
ἄναυδος σαφὴς ἔτυμος ἄγγελος. 
τὶ χρίμπτει βοάν: ποτᾶται, βρέμει δ᾽ 
85ἀμαχέτου δίκαν ὕδατος ὀροτύπου.

Chorus

In terror I wail loud cries of sorrow.
Their army is let loose!
Leaving camp,
[80] —look!—the mounted throng floods swiftly ahead.
The dust whirling in the air tells me this is so
its message is speechless, yet clear and true.
And now the plains of my native land under
the blows of hooves send a roar to my ears; the sound flies
[85] and rumbles like a resistless torrent crashing down a mountainside.


Ἐτεοκλής

τοιαῦτ᾽ ἐπεύχου μὴ φιλοστόνως θεοῖς, 
μηδ᾽ ἐν ματαίοις κἀγρίοις ποιφύγμασιν: 
οὐ γάρ τι μᾶλλον μὴ φύγῃς τὸ μόρσιμον. 
ἐγὼ δέ γ᾽ ἄνδρας ἓξ ἐμοὶ σὺν ἑβδόμῳ 
ἀντηρέτας ἐχθροῖσι τὸν μέγαν τρόπον 
285εἰς ἑπτατειχεῖς ἐξόδους τάξω μολών, 
πρὶν ἀγγέλους σπερχνούς τε καὶ ταχυρρόθους 
λόγους ἱκέσθαι καὶ φλέγειν χρείας ὕπο.


Eteocles

[280] Make this kind of prayer to the gods,
without your previous lamentation,
nor with wild and useless panting;
for you will not escape your destiny any the more.
As for me, I will go station six men,
with me as the seventh, as champions
to oppose the enemy in proud fashion
[285] at the seven exits in the wall,
even before speedy messengers or swift-rushing reports
arrive and inflame us with urgent need.


Ἡμιχόριον Α

ὅ τοι κατόπτης, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, στρατοῦ 
370πευθώ τιν᾽ ἡμῖν, ὦ φίλαι, νέαν φέρει, 
σπουδῇ διώκων πομπίμους χνόας ποδῶν.

Ἡμιχόριον Β

καὶ μὴν ἄναξ ὅδ᾽ αὐτὸς Οἰδίπου τόκος 
εἰς ἀρτίκολλον ἀγγέλου λόγον μαθεῖν: 
σπουδὴ δὲ καὶ τοῦδ᾽ οὐκ ἀπαρτίζει πόδα.

Ἄγγελος

375λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν εἰδὼς εὖ τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων, 
ὥς τ᾽ ἐν πύλαις ἕκαστος εἴληχεν πάλον. 

 

The Scout is seen approaching from one side; Eteocles from the other.

Leader of the First Half-Chorus
The scout, I believe, [370] is bringing some fresh news of the army to us, my friends, since
the joints of his legs are hastily speeding as they carry him on his mission.

Leader of the Second Half-Chorus
And, indeed, here is our lord himself, the son of Oedipus, at the right moment
to hear the messenger's report.
Haste makes his stride uneven, too.

Scout
[375] It is with certain knowledge that I will give my account of the enemy's actions,
how each man according to lot has been posted at the gates. 

Κῆρυξ

[1011] δοκοῦντα καὶ δόξαντ᾽ ἀπαγγέλλειν με χρὴ 
δήμου προβούλοις τῆσδε Καδμείας πόλεως: 

Enter a Herald.

Herald
It is my duty to announce the will and decrees of the council
on behalf of the people of this our Cadmean city.

 

AESCHYLUS: AGAMEMNON


Φύλαξ

θεοὺς μὲν αἰτῶ τῶνδ᾽ ἀπαλλαγὴν πόνων 
φρουρᾶς ἐτείας μῆκος, ἣν κοιμώμενος 
στέγαις Ἀτρειδῶν ἄγκαθεν, κυνὸς δίκην, 
ἄστρων κάτοιδα νυκτέρων ὁμήγυριν, 
5καὶ τοὺς φέροντας χεῖμα καὶ θέρος βροτοῖς 
λαμπροὺς δυνάστας, ἐμπρέποντας αἰθέρι 
ἀστέρας, ὅταν φθίνωσιν, ἀντολάς τε τῶν. 

καὶ νῦν φυλάσσω λαμπάδος τό σύμβολον
αὐγὴν πυρὸς φέρουσαν ἐκ Τροίας φάτιν 
10ἁλώσιμόν τε βάξιν: ὧδε γὰρ κρατεῖ 
γυναικὸς ἀνδρόβουλον ἐλπίζον κέαρ. 
εὖτ᾽ ἂν δὲ νυκτίπλαγκτον ἔνδροσόν τ᾽ ἔχω 
εὐνὴν ὀνείροις οὐκ ἐπισκοπουμένην 
ἐμήν: φόβος γὰρ ἀνθ᾽ ὕπνου παραστατεῖ, 
15τὸ μὴ βεβαίως βλέφαρα συμβαλεῖν ὕπνῳ: 
ὅταν δ᾽ ἀείδειν ἢ μινύρεσθαι δοκῶ, 
ὕπνου τόδ᾽ ἀντίμολπον ἐντέμνων ἄκος, 
κλαίω τότ᾽ οἴκου τοῦδε συμφορὰν στένων 
οὐχ ὡς τὰ πρόσθ᾽ ἄριστα διαπονουμένου. 
20νῦν δ᾽ εὐτυχὴς γένοιτ᾽ ἀπαλλαγὴ πόνων 
εὐαγγέλου φανέντος ὀρφναίου πυρός.

ὦ χαῖρε λαμπτὴρ νυκτός, ἡμερήσιον 
φάος πιφαύσκων καὶ χορῶν κατάστασιν 
πολλῶν ἐν Ἄργει, τῆσδε συμφορᾶς χάριν. 
25ἰοὺ ἰού. 

Ἀγαμέμνονος γυναικὶ σημαίνω τορῶς 
εὐνῆς ἐπαντείλασαν ὡς τάχος δόμοις 
ὀλολυγμὸν εὐφημοῦντα τῇδε λαμπάδι 
ἐπορθιάζειν, εἴπερ Ἰλίου πόλις 
30ἑάλωκεν, ὡς ὁ φρυκτὸς ἀγγέλλων πρέπει
αὐτός τ᾽ ἔγωγε φροίμιον χορεύσομαι. 
τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι 
τρὶς ἓξ βαλούσης τῆσδέ μοι φρυκτωρίας. 

γένοιτο δ᾽ οὖν μολόντος εὐφιλῆ χέρα 
35ἄνακτος οἴκων τῇδε βαστάσαι χερί. 
τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα σιγῶ: βοῦς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ μέγας 
βέβηκεν: οἶκος δ᾽ αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, 
σαφέστατ᾽ ἂν λέξειεν: ὡς ἑκὼν ἐγὼ 
μαθοῦσιν αὐδῶ κοὐ μαθοῦσι λήθομαι.

 
[1] Release from this weary task of mine
has been my plea to the gods throughout this long year's watch,
in which, lying upon the palace roof of the Atreidae,
upon my bent arm, like a dog, I have learned to know well
the gathering of the night's stars, those radiant
potentates conspicuous in the firmament,
[5] bringers of winter and summer to mankind
[the constellations, when they rise and set].

So now I am still watching for the signal-flame,
the gleaming fire that is to bring news from Troy and
[10] tidings of its capture.
For thus commands my queen,
woman in passionate heart and man in strength of purpose.
And whenever I make here my bed, restless and dank
with dew and unvisited by dreams—for instead of sleep fear stands ever by my side,
[15] so that I cannot close my eyelids fast in sleep
—and whenever I care to sing or hum
and thus apply an antidote of song to ward off drowsiness,
then my tears start forth, as I bewail the fortunes of this house of ours,
not ordered for the best as in days gone by.
[20] But tonight may there come a happy release from my weary task!
May the fire with its glad tidings flash through the gloom!

The signal fire suddenly flashes out 

Oh welcome, you blaze in the night, a light as if of day,
you harbinger of many a choral dance in 
Argos in thanksgiving for this glad event!
[25] Hallo! Hallo! To Agamemnon's queen
I thus cry aloud the signal to rise from her bed,
and as quickly as she can to lift up in her palace halls
a shout of joy in welcome of this fire, if the city of 
Ilium 
[30] truly is taken, as this beacon unmistakably announces.
And I will make an overture with a dance upon my own account;
for my lord's lucky roll I shall count to my own score,
now that this beacon has thrown me triple six.

Ah well, may the master of the house come home and may
[35] I clasp his welcome hand in mine! For the rest I stay silent;
a great ox stands upon my tongue1—yet the house itself,
could it but speak, might tell a plain enough tale;
since, for my part, by my own choice I have words
for those who know, and to those who do not know, I've lost my memory.

He descends by an inner stairway;
attendants kindle fires at the altars placed in front of the palace.


1 A proverbial expression of uncertain origin for enforced silence; cf. fr. 176, “A key stands guard upon my tongue.”

 

Χορός

ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἀτίται σαρκὶ παλαιᾷ 
τῆς τότ᾽ ἀρωγῆς ὑπολειφθέντες 
μίμνομεν ἰσχὺν 
75ἰσόπαιδα νέμοντες ἐπὶ σκήπτροις. 
ὅ τε γὰρ νεαρὸς μυελὸς στέρνων 
ἐντὸς ἀνᾴσσων 
ἰσόπρεσβυς, Ἄρης δ᾽ οὐκ ἔνι χώρᾳ, 
τό θ᾽ ὑπέργηρων φυλλάδος ἤδη 
80κατακαρφομένης τρίποδας μὲν ὁδοὺς 
στείχει, παιδὸς δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀρείων 

ὄναρ ἡμερόφαντον ἀλαίνει.

σὺ δέ, Τυνδάρεω 
θύγατερ, βασίλεια Κλυταιμήστρα, 
85τί χρέος; τί νέον; τί δ᾽ ἐπαισθομένη, 
τίνος ἀγγελίας
πειθοῖ περίπεμπτα θυοσκεῖς;

πάντων δὲ θεῶν τῶν ἀστυνόμων, 
ὑπάτων, χθονίων, 
90τῶν τ᾽ οὐρανίων τῶν τ᾽ ἀγοραίων, 
βωμοὶ δώροισι φλέγονται: 

ἄλλη δ᾽ ἄλλοθεν οὐρανομήκης 
λαμπὰς ἀνίσχει, 
φαρμασσομένη χρίματος ἁγνοῦ 
95μαλακαῖς ἀδόλοισι παρηγορίαις, 
πελάνῳ μυχόθεν βασιλείῳ. 

τούτων λέξασ᾽ ὅ τι καὶ δυνατὸν 
καὶ θέμις αἰνεῖν, 
παιών τε γενοῦ τῆσδε μερίμνης, 
100ἣ νῦν τοτὲ μὲν κακόφρων τελέθει, 
τοτὲ δ᾽ ἐκ θυσιῶν ἀγανὴ φαίνουσ᾽ 
ἐλπὶς ἀμύνει φροντίδ᾽ ἄπληστον 

τῆς θυμοβόρου φρένα λύπης.


Chorus

But we, incapable of service by reason of our aged frame,
discarded from that martial mustering of long ago, wait here at home,
 [75] supporting on our canes a strength like a child's.
For just as the vigor of youth, leaping up within the breast, is like that of old age,
since the war-god is not in his place; so extreme age, its leaves
[80] already withering, goes its way on triple feet, and, no better than a child, wanders,

a dream that is dreamed by day

But, O daughter of Tyndareos, Queen Clytaemestra,
[85] what has happened?
What news do you have?
On what intelligence and convinced by what report
do you send about your messengers to command sacrifice?

For all the gods our city worships, the gods supreme, the gods below,
[90] the gods of the heavens and of the marketplace, have their altars ablaze with offerings.
Now here, now there, the flames rise high as heaven, yielding
[95] to the soft and guileless persuasion of holy ointment, the sacrificial oil itself
brought from the inner chambers of the palace. Of all this declare whatever you can and dare reveal,
and be a healer of my uneasy heart.
[100] This now at one moment bodes ill, while then again hope,
shining with kindly light from the sacrifices,
wards off the biting care of the sorrow that gnaws my heart.


Χορός

ἥκω σεβίζων σόν, Κλυταιμήστρα, κράτος: 
δίκη γάρ ἐστι φωτὸς ἀρχηγοῦ τίειν 
260γυναῖκ᾽ ἐρημωθέντος ἄρσενος θρόνου. 
σὺ δ᾽ εἴ τι κεδνὸν εἴτε μὴ πεπυσμένη 
εὐαγγέλοισιν ἐλπίσιν θυηπολεῖς, 
κλύοιμ᾽ ἂν εὔφρων: οὐδὲ σιγώσῃ φθόνος.

Κλυταιμήστρα

εὐάγγελος μέν, ὥσπερ ἡ παροιμία, 
265ἕως γένοιτο μητρὸς εὐφρόνης πάρα. 
πεύσῃ δὲ χάρμα μεῖζον ἐλπίδος κλύειν: 
Πριάμου γὰρ ᾑρήκασιν Ἀργεῖοι πόλιν. 

Χορός

πῶς φής; πέφευγε τοὔπος ἐξ ἀπιστίας.

Κλυταιμήστρα

Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν: ἦ τορῶς λέγω;

Χορός

270χαρά μ᾽ ὑφέρπει δάκρυον ἐκκαλουμένη.

Κλυταιμήστρα

εὖ γὰρ φρονοῦντος ὄμμα σοῦ κατηγορεῖ.

Χορός

τί γὰρ τὸ πιστόν; ἔστι τῶνδέ σοι τέκμαρ;

Κλυταιμήστρα

ἔστιν: τί δ᾽ οὐχί; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ.

Χορός

πότερα δ᾽ ὀνείρων φάσματ᾽ εὐπιθῆ σέβεις;

Κλυταιμήστρα

275οὐ δόξαν ἂν λάβοιμι βριζούσης φρενός.

Χορός

ἀλλ᾽ ἦ σ᾽ ἐπίανέν τις ἄπτερος φάτις;

Κλυταιμήστρα

παιδὸς νέας ὣς κάρτ᾽ ἐμωμήσω φρένας.

Χορός

ποίου χρόνου δὲ καὶ πεπόρθηται πόλις;

Κλυταιμήστρα

τῆς νῦν τεκούσης φῶς τόδ᾽ εὐφρόνης λέγω.

Χορός

280καὶ τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχος;

Κλυταιμήστρα

Ἥφαιστος Ἴδης λαμπρὸν ἐκπέμπων σέλας. 
φρυκτὸς δὲ φρυκτὸν δεῦρ᾽ ἀπ᾽ ἀγγάρου πυρὸς 
ἔπεμπεν: Ἴδη μὲν πρὸς Ἑρμαῖον λέπας 
Λήμνου: μέγαν δὲ πανὸν ἐκ νήσου τρίτον 
285Ἀθῷον αἶπος Ζηνὸς ἐξεδέξατο, 
ὑπερτελής τε, πόντον ὥστε νωτίσαι, 
ἰσχὺς πορευτοῦ λαμπάδος πρὸς ἡδονὴν 


†πεύκη τὸ χρυσοφεγγές, ὥς τις ἥλιος, 
σέλας παραγγείλασα Μακίστου σκοπαῖς: 
290ὁ δ᾽ οὔτι μέλλων οὐδ᾽ ἀφρασμόνως ὕπνῳ 
νικώμενος παρῆκεν ἀγγέλου μέρος: 
ἑκὰς δὲ φρυκτοῦ φῶς ἐπ᾽ Εὐρίπου ῥοὰς 
Μεσσαπίου φύλαξι σημαίνει μολόν. 
οἱ δ᾽ ἀντέλαμψαν καὶ παρήγγειλαν πρόσω 
295γραίας ἐρείκης θωμὸν ἅψαντες πυρί. 
σθένουσα λαμπὰς δ᾽ οὐδέπω μαυρουμένη, 
ὑπερθοροῦσα πεδίον Ἀσωποῦ, δίκην 
φαιδρᾶς σελήνης, πρὸς Κιθαιρῶνος λέπας 
ἤγειρεν ἄλλην ἐκδοχὴν πομποῦ πυρός. 
300φάος δὲ τηλέπομπον οὐκ ἠναίνετο 
φρουρὰ πλέον καίουσα τῶν εἰρημένων: 
λίμνην δ᾽ ὑπὲρ Γοργῶπιν ἔσκηψεν φάος: 
ὄρος τ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Αἰγίπλαγκτον ἐξικνούμενον 
ὤτρυνε θεσμὸν μὴ χρονίζεσθαι πυρός. 
305πέμπουσι δ᾽ ἀνδαίοντες ἀφθόνῳ μένει 
φλογὸς μέγαν πώγωνα, καὶ Σαρωνικοῦ 
πορθμοῦ κάτοπτον πρῶν᾽ ὑπερβάλλειν πρόσω 
φλέγουσαν: ἔστ᾽ ἔσκηψεν εὖτ᾽ ἀφίκετο 
Ἀραχναῖον αἶπος, ἀστυγείτονας σκοπάς: 
310κἄπειτ᾽ Ἀτρειδῶν ἐς τόδε σκήπτει στέγος 
φάος τόδ᾽ οὐκ ἄπαππον Ἰδαίου πυρός. 
τοιοίδε τοί μοι λαμπαδηφόρων νόμοι, 
ἄλλος παρ᾽ ἄλλου διαδοχαῖς πληρούμενοι: 
νικᾷ δ᾽ ὁ πρῶτος καὶ τελευταῖος δραμών. 
315τέκμαρ τοιοῦτον σύμβολόν τέ σοι λέγω 
ἀνδρὸς παραγγείλαντος ἐκ Τροίας ἐμοί.

Χορός

θεοῖς μὲν αὖθις, ὦ γύναι, προσεύξομαι. 
λόγους δ᾽ ἀκοῦσαι τούσδε κἀποθαυμάσαι 
διηνεκῶς θέλοιμ᾽ ἂν ὡς λέγοις πάλιν. 


Chorus

I have come, Clytaemestra, in obedience to your royal authority;
for it is fitting to do homage to the consort of a sovereign prince
[260] when her husband's throne is empty.
Now whether the news you have heard is good or ill,
and you do make sacrifice with hopes that herald gladness,
I wish to hear; yet, if you would keep silence, I make no complaint.

Clytaemestra

As herald of gladness, with the proverb,
[265] may Dawn be born from her mother Night!
You shall hear joyful news surpassing all your hopes
—the Argives have taken Priam's town!

Chorus
What have you said?
The meaning of your words has escaped me, so incredible they seemed.

Clytaemestra
I said that Troy is in the hands of the Achaeans. Is my meaning clear?

Chorus
[270] Joy steals over me, and it challenges my tears.

Clytaemestra
Sure enough, for your eye betrays your loyal heart.

Chorus
What then is the proof? Have you evidence of this?

Clytaemestra
I have, indeed; unless some god has played me false.

Chorus
Do you believe the persuasive visions of dreams?

Clytaemestra
[275] I would not heed the fancies of a slumbering brain.

Chorus
But can it be some pleasing rumor that has fed your hopes?

Clytaemestra
Truly you scorn my understanding as if it were a child's.

Chorus
But at what time was the city destroyed?

Clytaemestra
In the night, I say, that has but now given birth to this day here.

Chorus
[280] And what messenger could reach here with such speed? 

Clytaemestra

Hephaestus, from Ida speeding forth his brilliant blaze. Beacon passed beacon on to us by courier-flame:
Ida, to the Hermaean crag in Lemnos; to the mighty blaze upon the island succeeded, third,
[285] the summit of Athos sacred to Zeus; and, soaring high aloft so as to leap across the sea,
the flame, travelling joyously onward in its strength
* the pinewood torch, its golden-beamed light, as another sun, passing the message on to the watchtowers of Macistus.
[290] He, delaying not nor carelessly overcome by sleep, did not neglect his part as messenger.
Far over Euripus' stream came the beacon-light and signalled to the watchmen on Messapion. They, kindling a heap of
[295] withered heather, lit up their answering blaze and sped the message on.
The flame, now gathering strength and in no way dimmed, like a radiant moon overleaped the plain of Asopus
to Cithaeron's ridges, and roused another relay of missive fire.
[300] Nor did the warders there disdain the far-flung light, but made a blaze higher than their commands.
Across Gorgopus' water shot the light, reached the mount of Aegiplanctus, and urged the ordinance of fire to make no delay.
[305] Kindling high with unstinted force a mighty beard of flame, they sped it forward so that,
as it blazed, it passed even the headland that looks upon the Saronic gulf; until it swooped down
when it reached the lookout, near to our city, upon the peak of Arachnaeus; and
[310] next upon this roof of the Atreidae it leapt, this very fire not undescended from the Idaean flame.

Such are the torch-bearers I have arranged, completing the course in succession
one to the other; and the victor is he who ran both first and last.1 
[315] This is the kind of proof and token I give you, the message of my husband from Troy to me.

Chorus
Lady, my prayers of thanksgiving to the gods I will offer soon.
But as I would like to hear
and satisfy my wonder at your tale straight through to the end, so may you tell it yet again.
 

1 The light kindled on Mt. Ida is conceived as starting first and finishing last; the light from
Mt. Arachnaeus, as starting last and finishing first.

 

Χορός

475πυρὸς δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ εὐαγγέλου 
πόλιν διήκει θοὰ 
βάξις: εἰ δ᾽ ἐτήτυμος, 
τίς οἶδεν, ἤ τι θεῖόν ἐστί πῃ ψύθος.— 
τίς ὧδε παιδνὸς ἢ φρενῶν κεκομμένος, 
480φλογὸς παραγγέλμασιν 
νέοις πυρωθέντα καρδίαν ἔπειτ᾽ 
ἀλλαγᾷ λόγου καμεῖν;— 
ἐν γυναικὸς αἰχμᾷ πρέπει 
πρὸ τοῦ φανέντος χάριν ξυναινέσαι.— 
485πιθανὸς ἄγαν ὁ θῆλυς ὅρος ἐπινέμεται 
ταχύπορος: ἀλλὰ ταχύμορον 
γυναικογήρυτον ὄλλυται κλέος.—

 
One Elder

[475] Heralded by a beacon of good tidings
a swift report has spread throughout the town.
Yet whether it is true, or some deception of the gods, who knows?

A Second Elder

Who is so childish or so bereft of sense,
[480] once he has let his heart be fired by sudden news
of a beacon fire, to despair if the story changes?

A Third Elder
It is just like a woman's eager nature to yield assent
to pleasing news before yet the truth is clear.

A Fourth Elder
[485] Too credulous, a woman's mind
has boundaries open to quick encroachment;
but quick to perish is rumor spread by a woman.


Κλυταιμήστρα

ἀνωλόλυξα μὲν πάλαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, 
ὅτ᾽ ἦλθ᾽ ὁ πρῶτος νύχιος ἄγγελος πυρός, 
φράζων ἅλωσιν Ἰλίου τ᾽ ἀνάστασιν. 
590καί τίς μ᾽ ἐνίπτων εἶπε, ‘φρυκτωρῶν δία 
πεισθεῖσα Τροίαν νῦν πεπορθῆσθαι δοκεῖς; 
ἦ κάρτα πρὸς γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ.’ 
λόγοις τοιούτοις πλαγκτὸς οὖσ᾽ ἐφαινόμην. 
ὅμως δ᾽ ἔθυον, καὶ γυναικείῳ νόμῳ 
595ὀλολυγμὸν ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν κατὰ πτόλιν 
ἔλασκον εὐφημοῦντες ἐν θεῶν ἕδραις 
θυηφάγον κοιμῶντες εὐώδη φλόγα. 
 

Clytaemestra

I raised a shout of triumph in my joy long before this,
when the first flaming messenger arrived by night,
telling that 
Ilium was captured and overthrown.
[590] Then there were some who chided me and said:
“Are you so convinced by beacon-fires as to think
that 
Troy has now been sacked? Truly, it is just
like a woman to be elated in heart.” By such taunts I was made
to seem as if my wits were wandering. Nevertheless I still held on
with my sacrifice, and throughout all the quarters of the city,
according to their womanly custom,
[595] they raised a shout of happy praise while
 in the shrines of the gods they lulled to rest the fragrant spice-fed flame.


Χορός

πῶς γὰρ λέγεις χειμῶνα ναυτικῷ στρατῷ 
635ἐλθεῖν τελευτῆσαί τε δαιμόνων κότῳ;

 

Κῆρυξ

εὔφημον ἦμαρ οὐ πρέπει κακαγγέλῳ 
γλώσσῃ μιαίνειν: χωρὶς ἡ τιμὴ θεῶν. 
ὅταν δ᾽ ἀπευκτὰ πήματ᾽ ἄγγελος πόλει 
στυγνῷ προσώπῳ πτωσίμου στρατοῦ φέρῃ, 
640πόλει μὲν ἕλκος ἓν τὸ δήμιον τυχεῖν, 
πολλοὺς δὲ πολλῶν ἐξαγισθέντας δόμων 
ἄνδρας διπλῇ μάστιγι, τὴν Ἄρης φιλεῖ, 
δίλογχον ἄτην, φοινίαν ξυνωρίδα: 
τοιῶνδε μέντοι πημάτων σεσαγμένον 
645πρέπει λέγειν παιᾶνα τόνδ᾽ Ἐρινύων. 
σωτηρίων δὲ πραγμάτων εὐάγγελον 
ἥκοντα πρὸς χαίρουσαν εὐεστοῖ πόλιν, 
πῶς κεδνὰ τοῖς κακοῖσι συμμείξω, λέγων 
χειμῶν᾽ Ἀχαιοῖς οὐκ ἀμήνιτον θεῶν; 
650ξυνώμοσαν γάρ, ὄντες ἔχθιστοι τὸ πρίν, 
πῦρ καὶ θάλασσα, καὶ τὰ πίστ᾽ ἐδειξάτην 
φθείροντε τὸν δύστηνον Ἀργείων στρατόν. 
ἐν νυκτὶ δυσκύμαντα δ᾽ ὠρώρει κακά. 
ναῦς γὰρ πρὸς ἀλλήλαισι Θρῄκιαι πνοαὶ 
655ἤρεικον: αἱ δὲ κεροτυπούμεναι βίᾳ 
χειμῶνι τυφῶ σὺν ζάλῃ τ᾽ ὀμβροκτύπῳ 
ᾤχοντ᾽ ἄφαντοι ποιμένος κακοῦ στρόβῳ. 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀνῆλθε λαμπρὸν ἡλίου φάος, 
ὁρῶμεν ἀνθοῦν πέλαγος Αἰγαῖον νεκροῖς 
660ἀνδρῶν Ἀχαιῶν ναυτικοῖς τ᾽ ἐρειπίοις. 
ἡμᾶς γε μὲν δὴ ναῦν τ᾽ ἀκήρατον σκάφος 
ἤτοι τις ἐξέκλεψεν ἢ 'ξῃτήσατο 
θεός τις, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, οἴακος θιγών. 
τύχη δὲ σωτὴρ ναῦν θέλουσ᾽ ἐφέζετο, 
665ὡς μήτ᾽ ἐν ὅρμῳ κύματος ζάλην ἔχειν 
μήτ᾽ ἐξοκεῖλαι πρὸς κραταίλεων χθόνα. 
ἔπειτα δ᾽ Ἅιδην πόντιον πεφευγότες, 
λευκὸν κατ᾽ ἦμαρ, οὐ πεποιθότες τύχῃ, 
ἐβουκολοῦμεν φροντίσιν νέον πάθος, 
670στρατοῦ καμόντος καὶ κακῶς σποδουμένου. 
καὶ νῦν ἐκείνων εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐμπνέων, 
λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας, τί μή; 
ἡμεῖς τ᾽ ἐκείνους ταὔτ᾽ ἔχειν δοξάζομεν. 
γένοιτο δ᾽ ὡς ἄριστα. Μενέλεων γὰρ οὖν 
675πρῶτόν τε καὶ μάλιστα προσδόκα μολεῖν. 
εἰ γοῦν τις ἀκτὶς ἡλίου νιν ἱστορεῖ 
καὶ ζῶντα καὶ βλέποντα, μηχαναῖς Διός, 
οὔπω θέλοντος ἐξαναλῶσαι γένος, 
ἐλπίς τις αὐτὸν πρὸς δόμους ἥξειν πάλιν. 
680τοσαῦτ᾽ ἀκούσας ἴσθι τἀληθῆ κλύων.

Chorus
How then do you say [635] rose the storm
by the wrath of the gods upon the naval host and passed away?

Herald

An auspicious day one should not mar with a tale of misfortune
—the honor due to the gods keeps them apart.1
When a messenger with gloomy countenance reports
to a people dire disaster of its army's rout—
[640] one common wound inflicted on the State,
while from many a home many a victim is devoted to death
by the two-handled whip beloved of Ares, destruction double-armed,
a gory pair—when, I say, he is packed with woes like this,
[645] he should sing the triumph-song of the Avenging Spirits.
But when one comes with glad news of deliverance to a city rejoicing
in its happiness—how shall I mix fair with foul in telling of the storm,
not unprovoked by the gods' wrath, that broke upon the Achaeans?
[650]  For fire and sea, beforehand bitterest of foes, swore alliance
and as proof destroyed the unhappy Argive army.
In the night-time arose the mischief from the cruel swells. Beneath blasts
from Thrace ship dashed against ship;
[655] and they, gored violently by the furious hurricane and rush of pelting rain,
were swept out of sight by the whirling gust of an evil shepherd.2
But when the radiant light of the sun rose we beheld the Aegean flowering with corpses
[660] of Achaean men and wreckage of ships. Ourselves, however,
and our ship, its hull unshattered, some power, divine not human, preserved by stealth or intercession,
laying hand upon its helm; and Savior Fortune chose to sit aboard our craft
[665] so that it should neither take in the swelling surf at anchorage
nor drive upon a rock-bound coast. Then, having escaped death upon the deep,
in the clear bright day, scarce crediting our fortune, we brooded in anxious thought over our late mischance,
[670] our fleet distressed and sorely buffeted. So now, if any of them still draw the breath of life,
they speak of us as lost—and why should they not? We think the same of them.
But may all turn out for the best! For Menelaus, indeed;
[675] first and foremost expect him to return. At least if some beam of the sun finds him alive and well,
by the design of Zeus, who has not yet decided utterly to destroy the race,
there is some hope that he will come home again.
[680] Hearing so much, be assured that you hear the truth.
 

1 To the Olympian gods belong tales of good, to the Erinyes l. 645
belong tales of misfortune. Some interpret the passage to mean that the honour
due to the gods is to be kept apart from pollution through the recital of ills.

2 The “evil shepherd” is the storm that drives the ships, like sheep, from their course.



AESCHYLUS: LIBATION BEARERS


Αἴγισθος

ἥκω μὲν οὐκ ἄκλητος, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπάγγελος
νέαν φάτιν δὲ πεύθομαι λέγειν τινὰς 
840ξένους μολόντας οὐδαμῶς ἐφίμερον, 
μόρον δ᾽ Ὀρέστου. καὶ τόδ᾽ ἀμφέρειν δόμοις 
γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἄχθος δειματοσταγὲς φόνῳ 
τῷ πρόσθεν ἑλκαίνουσι καὶ δεδηγμένοις. 
πῶς ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθῆ καὶ βλέποντα δοξάσω; 
845ἢ πρὸς γυναικῶν δειματούμενοι λόγοι 
πεδάρσιοι θρῴσκουσι, θνῄσκοντες μάτην; 
τί τῶνδ᾽ ἂν εἴποις ὥστε δηλῶσαι φρενί;

Χορός

ἠκούσαμεν μέν, πυνθάνου δὲ τῶν ξένων 
ἔσω παρελθών. οὐδὲν ἀγγέλων σθένος 
850ὡς αὐτὸν αὐτῶν ἄνδρα πεύθεσθαι πάρα.

Αἴγισθος

ἰδεῖν ἐλέγξαι τ᾽ αὖ θέλω τὸν ἄγγελον, 
εἴτ᾽ αὐτὸς ἦν θνῄσκοντος ἐγγύθεν παρών, 
εἴτ᾽ ἐξ ἀμαυρᾶς κληδόνος λέγει μαθών. 
οὔτοι φρέν᾽ ἂν κλέψειεν ὠμματωμένην.

 

Aegisthus

I have come not unasked but summoned by a messenger.
I heard startling news told by some strangers who have arrived,
tidings far from welcome: [840] —that Orestes is dead.
To lay this too upon our house would be a fearful burden
when it is still festering and galled by the wound inflicted
by an earlier murder.
How can I believe this tale is the living truth?
Or is it merely a panic-stricken report spread by women
[845] which leaps up to die away in nothingness?
What can you tell me of this to make it plain to my mind?

Chorus

We heard the tale, it is true. But go inside and inquire of the strangers.
The certainty of a messenger's report is nothing compared
with one's own interrogation of the man himself. [
850]

Aegisthus

I wish to see the messenger and put him to the test again
—whether he himself was present at the death or merely
repeats from vague reports what he has heard.

No! Be sure he cannot deceive a mind with eyes open.


  

Προμηθεύς

σέβου, προσεύχου, θῶπτε τὸν κρατοῦντ᾽ ἀεί. 
ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἔλασσον Ζηνὸς ἢ μηδὲν μέλει. 
δράτω, κρατείτω τόνδε τὸν βραχὺν χρόνον, 
940ὅπως θέλει: δαρὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἄρξει θεοῖς. 
ἀλλ᾽ εἰσορῶ γὰρ τόνδε τὸν Διὸς τρόχιν, 
τὸν τοῦ τυράννου τοῦ νέου διάκονον: 
πάντως τι καινὸν ἀγγελῶν ἐλήλυθεν.

Prometheus
Worship, adore, and fawn upon whoever is your lord.
But for Zeus I care less than nothing. Let him do his will,
let him hold his power [940] for his little day—
since he will not bear sway over the gods for long.
But wait, for over there I see his messenger,
the servant of our new lord and master.
Certainly he has come to announce some news.


Ἑρμῆς

σὲ τὸν σοφιστήν, τὸν πικρῶς ὑπέρπικρον, 
945τὸν ἐξαμαρτόντ᾽ εἰς θεοὺς ἐφημέροις 
πορόντα τιμάς, τὸν πυρὸς κλέπτην λέγω: 
πατὴρ ἄνωγέ σ᾽ οὕστινας κομπεῖς γάμους 
αὐδᾶν, πρὸς ὧν ἐκεῖνος ἐκπίπτει κράτους. 
καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι μηδὲν αἰνικτηρίως, 
950ἀλλ᾽ αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστα φράζε: μηδέ μοι διπλᾶς 
ὁδούς, Προμηθεῦ, προσβάλῃς: ὁρᾷς δ᾽ ὅτι 
Ζεὺς τοῖς τοιούτοις οὐχὶ μαλθακίζεται.

Προμηθεύς

σεμνόστομός γε καὶ φρονήματος πλέως 
ὁ μῦθός ἐστιν, ὡς θεῶν ὑπηρέτου. 
955νέον νέοι κρατεῖτε καὶ δοκεῖτε δὴ 
ναίειν ἀπενθῆ πέργαμ᾽: οὐκ ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ἐγὼ 
δισσοὺς τυράννους ἐκπεσόντας ᾐσθόμην; 
τρίτον δὲ τὸν νῦν κοιρανοῦντ᾽ ἐπόψομαι 
αἴσχιστα καὶ τάχιστα. μή τί σοι δοκῶ 
960ταρβεῖν ὑποπτήσσειν τε τε τοὺς νέους θεούς; 
πολλοῦ γε καὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἐλλείπω. σὺ δὲ 
κέλευθον ἥνπερ ἦλθες ἐγκόνει πάλιν: 
πεύσῃ γὰρ οὐδὲν ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς ἐμέ.

Hermes

To you, the clever and crafty, bitter beyond all bitterness,
[945] who has sinned against the gods in bestowing honors upon creatures of a day
—to you, thief of fire, I speak. The Father commands that you tell what marriage you boast of,
whereby he is to be hurled from power—and this, mark well, set forth in no riddling fashion,
[950] but point by point, as the case exactly stands; and do not impose upon me a double journey,
Prometheus—you see Zeus is not appeased by dealings such as yours.

Prometheus

Bravely spoken, in truth, and swollen with pride is your speech, as befits a minion of the gods.
[955] Young you are, as young your power, and you think indeed that you inhabit heights
beyond the reach of grief. Have I not seen two sovereigns cast out from these heights?
A third, the present lord, I shall live to see cast out in ruin most shameful and most swift. Do you think
[960] I quail, perhaps, and cower before these upstart gods? Far from it—no, not at all.
But scurry back the way you came; for you shall learn nothing about which you question me.

 

Ἑρμῆς

τοιοῖσδε μέντοι καὶ πρὶν αὐθαδίσμασιν 
965ἐς τάσδε σαυτὸν πημονὰς καθώρμισας.

Προμηθεύς

τῆς σῆς λατρείας τὴν ἐμὴν δυσπραξίαν, 
σαφῶς ἐπίστασ᾽, οὐκ ἂν ἀλλάξαιμ᾽ ἐγώ.

Ἑρμῆς
κρεῖσσον γὰρ οἶμαι τῇδε λατρεύειν πέτρᾳ 
ἢ πατρὶ φῦναι Ζηνὶ πιστὸν ἄγγελον.

Προμηθεύς

970οὕτως ὑβρίζειν τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας χρεών.

Ἑρμῆς

χλιδᾶν ἔοικας τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασι.

Προμηθεύς

χλιδῶ; χλιδῶντας ὧδε τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἐγὼ 
ἐχθροὺς ἴδοιμι: καὶ σὲ δ᾽ ἐν τούτοις λέγω.

Ἑρμῆς

ἦ κἀμὲ γάρ τι συμφοραῖς ἐπαιτιᾷ;

Προμηθεύς

975ἁπλῷ λόγῳ τοὺς πάντας ἐχθαίρω θεούς, 
ὅσοι παθόντες εὖ κακοῦσί μ᾽ ἐκδίκως.

Ἑρμῆς

κλύω σ᾽ ἐγὼ μεμηνότ᾽ οὐ σμικρὰν νόσον.

Προμηθεύς

νοσοῖμ᾽ ἄν, εἰ νόσημα τοὺς ἐχθροὺς στυγεῖν.

Ἑρμῆς

εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς.

Προμηθεύς
ὤμοι.

Ἑρμῆς

980ὤμοι; τόδε Ζεὺς τοὔπος οὐκ ἐπίσταται.

Προμηθεύς

ἀλλ᾽ ἐκδιδάσκει πάνθ᾽ ὁ γηράσκων χρόνος.

Ἑρμῆς

καὶ μὴν σύ γ᾽ οὔπω σωφρονεῖν ἐπίστασαι.

Προμηθεύς

σὲ γὰρ προσηύδων οὐκ ἂν ὄνθ᾽ ὑπηρέτην.

Ἑρμῆς

ἐρεῖν ἔοικας οὐδὲν ὧν χρῄζει πατήρ.

Προμηθεύς

985καὶ μὴν ὀφείλων γ᾽ ἂν τίνοιμ᾽ αὐτῷ χάριν.

Ἑρμῆς

ἐκερτόμησας δῆθεν ὡς παῖδ᾽ ὄντα με.

Προμηθεύς

οὐ γὰρ σὺ παῖς τε κἄτι τοῦδ᾽ ἀνούστερος 
εἰ προσδοκᾷς ἐμοῦ τι πεύσεσθαι πάρα; 
οὐκ ἔστιν αἴκισμ᾽ οὐδὲ μηχάνημ᾽ ὅτῳ 
990προτρέψεταί με Ζεὺς γεγωνῆσαι τάδε, 
πρὶν ἂν χαλασθῇ δεσμὰ λυμαντήρια. 
πρὸς ταῦτα ῥιπτέσθω μὲν αἰθαλοῦσσα φλόξ, 
λευκοπτέρῳ δὲ νιφάδι καὶ βροντήμασι 
χθονίοις κυκάτω πάντα καὶ ταρασσέτω. 
995γνάμψει γὰρ οὐδὲν τῶνδέ μ᾽ ὥστε καὶ φράσαι 
πρὸς οὗ χρεών νιν ἐκπεσεῖν τυραννίδος.

Ἑρμῆς

ὅρα νυν εἴ σοι ταῦτ᾽ ἀρωγὰ φαίνεται.

Προμηθεύς

ὦπται πάλαι δὴ καὶ βεβούλευται τάδε.

Ἑρμῆς

τόλμησον, ὦ μάταιε, τόλμησόν ποτε 
1000πρὸς τὰς παρούσας πημονὰς ὀρθῶς φρονεῖν,

Προμηθεύς

ὀχλεῖς μάτην με κῦμ᾽ ὅπως παρηγορῶν. 
εἰσελθέτω σε μήποθ᾽ ὡς ἐγὼ Διὸς 
γνώμην φοβηθεὶς θηλύνους γενήσομαι, 
καὶ λιπαρήσω τὸν μέγα στυγούμενον 
1005γυναικομίμοις ὑπτιάσμασιν χερῶν 
λῦσαί με δεσμῶν τῶνδε: τοῦ παντὸς δέω.

 

Hermes
Yet it was by such proud wilfulness before, too, [965] that you brought yourself to this harbor of distress.

Prometheus
For your servitude, rest assured, I'd not barter my hard lot, not I.

Hermes

Better, no doubt, to serve this rock than be the trusted messenger of Father Zeus!

Prometheus

[970] Such is the proper style for the insolent to offer insult.

Hermes
I think you revel in your present plight.

Prometheus
I revel? Oh, I wish that I might see my enemies revelling in this way! And you, too, I count among them.

Hermes
What! You blame me in some way for your calamities?

Prometheus
[975] In one word, I hate all the gods that received good at my hands and with ill requite me wrongfully.

Hermes
Your words declare you stricken with no slight madness.

Prometheus
Mad I may be—if it is madness to loathe one's enemies.

Hermes
You would be unbearable if you were prosperous.

Prometheus
[980] Alas!

Hermes
“Alas”? That is a word unknown to Zeus.

Prometheus
But ever-ageing Time teaches all things.

Hermes
Yes, but you at least have not yet learned to keep a sober mind.

Prometheus
Or else I would not have addressed you, an underling.

Hermes
It seems you will answer nothing that the Father demands.

Prometheus
[985] Yes, truly, I am his debtor and I should repay favor to him.

Hermes
You taunt me as though, indeed, I were a child.

Prometheus
And are you not a child and even more witless than a child if you expect
to learn anything from me? There is no torment or device by which
[990] Zeus shall induce me to utter this until these injurious fetters are loosed.
So then, let his blazing lightning be hurled, and with the white wings of the snow
and thunders of earthquake let him confound the reeling world.
[995] For nothing of this shall bend my will even to tell at whose hands
he is fated to be hurled from his sovereignty.

Hermes
Look now whether this course seems to profit you.

Prometheus
Long ago has this my course been foreseen and resolved.

Hermes
Bend your will, perverse fool, oh bend your will at last
[1000] to wisdom in face of your present sufferings.

Prometheus
In vain you trouble me, as though it were a wave you try to persuade.
Never think that, through terror at the will of Zeus,
I shall become womanish and, with hands upturned, aping woman's ways
 [1005] shall importune my greatly hated enemy to release me from these bonds.
I am far, far from that.

 

Ἑρμῆς

λέγων ἔοικα πολλὰ καὶ μάτην ἐρεῖν: 
τέγγῃ γὰρ οὐδὲν οὐδὲ μαλθάσσῃ λιταῖς 
ἐμαῖς: δακὼν δὲ στόμιον ὡς νεοζυγὴς 
1010πῶλος βιάζῃ καὶ πρὸς ἡνίας μάχῃ. 
ἀτὰρ σφοδρύνῃ γ᾽ ἀσθενεῖ σοφίσματι: 
αὐθαδία γὰρ τῷ φρονοῦντι μὴ καλῶς 
αὐτὴ καθ᾽ αὑτὴν οὐδενὸς μεῖζον σθένει. 
σκέψαι δ᾽, ἐὰν μὴ τοῖς ἐμοῖς πεισθῇς λόγοις, 
1015οἷός σε χειμὼν καὶ κακῶν τρικυμία 
ἔπεισ᾽ ἄφυκτος : πρῶτα μὲν γὰρ ὀκρίδα 
φάραγγα βροντῇ καὶ κεραυνίᾳ φλογὶ 
πατὴρ σπαράξει τήνδε, καὶ κρύψει δέμας 
τὸ σόν, πετραία δ᾽ ἀγκάλη σε βαστάσει. 
1020μακρὸν δὲ μῆκος ἐκτελευτήσας χρόνου 
ἄψορρον ἥξεις εἰς φάος: Διὸς δέ τοί 
πτηνὸς κύων, δαφοινὸς αἰετός, λάβρως 
διαρταμήσει σώματος μέγα ῥάκος, 
ἄκλητος ἕρπων δαιταλεὺς πανήμερος, 
1025κελαινόβρωτον δ᾽ ἧπαρ ἐκθοινήσεται. 

τοιοῦδε μόχθου τέρμα μή τι προσδόκα, 
πρὶν ἂν θεῶν τις διάδοχος τῶν σῶν πόνων 
φανῇ, θελήσῃ τ᾽ εἰς ἀναύγητον μολεῖν 
Ἅιδην κνεφαῖά τ᾽ ἀμφὶ Ταρτάρου βάθη. 
1030

πρὸς ταῦτα βούλευ᾽: ὡς ὅδ᾽ οὐ πεπλασμένος 
ὁ κόμπος, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν εἰρημένος : 
ψευδηγορεῖν γὰρ οὐκ ἐπίσταται στόμα 
τὸ Δῖον, ἀλλὰ πᾶν ἔπος τελεῖ: σὺ δὲ 
πάπταινε καὶ φρόντιζε, μηδ᾽ αὐθαδίαν 
1035εὐβουλίας ἀμείνον᾽ ἡγήσῃ ποτέ.

Χορός

ἡμῖν μὲν Ἑρμῆς οὐκ ἄκαιρα φαίνεται 
λέγειν. ἄνωγε γάρ σε τὴν αὐθαδίαν 
μεθέντ᾽ ἐρευνᾶν τὴν σοφὴν εὐβουλίαν. 
πιθοῦ: σοφῷ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν ἐξαμαρτάνειν.


Hermes
I think that by speaking much I will only speak in vain; for you are not
soothed nor are you softened by my entreaties. You take the bit in your teeth like a new-harnessed
[1010] colt and struggle against the reins. Yet it is a paltry device that prompts your vehemence,
for in the foolish-minded mere self-will of itself avails less than anything at all. But if you will not
be won to belief by my words, [1015] think of what a tempest and a towering wave of woe shall break upon you past escape.
First, the Father will shatter this jagged cliff with thunder and lightning-flame, and will entomb your frame,
while the rock shall still hold you clasped in its embrace. [1020] But when you have completed a long stretch of time,
you shall come back again to the light. Then indeed the winged hound of Zeus, the ravening eagle,
coming an unbidden banqueter the whole day long, with savage appetite shall tear your body piecemeal
into great rents and feast his fill [1025] upon your liver until it is black with gnawing.
Look for no term of this your agony until some god shall appear to take upon himself your woes
and of his own free will descend into the sunless realm of Death and the dark deeps of Tartarus.
[1030] Therefore be advised, since this is no counterfeited vaunting but utter truth; for the mouth of Zeus
does not know how to utter falsehood, but will bring to pass every word. May you consider warily and reflect,
and never deem [1035] stubbornness better than wise counsel.

Chorus
To us, at least, Hermes seems not to speak untimely; for he bids you to lay aside your stubbornness
and seek the good counsel of wisdom. Be advised! It is shameful for the wise to persist in error.


Προμηθεύς

1040εἰδότι τοί μοι τάσδ᾽ ἀγγελίας 
ὅδ᾽ ἐθώυξεν: πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς 
ἐχθρὸν ὑπ᾽ ἐχθρῶν οὐδὲν ἀεικές. 
πρὸς ταῦτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐμοὶ ῥιπτέσθω μὲν 
πυρὸς ἀμφήκης βόστρυχος, αἰθὴρ δ᾽ 
1045ἐρεθιζέσθω βροντῇ σφακέλῳ τ᾽ 
ἀγρίων ἀνέμων: χθόνα δ᾽ ἐκ πυθμένων 
αὐταῖς ῥίζαις πνεῦμα κραδαίνοι, 
κῦμα δὲ πόντου τραχεῖ ῥοθίῳ 
συγχώσειεν τῶν οὐρανίων 
1050ἄστρων διόδους: εἴς τε κελαινὸν 
Τάρταρον ἄρδην ῥίψειε δέμας 
τοὐμὸν ἀνάγκης στερραῖς δίναις: 
πάντως ἐμέ γ᾽ οὐ θανατώσει.


Ἑρμῆς

τοιάδε μέντοι τῶν φρενοπλήκτων 
1055βουλεύματ᾽ ἔπη τ᾽ ἔστιν ἀκοῦσαι. 
τί γὰρ ἐλλείπει μὴ οὐ παραπαίειν 
ἡ τοῦδ᾽ εὐχή; τί χαλᾷ μανιῶν; 
ἀλλ᾽ οὖν ὑμεῖς γ᾽ αἱ πημοσύναις 
συγκάμνουσαι ταῖς τοῦδε τόπων 
1060μετά ποι χωρεῖτ᾽ ἐκ τῶνδε θοῶς, 
μὴ φρένας ὑμῶν ἠλιθιώσῃ 
βροντῆς μύκημ᾽ ἀτέραμνον.


Χορός

ἄλλο τι φώνει καὶ παραμυθοῦ μ᾽ 
ὅ τι καὶ πείσεις: οὐ γὰρ δή που 
1065τοῦτό γε τλητὸν παρέσυρας ἔπος. 
πῶς με κελεύεις κακότητ᾽ ἀσκεῖν; 
μετὰ τοῦδ᾽ ὅ τι χρὴ πάσχειν ἐθέλω: 
τοὺς προδότας γὰρ μισεῖν ἔμαθον, 
κοὐκ ἔστι νόσος 
1070τῆσδ᾽ ἥντιν᾽ ἀπέπτυσα μᾶλλον.


Ἑρμῆς

ἀλλ᾽ οὖν μέμνησθ᾽ ἁγὼ προλέγω 
μηδὲ πρὸς ἄτης θηραθεῖσαι 
μέμψησθε τύχην, μηδέ ποτ᾽ εἴπηθ᾽ 
ὡς Ζεὺς ὑμᾶς εἰς ἀπρόοπτον 
1075πῆμ᾽ εἰσέβαλεν: μὴ δῆτ᾽ αὐταὶ δ᾽ 
ὑμᾶς αὐτάς. εἰδυῖαι γὰρ 
κοὐκ ἐξαίφνης οὐδὲ λαθραίως 
εἰς ἀπέρατον δίκτυον ἄτης 
ἐμπλεχθήσεσθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἀνοίας.

Prometheus
[1040] No news to me, in truth, is the message this fellow has proclaimed so noisily.
Yet for enemy to suffer ill from enemy is no disgrace. Therefore let the lightning's forked
curl be cast upon my head and let the sky [1045] be convulsed with thunder and
the wrack of savage winds; let the hurricane shake the earth from its rooted base,
and let the waves of the sea mingle with their savage surge the courses
[1050] of the stars in heaven; and let him lift me on high and hurl me down to black
Tartarus with the swirling floods of stern Necessity: do what he will, me he shall never bring to death.

Hermes
Such indeed are the thoughts and the words [1055] one hears from men deranged.
Where does his prayer fall short of raving? Where does he abate his frenzy?
—But, at all events, may you who sympathize with his anguish,
[1060] withdraw in haste from this spot so that the relentless roar of the thunder does not stun your senses.

Chorus
Use some other strain and urge me to some other course in which you are likely to convince me.
This utterance [1065] in your flood of speech is, I think, past all endurance.
How do you charge me to practise baseness? With him I am content to suffer any fate;
for I have learned to detest traitors, and there is no pest [1070] I abhor more than this.

Hermes
Well then, bear my warning in memory and do not blame your fortune when
you are caught in the toils of calamity; nor ever say that it was Zeus who cast you
[1075] into suffering unforeseen. Not so, but blame yourselves. For well forewarned,
and not suddenly or secretly shall you be entangled in the inextricable
net of calamity by reason of your folly.
Exit


Προμηθεύς

1080καὶ μὴν ἔργῳ κοὐκέτι μύθῳ 
χθὼν σεσάλευται: 
βρυχία δ᾽ ἠχὼ παραμυκᾶται 
βροντῆς, ἕλικες δ᾽ ἐκλάμπουσι 
στεροπῆς ζάπυροι, στρόμβοι δὲ κόνιν 
1085εἱλίσσουσι: σκιρτᾷ δ᾽ ἀνέμων 
πνεύματα πάντων εἰς ἄλληλα 
στάσιν ἀντίπνουν ἀποδεικνύμενα: 
ξυντετάρακται δ᾽ αἰθὴρ πόντῳ. 
τοιάδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐμοὶ ῥιπὴ Διόθεν 
1090τεύχουσα φόβον στείχει φανερῶς. 
ὦ μητρὸς ἐμῆς σέβας, ὦ πάντων 
αἰθὴρ κοινὸν φάος εἱλίσσων, 
ἐσορᾷς μ᾽ ὡς ἔκδικα πάσχω.

 

Prometheus
[1080] Indeed, now it has passed from word to deed—the earth rocks,
the echoing thunder-peal from the depths rolls roaring past me;
the fiery wreathed lightning-flashes flare forth, and whirlwinds toss the
[1085] swirling dust; the blasts of all the winds leap forth and set in hostile
array their embattled strife; the sky is confounded with the deep.
Behold, this stormy turmoil advances against me visibly,
[1090] sent by Zeus to frighten me. O holy mother mine,
 O you firmament that revolves the common light of all, you see the wrongs I suffer!
Amid thunder and lightning Prometheus vanishes from sight;
and with him disappear the daughters of Oceanus.






Φύλαξ

οὐκ οἶδ᾽: ἐκεῖ γὰρ οὔτε του γενῇδος ἦν 
250πλῆγμ᾽, οὐ δικέλλης ἐκβολή. στύφλος δὲ γῆ 
καὶ χέρσος, ἀρρὼξ οὐδ᾽ ἐπημαξευμένη 
τροχοῖσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἄσημος οὑργάτης τις ἦν. 
ὅπως δ᾽ ὁ πρῶτος ἡμὶν ἡμεροσκόπος 
δείκνυσι, πᾶσι θαῦμα δυσχερὲς παρῆν. 
255ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἠφάνιστο, τυμβήρης μὲν οὔ, 
λεπτὴ δ᾽, ἄγος φεύγοντος ὥς, ἐπῆν κόνις 
σημεῖα δ᾽ οὔτε θηρὸς οὔτε του κυνῶν 
ἐλθόντος, οὐ σπάσαντος ἐξεφαίνετο. 
λόγοι δ᾽ ἐν ἀλλήλοισιν ἐρρόθουν κακοί, 
260φύλαξ ἐλέγχων φύλακα, κἂν ἐγίγνετο 
πληγὴ τελευτῶσ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ὁ κωλύσων παρῆν. 
εἷς γάρ τις ἦν ἕκαστος οὑξειργασμένος, 
κοὐδεὶς ἐναργής, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευγε μὴ εἰδέναι. 
ἦμεν δ᾽ ἑτοῖμοι καὶ μύδρους αἴρειν χεροῖν 
265καὶ πῦρ διέρπειν καὶ θεοὺς ὁρκωμοτεῖν, 
τὸ μήτε δρᾶσαι μήτε τῳ ξυνειδέναι 
τὸ πρᾶγμα βουλεύσαντι μηδ᾽ εἰργασμένῳ. 
τέλος δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ οὐδὲν ἦν ἐρευνῶσιν πλέον, 
λέγει τις εἷς, ὃ πάντας ἐς πέδον κάρα 
270νεῦσαι φόβῳ προὔτρεψεν: οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν 
οὔτ᾽ ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ᾽ ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς 
πράξαιμεν. ἦν δ᾽ ὁ μῦθος ὡς ἀνοιστέον 
σοὶ τοὔργον εἴη τοῦτο κοὐχὶ κρυπτέον. 
καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐνίκα, κἀμὲ τὸν δυσδαίμονα 
275πάλος καθαιρεῖ τοῦτο τἀγαθὸν λαβεῖν. 
πάρειμι δ᾽ ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ᾽ ὅτι: 
στέργει γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἄγγελον κακῶν ἐπῶν


Guard

I do not know. For there was no scar of a pickax to be seen there,
[250] no earth thrown up by a mattock. The ground was hard and dry,
 unbroken, not rolled over by wheels. The doer was someone who left no trace.
When the first day-watchman showed it to us, a discomforting amazement fell on us all.
[255] The dead man was veiled from us—not shut within a tomb, but a light cover of dust
was on him, as if put there by the hand of one who shunned a curse.
And no sign was visible that any beast of prey or any dog had approached or torn him.
Then evil words flew thick and loud among us, [260] guard accusing guard.
 It would even have come to blows in the end, nor was there anyone there to prevent it:
every man was the culprit, and no one was plainly guilty, while all disclaimed knowledge of the act.
We were ready to take red-hot iron in our hands, [265] to walk through fire and to swear oaths
by the gods that we had neither done the deed, nor shared knowledge of the planning or the doing.
At last, when our investigating got us nowhere, someone spoke up and made us all bend our faces
[270] in fear towards the earth. For we did not know how we could argue with him, nor yet prosper,
if we did what he said. His argument was that the deed must be reported to you and not hidden.
This view prevailed, and so it was that [275] the lot doomed miserable me to win this prize.
So here I stand, as unwelcome to you as I am unwilling, I well know.
For no man delights in the bearer of bad news.


SOPHOCLES: AJAX


 

Ἄγγελος

ἄνδρες φίλοι, τὸ πρῶτον ἀγγεῖλαι θέλω: 
720Τεῦκρος πάρεστιν ἄρτι Μυσίων ἀπὸ 
κρημνῶν: μέσον δὲ προσμολὼν στρατήγιον 
κυδάζεται τοῖς πᾶσιν Ἀργείοις ὁμοῦ. 
στείχοντα γὰρ πρόσωθεν αὐτὸν ἐν κύκλῳ 
μαθόντες ἀμφέστησαν, εἶτ᾽ ὀνείδεσιν 
725ἤρασσον ἔνθεν κἄνθεν οὔτις ἔσθ᾽ ὃς οὔ, 
τὸν τοῦ μανέντος κἀπιβουλευτοῦ στρατοῦ 
ξύναιμον ἀποκαλοῦντες, ὡς οὐκ ἀρκέσοι 
τὸ μὴ οὐ πέτροισι πᾶς καταξανθεὶς θανεῖν: 
ὥστ᾽ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἦλθον ὥστε καὶ χεροῖν 
730κολεῶν ἐρυστὰ διεπεραιώθη ξίφη. 
λήγει δ᾽ ἔρις δραμοῦσα τοῦ προσωτάτω 
ἀνδρῶν γερόντων ἐν ξυναλλαγῇ λόγου. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἡμὶν Αἴας ποῦ 'στιν, ὡς φράσω τάδε; 
τοῖς κυρίοις γὰρ πάντα χρὴ δηλοῦν λόγον.

 

Messenger


Friends, my first news is this: [720] Teucer has just now returned from the Mysian heights.
He has come to the generals' quarters mid-camp, and is being shouted at by all the Greeks at once.
Recognizing him from a distance as he approached, they gathered around him
[725] and then pelted him with jeers from every side—no one held back—calling him “the brother of the maniac,
of the plotter against the army,” and saying that he would not be able to avoid entirely losing flesh and life before their flying stones.
In this way they had come to the point where swords [730] had been plucked from sheaths and were drawn in their hands.
But then the conflict, when it had nearly run its full course, was halted by the conciliatory words of the elders.
But where shall I find Ajax, to tell him this? To our lord I must tell all.





Wikipedia

Iphigenia in Tauris (Ancient Greek: Ἰφιγένεια ἐν Ταύροις, Iphigeneia en Taurois) is a drama by the playwright Euripides, written between 414 BC and 412 BC.
It has much in common with another of Euripides's plays, 
Helen, as well as the lost play Andromeda, and is often described as a romance, a melodrama, a tragi-comedy or an escape play.
Although the play is generally known in English as Iphigenia in Tauris, this is, strictly speaking, the Latin title of the play (corresponding to the Greek Ἰφιγένεια ἐν Ταύροις),
the meaning of which is Iphigenia among the Taurians. There is no such place as Tauris in Euripides' play, although Goethe, in his play Iphigenie auf Tauris
(on which 
Gluck's opera Iphigénie en Tauride is based), took there to be such a place.

Background

Years before the time period covered by the play, the young princess Iphigeneia narrowly avoided death by sacrifice at the hands of her father,
Agamemnon. (See plot of Iphigeneia at Aulis.) At the last moment the goddessArtemis, to whom the sacrifice was to be made, intervened and replaced Iphigeneia on the altar with a deer,
saving the girl and sweeping her off to the land of the Taurians. She has since been made a priestess at the temple of Artemis in Tauris,
a position in which she has the gruesome task of ritually sacrificing foreigners who land on King Thoas's shores.
Iphigeneia hates her forced religious servitude and is desperate to contact her family in Greece. She wants to inform them that, thanks
to the miraculous swap performed by Artemis, she is still alive and wants to return to her homeland, leaving the role of high priestess to someone else.
Furthermore, she has had a prophetic dream about her younger brother Orestes and believes that he is dead.
Meanwhile, Orestes has killed his mother Clytemnestra to avenge his father Agamemnon with assistance from his friend Pylades.
He becomes haunted by the Erinyes for committing the crime and goes through periodic fits of madness. He is told by Apollo to go to
Athensto be brought to trial (as portrayed in Eumenides by Aeschylus). Although the trial ends in his favour, the Erinyes continue to haunt him.
Apollo sends him to steal a sacred statue of Artemis to bring back to Athens so that he may be set free.

Plot

The scene represents the front of the temple of Artemis in the land of the Taurians (modern Crimea). The altar is in the center.
The play begins with Iphigenia reflecting on her brother's death. She recounts her "sacrifice" at the hands of Agamemnon,
and how she was saved by Artemis and made priestess in this temple. She has had a dream in which the structure of her family's house crashed down in ruins,
leaving only a single column. She interprets this dream to mean that Orestes is dead.

Orestes and Pylades enter, having just arrived in this land. Orestes was sent by Apollo to retrieve the image of Artemis from the temple,
and Pylades has accompanied him. Orestes explains that he has avenged Agamemnon's death by killing Clytaemnestra and Aegisthus.
The two decide to hide and make a plan to retrieve the idol without being captured. They know that the Taurians sacrifice Hellene blood in their temple of Artemis.
Orestes and Pylades exit. Iphigenia enters and discusses her sad life with the chorus, composed of captive Greek maidens, attendants of Iphigenia.
She believes that her father's bloodline has ended with the death of Orestes.

A herdsman enters and explains to Iphigenia that he has captured two Hellenes and that Iphigenia should make ready the lustral water and the rites of consecration.
The herdsman heard one called Pylades by the other, but did not hear the name of the other. Iphigenia tells the herdsmen to bring the strangers to the temple,
and says that she will prepare to sacrifice them. The herdsman leaves to fetch the strangers. Iphigenia explains that she was tricked into going to Aulis,
through the treachery of Odysseus. She was told that she was being married to Achilles, but upon arriving in Aulis, she discovered that she was going to be sacrificed by Agamemnon.
Now, she presides over the sacrifices of any Hellene trespassers in the land of the Taurians, to avenge the crimes against her.

Orestes and Pylades enter in bonds. Iphigenia demands that the prisoners' bonds be loosened, because they are hallowed.
The attendants to Iphigenia leave to prepare for the sacrifice. Iphigenia asks Orestes his origins, but Orestes refuses to tell Iphigenia his name.
 Iphigenia finds out which of the two is Pylades and that they are from Argos. Iphigenia asks Orestes many questions, especially of Greeks who fought in Troy.
She asks if Helen has returned home to the house of Menelaus, and of the fates of Calchas, Odysseus, Achilles, and Agamemnon.
Orestes informs Iphigenia that Agamemnon is dead, but that his son lives. Upon hearing this, Iphigenia decides that she wants one of the strangers to return a letter to Argos,
and that she will only sacrifice one of them. Orestes demands that he be sacrificed, and that Pylades be sent home with the letter, because Orestes
brought Pylades on this trip, and it would not be right for Pylades to die while Orestes lives.

Pylades promises to deliver the letter unless his boat is shipwrecked and the letter is lost. Iphigenia then recites the letter to Pylades so that, if it is lost, he can still relay the message.

She recites:

She that was sacrificed in Aulis send this message, Iphigenia, still alive, though dead to those at Argos. Fetch me back to Argos, my brother, before I die.
Rescue me from this barbarian land, free me from this slaughterous priesthood, in which it is my office to kill strangers. Else I shall become a curse upon your house,
Orestes. Goddess Artemis saved me and substituted a deer, which my father sacrificed believing he was thrusting the sharp blade into me. Then she brought me to stay in this land.

During this recitation, Orestes asks Pylades what he should do, having realized that he was standing in front of his sister.

Orestes reveals his identity to Iphigenia, who demands proof. First, Orestes recounts how Iphigenia embroidered the scene of the quarrel between Atreus and Thyestes on a fine web.
Orestes also spoke of Pelops’ ancient spear, which he brandished in his hands when he killed Oenomaus and won Hippodamia, the maid of Pisa, which was hidden away in Iphigenia’s
maiden chamber. This is evidence enough for Iphigenia, who embraces Orestes. Orestes explains that he has come to this land by the bidding of Phoebus’s oracle, and that if he is successful,
he might finally be free of the haunting Erinyes.

 Orestes, Pylades, and Iphigenia plan an escape whereby Iphigenia will claim that the strangers need to be cleansed in order to be sacrificed and will take them to the bay
where their ship is anchored.
Additionally, Iphigenia will bring the statue that Orestes was sent to retrieve. Orestes and Pylades exit into the temple. Thoas, king of the Taurians,
enters and asks whether or not the first rites have been performed over the strangers. Iphigenia has just retrieved the statue from the temple and explains that when the strangers
were brought in front of the statue, the statue turned and closed its eyes. Iphigenia interprets it thus to Thoas: The strangers arrived with the blood of kin on their hands and they must be cleansed.
Also, the statue must be cleansed. Iphigenia explains that she would like to clean the strangers and the statue in the sea, to make for a purer sacrifice.
Thoas agrees that this must be done, and suspects nothing. Iphigenia tells Thoas that he must remain at the temple and cleanse the hall with torches, and that she may take a long time. All three exit the stage.

 

A messenger enters, shouting that the strangers have escaped. Thoas enters from the temple, asking what all the noise is about.
The messenger explains Iphigenia’s lies and that the strangers fought some of the natives, then escaped on their Hellene ship with the priestess and the statue.
Thoas calls upon the citizens of his land to run along the shore and catch the ship. Athena enters and explains to Thoas that he shouldn’t be angry.
She addresses Iphigenia, telling her to be priestess at the sacred terraces of Brauron, and she tells Orestes that she is saving him again. Thoas heeds Athena’s words,
because whoever hears the words of the gods and heeds them not is out of his mind.

References

Wright, M. (2005). Euripides' Escape-Tragedies: A Study of Helen, Andromeda, and Iphigenia among the Taurians. Oxford University Press. pp. 7–14. .
Kitto, H.D.F. (1966). Greek Tragedy. Routledge. pp. 311–329.
Parker, L.P.E. (2016) Iphigenia in Tauris. Oxford. p. lxxii n. 143. See, moreover, the review of Parker's edition by M. Lloyd, in Acta Classica 59 (2016) p. 228.
Euripides. Iphigenia Among the Taurians. Trans. Moses Hadas and John McLean. New York: Bantam Dell, 2006. Print. Pages 294-295.
Wright, M. (2005). Euripides' Escape-Tragedies: A Study of Helen, Andromeda, and Iphigenia among the Taurians. Oxford University Press. pp. 43–51.
http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayAbstract?fromPage=online&aid=8726274
http://www.jonedgar.co.uk/supporting_material/britannia-2012-iphigenia/
Jack Lindsay (1963). Daily Life in Roman Egypt. F. Muller. p. 183.







PINDAR: ODES




Olympian 4: For Psaumis of Camarina Chariot Race 452 B. C.

ἐλατὴρ ὑπέρτατε βροντᾶς ἀκαμαντόποδος Ζεῦ: τεαὶ γὰρ ὧραι 
ὑπὸ ποικιλοφόρμιγγος ἀοιδᾶς ἑλισσόμεναί μ᾽ ἔπεμψαν 
ὑψηλοτάτων μάρτυρ᾽ ἀέθλων. 
ξείνων δ᾽ εὖ πρασσόντων ἔσαναν αὐτίκ᾽ ἀγγελίαν 
5ποτὶ γλυκεῖαν ἐσλοί. 
[10] ἀλλ᾽, ὦ Κρόνου παῖ, ὃς Αἴτναν ἔχεις, 
ἶπον ἀνεμόεσσαν ἑκατογκεφάλα Τυφῶνος ὀβρίμου, 
Οὐλυμπιονίκαν δέκευ 
Χαρίτων ἕκατι τόνδε κῶμον, 
10χρονιώτατον φάος εὐρυσθενέων ἀρετᾶν. Ψαύμιος γὰρ ἵκει 
[20] ὀχέων, ὅς, ἐλαίᾳ στεφανωθεὶς Πισάτιδι, κῦδος ὄρσαι 
σπεύδει Καμαρίνᾳ. θεὸς εὔφρων 
εἴη λοιπαῖς εὐχαῖς: ἐπεί νιν αἰνέω μάλα μὲν 
τροφαῖς ἑτοῖμον ἵππων, 
15χαίροντά τε ξενίαις πανδόκοις 
καὶ πρὸς ἁσυχίαν φιλόπολιν καθαρᾷ γνώμᾳ τετραμμένον. 
οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον: 
[30] διάπειρά τοι βροτῶν ἔλεγχος: 
ἅπερ Κλυμένοιο παῖδα 
20Λαμνιάδων γυναικῶν 
ἔλυσεν ἐξ ἀτιμίας. 
χαλκέοισι δ᾽ ἐν ἔντεσι νικῶν δρόμον 
ἔειπεν Ὑψιπυλείᾳ μετὰ στέφανον ἰών: 
‘ οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι: 
25χεῖρες δὲ καὶ ἦτορ ἴσον. 
[40] φύονται δὲ καὶ νέοις ἐν ἀνδράσιν 
πολιαὶ θαμὰ καὶ παρὰ τὸν ἁλικίας 
ἐοικότα χρόνον.’

Charioteer of the thundercloud with untiring feet, highest Zeus!
Your Seasons, whirling to the embroidered notes of the lyre's song,
sent me as a witness of the most lofty games. When friends are successful, the noble immediately smile
on [5] the sweet announcement. Son of Cronus, you who hold Aetna, the wind-swept
weight on terrible hundred-headed Typhon, receive, for the sake of the Graces,
this Olympic victory-procession, [10] this most enduring light of widely powerful excellence.
For the procession comes in honor of Psaumis' chariot; Psaumis, who, crowned with
the olive of Pisa, hurries to rouse glory for Camarina. 
May the god be gracious to his future prayers,
since I praise a man who is most eager in the raising of horses, [15] who rejoices in being hospitable
to all guests, and whose pure thoughts are turned towards city-loving peace. I will not stain
my words with lies. Perseverance is what puts men to the test, and what saved the son of
Clymenus [20] from the contempt of the Lemnian women. He won the foot race
in bronze armor, and said to Hypsipyle as he went to take the garland: “Such is my swiftness;
 [25] and I have hands and heart to match. Even on young men gray hair often grows,
even before the expected age.

Olympian 6: For Hagesias of Syracuse Mule Car Race 472 or 468 B.C.

[130] εἰ δ᾽ ἐτύμως ὑπὸ Κυλλάνας ὅροις, Ἁγησία, μάτρωες ἄνδρες 
ναιετάοντες ἐδώρησαν θεῶν κάρυκα λιταῖς θυσίαις 
πολλὰ δὴ πολλαῖσιν Ἑρμᾶν εὐσεβέως, ὃς ἀγῶνας ἔχει μοῖράν τ᾽ ἀέθλων 
80Ἀρκαδίαν τ᾽ εὐάνορα τιμᾷ: κεῖνος, ὦ παῖ Σωστράτου, 
σὺν βαρυγδούπῳ πατρὶ κραίνει σέθεν εὐτυχίαν. 
[140] δόξαν ἔχω τιν᾽ ἐπὶ γλώσσᾳ ἀκόνας λιγυρᾶς, 
ἅ μ᾽ ἐθέλοντα προσέρπει καλλιρόοισι πνοαῖς: 
ματρομάτωρ ἐμὰ Στυμφαλίς, εὐανθὴς Μετώπα, 
85πλάξιππον ἃ Θήβαν ἔτικτεν, τᾶς ἐρατεινὸν ὕδωρ 
πίομαι, ἀνδράσιν αἰχματαῖσι πλέκων 
ποικίλον ὕμνον. ὄτρυνον νῦν ἑταίρους, 
[150] Αἰνέα, πρῶτον μὲν Ἥραν Παρθενίαν κελαδῆσαι, 
γνῶναί τ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽, ἀρχαῖον ὄνειδος ἀλαθέσιν 
90λόγοις εἰ φεύγομεν, Βοιωτίαν ὗν. ἐσσὶ γὰρ ἄγγελος ὀρθός
ἠϋκόμων σκυτάλα Μοισᾶν, γλυκὺς κρατὴρ ἀγαφθέγκτων ἀοιδᾶν: 

But if, Hagesias, it is true that the men on your mother's side, living below
the boundaries of Cyllene, piously gave many gifts, with prayers and sacrifices,
to the herald of the gods, Hermes, who rules over games and the dispensation of contests,
[80] and honors Arcadia, the home of fine men, it is that god, son of Sostratus,
who with his loud-thundering father fulfills your good fortune. I think I have on my tongue
a shrill whetstone, which steals over me (and I am willing) with fair-flowing breaths.
My mother's mother was the nymph of Stymphalus, blossoming Metopa, [85]
who bore horse-driving Thebe, whose delicious water I drink, while I weave my embroidered
song for heroic spearmen. Now rouse your companions, Aeneas, first to shout the praises
of Hera Parthenia, and then to know whether we have truly escaped the ancient
reproach [90] of men's speech, “Boeotian pig.” For you are a faithful herald,
a message-stick of the lovely-haired Muses, a sweet mixing-bowl of loud-sounding songs.  

.

Olympian 8 : For Alcimedon of Aegina Boys's Wrestling 460 B.C.

.
Ἑρμᾶ δὲ θυγατρὸς ἀκούσαις Ἰφίων 
Ἀγγελίας, ἐνέποι κεν Καλλιμάχῳ λιπαρὸν 
κόσμον Ὀλυμπίᾳ, ὅν σφι Ζεὺς γένει 
[110] ὤπασεν. ἐσλὰ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐσλοῖς 
85ἔργ᾽ ἐθέλοι δόμεν, ὀξείας δὲ νόσους ἀπαλάλκοι. 
εὔχομαι ἀμφὶ καλῶν μοίρᾳ Νέμεσιν διχόβουλον μὴ θέμεν: 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀπήμαντον ἄγων βίοτον 
αὐτούς τ᾽ ἀέξοι καὶ πόλιν.

Having heard the voice of Hermes' daughter, Angelia,
Iphion might tell Callimachus of the splendid adornment at Olympia,
which Zeus gave to their race. 
May he be willing to grant noble deeds upon noble [85] deeds,
and to ward off bitter diseases. I pray that, for the share of fine things allotted to them,
Zeus may not cause the mind of Nemesis to waver; rather, may he grant a painless life,
and thus give new growth to themselves and their city.


Olympian 9: For Epharmostus of Opus Wrestling-Match 466 B.C.

ἐγὼ δέ τοι φίλαν πόλιν 
μαλεραῖς ἐπιφλέγων ἀοιδαῖς, 
καὶ ἀγάνορος ἵππου 
θᾶσσον καὶ ναὸς ὑποπτέρου παντᾷ 
25ἀγγελίαν πέμψω ταύταν, 
εἰ σύν τινι μοιριδίῳ παλάμᾳ 
[40] ἐξαίρετον Χαρίτων νέμομαι κᾶπον: 
κεῖναι γὰρ ὤπασαν τὰ τέρπν᾽: ἀγαθοὶ δὲ καὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ δαίμον᾽ ἄνδρες 
ἐγένοντ᾽: 

I am lighting up that dear city with fiery songs, and more swiftly
than a spirited horse or a winged ship [25] I will send that message everywhere,
so surely as I, by some destined skill, am cultivating the exquisite garden of the Graces;
for they are the givers of delight, but men become brave and skillful by divine will.



Olympian 14
: For Asopichus of Orchomenus Boys' Foot Race ?488 B.C.

Καφισίων ὑδάτων 
λαχοῖσαι, αἵτε ναίετε καλλίπωλον ἕδραν, 
ὦ λιπαρᾶς ἀοίδιμοι βασίλειαι 
Χάριτες Ὀρχομενοῦ, παλαιγόνων Μινυᾶν ἐπίσκοποι, 
5κλῦτ᾽, ἐπεὶ εὔχομαι. σὺν γὰρ ὔμμιν τὰ τερπνὰ καὶ 
τὰ γλυκέ᾽ ἄνεται πάντα βροτοῖς, 
[10] εἰ σοφός, εἰ καλός, εἴ τις ἀγλαὸς ἀνήρ. 
οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ 
κοιρανέοισιν χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας: ἀλλὰ πάντων ταμίαι 
10ἔργων ἐν οὐρανῷ, χρυσότοξον θέμεναι παρὰ 
Πύθιον Ἀπόλλωνα θρόνους, 
ἀέναον σέβοντι πατρὸς Ὀλυμπίοιο τιμάν. 
ὦ πότνι᾽ Ἀγλαΐα 
[20] φιλησίμολπέ τ᾽ Εὐφροσύνα, θεῶν κρατίστου 
15παῖδες, ἐπακοοῖτε νῦν, Θαλία τε 
ἐρασίμολπε, ἰδοῖσα τόνδε κῶμον ἐπ᾽ εὐμενεῖ τύχᾳ 
κοῦφα βιβῶντα: Λυδῷ γὰρ Ἀσώπιχον τρόπῳ 
ἔν τε μελέταις ἀείδων ἔμολον, 
οὕνεκ᾽ Ὀλυμπιόνικος ἁ Μινυεία 
20σεῦ ἕκατι. μελανοτειχέα νῦν δόμον 
[30] Φερσεφόνας ἔλθ᾽, Ἀχοῖ, πατρὶ κλυτὰν φέροισ᾽ ἀγγελίαν, 
Κλεόδαμον ὄφρ᾽ ἰδοῖσ᾽, υἱὸν εἴπῃς ὅτι οἱ νέαν 
κόλποις παρ᾽ εὐδόξοις Πίσας 
ἐστεφάνωσε κυδίμων ἀέθλων πτεροῖσι χαίταν.

You who have your home by the waters of Cephisus, who dwell in the town
of beautiful horses: songful queens, Graces of splendid Orchomenus, guardians
of the ancient race of Minyans, [5] hear me; I am praying. For with your help
all delightful and sweet things are accomplished for mortals, if any man is skillful, or beautiful, or splendid.
Not even the gods arrange dances or feasts without the holy Graces, who oversee everything
[10] that is done in heaven; with their thrones set beside Pythian Apollo of the golden bow,
they worship the everlasting honor of the Olympian father. Lady Aglaia, and Euphrosyne, lover of dance and song,
daughters of the strongest god, [15] listen now; and you, Thalia, passionate for dance and song,
 having looked with favor on this victory procession, stepping lightly in honor of gracious fortune.
For I have come to sing of Asopichus in Lydian melodies and chosen phrases,
because the Minyan land is victorious at Olympia, [20] thanks to you.
Now go, Echo, to the dark-walled home of Persephone and bring the glorious message
to his father; when you see Cleodamus, tell him that his son, by the famous valley of Pisa,
has wreathed his youthful hair with the wings of the renowned games.


Pythian 1: For Hieron of Aetna Chariot Race 470 B.C.
 

εἴη, Ζεῦ, τὶν εἴη ἁνδάνειν, 
30ὃς τοῦτ᾽ ἐφέπεις ὄρος, εὐκάρποιο γαίας μέτωπον, τοῦ μὲν ἐπωνυμίαν 
κλεινὸς οἰκιστὴρ ἐκύδανεν πόλιν 
[60] γείτονα, Πυθιάδος δ᾽ ἐν δρόμῳ κάρυξ ἀνέειπέ νιν ἀγγέλλων Ἱέρωνος ὑπὲρ καλλινίκου 
ἅρμασι. ναυσιφορήτοις δ᾽ ἀνδράσι πρώτα χάρις 
ἐς πλόον ἀρχομένοις πομπαῖον ἐλθεῖν οὖρον: ἐοικότα γὰρ 
35καὶ τελευτᾷ φερτέρου νόστου τυχεῖν. ὁ δὲ λόγος 
[70] ταύταις ἐπὶ συντυχίαις δόξαν φέρει 
λοιπὸν ἔσσεσθαι στεφάνοισί νιν ἵπποις τε κλυτὰν 
καὶ σὺν εὐφώνοις θαλίαις ὀνυμαστάν. 
Λύκιε καὶ Δάλου ἀνάσσων Φοῖβε, Παρνασσοῦ τε κράναν Κασταλίαν φιλέων, 
40ἐθελήσαις ταῦτα νόῳ τιθέμεν εὔανδρόν τε χώραν. 

Grant that we may be pleasing to you, Zeus, [30] you who frequent this mountain,
this brow of the fruitful earth, whose namesake city near at hand was glorified by its
 renowned founder, when the herald at the Pythian racecourse proclaimed the name of Aetna,
announcing Hieron's triumph with the chariot. For seafaring men, the first blessing at the outset
of their voyage is a favorable wind; for then it is likely that [35] at the end as well they will win
a more prosperous homecoming. And that saying, in these fortunate circumstances,
 brings the belief that from now on this city will be renowned for garlands and horses,
and its name will be spoken amid harmonious festivities.Phoebus, lord of Lycia and Delos,
you who love the Castalian spring of 
Parnassus, [40] may you willingly put these
wishes in your thoughts, and make this a land of fine men.



Pythian 2: For Hieron of Syrakuse Charriot Race ?470 or 468

μεγαλοπόλιες ὦ Συράκοσαι, βαθυπολέμου 
τέμενος Ἄρεος, ἀνδρῶν ἵππων τε σιδαροχαρμᾶν δαιμόνιαι τροφοί, 
ὔμμιν τόδε τᾶν λιπαρᾶν ἀπὸ Θηβᾶν φέρων 
μέλος ἔρχομαι ἀγγελίαν τετραορίας ἐλελίχθονος, 
5εὐάρματος Ἱέρων ἐν ᾇ κρατέων 
[10] τηλαυγέσιν ἀνέδησεν Ὀρτυγίαν στεφάνοις, 
ποταμίας ἕδος Ἀρτέμιδος, ἇς οὐκ ἄτερ 
κείνας ἀγαναῖσιν ἐν χερσὶ ποικιλανίους ἐδάμασσε πώλους. 
ἐπὶ γὰρ ἰοχέαιρα παρθένος χερὶ διδύμᾳ 
10[20] ὅ τ᾽ ἐναγώνιος Ἑρμᾶς αἰγλᾶντα τίθησι κόσμον, ξεστὸν ὅταν δίφρον 
ἔν θ᾽ ἅρματα πεισιχάλινα καταζευγνύῃ 
σθένος ἵππιον, ὀρσοτρίαιναν εὐρυβίαν καλέων θεόν. 
ἄλλοις δέ τις ἐτέλεσσεν ἄλλος ἀνὴρ 
εὐαχέα βασιλεῦσιν ὕμνον, ἄποιν᾽ ἀρετᾶς

Great city of Syracuse! Sacred precinct of Ares, plunged deep in war!
Divine nurse of men and horses who rejoice in steel! For you I come from splendid Thebes
bringing this song,
 a message of the earth-shaking four-horse race [5]
in which Hieron with his fine chariot won the victory, and so crowned Ortygia
with far-shining garlands—Ortygia, home of Artemis the river-goddess: not without her help did Hieron
 master with his gentle hands the horses with embroidered reins.

For the virgin goddess who showers arrows [10] and Hermes the god of contests present the
gleaming reins to him with both hands when he yokes the strength of his horses to the polished car,
to the chariot that obeys the bit, and calls on the wide-ruling god who wields the trident.
Other kings have other men to pay them the tribute of melodious song, the recompense for excellence.

χρὴ δὲ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν αἰεὶ παντὸς ὁρᾶν μέτρον. 
35εὐναὶ δὲ παράτροποι ἐς κακότατ᾽ ἀθρόαν 
ἔβαλον: ποτὶ καὶ τὸν ἵκοντ᾽: ἐπεὶ νεφέλᾳ παρελέξατο, 
ψεῦδος γλυκὺ μεθέπων, ἄϊδρις ἀνήρ: 
[70] εἶδος γὰρ ὑπεροχωτάτᾳ πρέπεν οὐρανιᾶν 
θυγατέρι Κρόνου: ἅντε δόλον αὐτῷ θέσαν 
40Ζηνὸς παλάμαι, καλὸν πῆμα. τὸν δὲ τετράκναμον ἔπραξε δεσμόν, 
ἑὸν ὄλεθρον ὅγ᾽: ἐν δ᾽ ἀφύκτοισι γυιοπέδαις πεσὼν τὰν πολύκοινον ἀνδέξατ᾽ ἀγγελίαν
ἄνευ οἱ Χαρίτων τέκεν γόνον ὑπερφίαλον, 
[80] μόνα καὶ μόνον, οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἀνδράσι γερασφόρον οὔτ᾽ ἐν θεῶν νόμοις: 
τὸν ὀνύμαξε τράφοισα Κένταυρον, ὃς 
45ἵπποισι Μαγνητίδεσσι ἐμίγνυτ᾽ ἐν Παλίου 
σφυροῖς, ἐκ δ᾽ ἐγένοντο στρατὸς 
θαυμαστός, ἀμφοτέροις 
ὁμοῖοι τοκεῦσι, τὰ ματρόθεν μὲν κάτω, τὰ δ᾽ ὕπερθε πατρός. 
[90] θεὸς ἅπαν ἐπὶ ἐλπίδεσσι τέκμαρ ἀνύεται, 
50θεός, ὃ καὶ πτερόεντ᾽ αἰετὸν κίχε, καὶ θαλασσαῖον παραμείβεται 
δελφῖνα, καὶ ὑψιφρόνων τιν᾽ ἔκαμψε βροτῶν, 
ἑτέροισι δὲ κῦδος ἀγήραον παρέδωκ᾽. ἐμὲ δὲ χρεὼν 
φεύγειν δάκος ἀδινὸν κακαγοριᾶν. 

A man must always measure all things according to his own place.
[35] Unnatural lust throws men into dense trouble; it befell even him, since the man in his ignorance
chased a sweet fake and lay with a cloud, for its form was like the supreme celestial goddess,
the daughter of Cronus. The hands of Zeus set it as a trap for him, [40] a beautiful misery.
Ixion brought upon himself the four-spoked fetter, his own ruin. He fell into inescapable bonds,
and received the message that warns the whole world. She bore to him, without the blessing of the Graces,
a monstrous offspring—there was never a mother or a son like this—honored neither by men
nor by the laws of the gods. She raised him and named him Centaurus, [45] and he mated
with the Magnesian mares in the foothills of Pelion, and from them was born a marvelous horde,
 which resembled both its parents: like the mother below, the father above.
The gods accomplish everything according to their wishes; [50] the gods,
who overtake even the flying eagle and outstrip the dolphin in the sea,
and bend down many a man who is overly ambitious, while to others they give unaging glory.
 For my part, I must avoid the aggressive bite of slander. For I have seen, long before me, [55]
 abusive Archilochus often in a helpless state, fattening himself with strong words and hatred.


Pythian 4
: For Arcesilas of Cyrene Chariot Race 462 B.C.

γνῶθι νῦν τὰν Οἰδιπόδα σοφίαν. εἰ γάρ τις ὄζους ὀξυτόμῳ πελέκει 
[470] ἐξερείψειεν μεγάλας δρυός, αἰσχύνοι δέ οἱ θαητὸν εἶδος: 
265καὶ φθινόκαρπος ἐοῖσα διδοῖ ψᾶφον περ᾽ αὐτᾶς, 
εἴ ποτε χειμέριον πῦρ ἐξίκηται λοίσθιον: 
ἢ σὺν ὀρθαῖς κιόνεσσιν δεσποσύναισιν ἐρειδομένα 
μόχθον ἄλλοις ἀμφέπει δύστανον ἐν τείχεσιν, 
ἑὸν ἐρημώσαισα χῶρον. 
270[480] ἐσσὶ δ᾽ ἰατὴρ ἐπικαιρότατος, Παιάν τέ σοι τιμᾷ φάος: 
χρὴ μαλακὰν χέρα προσβάλλοντα τρώμαν ἕλκεος ἀμφιπολεῖν. 
ῥᾴδιον μὲν γὰρ πόλιν σεῖσαι καὶ ἀφαυροτέροις: 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ χώρας αὖτις ἕσσαι δυσπαλὲς δὴ γίγνεται, ἐξαπίνας 
εἰ μὴ θεὸς ἁγεμόνεσσι κυβερνατὴρ γένηται. 
275[490] τὶν δὲ τούτων ἐξυφαίνονται χάριτες. 
τλᾶθι τᾶς εὐδαίμονος ἀμφὶ Κυράνας θέμεν σπουδὰν ἅπασαν. 
τῶν δ᾽ Ὁμήρου καὶ τόδε συνθέμενος 
ῥῆμα πόρσυν᾽: ἄγγελον ἐσλὸν ἔφα τιμὰν μεγίσταν πράγματι παντὶ φέρειν: 
αὔξεται καὶ Μοῖσα δι᾽ ἀγγελίας ὀρθᾶς. ἐπέγνω μὲν Κυράνα 
280καὶ τὸ κλεεννότατον μέγαρον Βάττου δικαιᾶν 
[500] Δαμοφίλου πραπίδων. κεῖνος γὰρ ἐν παισὶν νέος, 
ἐν δὲ βουλαῖς πρέσβυς ἐγκύρσαις ἑκατονταετεῖ βιοτᾷ, 
ὀρφανίζει μὲν κακὰν γλῶσσαν φαεννᾶς ὀπός, 
ἔμαθε δ᾽ ὑβρίζοντα μισεῖν, 
285οὐκ ἐρίζων ἀντία τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, 
οὐδὲ μακύνων τέλος οὐδέν. ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς πρὸς ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει. 
[510] εὖ νιν ἔγνωκεν: θεράπων δέ οἱ, οὐ δράστας ὀπαδεῖ. φαντὶ δ᾽ ἔμμεν 
τοῦτ᾽ ἀνιαρότατον, καλὰ γιγνώσκοντ᾽ ἀνάγκᾳ 
ἐκτὸς ἔχειν πόδα. καὶ μὰν κεῖνος Ἄτλας οὐρανῷ 
290[520] προσπαλαίει νῦν γε πατρῴας ἀπὸ γᾶς ἀπό τε κτεάνων: 
λῦσε δὲ Ζεὺς ἄφθιτος Τιτᾶνας. ἐν δὲ χρόνῳ 
μεταβολαὶ λήξαντος οὔρου 
ἱστίων. ἀλλ᾽ εὔχεται οὐλομέναν νοῦσον διαντλήσαις ποτὲ 
οἶκον ἰδεῖν, ἐπ᾽ Ἀπόλλωνός τε κράνᾳ συμποσίας ἐφέπων 
295θυμὸν ἐκδόσθαι πρὸς ἥβαν πολλάκις, ἔν τε σοφοῖς 
δαιδαλέαν φόρμιγγα βαστάζων πολίταις ἡσυχίᾳ θιγέμεν, 
[530] μήτ᾽ ὦν τινι πῆμα πορών, ἀπαθὴς δ᾽ αὐτὸς πρὸς ἀστῶν. 
καί κε μυθήσαιθ᾽ ὁποίαν, Ἀρκεσίλα, 
εὗρε παγὰν ἀμβροσίων ἐπέων, πρόσφατον Θήβᾳ ξενωθείς.

Now, learn the skill of Oedipus: if a man, with a sharp-cutting axe, cuts the branches
from a great oak, and spoils its marvellous beauty, [265] even with its fruit destroyed it votes for its own worth,
if it comes at last to the winter fire; or if it is placed with upright columns belonging to a ruler,
performing a slavish service among foreign walls, having deserted its native place.
[270] But you are a most opportune healer, and Apollo Paean honors your light.
One must apply a gentle hand to tend a sore wound: it is easy even for weak men to shake a city to its foundations,
but to set it in its place again is indeed a difficult struggle, unless a god suddenly comes to guide its rulers. [275]
These blessings are woven out for you: be bold, and apply all earnestness for the sake of fortunate Cyrene.
Of the sayings of Homer, take to heart and heed this one: “a noble messenger,”
he said, “brings the greatest honor to every business.” Even the Muse is exalted by a correct message.
Cyrene [280] and the most renowned hall of Battus recognized the just mind of Damophilus; a
young man among boys, and in counsels like an elder who has lived a hundred years,
he robs the evil tongue of its brash voice, and he has learned to hate the arrogant; [285]
he does not struggle against good men, or postpone any decisive action, for the right moment
has a brief measure in the eyes of men. He recognizes it well, and he serves it as an attendant, not a slave.
But they say that this is the most grievous thing of all, to recognize what is good and to be debarred
from it by compulsion. And truly he, like Atlas, [290] now strains against the weight of the sky,
far from his ancestral land and his possessions. But immortal Zeus freed the Titans; and in time,
when the wind ceases, there are changes of sails. But he prays that at some time, when he has
drained to the dregs his cup of ruinous affliction, he will see his home, and, joining the symposium
near the spring of Apollo, [295] yield his spirit often to the joys of youth, and attain peace,
holding the well-made lyre among his skillful fellow citizens, bringing no pain to anyone,
and himself unharmed by his townsmen. Then he would tell you, Arcesilas,
what a fountain of immortal song he found, when he was recently entertained by his host at Thebes.

cf. Homer Il. xv

τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων:
‘Ἶρι θεὰ μάλα τοῦτο ἔπος κατὰ μοῖραν ἔειπες:
‘ἐσθλὸν καὶ τὸ τέτυκται ὅτ᾽ ἄγγελος αἴσιμα εἰδῇ.
ἀλλὰ τόδ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἱκάνει
ὁππότ᾽ ἂν ἰσόμορον καὶ ὁμῇ πεπρωμένον αἴσῃ
210νεικείειν ἐθέλῃσι χολωτοῖσιν ἐπέεσσιν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι νῦν μέν κε νεμεσσηθεὶς ὑποείξω:
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, καὶ ἀπειλήσω τό γε θυμῷ:
αἴ κεν ἄνευ ἐμέθεν καὶ Ἀθηναίης ἀγελείης
Ἥρης Ἑρμείω τε καὶ Ἡφαίστοιο ἄνακτος
215Ἰλίου αἰπεινῆς πεφιδήσεται, οὐδ᾽ ἐθελήσει
ἐκπέρσαι, δοῦναι δὲ μέγα κράτος Ἀργείοισιν,
ἴστω τοῦθ᾽ ὅτι νῶϊν ἀνήκεστος χόλος ἔσται.

[205] Then answered her again Poseidon, the Shaker of Earth:“Goddess Iris, this word
of thine is right fitly spoken; and a good thing verily is this, when a messenger hath an understanding heart.
But herein dread grief cometh upon my heart and soul, whenso any is minded to upbraid with angry words
[210] one of like portion with himself, to whom fate hath decreed an equal share. Howbeit for this present will I yield,
despite mine indignation; yet another thing will I tell thee, and make this threat in my wrath: if in despite of me,
and of Athene, driver of the spoil, [215] and of Hera, and Hermes, and lord Hephaestus,
he shall spare steep Ilios, and shall be minded not to lay it waste, neither to give great might to the Argives,
let him know this, that between us twain shall be wrath that naught can appease.”
So saying, the Shaker of Earth left the host of the Achaeans, and fared to the sea and plunged therein;
and the Achaean warriors missed him sore.


Pythian 8: For Aristomenes of Aegina Wrestling 446 B.C.

ὧδ᾽ εἶπε μαρναμένων: 
‘ φυᾷ τὸ γενναῖον ἐπιπρέπει 
45ἐκ πατέρων παισὶ λῆμα. θαέομαι σαφὲς 
δράκοντα ποικίλον αἰθᾶς Ἀλκμᾶν᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀσπίδος 
νωμῶντα πρῶτον ἐν Κάδμου πύλαις. 
ὁ δὲ καμὼν προτέρᾳ πάθᾳ 
[70] νῦν ἀρείονος ἐνέχεται 
50ὄρνιχος ἀγγελίᾳ 
Ἄδραστος ἥρως: τὸ δὲ οἴκοθεν 
ἀντία πράξει. μοῦνος γὰρ ἐκ Δαναῶν στρατοῦ 
θανόντος ὀστέα λέξαις υἱοῦ, τύχᾳ θεῶν 
ἀφίξεται λαῷ σὺν ἀβλαβεῖ 
55Ἄβαντος εὐρυχόρους ἀγυιάς.’ τοιαῦτα μὲν 
ἐφθέγξατ᾽ Ἀμφιάρηος. χαίρων δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς 
[80] Ἀλκμᾶνα στεφάνοισι βάλλω, ῥαίνω δὲ καὶ ὕμνῳ, 
γείτων ὅτι μοι καὶ κτεάνων φύλαξ ἐμῶν 
ὑπάντασεν ἰόντι γᾶς ὀμφαλὸν παρ᾽ ἀοίδιμον, 
60μαντευμάτων τ᾽ ἐφάψατο συγγόνοισι τέχναις. 

Thus he spoke, while they were fighting: “By nature the genuine spirit of the fathers [45]
is conspicuous in the sons. I clearly see Alcmaeon, wielding a dappled serpent on his blazing shield,
the first at the gates of Cadmus. And he who suffered in the earlier disaster, the hero Adrastus,
now has the tidings of a better [50] bird of omen. But at home his luck will be the opposite.
For he alone of the Danaan army will gather the bones of his dead son, by the fortune sent
from the gods, and come with his people unharmed [55] to the spacious streets of Argos,
the city of Abas.” So spoke Amphiaraus. And I myself rejoice as I fling garlands over Alcmaeon and sprinkle
him with song, because this hero is my neighbor and guardian of my possessions, and he met me
when I was going to the songful navel of the earth, [60] and he touched on prophecies with his inborn arts.
And you, Apollo, shooting from afar, you who govern the glorious temple, hospitable to all,
in the hollows of Pytho, there you granted the greatest of joys. [65] And before,
in your festival at home, you brought him a coveted gift for the pentathlon.
Lord, I pray that with a willing mind I may observe a certain harmony on every step of my way.


Nemean 5: For Pytheas of Aegina Boys' Pancratium ?483 B. C.

οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμ᾽, ὥστ᾽ ἐλινύσοντα ἐργάζεσθαι ἀγάλματ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτᾶς βαθμίδος 
ἑσταότ᾽: ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ πάσας ὁλκάδος ἔν τ᾽ ἀκάτῳ, γλυκεῖ᾽ ἀοιδά, 
στεῖχ᾽ ἀπ᾽ Αἰγίνας, διαγγέλλοισ᾽, ὅτι 
Λάμπωνος υἱὸς Πυθέας εὐρυσθενὴς 
5νίκη Νεμείοις παγκρατίου στέφανον, 
[10] οὔπω γένυσι φαίνων τέρειναν ματέρ᾽ οἰνάνθας ὀπώραν, 
ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνὸς ἥρωας αἰχματὰς φυτευθέντας καὶ ἀπὸ χρυσεᾶν Νηρηΐδων 
Αἰακίδας ἐγέραιρεν ματρόπολίν τε, φίλαν ξένων ἄρουραν: 
τάν ποτ᾽ εὔανδρόν τε καὶ ναυσικλυτὰν 
10θέσσαντο πὰρ βωμὸν πατέρος Ἑλλανίου 
[20] στάντες, πίτναν τ᾽ εἰς αἰθέρα χεῖρας ἁμᾷ 
Ἐνδαΐδος ἀριγνῶτες υἱοὶ καὶ βία Φώκου κρέοντος, 
ὁ τᾶς θεοῦ, ὃν Ψαμάθεια τίκτ᾽ ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνι πόντου. 
αἰδέομαι μέγα εἰπεῖν ἐν δίκᾳ τε μὴ κεκινδυνευμένον, 
15πῶς δὴ λίπον εὐκλέα νᾶσον, καὶ τίς ἄνδρας ἀλκίμους 
[30] δαίμων ἀπ᾽ Οἰνώνας ἔλασεν. στάσομαι: οὔ τοι ἅπασα κερδίων 
φαίνοισα πρόσωπον ἀλάθει᾽ ἀτρεκής: 
καὶ τὸ σιγᾶν πολλάκις ἐστὶ σοφώτατον ἀνθρώπῳ νοῆσαι. 

εἰ δ᾽ ὄλβον ἢ χειρῶν βίαν ἢ σιδαρίταν ἐπαινῆσαι πόλεμον δεδόκηται, μακρά μοι 
20αὐτόθεν ἅλμαθ᾽ ὑποσκάπτοι τις: ἔχω γονάτων ἐλαφρὸν ὁρμάν: 
[40] καὶ πέραν πόντοιο πάλλοντ᾽ αἰετοί. 
πρόφρων δὲ καὶ κείνοις ἄειδ᾽ ἐν Παλίῳ 
Μοισᾶν ὁ κάλλιστος χορός, ἐν δὲ μέσαις 
φόρμιγγ᾽ Ἀπόλλων ἑπτάγλωσσον χρυσέῳ πλάκτρῳ διώκων 
25ἁγεῖτο παντοίων νόμων: αἱ δὲ πρώτιστον μὲν ὕμνησαν Διὸς ἀρχόμεναι σεμνὰν Θέτιν 
Πηλέα θ᾽, ὥς τέ νιν ἁβρὰ Κρηθεῒς Ἱππολύτα δόλῳ πεδᾶσαι 
[50] ἤθελε ξυνᾶνα Μαγνήτων σκοπὸν 
πείσαισ᾽ ἀκοίταν ποικίλοις βουλεύμασιν, 
ψεύσταν δὲ ποιητὸν συνέπαξε λόγον, 
30ὡς ἆρα νυμφείας ἐπείρα κεῖνος ἐν λέκτροις Ἀκάστου 

I am not a sculptor, to make statues that stand motionless on the same pedestal. Sweet song,
go on every merchant-ship and rowboat that leaves Aegina, and announce that Lampon's powerful son Pytheas [5]
won the victory garland for the pancratium at the Nemean games, a boy whose cheeks do not yet show the tender
season that is mother to the dark blossom. He has brought honor to the Aeacids, the heroic spearmen descended
from Cronus and Zeus and the golden Nereids, and to his mother city, a land friendly to guests. [10]
Once by the altar of father Zeus Hellenius the illustrious sons of Endais and the strong, mighty Phocus
stood and prayed, stretching their hands to the sky, that the city would one day be famous for men and ships.
Phocus was the son of the goddess Psamatheia; he was born by the shore of the sea. Reverence
restrains me from speaking of an enormous and unjust venture, [15] how indeed they left the glorious island,
and what divine power drove the brave men from Oenone.
I will stop: it is not always beneficial for the precise truth to show her face, and silence is often the wisest thing for a man to heed. 
But if it is resolved to praise wealth, or the strength of hands, or iron war, [20]
let someone mark off a long jump for me from this point. I have a light spring in my knees,
and eagles swoop over the sea. The most beautiful chorus of Muses sang gladly for the Aeacids
on Mt. Pelion, and among them Apollo, sweeping the seven-tongued lyre with a golden plectrum, [25]
led all types of strains. And the Muses began with a prelude to Zeus, then sang first of divine Thetis and of Peleus;
how Hippolyte, the opulent daughter of Cretheus, wanted to trap him with deceit.
With elaborate planning she persuaded her husband, the watcher of the Magnesians,
to be a partner in her plot, and she forged a false story led all types of strains.[30]
that Peleus had made an attempt on her in Acastus' own bed.

(Transl. Diane Arnson Svarlien)




According to Greek mythology, Ion (/ˈaɪ.ɒn/Ancient GreekἼων, Íon, gen.: Ἴωνος, Íonos, "going") was the illegitimate child of Creüsa, daughter of Erechtheus and wife of Xuthus.[1]

Creusa conceived Ion with Apollo then she abandoned the child. Apollo asked Hermes to take Ion from his cradle. Ion was saved (and raised) by a priestess of the Delphic Oracle.
Later, Xuthus was informed by the oracle that the first person he met when leaving the oracle would be his son, and this person was Ion. He interpreted it to mean that he had fathered Ion,
when, in fact, Apollo was giving him Ion as an adoptive son. Creusa was planning on killing Ion due to her jealousy that Xuthus had a son while she was still childless.
At the same time, Ion was planning on doing harm to Creusa. In the end, Creusa found out that Ion was her child, and only Xuthus' adopted child. This is the story told in the tragedy Ion by Euripides.

In the other accounts, Ion was the founder of Helike (the modern Eliki) in Achaea. Ion was the son of Xuthus (rather than Apollo) who was brought to the area during the reign of king Selinus.
He married the girl named Helike who succeeded to the throne. He built the city of Eliki after the name of his wife, and made it the capital of the kingdom. Later he took
an expedition against Eleusis (now Elefsina) with the help of the Athenian and in the battle he was killed near Eleusis.

Ion was also believed to have founded a primary tribe of Greece, the Ionians. He has often been identified with the Javan mentioned in the Hebrew Bible.[2]
The earlier Greek form of the name was *Ἰάϝων "Iáwōn", which, with the loss of the digamma, later became Ἰάων Iáōn,[3]
or plural Iáones, as seen in epic poetry.[4][5] In addition, Dionysius Periegetes ver. 416 mentions a river in Arcadia called Iaon.
This river Iaon is further alluded to in Hesiod's Hymns of Callimachus, Hymn to Jupiter 22. This river has also been connected to the earlier forms of the name.[6]

References
1. HesiodCatalogue of Women fr. 10(a).
2. Bromiley, Geoffrey William (General Editor) (1994). The International Standard Bible Encyclopedia: Volume Two: Fully Revised: E-J: Javan. Grand Rapids,
Michigan: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing. pp. 971. ISBN 0-8028-3782-4.
3. Woodhouse’s English-Greek Dictionary, 1910, p. 1014
4. HesiodCatalogue of Women fr. 10(a).23. ("Ἰάονά τε κλυ]τόπωλ[ο]ν")
5. Iliad, 13.685 ("Ἔνθα δὲ Βοιωτοὶ καὶ Ἰάονες ἑλκεχίτωνες"), mentioned in Israel and Hellas (1995) by John Pairman Brown, p. 82.
6. The Early Ionians by George Huxley (1966), p. 166.


EURIPIDES: ION

Wikipedia

Ion (/ˈaɪɒn/Ancient GreekἼων, Iōn) is an ancient Greek play by Euripides, thought to be written between 414 and 412 BC. It follows the orphan Ion in the discovery of his origins.

Background

Creusa, daughter of Erechtheus, was a noble native of Athens. The god Apollo raped her in a cave; there she gave birth to his son and intended to kill him by exposure. She keeps all this a secret. Many years later she was near the end of child bearing age, and had so far been unable to have a child with her husband Xuthus, a Thessalian and son of Aeolus. So they traveled to Delphi to seek a sign from the oracles.

Story

Outside the temple of Apollo at DelphiHermes recalls the time when Creusa, the daughter of Erectheus, was raped by Apollo in a cave at Long Rocks under the Acropolis. Creusa secretly gave birth to a child, whom she left in a basket, along with some trinkets, expecting that he would be devoured by beasts. Apollo sent Hermes to bring the boy to Delphi where he has grown up as an attendant at the temple. Creusa, meanwhile, was married to the foreign-born Xuthus, son of Aeolus, the son of Zeus. Xuthus won Creusa by assisting the Athenians in a war against the Chalcidians. Xuthus and Creusa have come to Delphi to ask if they can have children. Hermes says that Apollo will give the boy, soon to be named Ion, to Xuthus who will take him home to Athens where he will be recognized by his mother.

Hermes steps into a wooded grove when Ion arrives to begin his morning chores. As Ion sweeps the steps of the temple with a broom of laurel, he sings the praise of the god who is like a father to him. His reveries are disturbed by birds which he shoos away with his arrows, though not without a twinge of regret.

The Chorus, consisting of Athenian maidens, arrives at the temple and marvels at the stonework depicting ancient legends. They identify themselves to Ion as servants of the Athenian rulers and soon spot their mistress arriving at the temple doors.

Creusa introduces herself to Ion as the daughter of Erectheus. Ion is impressed, as he is familiar with the old stories about her family. Ion's casual mention of Long Rocks startles Creusa but she reveals nothing of her past. She tells him that she has married a foreigner, Xuthus, who won her as a prize for helping the Athenians in battle. They are here to ask about having children. Ion introduces himself as an orphan slave who was brought up by the priestess of Apollo. When Creusa asks if he has ever tried to find his mother, he says he has no token of her. Moved by the thought of his mother, Creusa tells Ion that she has come in advance of her husband to question the oracle on behalf of "a friend" who had a child by Apollo, which she abandoned. She has come, she tells him, to ask the god if her friend's child is still alive. He would be about your age now, she tells him. Ion warns her to abandon the inquiry, saying that no one would dare accuse the god of such a deed in his own temple. Seeing Xuthus approaching, Creusa asks Ion to reveal nothing of their conversation. Xuthus arrives and expresses confidence that he will receive good news from the oracle. He sends Creusa with laurel branches to make the rounds of the external altars, and goes into the sanctuary. After they both leave, Ion questions how the gods, who punish evildoing among mortals, can engage in abusive behavior themselves. Before going off to finish his chores, he indignantly advises the gods not to rape young women just because they can.

While Xuthus is inside, the Chorus of Creusa's servants prays to Athena and Artemis, recalling the joys of fertility and raising children. Recalling the story of the daughters of Cecrops and Aglauros, they conclude that children born of mortals by gods are fated for ill fortune.

Ion returns as Xuthus emerges from the inner sanctuary. He calls the young man "my boy" and rushes to embrace him. Ion is wary and at one point he even draws his bow. Xuthus explains that the god told him that the first person he encountered when he came out of the shrine would be his son. When Ion questions who his mother might be, Xuthus says that perhaps she was someone he met at a Bacchic festival. Ion accepts Xuthus as his father, but thinks wistfully of the mother he longs to meet. Creusa's servants wish that their mistress could share in the happiness. Xuthus proposes that Ion come back to Athens with him, but the young man is reluctant to take on the role of "the bastard son of an imported father." He compares the happiness of kings to an outward façade of prosperity masking fear and suspicion within. When he says that he would prefer to remain a temple attendant, Xuthus breaks off the conversation with "Enough of that. You must learn to be happy." Ion will come back with him as a house guest. When the time is right, he will arrange for Ion to be his heir. As he leaves to offer sacrifice, he names the boy Ion because he met him 'coming out' and tells him to arrange for a banquet to celebrate his departure from Delphi. He enjoins the chorus to reveal nothing of what has happened. Ion reluctantly agrees to go to Athens, but he longs to meet his unknown mother and fears he will not be well received.

The Chorus of Creusa's maids, suspecting treachery, pray for the death of Xuthus and Ion, whom they consider interlopers.

Creusa returns to the temple gate accompanied by her father's elderly tutor. Sensing that something is amiss, Creusa presses her maids to tell what they know. They reveal that Apollo gave Ion to Xuthus as a son while she will remain childless. The old tutor speculates that Xuthus discovered that Creusa was barren, sired the child by a slave and gave him to a Delphian to raise. The old man tells Creusa that she must not allow the bastard child of a foreigner to inherit the throne. Instead, she must kill her husband and his son to prevent further treachery. He volunteers to help her. The servants pledge their support.

With her hopes in the god completely dashed, Creusa finally reveals what Apollo did to her, in a sung monody. She describes how he came upon her as she was gathering flowers — a shining god who grabbed her by the wrists and dragged her into a cave as she screamed for her mother. She gave birth to a child and left him in the cave in the hope that the god would save him. Now she realizes that Apollo has completely abandoned her and their son.

The tutor encourages her to avenge herself by torching Apollo's temple, but she refuses. When she also refuses to kill her husband, the tutor suggests that she kill the young man. Creusa agrees, telling him that she has two drops of the Gorgon's blood which Erichthonius received from Athena. One drop kills and the other cures. She gives the deadly drop to the tutor to poison Ion during his farewell banquet, then they go their separate ways.

 The Chorus prays for the plot's success, fearing that if it fails, Creusa will take her own life before allowing a foreigner to take over Athenian rule. They condemn the ingratitude of Apollo who gave preference to Xuthus over their mistress.

Following the Chorus' song, a messenger arrives, announcing that the plot has failed. He tells them (in a typically Euripidean messenger speech) that a Delphian mob is searching for Creusa to stone her to death. He says that Xuthus arranged for Ion to host a banquet under a tent, while he went off to offer sacrifice. The messenger describes the banquet tent, in a detailed ekphrasis. The messenger then reports how the plan went awry. Ingratiating himself with the crowd, the old tutor took on the role of wine steward and slipped the poison into Ion's cup as planned; but just as they were about to drink, someone made an ill-omened remark and Ion called on the company to pour out their cups. When a flock of doves drank the spilled wine, all survived except the dove that drank the wine intended for Ion. The bird died in torment, revealing the plot. Ion grabbed the old tutor, found the vial and forced a confession from him. Then he successfully brought a charge of murder against Creusa at a hastily assembled court of Delphian leaders. Now the entire city is searching for her.

The Chorus sings a song anticipating their death at the hands of the Delphian mob.

Creusa then enters, saying that she is pursued by the Delphian mob. On the advice of her servants, she seeks sanctuary at the altar of Apollo, just as Ion arrives with sword in hand. Each accuse the other of treachery. He says that she tried to murder him; she says that he tried to overturn the house of her fathers.

As Ion rails against the laws that protect convicted assassins, the Pythian priestess emerges from the temple. Advising Ion to go to Athens with his father, she shows him the basket he was found in. She has kept it secret all these years, but now that Ion's father has been revealed, she can give it to him to help in the search for his mother. Ion vows to travel all of Asia and Europe to search for her. She advises him to start his search in Delphi. As he peers into the basket, Ion marvels at the fact that it shows no sign of age or decay. Recognizing the basket, Creusa knows immediately that Ion is her son. She leaves the altar to embrace him even at the risk of her life. When she announces that she is his mother, Ion accuses her of lying. In an attempt to discredit her, he challenges her to name what is in the basket. There is an unfinished weaving with a Gorgon in the center fringed with serpents like an aegis; a pair of golden serpents in memory of Erichthonius, fashioned into a necklace; and a wreath of olive branches which ought to still be green. Convinced, Ion flies to Creusa's welcoming arms — her long dead son has been returned alive.

Embracing her son and heir, Creusa expresses her joy. There is no more unlikely chance than this, Ion tells her, than to discover that you are my mother. I am childless no longer, she tells him. When Ion questions her about his father, Creusa tells him with some embarrassment that he is the son of Apollo and that she reluctantly abandoned him in a deserted cave to be the prey of birds. As they celebrate their change of fortune, Ion takes her aside to ask if perhaps she conceived him with a mortal father and made up the story about Apollo. After all, Apollo said that Xuthus was his father.

Convinced that only Apollo can tell him for certain who his father is, Ion starts toward the sanctuary to confront the god, but he is stopped by the appearance of the goddess Athena on the roof of the temple (an instance of deus ex machina). Athena explains that Apollo thought it best not to show himself in person lest he be blamed for what happened, but sent Athena in his place to tell Ion that he is Ion's father and Creusa is his mother. Athena tells Ion that Apollo brought them together on purpose, to provide Ion with a proper place in a noble house. Apollo had planned for Ion to discover the truth after he went to Athens, but since the plot was discovered, he decided to reveal the secret here to prevent either of them from killing the other. Athena then tells Creusa to establish Ion on the ancient Athenian throne where he will be famous throughout Hellas. He and his half brothers will establish the Ionian, Dorian and Achaean races. Apollo, the goddess concludes, has managed all things well. As she leaves, Athena orders them not to tell Xuthus but to let him think that Ion is his son.

The testimony of the goddess convinces Ion, who affirms that Apollo is his father and Creusa his mother. For her part, Creusa swears that she will now praise Apollo because he gave her son back. The gods may be slow to action, Athena observes, but in the end they show their strength.

Reception

Although Ion is not among Euripides' most revered plays, some critics have cited its unconventionality in the context of Greek tragedy. In The Classical Quarterly, Spencer Cole defended another scholar's argument that the play is "self-referential to a degree unparalleled anywhere else in Euripides," and wrote that Ion was the work in which the tragedian's will to innovate was most evident.

References

Cole, Spencer (May 2008). "Annotated Innovation in Euripides' "Ion"". The Classical Quarterly. Cambridge University Press. 58 (1): 313–315.

External links

 Works related to Ion at Wikisource

Wikisource-logo.svg Greek Wikisource has original text related to this article: Ἴων


EURIPIDES: ION

 

Ἴων

ἀλλ᾽ ἐκπαύσω γὰρ μόχθους 
145δάφνας ὁλκοῖς, 
χρυσέων δ᾽ ἐκ τευχέων ῥίψω 
Γαίας παγάν, 
ἃν ἀποχεύονται 
Κασταλίας δῖναι, 
150νοτερὸν ὕδωρ βάλλων, 
ὅσιος ἀπ᾽ εὐνᾶς ὤν. 
εἴθ᾽ οὕτως αἰεὶ Φοίβῳ 
λατρεύων μὴ παυσαίμαν, 
ἢ παυσαίμαν ἀγαθᾷ μοίρᾳ. 
ἔα ἔα: 
φοιτῶσ᾽ ἤδη λείπουσίν τε 
155πτανοὶ Παρνασοῦ κοίτας: 
αὐδῶ μὴ χρίμπτειν θριγκοῖς 
μηδ᾽ ἐς χρυσήρεις οἴκους — 
μάρψω σ᾽ αὖ τόξοις, ὦ Ζηνὸς 
κῆρυξ, ὀρνίθων γαμφηλαῖς 
160ἰσχὺν νικῶν. 
ὅδε πρὸς θυμέλας ἄλλος ἐρέσσει 
κύκνος. οὐκ ἄλλᾳ 
φοινικοφαῆ πόδα κινήσεις; 
οὐδέν σ᾽ ἁ φόρμιγξ ἁ Φοίβου 
165σύμμολπος τόξων ῥύσαιτ᾽ ἄν. 
πάραγε πτέρυγας: 
λίμνας ἐπίβα τᾶς Δηλιάδος: 
αἱμάξεις, εἰ μὴ πείσῃ, 
τὰς καλλιφθόγγους ᾠδάς. 
170ἔα ἔα: 
τίς ὅδ᾽ ὀρνίθων καινὸς προσέβα; 
μῶν ὑπὸ θριγκοὺς εὐναίας 
καρφυρὰς θήσων τέκνοις; 
ψαλμοί σ᾽ εἴρξουσιν τόξων. 
οὐ πείσῃ; χωρῶν δίναις 
175ταῖς Ἀλφειοῦ παιδούργει, 
ἢ νάπος Ἴσθμιον, 
ὡς ἀναθήματα μὴ βλάπτηται 
ναοί θ᾽ οἱ Φοίβου ... 
κτείνειν δ᾽ ὑμᾶς αἰδοῦμαι 
180τοὺς θεῶν ἀγγέλλοντας φήμας 
θνατοῖς: οἷς δ᾽ ἔγκειμαι μόχθοις, 
Φοίβῳ δουλεύσω, κοὐ λήξω 
τοὺς βόσκοντας θεραπεύων.

But I will cease from labor
[145] with the laurel branch and I wil hurl from golden vases Gaia's fountain,
which Castalia's eddies pour out, casting out the moist drops,
[150] since I am chaste. May I never cease to serve Phoebus in this manner;
or, if I do, may it be with good fortune. Ah, ah! Already the birds of Parnassus have left their nests,
[155] and come here. I forbid you to approach the walls and the golden house.
I will reach you with my bow, herald of Zeus, though you conquer
[160] with your beak the strength of all other birds. Here comes another, a swan, to the rim of the temple.
Move your crimson foot elsewhere! Phoebus' lyre, that sings with you,
[165] would not protect you from my bow. Alter your wings' course; go to the Delian lake;
if you do not obey, you will steep your lovely melody in blood.
[170] Ah, ah! what is this new bird that approaches; you will not place under the cornice
a straw-built nest for your children, will you? My singing bow will keep you off. Will you not obey?
[175] Go away and bring up your offspring by the eddies of Alpheus, or go to the Isthmian grove,
so that the offerings, and the temple of Phoebus, are not harmed. . . .
and yet I am ashamed to kill you,

[180] for to mortals you bear the messages of the gods;
but I will be subject to
Phoebus in my appointed tasks, and I will never cease
my service to those who nourish me.


Creusa
sung
O unhappy in my fate, I have received, I have suffered an unbearable pain, my friends.

[765] I am wholly ruined.

Tutor
sung
My child!

Creusa
sung
Alas! A piercing grief has struck me in my heart.

Tutor
Do not groan yet.

Creusa
sung
But the mourning is already here.

Tutor
[770] Until we learn—
πρὶν ἂν μάθωμεν —

Creusa
sung
What message for me?
ἀγγελίαν τίνα μοι;

Tutor
If the master has a share in this same fate, or you alone are unfortunate.
εἰ ταὐτὰ πράσσων δεσπότης τῆς συμφορᾶς 
κοινωνός ἐστιν, ἢ μόνη σὺ δυστυχεῖς.

 

λαβοῦσα τόνδε παῖδα Κεκροπίαν χθόνα 
χώρει, Κρέουσα, κἀς θρόνους τυραννικοὺς 
ἵδρυσον. ἐκ γὰρ τῶν Ἐρεχθέως γεγὼς 
δίκαιος ἄρχειν τῆς γ᾽ ἐμῆς ὅδε χθονός, 
1575ἔσται τ᾽ ἀν᾽ Ἑλλάδ᾽ εὐκλεής. οἱ τοῦδε γὰρ 
παῖδες γενόμενοι τέσσαρες ῥίζης μιᾶς 
ἐπώνυμοι γῆς κἀπιφυλίου χθονὸς 
λαῶν ἔσονται, σκόπελον οἳ ναίουσ᾽ ἐμόν. 
Γελέων μὲν ἔσται πρῶτος: εἶτα δεύτερος 


1580Ὅπλητες Ἀργαδῆς τ᾽, ἐμῆς τ᾽ ἀπ᾽ αἰγίδος 
ἔμφυλον ἕξουσ᾽ Αἰγικορῆς. οἱ τῶνδε δ᾽ αὖ 
παῖδες γενόμενοι σὺν χρόνῳ πεπρωμένῳ 
Κυκλάδας ἐποικήσουσι νησαίας πόλεις 
χέρσους τε παράλους, ὃ σθένος τἠμῇ χθονὶ 
1585δίδωσιν: ἀντίπορθμα δ᾽ ἠπείροιν δυοῖν 
πεδία κατοικήσουσιν, Ἀσιάδος τε γῆς 
Εὐρωπίας τε: τοῦδε δ᾽ ὀνόματος χάριν 
Ἴωνες ὀνομασθέντες ἕξουσιν κλέος. 
Ξούθῳ δὲ καὶ σοὶ γίγνεται κοινὸν γένος, 
1590Δῶρος μέν, ἔνθεν Δωρὶς ὑμνηθήσεται 
πόλις κατ᾽ αἶαν Πελοπίαν: ὁ δεύτερος 
Ἀχαιός, ὃς γῆς παραλίας Ῥίου πέλας 
τύραννος ἔσται, κἀπισημανθήσεται 
κείνου κεκλῆσθαι λαὸς ὄνομ᾽ ἐπώνυμος. 
1595καλῶς δ᾽ Ἀπόλλων πάντ᾽ ἔπραξε: πρῶτα μὲν 
ἄνοσον λοχεύει σ᾽, ὥστε μὴ γνῶναι φίλους: 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἔτικτες τόνδε παῖδα κἀπέθου 
ἐν σπαργάνοισιν, ἁρπάσαντ᾽ ἐς ἀγκάλας 
Ἑρμῆν κελεύει δεῦρο πορθμεῦσαι βρέφος, 
1600ἔθρεψέ τ᾽ οὐδ᾽ εἴασεν ἐκπνεῦσαι βίον. 
νῦν οὖν σιώπα, παῖς ὅδ᾽ ὡς πέφυκε σός, 
ἵν᾽ ἡ δόκησις Ξοῦθον ἡδέως ἔχῃ, 
σύ τ᾽ αὖ τὰ σαυτῆς ἀγάθ᾽ ἔχουσ᾽ ἴῃς, γύναι. 
καὶ χαίρετ᾽: ἐκ γὰρ τῆσδ᾽ ἀναψυχῆς πόνων 
1605εὐδαίμον᾽ ὑμῖν πότμον ἐξαγγέλλομαι.

Creusa, take your son and go to the land of Cecrops; set him on the royal throne.
For he was born from Erechtheus and is fit to rule my land;
[1575] and he will be famous throughout Hellas. He will have four sons, from one stock,
and they will gave names to the land and the tribes of people
who inhabit it. Geleon will be the first; then second . . .
[1580] Hopletes and Argades, and the Aegicores will have a tribal name from my aegis.
Their sons in turn, at the appointed time, will settle in the island cities of the Cyclades,
and the lands along the shore, which will give strength to my land;
[1585] they will colonize the plains of the two mainlands, Asia and Europe, on opposite sides;
they will become famous under the name of Ionians,
in homage to this boy's name. You and Xuthus will have children together:
[1590] Dorus, from whom the Dorian state will be celebrated throughout the land of Pelops.
The second son, Achaeus, will be king of the shore land near Rhion;
and a people called after him will be marked out as having his name.
[1595] Apollo has done all things well: first, he had you give birth without pain,
so that your family would not know about it; when you bore this child
and put him in his clothes, he ordered Hermes to take up the baby in his arms and bring him here;
[1660] he nurtured him, and did not allow him to die.
Now do not reveal that he is your son, so that Xuthus may have his belief in content
and you too may go forth with your blessings, lady.
And now farewell; from this relief from ills
[1605] I announce a prosperous fortune for you.


Ἴων

ὦ Διὸς Παλλὰς μεγίστου θύγατερ, οὐκ ἀπιστίᾳ 
σοὺς λόγους ἐδεξάμεσθα: πείθομαι δ᾽ εἶναι πατρὸς 
Λοξίου καὶ τῆσδε. — καὶ πρὶν τοῦτο δ᾽ οὐκ ἄπιστον ἦν.

Κρέουσα

τἀμὰ νῦν ἄκουσον: αἰνῶ Φοῖβον οὐκ αἰνοῦσα πρίν, 
1610οὕνεχ᾽ οὗ ποτ᾽ ἠμέλησε παιδὸς ἀποδίδωσί μοι. 
αἵδε δ᾽ εὐωποὶ πύλαι μοι καὶ θεοῦ χρηστήρια, 
δυσμενῆ πάροιθεν ὄντα. νῦν δὲ καὶ ῥόπτρων χέρας 
ἡδέως ἐκκρημνάμεσθα καὶ προσεννέπω πύλας.

Ἀθήνα

ᾔνεσ᾽ οὕνεκ᾽ εὐλογεῖς θεὸν μεταβαλοῦσ᾽: ἀεὶ γὰρ οὖν 
1615χρόνια μὲν τὰ τῶν θεῶν πως, ἐς τέλος δ᾽ οὐκ ἀσθενῆ.

Κρέουσα

ὦ τέκνον, στείχωμεν οἴκους.

Ἀθήνα
στείχεθ᾽, ἕψομαι δ᾽ ἐγώ.

Κρέουσα

ἀξία γ᾽ ἡμῶν ὁδουρός.

Ἀθήνα
καὶ φιλοῦσά γε πτόλιν.

Κρέουσα

ἐς θρόνους δ᾽ ἵζου παλαιούς.

Ἴων
ἄξιον τὸ κτῆμά μοι.

Χορός

ὦ Διὸς Λητοῦς τ᾽ Ἄπολλον, χαῖρ᾽: ὅτῳ δ᾽ ἐλαύνεται 
1620συμφοραῖς οἶκος, σέβοντα δαίμονας θαρσεῖν χρεών: 
ἐς τέλος γὰρ οἱ μὲν ἐσθλοὶ τυγχάνουσιν ἀξίων, 
οἱ κακοὶ δ᾽, ὥσπερ πεφύκασ᾽, οὔποτ᾽ εὖ πράξειαν ἄν.


Ion
O Pallas, daughter of all-powerful Zeus! not with distrust shall we receive your words; I am convinced that
Phoebus is my father and she is my mother.—and that I did not doubt before.

Creusa
Hear now my words also; I praise Phoebus, whom I did not praise before;
[1610] because he gives back to me the child that he once neglected.
These gates are lovely to my eyes, and the oracles of the god, which were hostile before.
But now I gladly cling to the handle of the door and address the gates.

Athena
I am glad that you have changed your mind and praise the god; for always
[1615] the gifts of Heaven are somehow slow, but at the end they are not weak.

Creusa
My son, let us go home.

Athena
Go; I will escort you.

Creusa
A worthy guide for us.

Athena
And friendly to the city.

Creusa
Sit on the ancient throne.

Ion
A worthy possession for me. Ion, Creusa and Athena leave the stage.

Chorus
O son of Leto and Zeus, Apollo, hail! The one whose house is striken
[1620] by misfortune must have courage and honor the gods; for, at the end,
 the good obtain what they have deserved, but the bad by nature can never fare well.



PLATO: ION


1.
[530α]
Σωκράτης
τὸν Ἴωνα χαίρειν. πόθεν τὰ νῦν ἡμῖν ἐπιδεδήμηκας; ἢ οἴκοθεν ἐξ Ἐφέσου;
Ἴων
οὐδαμῶς, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ Ἐπιδαύρου ἐκ τῶν Ἀσκληπιείων.
Σωκράτης 
μῶν καὶ ῥαψῳδῶν ἀγῶνα τιθέασιν τῷ θεῷ οἱ Ἐπιδαύριοι;
Ἴων
πάνυ γε, καὶ τῆς ἄλλης γε μουσικῆς.
Σωκράτης
τί οὖν; ἠγωνίζου τι ἡμῖν; καὶ πῶς τι ἠγωνίσω; 
[530β]
Ἴων
τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἄθλων ἠνεγκάμεθα, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης
εὖ λέγεις: ἄγε δὴ ὅπως καὶ τὰ Παναθήναια νικήσομεν.
Ἴων
ἀλλ᾽ ἔσται ταῦτα, ἐὰν θεὸς ἐθέλῃ.
Σωκράτης
καὶ μὴν πολλάκις γε ἐζήλωσα ὑμᾶς τοὺς ῥαψῳδούς, ὦ Ἴων, τῆς τέχνης:
 τὸ γὰρ ἅμα μὲν τὸ σῶμα κεκοσμῆσθαιἀεὶ πρέπον ὑμῶν 
εἶναι τῇ τέχνῃ καὶ ὡς καλλίστοις φαίνεσθαι, ἅμα δὲ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ἔν
τε ἄλλοις ποιηταῖςδιατρίβειν πολλοῖς καὶ ἀγαθοῖς 
καὶ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα ἐν Ὁμήρῳ, τῷ ἀρίστῳ καὶ θειοτάτῳ τῶν ποιητῶν,
καὶ τὴντούτου διάνοιαν 
[530ξ] 
ἐκμανθάνειν, μὴ μόνον τὰ ἔπη, ζηλωτόν ἐστιν. οὐ γὰρ ἂν γένοιτό
ποτε ἀγαθὸς ῥαψῳδός, εἰ μὴ συνείη τὰλεγόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ. 
τὸν γὰρ ῥαψῳδὸν ἑρμηνέα δεῖ τοῦ ποιητοῦ τῆς διανοίας
γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἀκούουσι: τοῦτο δὲ καλῶς ποιεῖν μὴ γιγνώσκοντα ὅτι λέγει ὁ ποιητὴς ἀδύνατον. 
ταῦτα οὖν πάντα ἄξια ζηλοῦσθαι.

2.
Ἴων
ἀληθῆ λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες: ἐμοὶ γοῦν τοῦτο πλεῖστον ἔργον παρέσχεν τῆς τέχνης,
καὶ οἶμαι κάλλισταἀνθρώπων λέγειν περὶ Ὁμήρου, ὡς οὔτε Μητρόδωρος ὁ [530δ] Λαμψακηνὸς 
οὔτε Στησίμβροτος ὁ Θάσιος οὔτε Γλαύκων οὔτε ἄλλος οὐδεὶς
τῶν πώποτε γενομένωνἔσχεν εἰπεῖν οὕτω πολλὰς καὶ καλὰς διανοίας περὶ Ὁμήρου ὅσας ἐγώ.
Σωκράτης
εὖ λέγεις, ὦ Ἴων: δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι οὐ φθονήσεις μοι ἐπιδεῖξαι.
Ἴων
καὶ μὴν ἄξιόν γε ἀκοῦσαι, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς εὖ κεκόσμηκα
τὸν Ὅμηρον: ὥστε οἶμαι ὑπὸ Ὁμηριδῶν ἄξιος εἶναιχρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθῆναι.
Σωκράτης καὶ μὴν ἐγὼ ἔτι ποιήσομαι σχολὴν ἀκροάσασθαί 
[531α]
 σου, νῦν δέ μοι τοσόνδε ἀπόκριναι: πότερον περὶ Ὁμήρου
μόνον δεινὸς εἶ ἢ καὶ περὶ Ἡσιόδου καὶ Ἀρχιλόχου;
Ἴων
οὐδαμῶς, ἀλλὰ περὶ Ὁμήρου μόνον: ἱκανὸν γάρ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι.
Σωκράτης
ἔστι δὲ περὶ ὅτου Ὅμηρός τε καὶ Ἡσίοδος ταὐτὰ λέγετον;
Ἴων
οἶμαι ἔγωγε καὶ πολλά.
Σωκράτης
πότερον οὖν περὶ τούτων κάλλιον ἂν ἐξηγήσαιο ἃ Ὅμηρος λέγει ἢ ἃ Ἡσίοδος;
Ἴων
ὁμοίως ἂν περί γε τούτων, ὦ 
[531β] 
Σώκρατες, περὶ ὧν ταὐτὰ λέγουσιν.
Σωκράτης
τί δὲ ὧν πέρι μὴ ταὐτὰ λέγουσιν; οἷον περὶ μαντικῆς λέγει τι Ὅμηρός τε καὶ Ἡσίοδος.
Ἴων
πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης
τί οὖν; ὅσα τε ὁμοίως καὶ ὅσα διαφόρως περὶ μαντικῆς λέγετον
τὼ ποιητὰ τούτω, πότερον σὺ κάλλιον ἂνἐξηγήσαιο ἢ τῶν μάντεών τις τῶν ἀγαθῶν;
Ἴων
τῶν μάντεων.
Σωκράτης
εἰ δὲ σὺ ἦσθα μάντις, οὐκ, εἴπερ περὶ τῶν ὁμοίως λεγομένων οἷός
 τ᾽ ἦσθα ἐξηγήσασθαι, καὶ περὶ τῶν διαφόρωςλεγομένων ἠπίστω ἂν ἐξηγεῖσθαι;
Ἴων
δῆλον ὅτι.
[531ξ]
Σωκράτης
τί οὖν ποτε περὶ μὲν Ὁμήρου δεινὸς εἶ, περὶ δὲ Ἡσιόδου οὔ, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ποιητῶν; ἢ Ὅμηρος 
περὶ ἄλλωντινῶν λέγει ἢ ὧνπερ σύμπαντες οἱ ἄλλοι ποιηταί; οὐ περὶ πολέμου τε τὰ πολλὰ διελήλυθεν 
καὶ περὶ ὁμιλιῶνπρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθῶν
 τε καὶ κακῶν καὶ ἰδιωτῶν καὶ δημιουργῶν, 
καὶ περὶ θεῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλουςκαὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁμιλούντων, ὡς ὁμιλοῦσι, καὶ περὶ τῶν οὐρανίων 
παθημάτων καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐν Ἅιδου, καὶγενέσεις καὶ θεῶν [531δ]
καὶ ἡρώων; οὐ ταῦτά ἐστι περὶ ὧν Ὅμηρος τὴν ποίησιν πεποίηκεν;
Ἴων
ἀληθῆ λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες.

3.
Σωκράτης
τί δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι ποιηταί; οὐ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων;
Ἴων
ναί, ἀλλ᾽, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐχ ὁμοίως πεποιήκασι καὶ Ὅμηρος.
Σωκράτης
τί μήν; κάκιον;
Ἴων
πολύ γε.
Σωκράτης
Ὅμηρος δὲ ἄμεινον;
Ἴων
ἄμεινον μέντοι νὴ Δία.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν, ὦ φίλη κεφαλὴ Ἴων, ὅταν περὶ ἀριθμοῦ πολλῶν λεγόντων εἷς τις ἄριστα λέγῃ, γνώσεται δήπου τις 
[531ε] 
τὸν εὖ λέγοντα;
Ἴων
φημί.
Σωκράτης
πότερον οὖν ὁ αὐτὸς ὅσπερ καὶ τοὺς κακῶς λέγοντας, ἢ ἄλλος;
Ἴων
ὁ αὐτὸς δήπου.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν ὁ τὴν ἀριθμητικὴν τέχνην ἔχων οὗτός ἐστιν;
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
τί δ᾽; ὅταν πολλῶν λεγόντων περὶ ὑγιεινῶν σιτίων ὁποῖά ἐστιν, εἷς τις ἄριστα λέγῃ, 
πότερον ἕτερος μέν τις τὸνἄριστα λέγοντα γνώσεται ὅτι ἄριστα λέγει, ἕτερος δὲ τὸν κάκιον ὅτι κάκιον, ἢ ὁ αὐτός;
Ἴων
δῆλον δήπου, ὁ αὐτός.
Σωκράτης
τίς οὗτος; τί ὄνομα αὐτῷ;
Ἴων
ἰατρός.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν ἐν κεφαλαίῳ λέγομεν ὡς ὁ αὐτὸς γνώσεται ἀεί, περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πολλῶν λεγόντων, 
[532α] 
ὅστις τε εὖ λέγει καὶ ὅστις κακῶς: 
ἢ εἰ μὴ γνώσεται τὸν κακῶς λέγοντα, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸν εὖ, περί γετοῦ αὐτοῦ.
Ἴων
οὕτως.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν ὁ αὐτὸς γίγνεται δεινὸς περὶ ἀμφοτέρων;
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν σὺ φῂς καὶ Ὅμηρον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ποιητάς, ἐν οἷς καὶ Ἡσίοδος 
καὶ Ἀρχίλοχός ἐστιν, περί γε τῶναὐτῶν λέγειν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁμοίως, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν εὖ γε, τοὺς δὲ χεῖρον;
Ἴων
καὶ ἀληθῆ λέγω.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν, εἴπερ τὸν εὖ λέγοντα γιγνώσκεις, 
[532β] 
καὶ τοὺς χεῖρον λέγοντας γιγνώσκοις ἂν ὅτι χεῖρον λέγουσιν.
Ἴων
ἔοικέν γε.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν, ὦ βέλτιστε, ὁμοίως τὸν Ἴωνα λέγοντες περὶ Ὁμήρου τε δεινὸν
εἶναι καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ποιητῶν οὐχἁμαρτησόμεθα, 
ἐπειδή γε αὐτὸς ὁμολογῇ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔσεσθαι κριτὴν ἱκανὸν πάντων
ὅσοι ἂν περὶ τῶν αὐτῶνλέγωσι, τοὺς δὲ ποιητὰς σχεδὸν ἅπαντας τὰ αὐτὰ ποιεῖν.

4.
Ἴων
τί οὖν ποτε τὸ αἴτιον, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὅτι ἐγώ, ὅταν μέν τις
περὶ ἄλλου του ποιητοῦ διαλέγηται, οὔτε προσέχω 
[532ξ] 
τὸν νοῦν ἀδυνατῶ τε καὶ ὁτιοῦν συμβαλέσθαι λόγου ἄξιον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀτεχνῶς νυστάζω, 
ἐπειδὰν δέ τις περὶὉμήρου μνησθῇ, εὐθύς τε ἐγρήγορα
καὶ προσέχω τὸν νοῦν καὶ εὐπορῶ ὅτι λέγω;
Σωκράτης
οὐ χαλεπὸν τοῦτό γε εἰκάσαι, ὦ ἑταῖρε, ἀλλὰ παντὶ δῆλον
ὅτι τέχνῃ καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ περὶ Ὁμήρου λέγεινἀδύνατος εἶ: 
εἰ γὰρ τέχνῃ οἷός τε ἦσθα, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων
ποιητῶν ἁπάντων λέγειν οἷός τ᾽ ἂν ἦσθα: ποιητικὴγάρ πού ἐστιν τὸ ὅλον. ἢ οὔ;
Ἴων
ναί
.[532δ]
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὰν λάβῃ τις καὶ ἄλλην τέχνην ἡντινοῦν ὅλην, ὁ αὐτὸς τρόπος
τῆς σκέψεως ἔσται περὶ ἁπασῶντῶν τεχνῶν; πῶς τοῦτο λέγω, δέῃ τί μου ἀκοῦσαι, ὦ Ἴων;
Ἴων
ναὶ μὰ τὸν Δία, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔγωγε: χαίρω γὰρ ἀκούων ὑμῶν τῶν σοφῶν.
Σωκράτης
βουλοίμην ἄν σε ἀληθῆ λέγειν, ὦ Ἴων: ἀλλὰ σοφοὶ μέν πού ἐστε
ὑμεῖς οἱ ῥαψῳδοὶ καὶ ὑποκριταὶ καὶ ὧν ὑμεῖςᾁδετε τὰ ποιήματα, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ τἀληθῆ λέγω,
[532ε] 
οἷον εἰκὸς ἰδιώτην ἄνθρωπον. ἐπεὶ καὶ περὶ τούτου οὗ νῦν ἠρόμην σε,
θέασαι ὡς φαῦλον καὶ ἰδιωτικόνἐστι καὶ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς γνῶναι ὃ ἔλεγον, 
τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι σκέψιν, ἐπειδάν τις ὅλην τέχνην λάβῃ.
λάβωμεν γὰρτῷ λόγῳ: γραφικὴ γάρ τίς ἐστι τέχνη τὸ ὅλον;
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν καὶ γραφῆς πολλοὶ καὶ εἰσὶ καὶ γεγόνασιν ἀγαθοὶ καὶ φαῦλοι;
Ἴων
πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης
ἤδη οὖν τινα εἶδες ὅστις περὶ μὲν Πολυγνώτου τοῦ Ἀγλαοφῶντος
δεινός ἐστιν ἀποφαίνειν ἃ εὖ τε γράφει καὶ ἃμή, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων γραφέων
[533α] 
ἀδύνατος; καὶ ἐπειδὰν μέν τις τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ζωγράφων ἔργα ἐπιδεικνύῃ,
νυστάζει τε καὶ ἀπορεῖ καὶ οὐκἔχει ὅτι συμβάληται, 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ περὶ Πολυγνώτου ἢ ἄλλου ὅτου βούλει τῶν γραφέων ἑνὸς μόνου
δέῃἀποφήνασθαι γνώμην, ἐγρήγορέν τε καὶ προσέχει τὸν νοῦν καὶ εὐπορεῖ ὅτι εἴπῃ;
Ἴων
οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία, οὐ δῆτα.
Σωκράτης
τί δέ; ἐν ἀνδριαντοποιίᾳ ἤδη τιν᾽ εἶδες ὅστις περὶ μὲν Δαιδάλου τοῦ Μητίονος 
[533β] 
ἢ Ἐπειοῦ τοῦ Πανοπέως
 ἢ Θεοδώρου τοῦ Σαμίου ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς ἀνδριαντοποιοῦ ἑνὸς πέρι δεινός ἐστινἐξηγεῖσθαι 
ἃ εὖ πεποίηκεν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνδριαντοποιῶν ἔργοις
ἀπορεῖ τε καὶ νυστάζει, οὐκ ἔχων ὅτιεἴπῃ;
Ἴων
οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία, οὐδὲ τοῦτον ἑώρακα.
Σωκράτης
ἀλλὰ μήν, ὥς γ᾽ ἐγὼ οἶμαι, οὐδ᾽ ἐν αὐλήσει γε οὐδὲ ἐν κιθαρίσει
οὐδὲ ἐν κιθαρῳδίᾳ οὐδὲ ἐν ῥαψῳδίᾳοὐδεπώποτ᾽
 εἶδες ἄνδρα ὅστις περὶ μὲν Ὀλύμπου δεινός ἐστιν
ἐξηγεῖσθαι ἢ περὶ Θαμύρου ἢ περὶ 
[533ξ] 
Ὀρφέως ἢ περὶ Φημίου τοῦ Ἰθακησίου ῥαψῳδοῦ,
περὶ δὲ Ἴωνος τοῦ Ἐφεσίου ῥαψῳδοῦ ἀπορεῖ καὶ οὐκἔχει συμβαλέσθαι ἅ τε εὖ ῥαψῳδεῖ καὶ ἃ μή.
Ἴων
οὐκ ἔχω σοι περὶ τούτου ἀντιλέγειν, ὦ Σώκρατες: ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα, ὅτι περὶ Ὁμήρου κάλλιστ᾽ἀνθρώπων 
λέγω καὶ εὐπορῶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες μέ φασιν εὖ λέγειν,
περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὔ. καίτοι ὅρα τοῦτο τίἔστιν

5.
Σωκράτης
καὶ ὁρῶ, ὦ Ἴων, καὶ ἔρχομαί γέ σοι ἀποφανούμενος 
[533δ] 
ὅ μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτο εἶναι. ἔστι γὰρ τοῦτο τέχνη μὲν οὐκ ὂν παρὰ
 σοὶ περὶ Ὁμήρου εὖ λέγειν, ὃ νυν δὴ ἔλεγον, 
θεία δὲ δύναμις ἥ σε κινεῖ, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ λίθῳ ἣν
Εὐριπίδης μὲν Μαγνῆτιν ὠνόμασεν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ Ἡρακλείαν. καὶ γὰρ αὕτη ἡ λίθος
οὐ μόνον αὐτοὺς τοὺς δακτυλίους
 ἄγει τοὺς σιδηροῦς, ἀλλὰ καὶ δύναμιν ἐντίθησι τοῖς δακτυλίοις
ὥστ᾽ αὖ δύνασθαι ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ποιεῖν ὅπερ ἡ λίθος, ἄλλους 
[533ε] 
ἄγειν δακτυλίους,  ὥστ᾽ ἐνίοτε ὁρμαθὸς μακρὸς
πάνυ σιδηρίων καὶ δακτυλίων ἐξ ἀλλήλων ἤρτηται: πᾶσιδὲ τούτοις ἐξ ἐκείνης
τῆς λίθου ἡ δύναμις ἀνήρτηται. οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἡ Μοῦσα ἐνθέους μὲν ποιεῖ αὐτή, 
διὰ δὲ τῶν ἐνθέων τούτων ἄλλων ἐνθουσιαζόντων ὁρμαθὸς ἐξαρτᾶται.
πάντες γὰρ οἵ τε τῶν ἐπῶν ποιηταὶ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ οὐκἐκ τέχνης ἀλλ᾽ ἔνθεοι ὄντες
 καὶ κατεχόμενοι πάντα ταῦτα τὰ καλὰ λέγουσι ποιήματα,
καὶ οἱ μελοποιοὶ οἱἀγαθοὶ ὡσαύτως, ὥσπερ οἱ κορυβαντιῶντε 
[534α] 
οὐκ ἔμφρονες ὄντες ὀρχοῦνται, οὕτω καὶ οἱ μελοποιοὶ οὐκ ἔμφρονες
ὄντες τὰ καλὰ μέλη ταῦταποιοῦσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὰν ἐμβῶσιν εἰς τὴν ἁρμονίαν καὶ εἰς τὸν ῥυθμόν,
 βακχεύουσι καὶ κατεχόμενοι, ὥσπερ αἱβάκχαι ἀρύονται ἐκ τῶν ποταμῶν μέλι καὶ γάλα κατεχόμεναι, 
ἔμφρονες δὲ οὖσαι οὔ, καὶ τῶν μελοποιῶν ἡψυχὴ τοῦτο ἐργάζεται,
ὅπερ αὐτοὶ λέγουσι. λέγουσι γὰρ δήπουθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς οἱ ποιηταὶ ὅτι 
[534β] 
ἀπὸ κρηνῶν μελιρρύτων ἐκ Μουσῶν κήπων τινῶν καὶ ναπῶν δρεπόμενοι τὰ μέλη
ἡμῖν φέρουσιν ὥσπεραἱ μέλιτται, καὶ αὐτοὶ οὕτω πετόμενοι: καὶ ἀληθῆ λέγουσι. 
κοῦφον γὰρ χρῆμα ποιητής ἐστιν καὶ πτηνὸν καὶἱερόν, καὶ οὐ πρότερον οἷός
 τε ποιεῖν πρὶν ἂν ἔνθεός τε γένηται καὶ ἔκφρων καὶ ὁ νοῦς μηκέτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐνῇ: ἕωςδ᾽ ἂν τουτὶ ἔχῃ τὸ κτῆμα, 
ἀδύνατος πᾶς ποιεῖν ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν καὶ χρησμῳδεῖν.
ἅτε οὖν οὐ τέχνῃ ποιοῦντεςκαὶ πολλὰ λέγοντες καὶ καλὰ περὶ 
[534ξ] 
τῶν πραγμάτων, ὥσπερ σὺ περὶ Ὁμήρου, ἀλλὰ θείᾳ μοίρᾳ, τοῦτο μόνον οἷός
τε ἕκαστος ποιεῖν καλῶςἐφ᾽ ὃ ἡ Μοῦσα αὐτὸν ὥρμησεν, 
ὁ μὲν διθυράμβους, ὁ δὲ ἐγκώμια, ὁ δὲ ὑπορχήματα, ὁ δ᾽ ἔπη, ὁ δ᾽ ἰάμβους:
τὰ δ᾽ἄλλα φαῦλος αὐτῶν ἕκαστός ἐστιν. οὐ γὰρ τέχνῃ ταῦτα λέγουσιν 
ἀλλὰ θείᾳ δυνάμει, ἐπεί, εἰ περὶ ἑνὸς τέχνῃ καλῶς ἠπίσταντο λέγειν,
κἂν περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων: διὰ ταῦτα δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἐξαιρούμενος
τούτων τὸν νοῦντούτοις χρῆται ὑπηρέταις καὶ
[534δ] 
τοῖς χρησμῳδοῖς καὶ τοῖς μάντεσι τοῖς θείοις, ἵνα ἡμεῖς οἱ ἀκούοντες
 εἰδῶμεν ὅτι οὐχ οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες οὕτω πολλοῦ ἄξια, οἷς νοῦς μὴ πάρεστιν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ θεὸς αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ λέγων, διὰ τούτων δὲ φθέγγεταιπρὸς ἡμᾶς.
μέγιστον δὲ τεκμήριον τῷ λόγῳ Τύννιχος ὁ Χαλκιδεύς, ὃς ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν πώποτε ἐποίησε
 ποίημαὅτου τις ἂν ἀξιώσειεν μνησθῆναι, τὸν δὲ παίωνα ὃν πάντες ᾁδουσι,
σχεδόν τι πάντων μελῶν κάλλιστον, ἀτεχνῶς, ὅπερ αὐτὸς λέγει 
[534ε] 
‘εὕρημά τι Μοισᾶν.’ ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ δὴ μάλιστά μοι δοκεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἐνδείξασθαι ἡμῖν,
ἵνα μὴ διστάζωμεν, ὅτιοὐκ ἀνθρώπινά ἐστιν 
τὰ καλὰ ταῦτα ποιήματα οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ θεῖα καὶ θεῶν, οἱ δὲ ποιηταὶ οὐδὲν
ἀλλ᾽ἢ ἑρμηνῆς εἰσιν τῶν θεῶν, κατεχόμενοι ἐξ ὅτου 
ἂν ἕκαστος κατέχηται. ταῦτα ἐνδεικνύμενος
ὁ θεὸς ἐξεπίτηδεςδιὰ τοῦ φαυλοτάτου 
[535α] 
ποιητοῦ τὸ κάλλιστον μέλος ᾖσεν: ἢ οὐ δοκῶ σοι ἀληθῆ λέγειν, ὦ Ἴων;
Ἴων
ναὶ μὰ τὸν Δία, ἔμοιγε: ἅπτει γάρ πώς μου τοῖς λόγοις τῆς ψυχῆς, ὦ Σώκρατες, 
καί μοι δοκοῦσι θείᾳ μοίρᾳ ἡμῖνπαρὰ τῶν
θεῶν ταῦτα οἱ ἀγαθοὶ ποιηταὶ ἑρμηνεύειν.

6.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν ὑμεῖς αὖ οἱ ῥαψῳδοὶ τὰ τῶν ποιητῶν ἑρμηνεύετε;
Ἴων
καὶ τοῦτο ἀληθὲς λέγεις.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν ἑρμηνέων ἑρμηνῆς γίγνεσθε;
Ἴων
παντάπασί γε.
[535β]
Σωκράτης
ἔχε δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ, ὦ Ἴων, καὶ μὴ ἀποκρύψῃ ὅτι ἄν σε ἔρωμαι: ὅταν εὖ εἴπῃς
ἔπη καὶ ἐκπλήξῃς μάλιστα τοὺςθεωμένους, 
ἢ τὸν Ὀδυσσέα ὅταν ἐπὶ τὸν οὐδὸν ἐφαλλόμενον ᾁδῃς, ἐκφανῆ γιγνόμενον
τοῖς μνηστῆρσι καὶἐκχέοντα τοὺς ὀιστοὺς πρὸ τῶν ποδῶν,
 ἢ Ἀχιλλέα ἐπὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα ὁρμῶντα, ἢ καὶ τῶν περὶ Ἀνδρομάχηνἐλεινῶν τι
ἢ περὶ Ἑκάβην ἢ περὶ Πρίαμον, τότε πότερον ἔμφρων εἶ ἢ ἔξω
[535ξ] 
σαυτοῦ γίγνῃ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πράγμασιν οἴεταί σου εἶναι
ἡ ψυχὴ οἷς λέγεις ἐνθουσιάζουσα
, ἢ ἐν Ἰθάκῃοὖσιν ἢ ἐν Τροίᾳ
ἢ ὅπως ἂν καὶ τὰ ἔπη ἔχῃ;
Ἴων
ὡς ἐναργές μοι τοῦτο, ὦ Σώκρατες, τὸ τεκμήριον εἶπες: οὐ γάρ σε
ἀποκρυψάμενος ἐρῶ. ἐγὼ γὰρ ὅταν ἐλεινόντι λέγω, 
δακρύων ἐμπίμπλανταί μου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί: ὅταν τε φοβερὸν ἢ δεινόν,
ὀρθαὶ αἱ τρίχες ἵστανται ὑπὸφόβου καὶ ἡ καρδία πηδᾷ.
[535δ]
Σωκράτης
τί οὖν; φῶμεν, ὦ Ἴων, ἔμφρονα εἶναι τότε τοῦτον τὸν ἄνθρωπον,
ὃς ἂν κεκοσμημένος ἐσθῆτι ποικίλῃ καὶχρυσοῖσι 
στεφάνοις κλάῃ τ᾽ ἐν θυσίαις καὶ ἑορταῖς, μηδὲν ἀπολωλεκὼς τούτων,
ἢ φοβῆται πλέον ἢ ἐνδισμυρίοις ἀνθρώποις 
ἑστηκὼς φιλίοις, μηδενὸς ἀποδύοντος μηδὲ ἀδικοῦντος;
Ἴων
οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία, οὐ πάνυ, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὥς γε τἀληθὲς εἰρῆσθαι.
Σωκράτης
οἶσθα οὖν ὅτι καὶ τῶν θεατῶν τοὺς πολλοὺς ταὐτὰ ταῦτα ὑμεῖς ἐργάζεσθε; 
[535ε]
Ἴων
καὶ μάλα καλῶς οἶδα: καθορῶ γὰρ ἑκάστοτε αὐτοὺς ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος κλάοντάς 
τε καὶ δεινὸνἐμβλέποντας καὶ συνθαμβοῦντας τοῖς λεγομένοις.
δεῖ γάρ με καὶ σφόδρ᾽ αὐτοῖς τὸν νοῦν προσέχειν:
 ὡς ἐὰνμὲν κλάοντας αὐτοὺς καθίσω, αὐτὸς γελάσομαι
ἀργύριον λαμβάνων, ἐὰν δὲ γελῶντας, αὐτὸς κλαύσομαιἀργύριον ἀπολλύς.

7.
Σωκράτης

οἶσθα οὖν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ θεατὴς τῶν δακτυλίων ὁ ἔσχατος, ὧν ἐγὼ ἔλεγον
ὑπὸ τῆς Ἡρακλειώτιδος λίθου ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων τὴν δύναμιν λαμβάνειν; ὁ δὲ μέσος σὺ ὁ
[536α] 
ῥαψῳδὸς καὶ ὑποκριτής, ὁ δὲ πρῶτος αὐτὸς ὁ ποιητής: ὁ δὲ θεὸς διὰ πάντων τούτων ἕλκει 
τὴν ψυχὴνὅποι ἂν βούληται τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀνακρεμαννὺς
 ἐξ ἀλλήλων τὴν δύναμιν. καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκ τῆς λίθου 
ἐκείνηςὁρμαθὸς πάμπολυς ἐξήρτηται χορευτῶν τε καὶ διδασκάλων
καὶ ὑποδιδασκάλων, ἐκ πλαγίου ἐξηρτημένων τῶντῆς Μούσης
ἐκκρεμαμένων δακτυλίων. καὶ ὁ μὲν τῶν ποιητῶν ἐξ ἄλλης
Μούσης, ὁ δὲ ἐξ ἄλλης ἐξήρτηται—ὀνομάζομεν δὲ αὐτὸ κατέχεται, τὸ δέ
[536β] 
ἐστι παραπλήσιον: ἔχεται γάρ—ἐκ δὲ τούτων τῶν πρώτων δακτυλίων,
τῶν ποιητῶν, ἄλλοι ἐξ ἄλλου αὖ ἠρτημένοι εἰσὶ καὶ ἐνθουσιάζουσιν, οἱ μὲν ἐξ Ὀρφέως, 
οἱ δὲ ἐκ Μουσαίου: οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ ἐξ Ὁμήρου κατέχονταίτε καὶ ἔχονται. ὧν σύ, ὦ Ἴων, εἷς εἶ 
καὶ κατέχῃ ἐξ Ὁμήρου, καὶ ἐπειδὰν μέν τις ἄλλου του ποιητοῦ ᾁδῃ,
καθεύδεις τε καὶ ἀπορεῖς ὅτι λέγῃς, ἐπειδὰν δὲ τούτου
 τοῦ ποιητοῦ φθέγξηταί τις μέλος, εὐθὺς ἐγρήγορας
καὶὀρχεῖταί σου ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ εὐπορεῖς ὅτι
[536ξ]
 λέγῃς: οὐ γὰρ τέχνῃ οὐδ᾽ ἐπιστήμῃ περὶ Ὁμήρου λέγεις ἃ λέγεις,
ἀλλὰ θείᾳ μοίρᾳ καὶ κατοκωχῇ, ὥσπεροἱ κορυβαντιῶντες
 ἐκείνου μόνου αἰσθάνονται τοῦ μέλους ὀξέως ὃ ἂν ᾖ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξ
ὅτου ἂν κατέχωνται, καὶεἰς ἐκεῖνο τὸ μέλος καὶ σχημάτων καὶ ῥημάτων εὐποροῦσι,
 τῶν δὲ ἄλλων οὐ φροντίζουσιν: οὕτω καὶ σύ, ὦ Ἴων,
περὶ μὲν Ὁμήρου ὅταν τις μνησθῇ, εὐπορεῖς, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπορεῖς:
[536δ] 
τούτου δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὸ αἴτιον, ὅ μ᾽ ἐρωτᾷς, δι᾽
ὅτι σὺ περὶ μὲν Ὁμήρου εὐπορεῖς, 
περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὔ, ὅτι οὐτέχνῃ ἀλλὰ
θείᾳ μοίρᾳ Ὁμήρου δεινὸς εἶ ἐπαινέτης.

8.
Ἴων

σὺ μὲν εὖ λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες: θαυμάζοιμι μεντἂν εἰ οὕτως εὖ εἴποις,
ὥστε με ἀναπεῖσαι ὡς ἐγὼ κατεχόμενοςκαὶ μαινόμενος 
Ὅμηρον ἐπαινῶ. οἶμαι δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἂν σοὶ δόξαιμι,
 εἴ μου ἀκούσαις λέγοντος περὶ Ὁμήρου.
Σωκράτης
καὶ μὴν ἐθέλω γε ἀκοῦσαι, οὐ μέντοι πρότερον [536ε] πρὶν ἄν μοι ἀποκρίνῃ τόδε:
ὧν Ὅμηρος λέγει περὶ τίνος εὖ λέγεις; οὐ γὰρ δήπου περὶ ἁπάντων γε.
Ἴων
εὖ ἴσθι, ὦ Σώκρατες, περὶ οὐδενὸς ὅτου οὔ.
Σωκράτης
οὐ δήπου καὶ περὶ τούτων ὧν σὺ μὲν τυγχάνεις οὐκ εἰδώς, Ὅμηρος δὲ λέγει.
Ἴων
καὶ ταῦτα ποῖά ἐστιν ἃ Ὅμηρος μὲν λέγει, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ οἶδα; 
[537α]
Σωκράτης
οὐ καὶ περὶ τεχνῶν μέντοι λέγει πολλαχοῦ Ὅμηρος καὶ πολλά;
οἷον καὶ περὶ ἡνιοχείας—ἐὰν μνησθῶ τὰ ἔπη, ἐγώ σοι φράσω.
Ἴων
ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ ἐρῶ: ἐγὼ γὰρ μέμνημαι.
Σωκράτης
εἰπὲ δή μοι ἃ λέγει Νέστωρ Ἀντιλόχῳ τῷ ὑεῖ, παραινῶν
εὐλαβηθῆναι περὶ τὴν καμπὴν ἐν τῇ ἱπποδρομίᾳ τῇ ἐπὶΠατρόκλῳ.
Ἴων
“κλινθῆναι δέ, φησί, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐυξέστῳ ἐνὶ δίφρῳ” Hom. Il. 23.335
[537β]
“ἦκ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ τοῖιν: ἀτὰρ τὸν δεξιὸν ἵππον
κένσαι ὁμοκλήσας, εἶξαί τέ οἱ ἡνία χερσίν.
ἐν νύσσῃ δέ τοι ἵππος ἀριστερὸς ἐγχριμφθήτω,
ὡς ἄν τοι πλήμνη γε δοάσσεται ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι
κύκλου ποιητοῖο: λίθου δ᾽ ἀλέασθαι ἐπαυρεῖν.”

Σωκράτης
ἀρκεῖ. ταῦτα δή, ὦ Ἴων, τὰ ἔπη εἴτε ὀρθῶς λέγει Ὅμηρος εἴτε μή,
πότερος ἂν γνοίη ἄμεινον, ἰατρὸς ἢ ἡνίοχος;
Ἴων
Ἡνίοχος δήπου.
Σωκράτης
πότερον ὅτι τέχνην ταύτην ἔχει ἢ κατ᾽ ἄλλο τι;
Ἴων
οὔκ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τέχνην.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν ἑκάστῃ τῶν τεχνῶν ἀποδέδοταί τι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔργον οἵᾳ τε
εἶναι γιγνώσκειν; οὐ γάρ που ἃκυβερνητικῇ γιγνώσκομεν, γνωσόμεθα καὶ ἰατρικῇ.
Ἴων
οὐ δῆτα.
Σωκράτης
οὐδέ γε ἃ ἰατρικῇ, ταῦτα καὶ τεκτονικῇ.
Ἴων
[537δ] 
οὐ δῆτα.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν οὕτω καὶ κατὰ πασῶν τῶν τεχνῶν, ἃ τῇ ἑτέρᾳ τέχνῃ γιγνώσκομεν,
οὐ γνωσόμεθα τῇ ἑτέρᾳ; 
τόδε δέ μοιπρότερον τούτου ἀπόκριναι: τὴν μὲν ἑτέραν
φῂς εἶναί τινα τέχνην, τὴν δ᾽ ἑτέραν;
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
ἆρα ὥσπερ ἐγὼ τεκμαιρόμενος, ὅταν ἡ μὲν ἑτέρων πραγμάτων ᾖ ἐπιστήμη,
ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέρων, οὕτω καλῶ τὴν μὲνἄλλην, τὴν δὲ ἄλλην [537ε] τέχνην, οὕτω καὶ σύ;
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
εἰ γάρ που τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμη εἴη τις, τί ἂν τὴν μὲν ἑτέραν φαῖμεν εἶναι,
τὴν δ᾽ ἑτέραν, ὁπότε γεταὐτὰ εἴη εἰδέναι ἀπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων; 
ὥσπερ ἐγώ τε γιγνώσκω ὅτι πέντε εἰσὶν οὗτοι οἱ δάκτυλοι, καὶ σύ, ὥσπερἐγώ,
περὶ τούτων ταὐτὰ γιγνώσκεις: καὶ εἴ σε ἐγὼ ἐροίμην εἰ τῇ αὐτῇ τέχνῃ 
γιγνώσκομεν τῇ ἀριθμητικῇ τὰαὐτὰ ἐγώ
τε καὶ σὺ ἢ ἄλλῃ, φαίης ἂν δήπου τῇ αὐτῇ.
Ἴων
ναί.
[538α]
Σωκράτης
ὃ τοίνυν ἄρτι ἔμελλον ἐρήσεσθαί σε, νυνὶ εἰπέ,
εἰ κατὰ πασῶν τῶν τεχνῶν οὕτω σοι δοκεῖ, 
τῇ μὲν αὐτῇ τέχνῃτὰ αὐτὰ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι γιγνώσκειν,
τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρᾳ μὴ τὰ αὐτά, ἀλλ᾽ εἴπερ ἄλλη ἐστίν, 
ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἕτεραγιγνώσκειν.
Ἴων
οὕτω μοι δοκεῖ, ὦ Σώκρατες.

9.
Σωκράτης

οὐκοῦν ὅστις ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ τινὰ τέχνην, ταύτης τῆς τέχνης τὰ λεγόμενα
ἢ πραττόμενα καλῶς γιγνώσκειν οὐχ οἷόςτ᾽ ἔσται;
Ἴων
 [538β]
 ἀληθῆ λέγεις.
Σωκράτης
πότερον οὖν περὶ τῶν ἐπῶν ὧν εἶπες, εἴτε καλῶς λέγει
Ὅμηρος εἴτε μή, σὺ κάλλιον γνώσῃ ἢ ἡνίοχος;
Ἴων
Ἡνίοχος.
Σωκράτης
Ῥαψῳδὸς γάρ που εἶ ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἡνίοχος.
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
ἡ δὲ ῥαψῳδικὴ τέχνη ἑτέρα ἐστὶ τῆς ἡνιοχικῆς;
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
εἰ ἄρα ἑτέρα, περὶ ἑτέρων καὶ ἐπιστήμη πραγμάτων ἐστίν.
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
τί δὲ δὴ ὅταν Ὅμηρος λέγῃ ὡς τετρωμένῳ τῷ Μαχάονι
Ἑκαμήδη ἡ Νέστορος παλλακὴ κυκεῶνα πίνειν
[538ξ]
 δίδωσι; καὶ λέγει πως οὕτως—

“οἴνῳ πραμνείῳ, φησίν, ἐπὶ δ᾽ αἴγειον κνῆ τυρὸν
κνήστι χαλκείῃ: παρὰ δὲ κρόμυον ποτῷ ὄψον:
”Hom. Il. 11.639-40

ταῦτα εἴτε ὀρθῶς λέγει Ὅμηρος εἴτε μή, πότερον
ἰατρικῆς ἐστι διαγνῶναι καλῶς ἢῥαψῳδικῆς;
Ἴων
Ἰατρικῆς.
Σωκράτης
τί δέ, ὅταν λέγῃ Ὅμηρος— 
[538δ] 

“ἡ δὲ μολυβδαίνῃ ἰκέλη ἐς βυσσὸν ἵκανεν,
ἥ τε κατ᾽ ἀγραύλοιο βοὸς κέρας ἐμμεμαυῖα
ἔρχεται ὠμηστῇσι μετ᾽ ἰχθύσι πῆμα φέρουσα:
”Hom. Il. 24.80-82

ταῦτα πότερον φῶμεν ἁλιευτικῆς εἶναι τέχνης μᾶλλον
κρῖναι ἢ ῥαψῳδικῆς, ἅττα λέγεικαὶ εἴτε καλῶς εἴτε μή;

Ἴων
δῆλον δή, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὅτι ἁλιευτικῆς.
Σωκράτης
σκέψαι δή, σοῦ ἐρομένου, εἰ ἔροιό με: ‘ἐπειδὴ ’
‘ [538ε] 
τοίνυν, ὦ Σώκρατες, τούτων τῶν τεχνῶν ἐν Ὁμήρῳ
εὑρίσκεις ἃ προσήκει ἑκάστῃ διακρίνειν, 
ἴθι μοιἔξευρε καὶ τὰ τοῦ μάντεώς τε καὶ μαντικῆς,
ποῖά ἐστιν ἃ προσήκει αὐτῷ οἵῳ τ᾽ εἶναι διαγιγνώσκειν,
εἴτε εὖ εἴτεκακῶς πεποίηται’ 
— σκέψαι ὡς ῥᾳδίως τε καὶ ἀληθῆ ἐγώ σοι ἀποκρινοῦμαι.
πολλαχοῦ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐνὈδυσσείᾳ λέγει,
 οἷον καὶ ἃ ὁ τῶν Μελαμποδιδῶν λέγει μάντις
πρὸς τοὺς μνηστῆρας, Θεοκλύμενος—  
[539α] 

“δαιμόνιοι, τί κακὸν τόδε πάσχετε; νυκτὶ μὲν ὑμέων
εἰλύαται κεφαλαί τε πρόσωπά τε νέρθε τε γυῖα,
οἰμωγὴ δὲ δέδηε, δεδάκρυνται δὲ παρειαί:
εἰδώλων τε πλέον πρόθυρον, πλείη δὲ καὶ αὐλὴ
ἱεμένων ἔρεβόσδε ὑπὸ ζόφον: ἠέλιος δὲ
”Hom. Od. 20.351-57

[539β]

 “οὐρανοῦ ἐξαπόλωλε, κακὴ δ᾽ ἐπιδέδρομεν ἀχλύς:
” πολλαχοῦ δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἰλιάδι, οἷον καὶ ἐπὶ τειχομαχίᾳ: λέγει γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα --

“ὄρνις γάρ σφιν ἐπῆλθε περησέμεναι μεμαῶσιν,
αἰετὸς ὑψιπέτης, ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ λαὸν ἐέργων,”
[539ξ] 
“φοινήεντα δράκοντα φέρων ὀνύχεσσι πέλωρον,
ζῷον, ἔτ᾽ ἀσπαίροντα: καὶ οὔπω λήθετο χάρμης.
κόψε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἔχοντα κατὰ στῆθος παρὰ δειρὴν
ἰδνωθεὶς ὀπίσω, ὁ δ᾽ ἀπὸ ἕθεν ἧκε χαμᾶζε
ἀλγήσας ὀδύνῃσι, μέσῳ δ᾽ ἐνὶ κάββαλ᾽ ὁμίλῳ:”
[539δ] 
“αὐτὸς δὲ κλάγξας πέτετο πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο.” 

ταῦτα φήσω καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῷ μάντει προσήκειν καὶ σκοπεῖν καὶ κρίνειν.

Ἴων
ἀληθῆ γε σὺ λέγων, ὦ Σώκρατες.

10.
Σωκράτης

καὶ σύ γε, ὦ Ἴων, ἀληθῆ ταῦτα λέγεις. ἴθι δὴ καὶ σὺ ἐμοί, ὥσπερ ἐγὼ σοὶ ἐξέλεξα καὶ
 ἐξ Ὀδυσσείας καὶ ἐξ Ἰλιάδος ὁποῖα τοῦ μάντεώς ἐστι καὶ ὁποῖα τοῦ ἰατροῦ καὶ
[539ε] 
ὁποῖα τοῦ ἁλιέως, οὕτω καὶ σὺ ἐμοὶ ἔκλεξον, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐμπειρότερος εἶ ἐμοῦ τῶν Ὁμήρου, 
ὁποῖα τοῦῥαψῳδοῦ ἐστιν, ὦ Ἴων, καὶ τῆς τέχνης τῆς ῥαψῳδικῆς, ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει 
καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνεινπαρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους.
Ἴων
ἐγὼ μέν φημι, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἅπαντα.
Σωκράτης
οὐ σύ γε φῄς, ὦ Ἴων, ἅπαντα: ἢ οὕτως ἐπιλήσμων εἶ;
καίτοι οὐκ ἂν πρέποι γε ἐπιλήσμονα εἶναι ῥαψῳδὸν ἄνδρα.
 [540α]
Ἴων
τί δὲ δὴ ἐπιλανθάνομαι;
Σωκράτης
οὐ μέμνησαι ὅτι ἔφησθα τὴν ῥαψῳδικὴν τέχνην ἑτέραν εἶναι τῆς ἡνιοχικῆς;
Ἴων
μέμνημαι.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν καὶ ἑτέραν οὖσαν ἕτερα γνώσεσθαι ὡμολόγεις;
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
οὐκ ἄρα πάντα γε γνώσεται ἡ ῥαψῳδικὴ κατὰ τὸν σὸν λόγον οὐδὲ ὁ ῥαψῳδός.
Ἴων
πλήν γε ἴσως τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὦ Σώκρατες.

[540β]
Σωκράτης

τὰ τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγεις πλὴν τὰ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν σχεδόν τι:
ἀλλὰ ποῖα δὴ γνώσεται, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ ἅπαντα;
Ἴων

ἃ πρέπει, οἶμαι ἔγωγε, ἀνδρὶ εἰπεῖν καὶ ὁποῖα γυναικί, καὶ ὁποῖα
δούλῳ καὶ ὁποῖα ἐλευθέρῳ, καὶ ὁποῖαἀρχομένῳ καὶ ὁποῖα ἄρχοντι.
Σωκράτης

ἆρα ὁποῖα ἄρχοντι, λέγεις, ἐν θαλάττῃ χειμαζομένου πλοίου
πρέπει εἰπεῖν, ὁ ῥαψῳδὸς γνώσεται κάλλιον ἢ ὁκυβερνήτης;
Ἴων

οὔκ, ἀλλὰ ὁ κυβερνήτης τοῦτό γε. 
[540ξ]
Σωκράτης

ἀλλ᾽ ὁποῖα ἄρχοντι κάμνοντος πρέπει εἰπεῖν, ὁ ῥαψῳδὸς γνώσεται κάλλιον ἢ ὁ ἰατρός;
Ἴων

οὐδὲ τοῦτο.
Σωκράτης

ἀλλ᾽ οἷα δούλῳ πρέπει, λέγεις;
Ἴων

ναί.
Σωκράτης

οἷον βουκόλῳ λέγεις δούλῳ ἃ πρέπει εἰπεῖν ἀγριαινουσῶν
βοῶν παραμυθουμένῳ, ὁ ῥαψῳδὸς γνώσεται ἀλλ᾽οὐχ ὁ βουκόλος;
Ἴων

οὐ δῆτα.
Σωκράτης

ἀλλ᾽ οἷα γυναικὶ πρέποντά ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ταλασιουργῷ περὶ ἐρίων
[540δ] 
ἐργασίας;
Ἴων

οὔ.
Σωκράτης

ἀλλ᾽ οἷα ἀνδρὶ πρέπει εἰπεῖν γνώσεται στρατηγῷ στρατιώταις παραινοῦντι;
Ἴων

ναί, τὰ τοιαῦτα γνώσεται ὁ ῥαψῳδός.

11.
Σωκράτης

τί δέ; ἡ ῥαψῳδικὴ τέχνη στρατηγική ἐστιν;
Ἴων
Γνοίην γοῦν ἂν ἔγωγε οἷα στρατηγὸν πρέπει εἰπεῖν.
Σωκράτης
ἴσως γὰρ εἶ καὶ στρατηγικός, ὦ Ἴων. καὶ γὰρ εἰ ἐτύγχανες
 ἱππικὸς ὢν ἅμα καὶ κιθαριστικός, ἔγνως ἂν ἵππους 
[540ε] 
εὖ καὶ κακῶς ἱππαζομένους: ἀλλ᾽ εἴ σ᾽ ἐγὼ ἠρόμην: ‘ποτέρᾳ δὴ τέχνῃ, ὦ Ἴων, 
γιγνώσκεις τοὺς εὖἱππαζομένους ἵππους; ᾗ ἱππεὺς εἶ ἢ ᾗ κιθαριστής;’ τί ἄν μοι ἀπεκρίνω;
Ἴων
ἧι ἱππεύς, ἔγωγ᾽ ἄν.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν εἰ καὶ τοὺς εὖ κιθαρίζοντας διεγίγνωσκες, ὡμολόγεις ἄν,
 ᾗ κιθαριστὴς εἶ, ταύτῃ διαγιγνώσκειν, ἀλλ᾽οὐχ ᾗ ἱππεύς.
Ἴων
ναί.
Σωκράτης
ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰ στρατιωτικὰ γιγνώσκεις, πότερον ᾗ στρατηγικὸς εἶ γιγνώσκεις ἢ ᾗ ῥαψῳδὸς ἀγαθός;
Ἴων
οὐδὲν ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ διαφέρειν. 
[541α]
Σωκράτης
πῶς; οὐδὲν λέγεις διαφέρειν; μίαν λέγεις τέχνην εἶναι τὴν ῥαψῳδικὴν καὶ τὴν στρατηγικὴν ἢ δύο;
Ἴων
μία ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ.
Σωκράτης
ὅστις ἄρα ἀγαθὸς ῥαψῳδός ἐστιν, οὗτος καὶ ἀγαθὸς στρατηγὸς τυγχάνει ὤν;
Ἴων
μάλιστα, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν καὶ ὅστις ἀγαθὸς στρατηγὸς τυγχάνει ὤν, ἀγαθὸς καὶ ῥαψῳδός ἐστιν.
Ἴων
οὐκ αὖ μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτο.
Σωκράτης
ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο μὴν δοκεῖ σοι, ὅστις γε ἀγαθὸς 
[541β] 
ῥαψῳδός, καὶ στρατηγὸς ἀγαθὸς εἶναι;
Ἴων
πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν σὺ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄριστος ῥαψῳδὸς εἶ;
Ἴων
πολύ γε, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης
ἦ καὶ στρατηγός, ὦ Ἴων, τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄριστος εἶ;
Ἴων
εὖ ἴσθι, ὦ Σώκρατες: καὶ ταῦτά γε ἐκ τῶν Ὁμήρου μαθών.
Σωκράτης
τί δή ποτ᾽ οὖν πρὸς τῶν θεῶν, ὦ Ἴων, ἀμφότερα ἄριστος ὢν τῶν Ἑλλήνων, 
καὶ στρατηγὸς καὶ ῥαψῳδός, ῥαψῳδεῖς μὲν περιιὼν τοῖς Ἕλλησι, στρατηγεῖς δ᾽ οὔ; ἢ 
[541ξ] 
ῥαψῳδοῦ μὲν δοκεῖ σοι χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ ἐστεφανωμένου
πολλὴ χρεία εἶναι τοῖς Ἕλλησι, στρατηγοῦ δὲοὐδεμία;
Ἴων
ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἡμετέρα, ὦ Σώκρατες, πόλις ἄρχεται ὑπὸ ὑμῶν καὶ στρατηγεῖται καὶ οὐδὲν δεῖται στρατηγοῦ, 
ἡ δὲὑμετέρα καὶ ἡ Λακεδαιμονίων οὐκ ἄν με ἕλοιτο στρατηγόν: αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴεσθε ἱκανοὶ εἶναι.

Σωκράτης
ὦ βέλτιστε Ἴων, Ἀπολλόδωρον οὐ γιγνώσκεις τὸν Κυζικηνόν;
Ἴων
ποῖον τοῦτον;
Σωκράτης
ὃν Ἀθηναῖοι πολλάκις ἑαυτῶν στρατηγὸν ᾕρηνται 
[541δ] 
ξένον ὄντα: καὶ Φανοσθένη τὸν Ἄνδριον καὶ Ἡρακλείδην τὸν Κλαζομένιον, οὓς ἥδε ἡ πόλις ξένουςὄντας, 
ἐνδειξαμένους ὅτι ἄξιοι λόγου εἰσί, καὶ εἰς στρατηγίας καὶ εἰς τὰς ἄλλας ἀρχὰς
 ἄγει: Ἴωνα δ᾽ ἄρα τὸνἘφέσιον οὐχ αἱρήσεται 
στρατηγὸν καὶ τιμήσει, ἐὰν δοκῇ ἄξιος λόγου εἶναι; τί δέ;
οὐκ Ἀθηναῖοι μέν ἐστε οἱἘφέσιοι τὸ ἀρχαῖον, καὶ ἡ Ἔφεσος  
[541ε] 
οὐδεμιᾶς ἐλάττων πόλεως; 
ἀλλὰ γὰρ σύ, ὦ Ἴων, εἰ μὲν ἀληθῆ λέγεις ὡς τέχνῃ καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ οἷός τε εἶὍμηρον ἐπαινεῖν, ἀδικεῖς, ὅστις
 ἐμοὶ ὑποσχόμενος ὡς πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ περὶ Ὁμήρου ἐπίστασαι καὶ φάσκωνἐπιδείξειν,
ἐξαπατᾷς με καὶ πολλοῦ δεῖς ἐπιδεῖξαι, ὅς γε οὐδὲ ἅττα ἐστὶ 
ταῦτα περὶ ὧν δεινὸς εἶ ἐθέλεις εἰπεῖν, πάλαι ἐμοῦ λιπαροῦντος,
ἀλλὰ ἀτεχνῶς ὥσπερ ὁ Πρωτεὺς παντοδαπὸς γίγνῃ στρεφόμενος ἄνω καὶ κάτω, 
ἕωςτελευτῶν διαφυγών με στρατηγὸς ἀνεφάνης, 
[542α] 
ἵνα μὴ ἐπιδείξῃς ὡς δεινὸς εἶ τὴν περὶ Ὁμήρου σοφίαν. εἰ μὲν οὖν τεχνικὸς ὤν, ὅπερ νυνδὴ ἔλεγον,
 περὶὉμήρου ὑποσχόμενος ἐπιδείξειν ἐξαπατᾷς με, ἄδικος εἶ:
εἰ δὲ μὴ τεχνικὸς εἶ, ἀλλὰ θείᾳ μοίρᾳ κατεχόμενος 

ἐξὉμήρου μηδὲν εἰδὼς πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ λέγεις περὶ τοῦ ποιητοῦ,
ὥσπερ ἐγὼ εἶπον περὶ σοῦ, οὐδὲν ἀδικεῖς. 

ἑλοῦοὖν πότερα βούλει νομίζεσθαι ὑπὸ ἡμῶν ἄδικος ἀνὴρ εἶναι ἢ θεῖος. 
[542β]
Ἴων
πολὺ διαφέρει, ὦ Σώκρατες: πολὺ γὰρ κάλλιον τὸ θεῖον νομίζεσθαι.
Σωκράτης
τοῦτο τοίνυν τὸ κάλλιον ὑπάρχει σοι παρ᾽ ἡμῖν, ὦ Ἴων, θεῖον εἶναι καὶ μὴ τεχνικὸν περὶ Ὁμήρου ἐπαινέτην.



1.
[530a]
Socrates
Welcome, Ion. Where have you come from now, to pay us this visit? From your home in Ephesus?
Ion
No, no, Socrates; from Epidaurus and the festival there of Asclepius.
Socrates
Do you mean to say that the Epidaurians honor the god with a contest of rhapsodes also?
Ion
Certainly, and of music [1] in general.

1 “Music” with the Greeks included poetry.

Socrates
Why then, you were competing in some contest, were you? And how went your competition?
Ion
We carried off the first prize, Socrates.
[530b]
Socrates
Well done: so now, mind that we win too at the Panathenaea.[1]

 1 The Athenian festival of the Great Panathenaea was held every fourth year,
and the Small Panathenaea probably every year, about July.

Ion
Why, so we shall, God willing.
Socrates
I must say I have often envied you rhapsodes, Ion, for your art: for besides
that it is fitting to your art that your person should be adorned 
and that you should look as handsome as possible, the necessity of being conversant with a number of good poets, 
and especially with Homer, the best and divinest poet of all, and of apprehending
[530c] 
his thought and not merely learning off his words, is a matter for envy; since a man can never be a good rhapsode
without understanding what the poet says. For the rhapsode ought to make
 himself an interpreter of the poet's thought to his audience; 
and to do this properly without knowing what the poet means is impossible. So one cannot but envy all this.

2.
Ion
What you say is true, Socrates: I at any rate have found this the most laborious part of my art;
and I consider I speak about Homer better than anybody, for neither
[530d] 
Metrodorus [1] of Lampsacus, nor Stesimbrotus [2] of Thasos, nor Glaucon,[3] 
nor any one that the world has ever seen, had so many and such fine comments to offer on Homer as I have.
Socrates
That is good news, Ion; for obviously you will not grudge me an exhibition of them.
Ion
And indeed it is worth hearing, Socrates, how well I have embellished Homer;
so that I think I deserve to be crowned with a golden crown by the Homeridae.[4]

1 A friend of the philosopher Anaxagoras who wrote allegorical interpretations of Homer in the first part of the fifth century B.C.
2 A rhapsode, interpreter of Homer, and historian who lived in the time of Cimon and Pericles.
3 Perhaps the Homeric commentator mentioned by Aristotle, Poet. 25. 16.
4 There was a society or clan in Chios called Homeridae (“sons of Homer”), but the name seems to be used here and elsewhere
 in Plato for any persons specially devoted to Homer's poetry. See Jebb, Homer, p. 78.

Socrates
Yes, and I must find myself leisure some time to listen to you;
[531a] 
but for the moment, please answer this little question: are you skilled in Homer only, or in Hesiod and Archilochus as well?
Ion
No, no, only in Homer; for that seems to me quite enough.
Socrates
And is there anything on which Homer and Hesiod both say the same?
Ion
Yes, I think there are many such cases.
Socrates
Then in those cases would you expound better what Homer says than what Hesiod says?
Ion
I should do it equally well in those cases, Socrates, where they say the same.
[531b]
Socrates
But what of those where they do not say the same? For example, about the seer's art,
on which both Homer and Hesiod say something.
Ion
Quite so.
Socrates
Well then, would you, or one of the good seers, expound better what these two poets say,
not only alike but differently, about the seer's art?
Ion
One of the seers.
Socrates
And if you were a seer, would you not, with an ability to expound what they say in agreement,
 know also how to expound the points on which they differ?
Ion
Of course.
Socrates
Then how is it that you are skilled in Homer,
[531c] 
and not in Hesiod or the other poets? Does Homer speak of any
other than the very things that all the other poets speak of? 
Has he not described war for the most part, and the mutual intercourse of men,
 good and bad, lay and professional, and the ways of the gods
 in their intercourse with each other and with men, and happenings
in the heavens and in the underworld, and origins of gods and heroes?
[531d] 
Are not these the subjects of Homer's poetry?
Ion
What you say is true, Socrates.

3.
Socrates
And what of the other poets? Do they not treat of the same things?
Ion
Yes; but, Socrates, not on Homer's level.
Socrates
What, in a worse way?
Ion
Far worse.
Socrates
And Homer in a better?
Ion
Better indeed, I assure you.
Socrates
Well now, Ion, dear soul; when several people are talking about number, 
and one of them speaks better than the rest, I suppose there is some one who will distinguish the good speaker?
[531e]
Ion
I agree.
Socrates
And will this some one be the same as he who can distinguish the bad speakers, or different?
Ion
The same, I suppose.
Socrates
And he will be the man who has the art of numeration?
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
And again, when several are talking about what kinds of foods are wholesome, and one of them speaks
better than the rest, will it be for two different persons to distinguish the superiority of the best speaker 
and the inferiority of a worse one, or for the same?
Ion
Obviously, I should say, for the same.
Socrates
Who is he? What is his name?
Ion
A doctor.
Socrates
And so we may state, in general terms, that the same person will always distinguish,
given the same subject and several persons talking about it,
[532a] 
both who speaks well and who badly: otherwise, if he is not going to distinguish the bad speaker,
clearly he will not distinguish the good one either, where the subject is the same.
Ion
That is so.
Socrates
And the same man is found to be skilled in both?
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
And you say that Homer and the other poets, among whom are Hesiod
and Archilochus, all speak about the same things, 
only not similarly; but the one does it well, and the rest worse?
Ion
Yes, and what I say is true.
Socrates
And since you distinguish the good speaker,
[532b] 
you could distinguish also the inferiority of the worse speakers.
Ion
So it would seem.
Socrates
Then, my excellent friend, we shall not be wrong in saying that our Ion is equally skilled in Homer 
and in the other poets, seeing that you yourself admit that the same man will be a competent judge 
of all who speak on the same things, and that practically all the poets treat of the same things.

4.
Ion

Then what can be the reason, Socrates, why I pay no attention when somebody discusses
any other poet, and am unable to offer any remark at all of any value,
[532c] 
but simply drop into a doze, whereas if anyone mentions something connected
with Homer I wake up at once and attend and have plenty to say?
Socrates
That is not difficult to guess, my good friend; anyone can see that you are unable to speak on Homer with art and knowledge. 
For if you could do it with art, you could speak on all the other poets as well;
since there is an art of poetry, I take it, as a whole, is there not?
Ion
Yes.
[532d]
Socrates
And when one has acquired any other art whatever as a whole, the same principle of inquiry holds through all the arts?
Do you require some explanation from me, Ion, of what I mean by this?
Ion
Yes, upon my word, Socrates, I do; for I enjoy listening to you wise men.
Socrates
I only wish you were right there, Ion: but surely it is you rhapsodes and actors,
 and the men whose poems you chant, who are wise; whereas I speak but the plain truth, as a simple layman might.
[532e] 
For in regard to this question I asked you just now, observe what a trifling commonplace it was that 
I uttered—a thing that any man might know—namely, that when one has acquired a whole art the inquiry is the same. 
Let us just think it out thus: there is an art of painting as a whole?
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
And there are and have been many painters, good and bad?
Ion
Certainly.
Socrates
Now have you ever found anybody who is skilled in pointing out the successes and failures among the works of Polygnotus [1] 
son of Aglaophon, but unable to do so with the works of the other painters;

1 A celebrated painter who came from Thasos and adorned public buildings in Athens about 470 B.C. Cf. Gorg. 488 B.

[533a] 
and who, when the works of the other painters are exhibited, drops into a doze,
and is at a loss, and has no remark to offer; but when he has to pronounce
 upon Polygnotus or any other painter you please, and on that one only, wakes up and attends and has plenty to say?
Ion
No, on my honor, I certainly have not.
Socrates
Or again, in sculpture, have you ever found anyone who is skilled in expounding
the successes of Daedalus [1] son of Metion, or Epeius [2] son of Panopeus,

1 According to legend, the first sculptor: cf. Euthyphro 11, Meno 97 D.
2 The maker of the wooden horse at Troy (Homer, Od. 8.493).

[533b] 
or Theodorus [1] of Samos, or any other single sculptor, but in face of the works of the other sculptors is at a loss and dozes, having nothing to say?
Ion
No, on my honor, I have not found such a man as that either.
Socrates
But further, I expect you have also failed to find one in fluting or harping or minstrelsy or rhapsodizing who is skilled in expounding the art of Olympus [2]

1 A metal-worker (Herodot. 1. 51, 3. 41).
2 One of the mythical inventors of music: cf. Symp. 215 E.

[533c] 
or Thamyras, [1] or Orpheus, [2] or Phemius,[3] the rhapsode of Ithaca, but is at a loss
and has no remark to offer on the successes or failures in rhapsody of Ion of Ephesus.

1 A Thracian Bard.
2 A Thracian Bard.
3 The minstrel who was forced to sing to the suitors of Penelope (Od 1. 154, 22. 330).

Ion
I cannot gainsay you on that, Socrates: but of one thing I am conscious in myself—
that I excel all men in speaking on Homer and have plenty to say, 
and everyone else says that I do it well; but on the others I am not a good speaker. Yet now, observe what that means.

5.
Socrates
I do observe it, Ion, and I am going to point out to you
[533d] 
what I take it to mean. For, as I was saying just now, this is not an art in you,
whereby you speak well on Homer, but a divine power, 

which moves you like that in the stone which Euripides named a magnet, [1] 

1 Probably referring to Magnesia in Caria, south of which was one of the many places called
Heraclea. Μαγνῆτις λίθος occurs in a fragment of Euripides' Oeneus.

but most people call “Heraclea stone.” For this stone not only attracts iron rings, 
but also imparts to them a power whereby they in turn are able to do the very same thing as the stone,
[533e]
and attract other rings; so that sometimes there is formed quite a long chain of bits of iron and rings,
suspended one from another; and they all depend for this power on that one stone. 

In the same manner also the Muse inspires men herself, and then by means of these inspired
persons the inspiration spreads to others, and holds them in a connected chain. 

For all the good epic poets utter all those fine poems not from art, but
 as inspired and possessed, and the good lyric poets likewise;

[534a] 
just as the Corybantian [1] worshippers do not dance when in their senses, 

1 The Corybantes were priests of Cybele or Rhea, mother of Zeus and other Olympian gods, and she was worshipped with wild music and frenzied dancing which, 
like the bacchic revels or orgies of women in honor of Dionysus, carried away the participants despite and beyond themselves. Cf. Eurip. Bacchae.

so the lyric poets do not indite those fine songs in their senses, 
but when they have started on the melody and rhythm they begin to be frantic, and it is under possession—
as the bacchants are possessed, and not in their senses, 

when they draw honey and milk from the rivers—that the soul of the lyric poets does the same thing,
by their own report. For the poets tell us, I believe, 

that the songs they bring us are the sweets they cull from honey-dropping founts
[534b] 
in certain gardens and glades of the Muses—like the bees, and winging the air as these do.[1] 

1 A beginning of this comparison appears in Aristophanes' praise of the early tragedian
Phrynichus—“he sipped the fruits of ambrosial lays, ever bringing away sweet song.” Aristoph. Birds 750f.

And what they tell is true. For a poet is a light and winged and sacred thing,
and is unable ever to indite until he has been inspired and put out of his senses, 

and his mind is no longer in him: every man, whilst he retains possession of that, is powerless to indite a verse or chant an oracle. 
Seeing then that it is not by art that they compose and utter so many fine things about the deeds of men—
[534c] 
as you do about Homer—but by a divine dispensation, each is able only to compose that to which the Muse has stirred him,
 this man dithyrambs, another laudatory odes, another dance-songs, another epic or else iambic verse; but each is at fault in any other kind. 
For not by art do they utter these things, but by divine influence; since,
if they had fully learnt by art to speak on one kind of theme, they would know how to speak on all. 

And for this reason God takes away the mind of these men and uses them as his ministers, just as he does soothsayers and godly seers, 
[534d] 
in order that we who hear them may know that it is not they who utter these words of great price, when they are out of their wits, 
but that it is God himself who speaks and addresses us through them.
A convincing proof of what I say is the case of Tynnichus,[1] the Chalcidian, 

who had never composed a single poem in his life that could deserve any mention, and then produced the paean [2] which is in everyone's mouth, 
almost the finest song we have, simply—as he says himself—“an invention of the Muses.” For the god, as it seems to me,

1 Nothing else is known of this poet.
2 A hymn in honor of a god, usually Apollo.

[534e] 
intended him to be a sign to us that we should not waver or doubt that these fine poems are not human or the work of men, 
but divine and the work of gods; and that the poets are merely the interpreters of the gods, according as each is possessed by one of the heavenly powers. 
To show this forth, the god of set purpose sang the finest of songs through the meanest of poets:
[535a] 
or do you not think my statement true, Ion?
Ion
Yes, upon my word, I do: for you somehow touch my soul with your words, Socrates,
and I believe it is by divine dispensation that good poets interpret to us these utterances of the gods
.

6.
Socrates
And you rhapsodes, for your part, interpret the utterances of the poets?
Ion
Again your words are true.
Socrates
And so you act as interpreters of interpreters?
Ion
Precisely.
[535b]
Socrates
Stop now and tell me, Ion, without reserve what I may choose to ask you: when you give a good recitation and specially thrill your audience, 
either with the lay of Odysseus [1] leaping forth on to the threshold, revealing himself to the suitors and pouring out the arrows before his feet, or of Achilles [2] 
dashing at Hector, or some part of the sad story of Andromache [3] or of Hecuba,[4] or of Priam, [5] are you then in your senses, 
or are you carried out of yourself, and does your soul in an ecstasy suppose

1 Od. 22.2ff.
2 Il. 22.312ff.
3 Il. 6.370-502; 22.437-515.
4 Il. 22.430-36; 24.747-59.
5 Il. 22.408-28; 24.144-717.

[535c] 
herself to be among the scenes you are describing, whether they be in Ithaca, or in Troy, or as the poems may chance to place them?
Ion
How vivid to me, Socrates, is this part of your proof! For I will tell you without reserve: when I relate a tale of woe, 
my eyes are filled with tears; and when it is of fear or awe, my hair stands on end with terror, and my heart leaps.
[535d]
Socrates
Well now, are we to say, Ion, that such a person is in his senses at that moment,—when in all the adornment of elegant attire and golden crowns 
he weeps at sacrifice or festival, having been despoiled of none of his finery; or shows fear as he stands before more 
than twenty thousand friendly people, none of whom is stripping or injuring him?
Ion
No, on my word, not at all, Socrates, to tell the strict truth.
Socrates
And are you aware that you rhapsodes produce these same effects on most of the spectators also?
[535e] 
Ion. 
Yes, very fully aware: for I look down upon them from the platform and see them at such moments crying and turning awestruck eyes 
upon me and yielding to the amazement of my tale. For I have to pay the closest attention to them; since, if I set them crying, 
I shall laugh myself because of the money I take, but if they laugh, I myself shall cry because of the money I lose.

7.
Socrates
And are you aware that your spectator is the last of the rings which I spoke of as receiving
from each other the power transmitted from the Heraclean lodestone?

[536a] 
You, the rhapsode and actor, are the middle ring; the poet himself is the first; but it is the god
who through the whole series draws the souls of men 

whithersoever he pleases, making the power of one depend on the other. And, just as from the magnet,
there is a mighty chain of choric performers and masters 

and under-masters suspended by side-connections from the rings that hang down from the Muse.
One poet is suspended from one Muse, another from another:

[536b] 
the word we use for it is “possessed,” but it is much the same thing, for he is held.
And from these first rings—the poets—are suspended various others, 

which are thus inspired, some by Orpheus and others by Musaeus [1]; but the majority are possessed and held by Homer. 
Of whom you, Ion, are one, and are possessed by Homer; and so, when anyone recites
the work of another poet, you go to sleep and are at a loss what to say; 

but when some one utters a strain of your poet, you wake up at once, and your soul dances,

1 A legendary bard to whom certain oracular verses were ascribed.

[536c] 
and you have plenty to say: for it is not by art or knowledge about Homer that you say what you say, but by divine dispensation 
and possession; just as the Corybantian worshippers are keenly sensible of that
strain alone which belongs to the god whose possession is on them, 

and have plenty of gestures and phrases for that tune, but do not heed any other.
And so you, Ion, when the subject of Homer is mentioned, h

ave plenty to say, but nothing on any of the others. And when you ask me the reason
 [536d] 
why you can speak at large on Homer but not on the rest, I tell you it is
because your skill in praising Homer comes not by art, but by divine dispensation.

8.
Ion
Well spoken, I grant you, Socrates; but still I shall be surprised if you can speak well enough to convince me that I am possessed 
and mad when I praise Homer. Nor can I think you would believe it of me yourself, if you heard me speaking about him.
Socrates
I declare I am quite willing to hear you, but not until
[536e] 
you have first answered me this: on what thing in Homer's story do you speak well? Not on all of them, I presume.
Ion
I assure you, Socrates, on all without a single exception.
Socrates
Not, of course, including those things of which you have in fact no knowledge, but which Homer tells.
Ion
And what sort of things are they, which Homer tells, but of which I have no knowledge?
[537a]
Socrates
Why, does not Homer speak a good deal about arts, in a good many places?
For instance, about chariot-driving: if I can recall the lines, I will quote them to you.
Ion
No, I will recite them, for I can remember.
Socrates
Tell me then what Nestor says to his son Antilochus, advising him to be
careful about the turning-post in the horse-race in honor of Patroclus.
Ion
“Bend thyself in the polished car slightly to the left of them;[1] and call to the right-hand horse”

 1 i.e. one of the two white stones, set up at each end of the course, which had been mentioned six lines before.

[537b] 
“and goad him on, while your hand slackens his reins. 
And at the post let your left-hand horse swerve close, 
so that the nave of the well-wrought wheel 
ay seem to come up to the edge of the stone, 
which yet avoid to touch.”
 Hom. Il. 23.335 ff.

Socrates

Enough. Now, Ion, will a doctor or a charioteer be the better judge
[537c] 
whether Homer speaks correctly or not in these lines?
Ion
A charioteer, of course.
Socrates
Because he has this art, or for some other reason?
Ion
No, because it is his art.
Socrates
And to every art has been apportioned by God a power of knowing a particular business? 
For I take it that what we know by the art of piloting we cannot also know by that of medicine.
Ion
No, to be sure.
Socrates
And what we know by medicine, we cannot by carpentry also?
Ion
No, indeed.
[537d]
Socrates
And this rule holds for all the arts, that what we know by one of them we cannot know by another? 
But before you answer that, just tell me this: do you agree that one art is of one sort, and another of another?
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
Do you argue this as I do, and call one art different from another when one is a knowledge
of one kind of thing, and another a knowledge of another kind?
[537e]
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
Since, I suppose, if it were a knowledge of the same things—how could we say that one was different
from another, when both could give us the same knowledge? 
Just as I know that there are five of these fingers, and you equally know the same fact about them; and if I should ask you whether 
both you and I know this same fact by the same art of numeration, or by different arts,
you would reply, I presume, that it was by the same?
Ion
Yes.

9.
[538a]
Socrates
Then tell me now, what I was just going to ask you, whether you think this rule holds
for all the arts—that by the same art we must know the same things, 
and by a different art things that are not the same; but if the art is other,
the things we know by it must be different also.
Ion
I think it is so, Socrates.
Socrates
Then he who has not a particular art will be incapable of knowing aright the words or works of that art?
[538b]
Ion
True.
Socrates
Then will you or a charioteer be the better judge of whether Homer speaks well or not in the lines that you quoted?
Ion
A charioteer.
Socrates
Because, I suppose, you are a rhapsode and not a charioteer.
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
And the rhapsode's art is different from the charioteer's?
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
Then if it is different, it is also a knowledge of different things.
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
Now, what of the passage where Homer tells how Hecamede,
[538c] 
Nestor's concubine, gives the wounded Machaon a posset? His words are something like this: 

“Of Pramneian wine it was, and therein she grated cheese of goat's milk with a grater of bronze; and thereby an onion as a relish for drink.”
Hom. Il. 11.639-40 [1] 

1 The quotation, as Plato indicates, is not accurate. Machaon was the son of Asclepius and physician
to the Greeks at Troy. 
Nothing is known of “Pramneian wine,” except that it was “thick and nutritious” (Athen. 1.10b).

Is it for the doctor's or the rhapsode's art to discern aright whether Homer speaks correctly here or not?
Ion
For the doctor's.
Socrates
Well now, when Homer says:
[538d] 
“And she passed to the bottom like a plummet which, set on a horn from an ox of the field, goes in haste to bring mischief among the ravenous fishes—”
Hom. Il. 24.80-82.[1] 

1 The nature of this device is still in dispute. Plutarch (De sollertia animal. 977) supports Aristotle's view that the
horn acted as a sheath to protect the line from being bitten through by the fish.

are we to say it is for the fisherman's or for the rhapsode's art to decide what he means by this, and whether it is rightly or wrongly spoken?
Ion
Clearly, Socrates, for the fisherman's art.
Socrates
Then please observe: suppose you were questioning me and should ask:
[538e] 
“Since therefore, Socrates, you find it is for these several arts to appraise the passages of Homer that belong to each, be so good as to make out 
those also that are for the seer and the seer's art, and show me the sort of
passages that come under his ability to distinguish whether they are well or ill done”; 
observe how easily and truly I shall answer you. For he has many passages, both in the Odyssey,
 as for instance the words of Theoclymenus, the seer of the line of Melampus, to the suitors:
[539a] 
“Hapless men, what bane is this afflicts you? Your heads and faces and limbs below are shrouded in night, and wailing is enkindled, 
and cheeks are wet with tears: of ghosts the porch is full, and the court full of them also, hastening hell-wards 'neath the gloom: and the sun is 
perished out of heaven, and an evil mist is spread abroad;
”Hom. Od. 20.351-57 [1]

1 Melampus, the ancestor of Theoclymenus (cf. Hom. Od. 15.225-56), was supposed to have been the first mortal who possessed the gift of prophecy.

 [539b] 
and there are many passages in the Iliad also, as in the fight at the rampart, where he says:
“For as they were eager to pass over, a bird had crossed them, an eagle of lofty flight,
pressing the host at the left hand,”
[539c] 
“and bearing a blood-red monster of a snake, alive and still struggling; nor had it yet unlearnt the lust of battle. For bending back it 
smote its captor on the breast by the neck, and the bird in the bitterness of pain cast
it away to the ground, and dropped it down in the midst of the throng;” 
“and then with a cry flew off on the wafting winds.” 

Hom. Il. 12.200-7

This passage, and others of the sort, are those that I should say the seer has to examine and judge.
Ion
And you speak the truth, Socrates.

10.
Socrates
And so do you, Ion, in saying that. Now you must do as I did, and in return for my picking out from
the Odyssey and the Iliad the kinds of passage that belong severally to the seer,
[539e] 
the doctor, and the fisherman, you have now to pick out for me—since you are so much more versed in Homer than I—
the kinds which belong to the rhapsode, Ion, and the rhapsode's art, and which he should
be able to consider and distinguish beyond the rest of mankind.
Ion
What I say, Socrates, is—“all passages.”
Socrates
Surely you do not say “all,” Ion! Can you be so forgetful? And yet forgetfulness would ill become a rhapsode.
[540a]
Ion
Why, how am I forgetting?
Socrates
Do you not remember that you said that the art of the rhapsode was different from that of the charioteer?
Ion
I remember.
Socrates
And you also admitted that, being different, it would know different things?
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
Then by your own account the rhapsode's art cannot know everything, nor the rhapsode either.
Ion
Let us say, everything except those instances, Socrates.
[540b]
Socrates
By “those instances” you imply the subjects of practically all the other arts. Well, as he does not know all of them, which kinds will he know?
Ion
Those things, I imagine, that it befits a man to say, and the sort of thing that a woman should say;
the sort for a slave and the sort for a freeman; and the sort for a subject or for a ruler.
Socrates
Do you mean that the rhapsode will know better than the pilot what sort of thing a ruler of a storm-tossed vessel at sea should say?
Ion
No, the pilot knows better in that case.
[540c]
Socrates
Well, will the rhapsode know better than the doctor what sort of thing a ruler of a sick man should say?
Ion
Not in that case either.
Socrates
But he will know the sort for a slave, you say?
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
For instance, if the slave is a cowherd, you say the rhapsode will know what the
other should say to pacify his cows when they get fierce, but the cowherd will not?
Ion
That is not so.
Socrates
Well, the sort of thing that a woman ought to say—a spinning-woman—about the working of wool?
[540d]
Ion
No.
Socrates
But he will know what a man should say, when he is a general exhorting his men?
Ion
Yes, that sort of thing the rhapsode will know.

11.
Socrates
Well, but is the art of the rhapsode the art of the general?
Ion
I, at any rate, should know what a general ought to say.
Socrates
Yes, since I daresay you are good at generalship also, Ion. For in fact, if you happened to have skill in 
horsemanship as well as in the lyre, you would know when horses were well or ill managed:
[540e] 
but if I asked you, “By which art is it, Ion, that you know that horses are being well managed,
by your skill as a horseman, or as a player of the lyre?” what would your answer be?
Ion
I should say, by my skill as a horseman.
Socrates
And if again you were distinguishing the good lyre-players, you would admit that you
distinguished by your skill in the lyre, and not by your skill as a horseman.
Ion
Yes.
Socrates
And when you judge of military matters, do you judge as having skill in generalship, or as a good rhapsode?
Ion
To my mind, there is no difference.
[541a]
Socrates
What, no difference, do you say? Do you mean that the art of the rhapsode and the general is one, not two?
Ion
It is one, to my mind.
Socrates
So that anyone who is a good rhapsode is also, in fact, a good general?
Ion
Certainly, Socrates.
Socrates
And again, anyone who happens to be a good general is also a good rhapsode.
Ion
No there I do not agree.
Socrates
But still you agree that anyone who is a good rhapsode
[541b] 
is also a good general?
Ion
To be sure.
Socrates
And you are the best rhapsode in Greece?
Ion
Far the best, Socrates.
Socrates
Are you also, Ion, the best general in Greece?
Ion
Be sure of it, Socrates and that I owe to my study of Homer.
Socrates
Then how, in Heaven's name, can it be, Ion, that you, who are both the best general
and the best rhapsode in Greece, go about performing as a rhapsode to the Greeks, but not as a general?
[541c] 
Or do you suppose that the Greeks feel a great need of a rhapsode in the glory of his golden crown, but of a general none at all?
Ion
It is because my city,[1] Socrates, is under the rule
 and generalship of your people, and is not in want of a general; 
whilst you and Sparta would not choose me as a general, since you think you manage well enough for yourselves.
Socrates
My excellent Ion, you are acquainted with Apollodorus [2] of Cyzicus, are you not?
Ion
What might he be?
Socrates
A man whom the Athenians have often chosen as their general, though a foreigner;

1 Ephesus.
2 Nothing else is known of this general.

[541d] and Phanosthenes [1] of Andros, and Heracleides [2] of Clazomenae,
whom my city invests with the high command and other 
offices although they are foreigners, because they have proved themselves to be competent.
And will she not choose Ion of Ephesusas her general, 
and honor him, if he shows himself competent? Why, you Ephesians are by origin Athenians,[3] are you not, and Ephesus is inferior to no city?

1 Captured the Thurian admiral Dorieus, 407 B. C.
2 Nothing else is known of this general.
3 Androclus of Attica founded Ephesus as the Ionian city known to the Greeks of Plato's time.

[541e] 
But in fact, Ion, if you are right in saying it is by art and knowledge that you are able to praise Homer, you are playing me false: 
you have professed to me that you know any amount of fine things about Homer, and you promise to display them; but you are only deceiving me, 
and so far from displaying the subjects of your skill, you decline even to tell me what they are, for all my entreaties. 
You are a perfect Proteus in the way you take on every kind of shape, twisting about this way and that, until at last you 
elude my grasp in the guise of a general, so as to avoid displaying your skill
[542a] 
in Homeric lore. Now if you are an artist and, as I was saying just now, you only promised me a display about Homer 
to deceive me, you are playing me false; whilst if you are no artist,
but speak fully and finely about Homer, as I said you did, 

without any knowledge but by a divine dispensation which causes you to be
possessed by the poet, you play quite fair. 

Choose therefore which of the two you prefer us to call you, dishonest or divine.
Ion
The difference is great, Socrates; for it is far nobler to be called divine.
[542b]
Socrates
Then you may count on this nobler title in our minds, Ion, of being a divine and not an artistic praiser of Homer.

(Transl. W.R.M. Lamb)


PLATO: SYMPOSIUM

(ὁ Ἔρως) 202d
δαίμων μέγας, ὦ Σώκρατες: καὶ γὰρ πᾶν τὸ δαιμόνιον

[202ε] μεταξύ ἐστι θεοῦ τε καὶ θνητοῦ.
τίνα, ἦν δ᾽ ἐγώ, δύναμιν ἔχον;
ἑρμηνεῦον καὶ διαπορθμεῦον θεοῖς τὰ παρ᾽ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀνθρώποις τὰ παρὰ θεῶν,
τῶν μὲν τὰς δεήσεις καὶ θυσίας, τῶν δὲ τὰς ἐπιτάξεις τε καὶ ἀμοιβὰς τῶν θυσιῶν,
ἐν μέσῳ δὲ ὂν ἀμφοτέρων συμπληροῖ, ὥστε τὸ πᾶν αὐτὸ αὑτῷ συνδεδέσθαι.
διὰ τούτου καὶ ἡ μαντικὴ πᾶσα χωρεῖ καὶ ἡ τῶν ἱερέων τέχνη τῶν τε περὶ τὰς θυσίας καὶ τελετὰς

[203α] καὶ τὰς ἐπῳδὰς καὶ τὴν μαντείαν πᾶσαν καὶ γοητείαν. θεὸς δὲ ἀνθρώπῳ οὐ μείγνυται,
ἀλλὰ διὰ τούτου πᾶσά ἐστιν ἡ ὁμιλία καὶ ἡ διάλεκτος θεοῖς πρὸς ἀνθρώπους,
καὶ ἐγρηγορόσι καὶ καθεύδουσι: καὶ ὁ μὲν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα σοφὸς δαιμόνιος ἀνήρ,
ὁ δὲ ἄλλο τι σοφὸς ὢν ἢ περὶ τέχνας ἢ χειρουργίας τινὰς βάναυσος.
οὗτοι δὴ οἱ δαίμονες πολλοὶ καὶ παντοδαποί εἰσιν, εἷς δὲ τούτων ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ Ἔρως.

“‘A great spirit, Socrates: for the whole of the spiritual1 is between divine and mortal.’

“‘Possessing what power?’ I asked.

‘Interpreting and transporting human things to the gods and divine things to men; entreaties and sacrifices from below,
and ordinances and requitals from above: being midway between, it makes each to supplement the other, so that the whole is combined in one.
Through it are conveyed all divination and priestcraft concerning sacrifice and ritual
[203a] and incantations, and all soothsaying and sorcery. God with man does not mingle:
but the spiritual is the means of all society and converse of men with gods and of gods with men, whether waking or asleep.
Whosoever has skill in these affairs is a spiritual man to have it in other matters, as in common arts and crafts, is for the mechanical.
Many and multifarious are these spirits, and one of them is Love.’

cfr. John M. Dillon: The Middle Platonists. A Study of Platonism 80 B.C. to A.D. 220, (1977, rev.ed. London 1996

cfr. John M. Dillon: Dämonologie im frühen Platonismus. In: M. Baltes et.al.: Apuleius: De Deo Socratis. Über den Gott des Sokrates. Darmstadt 2004, 123-161
"Es ist wichtig, die grundlegende Bedeutung dieser Stelle zu erkennen. Die Unterscheidung einer Klasse von Dämonen, die nicht mit den Göttern identisch sind, geht zugegebenermaßen auf eine berühmte Stelle in Hesiods Opera et dies, zurück (122-126; vgl. auch  252-255 [Platon zitiert diese Stelle - ein wenig Fehlerhaft - Crat 398a ], und sicherlich hatte der Volksglaube die Welt mit zahlreichen kleineren Gottheiten bevölkert, etwa Nymphen und Heroen, von denen viele für Helfer der Menschen gehalten wurden, mit jeweils splezifischen Anfgaben; aber es bleibt die Tatsache, dass, angefangen bei Homer, die Begriffe theos und daimon im Allgemeinen nicht klar differenziert werden, und eine Definition der spezifischen Mittlerrolle der Dämonen ist vor der hier zitierten Stelle nicht überliefert."

διαπορθμεῦον = überbringen, übersetzen, hinüberfaren ('poreuo': hinbringen, 'poreia': Reise, Weg ('poros'), 'porthmós': Fährmann


PLATON: PHILEBOS 66a


Σωκράτης

πάντῃ δὴ φήσεις, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ὑπό τε ἀγγέλων πέμπων καὶ παροῦσι φράζων, ὡς ἡδονὴ κτῆμα οὐκ ἔστι πρῶτον οὐδ᾽ αὖ δεύτερον,
ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μέν πῃ περὶ μέτρον καὶ τὸ μέτριον καὶ καίριον καὶ πάντα ὁπόσα χρὴ τοιαῦτα νομίζειν, τὴν †ἀίδιον ᾑρῆσθαι

 Socrates
Then you will proclaim everywhere, Protarchus, by messengers to the absent and by speech to those present,
that pleasure is not the first of possessions, nor even the second, but first the eternal nature has chosen measure, moderation, fitness, and all which is to be considered similar to these.




[447α]

Καλλίκλης
πολέμου καὶ μάχης φασὶ χρῆναι, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὕτω μεταλαγχάνειν.

Σωκράτης
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ, τὸ λεγόμενον, κατόπιν ἑορτῆς ἥκομεν καὶ ὑστεροῦμεν;

Καλλίκλης
καὶ μάλα γε ἀστείας ἑορτῆς: πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ καλὰ Γοργίας ἡμῖν ὀλίγον πρότερον ἐπεδείξατο.

Σωκράτης
τούτων μέντοι, ὦ Καλλίκλεις, αἴτιος Χαιρεφῶν ὅδε, ἐν ἀγορᾷ ἀναγκάσας ἡμᾶς διατρῖψαι.

[447β]

Χαιρεφῶν
οὐδὲν πρᾶγμα, ὦ Σώκρατες: ἐγὼ γὰρ καὶ ἰάσομαι. φίλος γάρ μοι Γοργίας, ὥστ᾽ ἐπιδείξεται ἡμῖν, εἰ μὲν δοκεῖ, νῦν, ἐὰν δὲ βούλῃ, εἰς αὖθις.

Καλλίκλης
τί δέ, ὦ Χαιρεφῶν; ἐπιθυμεῖ Σωκράτης ἀκοῦσαι Γοργίου;

Χαιρεφῶν
ἐπ᾽ αὐτό γέ τοι τοῦτο πάρεσμεν.

Καλλίκλης
οὐκοῦν ὅταν βούλησθε παρ᾽ ἐμὲ ἥκειν οἴκαδε: παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ γὰρ Γοργίας καταλύει καὶ ἐπιδείξεται ὑμῖν.

Σωκράτης
εὖ λέγεις, ὦ Καλλίκλεις. ἀλλ᾽ ἆρα ἐθελήσειεν ἂν

[447ξ] ἡμῖν διαλεχθῆναι; βούλομαι γὰρ πυθέσθαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τίς ἡ δύναμις τῆς τέχνης τοῦ ἀνδρός,
καὶ τί ἐστινὃ ἐπαγγέλλεταί τε καὶ διδάσκει: τὴν δὲ ἄλλην ἐπίδειξιν εἰς αὖθις, ὥσπερ σὺ λέγεις, ποιησάσθω.

Καλλίκλης
οὐδὲν οἷον τὸ αὐτὸν ἐρωτᾶν, ὦ Σώκρατες. καὶ γὰρ αὐτῷ ἓν τοῦτ᾽ ἦν τῆς ἐπιδείξεως:
ἐκέλευε γοῦν νυνδὴἐρωτᾶν ὅτι τις βούλοιτο τῶν ἔνδον ὄντων, καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντα ἔφη ἀποκρινεῖσθαι.

Σωκράτης
ἦ καλῶς λέγεις. ὦ Χαιρεφῶν, ἐροῦ αὐτόν.

Χαιρεφῶν
τί ἔρωμαι;

[447δ]

Σωκράτης
ὅστις ἐστίν.

Χαιρεφῶν
πῶς λέγεις;

Σωκράτης
ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ ἐτύγχανεν ὢν ὑποδημάτων δημιουργός, ἀπεκρίνατο ἂν δήπου σοι ὅτι σκυτοτόμος: ἢ οὐ μανθάνειςὡς λέγω;

Χαιρεφῶν
μανθάνω καὶ ἐρήσομαι. εἰπέ μοι, ὦ Γοργία, ἀληθῆ λέγει Καλλικλῆς ὅδε ὅτι ἐπαγγέλλῃ ἀποκρίνεσθαι ὅτι ἄν τίςσε ἐρωτᾷ;

[448α]

Γοργίας
ἀληθῆ, ὦ Χαιρεφῶν: καὶ γὰρ νυνδὴ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐπηγγελλόμην, καὶ λέγω ὅτι οὐδείς μέ πω ἠρώτηκε καινὸνοὐδὲν πολλῶν ἐτῶν.

Χαιρεφῶν
ἦ που ἄρα ῥᾳδίως ἀποκρινῇ, ὦ Γοργία.

Γοργίας
πάρεστι τούτου πεῖραν, ὦ Χαιρεφῶν, λαμβάνειν.

Πῶλος
νὴ Δία: ἂν δέ γε βούλῃ, ὦ Χαιρεφῶν, ἐμοῦ. Γοργίας μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀπειρηκέναι μοι δοκεῖ: πολλὰ γὰρ ἄρτιδιελήλυθεν.

Χαιρεφῶν
τί δέ, ὦ Πῶλε; οἴει σὺ κάλλιον ἂν Γοργίου ἀποκρίνασθαι;

 

 [...]

Καλλίκλης

[485α] ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν φαῦλος ᾖ, ἐντεῦθεν φεύγει καὶ λοιδορεῖ τοῦτο,
τὸ δ᾽ ἕτερον ἐπαινεῖ, εὐνοίᾳ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ, ἡγούμενος οὕτως αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπαινεῖν.
ἀλλ᾽ οἶμαι τὸ ὀρθότατόν ἐστιν ἀμφοτέρων μετασχεῖν.
φιλοσοφίαςμὲν ὅσον παιδείας χάριν καλὸν μετέχειν,
καὶ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν μειρακίῳ ὄντι φιλοσοφεῖν:
ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἤδηπρεσβύτερος ὢν ἄνθρωπος ἔτι φιλοσοφῇ, καταγέλαστον, ὦ Σώκρατες, τὸ χρῆμα γίγνεται, καὶ ἔγωγε

[485β] ὁμοιότατον πάσχω πρὸς τοὺς φιλοσοφοῦντας ὥσπερ
πρὸς τοὺς ψελλιζομένους καὶ παίζοντας. ὅταν μὲνγὰρ παιδίον ἴδω,
ᾧ ἔτι προσήκει διαλέγεσθαι οὕτω, ψελλιζόμενον καὶ παῖζον,
χαίρω τε καὶ χαρίεν μοι φαίνεταικαὶ ἐλευθέριον καὶ πρέπον
τῇ τοῦ παιδίου ἡλικίᾳ, ὅταν δὲ σαφῶς διαλεγομένου παιδαρίου ἀκούσω,
πικρόν τίμοι δοκεῖ χρῆμα εἶναι καὶ ἀνιᾷ μου τὰ ὦτα
καί μοι δοκεῖ δουλοπρεπές τι εἶναι: ὅταν δὲ

[485ξ] ἀνδρὸς ἀκούσῃ τις ψελλιζομένου ἢ παίζοντα ὁρᾷ,
καταγέλαστον φαίνεται καὶ ἄνανδρον καὶ πληγῶνἄξιον.
ταὐτὸν οὖν ἔγωγε τοῦτο πάσχω καὶ πρὸς τοὺς φιλοσοφοῦντας.
παρὰ νέῳ μὲν γὰρ μειρακίῳ ὁρῶνφιλοσοφίαν ἄγαμαι,
καὶ πρέπειν μοι δοκεῖ, καὶ ἡγοῦμαι ἐλεύθερόν τινα εἶναι
τοῦτον τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν δὲ μὴφιλοσοφοῦντα ἀνελεύθερον
καὶ οὐδέποτε οὐδενὸς ἀξιώσοντα ἑαυτὸν οὔτε καλοῦ οὔτε γενναίου

[485δ]

ὅταν δὲ δὴ πρεσβύτερον ἴδω ἔτι φιλοσοφοῦντα καὶ μὴ ἀπαλλαττόμενον,
πληγῶν μοι δοκεῖἤδη δεῖσθαι, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ.
ὃ γὰρ νυν δὴ ἔλεγον, ὑπάρχει τούτῳ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ,
κἂν πάνυ εὐφυὴς ᾖ, ἀνάνδρῳ γενέσθαι φεύγοντι
τὰ μέσα τῆς πόλεως καὶ τὰς ἀγοράς,
ἐν αἷς ἔφη ὁ ποιητὴς 
τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀριπρεπεῖς γίγνεσθαι,
καταδεδυκότι δὲ τὸν λοιπὸν βίον βιῶναι μετὰ μειρακίων ἐν γωνίᾳ τριῶν ἢ

[485ε] τεττάρων ψιθυρίζοντα, ἐλεύθερον δὲ καὶ μέγα
καὶ ἱκανὸν μηδέποτε φθέγξασθαι.
ἐγὼ δέ, ὦ Σώκρατες, πρὸς σὲ ἐπιεικῶς ἔχω φιλικῶς:
κινδυνεύω οὖν πεπονθέναι νῦν ὅπερ ὁ Ζῆθος πρὸς τὸν Ἀμφίονα ὁ Εὐριπίδου,
οὗπερ ἐμνήσθην. καὶ γὰρ ἐμοὶ τοιαῦτ᾽ ἄττα ἐπέρχεται πρὸς σὲ λέγειν,
οἷάπερ ἐκεῖνος πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν, ὅτι‘ἀμελεῖς, ὦ Σώκρατες,
ὧν δεῖ σε ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, καὶ φύσιν ψυχῆς ὧδε γενναίαν μειρακιώδει ’

 

[447a]

Callicles
To join in a fight or a fray, as the saying is, Socrates, you have chosen your time well enough.

Socrates
Do you mean, according to the proverb, we have come too late for a feast?

Callicles
Yes, a most elegant feast; for Gorgias gave us a fine and varied display but a moment ago.

Socrates
But indeed, Callicles, it is Chaerephon here who must take the blame for this;

[447b] he forced us to spend our time in the market-place.

Chaerephon
No matter, Socrates I will take the curing of it too for Gorgias is a friend of mine,
so that he will give us a display now, if you think fit, or if you prefer, on another occasion.

Callicles
What, Chaerephon? Has Socrates a desire to hear Gorgias?

Chaerephon
Yes, it is for that very purpose we are here.

Callicles
Then whenever you have a mind to pay me a call—Gorgias is staying with me, and he will give you a display.

Socrates
Thank you, Callicles: but would he consent

[447c] to discuss with us? For I want to find out from the man what is the function of his art, and what it is that he professes and teaches.
 As for the rest of his performance, he must give it us, as you suggest, on another occasion.

Callicles
The best way is to ask our friend himself, Socrates: for indeed that was one of the features of his performance.
Why, only this moment he was pressing for whatever questions anyone in the house might like to ask, and saying he would answer them all.

Socrates
What a good idea! Ask him, Chaerephon.

Chaerephon
What am I to ask?

Socrates
What he is.

Chaerephon
How do you mean?

[447d]

Socrates
Just as, if he chanced to be in the shoe-making business, his answer would have been, I presume, “a shoemaker.” Now, don't you see my meaning?

Chaerephon
I see, and will ask him. Tell me, Gorgias, is Callicles here correct in saying that you profess to answer any questions one may ask you?

[448a]

Gorgias
He is, Chaerephon; indeed, I was just now making this very profession, and I may add that nobody has asked me anything new for many years now.

Chaerephon
So I presume you will easily answer, Gorgias.

Gorgias
You are free to make trial of that, Chaerephon.

Polus
Yes, to be sure; and, if you like, Chaerephon, of me. For I think Gorgias must be quite tired out, after the long discourse he has just delivered.

Chaerephon
Why, Polus, do you suppose you could answer more excellently than Gorgias?

[...]


Callicles


[485a] whereas that in which he is weak he shuns and vilifies;
but the other he praises, in kindness to himself, thinking in this way to praise himself also.
But the most proper course, I consider, is to take a share of both.
It is a fine thing to partake of philosophy just for the sake of education,
and it is no disgrace for a lad to follow it: but when a man already advancing in years continues in its pursuit, the affair, Socrates, becomes ridiculous;
and for my part I have much the same feeling

[485b] towards students af philosophy as towards those who lisp or play tricks.
For when I see a little child, to whom it is still natural to talk in that way,
lisping or playing some trick, I enjoy it, and it strikes me as pretty and ingenuous
and suitable to the infant's age; whereas if I hear a small child talk distinctly,
I find it a disagreeable thing, and it offends my ears and seems
to me more befitting a slave. But when one hears a grown man lisp,

[485c] or sees him play tricks, it strikes one as something ridiculous and unmanly,
that deserves a whipping. Just the same, then, is my feeling towards the followers of philosophy.
For when I see philosophy in a young lad I approve of it;
I consider it suitable, and I regard him as a person of liberal mind:
whereas one who does not follow it I account illiberal
and never likely to expect of himself any fine or generous action.


[485d] But when I see an elderly man still going on with philosophy and not getting rid of it, that is the gentleman, Socrates, whom I think in need of a whipping.
For as I said just now, this person, however well endowed he may be, is bound to become unmanly through shunning the centers and marts of the city, in which, as the poet (Homer Il. IX, 441) said,
“men get them note and glory”;
he must cower down and spend the rest of his days whispering in a corner with three or four lads, and never utter anything free or high or spirited.

Homer, Il. IX

ὣς ἔφαθ᾽, οἳ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ἀκὴν ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ
μῦθον ἀγασσάμενοι: μάλα γὰρ κρατερῶς ἀπέειπεν:
ὀψὲ δὲ δὴ μετέειπε γέρων ἱππηλάτα Φοῖνιξ
δάκρυ᾽ ἀναπρήσας: περὶ γὰρ δίε νηυσὶν Ἀχαιῶν:
‘εἰ μὲν δὴ νόστόν γε μετὰ φρεσὶ φαίδιμ᾽ Ἀχιλλεῦ
435βάλλεαι, οὐδέ τι πάμπαν ἀμύνειν νηυσὶ θοῇσι
πῦρ ἐθέλεις ἀΐδηλον, ἐπεὶ χόλος ἔμπεσε θυμῷ,
πῶς ἂν ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπὸ σεῖο φίλον τέκος αὖθι λιποίμην
οἶος; σοὶ δέ μ᾽ ἔπεμπε γέρων ἱππηλάτα Πηλεὺς
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε σ᾽ ἐκ Φθίης Ἀγαμέμνονι πέμπε
440νήπιον οὔ πω εἰδόθ᾽ ὁμοιΐου πολέμοιο
οὐδ᾽ ἀγορέων, ἵνα τ᾽ ἄνδρες ἀριπρεπέες τελέθουσι.
τοὔνεκά με προέηκε διδασκέμεναι τάδε πάντα,
μύθων τε ῥητῆρ᾽ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων.
ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπὸ σεῖο φίλον τέκος οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι
445λείπεσθ᾽, οὐδ᾽ εἴ κέν μοι ὑποσταίη θεὸς αὐτὸς
γῆρας ἀποξύσας θήσειν νέον ἡβώοντα,
οἷον ὅτε πρῶτον λίπον Ἑλλάδα καλλιγύναικα
φεύγων νείκεα πατρὸς Ἀμύντορος Ὀρμενίδαο,
ὅς μοι παλλακίδος περιχώσατο καλλικόμοιο,
450τὴν αὐτὸς φιλέεσκεν, ἀτιμάζεσκε δ᾽ ἄκοιτιν
μητέρ᾽ ἐμήν: ἣ δ᾽ αἰὲν ἐμὲ λισσέσκετο γούνων
παλλακίδι προμιγῆναι, ἵν᾽ ἐχθήρειε γέροντα.

 It was to thee that the old horseman Peleus sent me on the day when he sent thee to Agamemnon, forth from Phthia, [440]
a mere child, knowing naught as yet of evil war, neither of gatherings wherein men wax preeminent.
For this cause sent he me to instruct thee in all these things, to be both a speaker of words and a doer of deeds.
Wherefore, dear child, I am not minded hereafter [445] to be left alone without thee, nay, not though a god himself should pledge him
to strip from me my old age and render me strong in youth as in the day when first I left Hellas, the home of fair women, fleeing from strife
with my father Amyntor, son of Ormenus; for he waxed grievously wroth against me by reason of his fair-haired concubine, [450]
whom himself he ever cherished, and scorned his wife, my mother. So she besought me by my knees continually,
to have dalliance with that other first myself, that the old man might be hateful in her eyes. ”

[485e] Now I, Socrates, am quite fairly friendly to you, and so I feel very much at this moment as Zethus did, whom I have mentioned,
towards Amphion in Euripides. Indeed I am prompted to address you in the same sort of words as he did his brother:
“You neglect, Socrates, what you ought to mind; you distort with a kind of boyish travesty a soul of such noble nature;


EVERETT L. WHEELER: STRATAGEM AND THE VOCABULARY OF MILITARY TRICKERY

Leiden: E.J. Brill 1988, 38-41

In the stratagemic vocabulary could borrow from the language of sophists and philosophers, such as sophia, techne, and phronesis, as well as panourgia from the theater, a term from the arena of sport would not be peculiar, especially since the language of war and sport often coincide. (59) Indeed Onasander compares the general besieging a city to a good wrestler, who feints at many points must conceal his real point of attack. (60) Palaisma, originally a "fall" in a wrestling match, of which the "third fall" (triton palaisma), signifying the end of the bout, became a metaphor for the end of a series or some crowning achievemetns, (61) could also refer to the trick of a wrestler resulting in an opponent's fall and hence its metaphorical use as a legal trick of the courtroom, a rhetorical trick, or a tricky person. (62). Furthermore, palaisma could appear as stratagem, for which conceptual precedents in mythology, if not the word itself, can be found: the crafty Autolycus was such an champion at the sport that he taught Heracles to wrestle, and Odysseus' bag of trics included the wiles of the wring. (63) Plutarch equates stratagema and palaisma, when the Spartan king Agesilaus repeats a stratagem succesfully. Similarly, Julian in listing Constantius II's brilliants acts of generalship against Magnentius hails his final feat of ingenuity as the "third fall" (triton palaisma). (64)

Many  other words, such as tolma (boldness) or epibole (design, enterprise, assault), although appearing occasionally for stratagem or with a rusé connotation, do not merit discussion: their occurrence in this sense is too infrequent. (65) Of greater significance, however, are pseudos (lie) and its adjective pseudes (false). Certainly lying to the enemy or to one's own forces can be a stratagem (cf. Xen., Mem. 4.2.15-17), but Greeks much preferred to use apate rather than pseudos. In fact the two words, as noted earlier, are closely linked (cf. Suda s.v. pseústhenta): pseudos is the objective aspect of the subjective process of apate, and if apate's tone is neutral, much the same applies to pseudos and pseudes. In archaic Greek thought the opposite of pseudes is not alethes (true) but apseudes (not false, without deceit), and the antonym of aletheia (truth) is lethe (forgetfulness). Pseudos falls into the same context of deceit and delusion as dolos, metis, and apate, none of which precisely corresponds to "lie." Its meaing is either "something which seeks to deceive" or "something without fulfillment or realization." (66). Thus Diodorus' description of a stratagem by Agathocles in 310 B.C. (20.17.5): "miscalculating by the deception of a stratagem" (to pseudei tou strategématos paralogísthentes). Indeed one scholar argues that except for some individual forms, such as the verb pseudein in the aorist aspect of the middle voice, Greek has no clear expression for "lie" or "to lie". Pseudos, pseudes, and verbal forms with pseud- indicate only that something false has been started, done, or implied without regarding the intent for truth or falsehood. (67)

Furthermore, the pseudos group engendered a rich family of words for stratagem, best seen in an anecdote on the Athenian commander Iphicrates recorded by Polyenus:

Iphicrates would train his soldiers in various ways, contriving feigned reenforcements, feigned ambushes, false betrayals, sham desertions, feigned attacks, and false panics, so that if at any time something like that occurred, they might not in any way be surprised. (68)

Xenophon's pseudangeliai (false reports: Mag.eq. 5.8) and pseudopyra (deceiving campfires) found in the Suda (s.v.) supplement Polyaenus' list. For the moment judgement is reserved on whether these words should be considered technical terms, since apart from pseudangelia and its cognate pseudangelos (false messenger) they appear only in Xenophon, Polyaenus, Julius Pollus, the Suda, and other Byzantine sources. The problem will be addressed below. Conceivably, the list of "pseudo-words" founds in the Suda could reflect a rhetorical handbook or lexicon callelld "On the False" (Perí pseúdous), although by no means are all such words military. (69)

Knowledge of these terms is slight. Xenophon (Mag.eq. 5, 8-9) instructs his cavalry commander to terrify the enemy with feigned ambushes, feigned reenforcements, and false reports, all of which he views as forms of apate. His Anabasis provides an example of pseudenedra: the rearguard of foraging party foraging party from Xenophon's Greek forces at Trapezus pretends very ostentatiously to set an ambush against hostile Pontic tribesmen harassing the party's retreat, thereby permitting the bulk of the group to negotiate the difficult descent from the mountains into the city. (70) The word pseudoboethia, found only in Xenophon and Polaenus, probably refers to the stratagem often found in roman sources, whereby a commander arranges for a detachment of soldiers or non-combatants to appear in the enemy's rear before or during battle and to sound trumpets or to stir up a dust cloud to create the impression of approaching reenforcemetns. Pseudophodos may be similar: feigning an attack at one point and striking at another. (71)

In contrast, pseudangelia has Homeric roots through pseudangelos: Zeus in the Illiad tells the messenger-god Iris no to be a pseudangelos. From Homer the word passed to Athenian comedy of the fifth century B.C. and Aristotle cites a play of unknown author and date entitled Odysseus the False Messenger. (72). The function of pseudangelos or pseudangelia, which first appears in Xenophon, is basically identical to that of pseudoprodosia or pseudoautomolia: dissemination of false information or luring the enemy into a trap or false move. The Parthians made certain that Antony's army retreating from Media in 36 B.C. received only false reports (pseudangeliai) about areas where food and water were available, while Hannibal employed a false traitor (pseudoprodotes) to lure the Romans into an ambush at Herdonia in 212 B.C. (or 210 B.C.) and he contrived the sham desertion (pseudoautomolia) of 500 Numidians at Cannae in 216 B.C. to attack the Roman rear after the battle began. (73) For pseudopanika Polyenus (3.9.10) offers an example. Iphicrates perpetrated a false panic to distinguish the brave from the cowardly and thereby to facilitate his selection of officers. Another kind of false panic is also conceivable: a feigned retread simulating the flight of a demoralized army to entice the enemy into an unfavorable situation.
Likewise pseudopyra, not found in Classical sources, presents a problem. The author of the Suda identifies "deceiving campfires" as a strategema: they are kindled by night for the perplexity of the enemy, but this definition's vagueness leaves the stratagem's intent and function obscure. Lightning campfires to convince the enemy of their oponent's presence and the retreating during the night was a favorite strtagem of ancient commanders. This may be what is meant. The latest explanation of pseudopyra, however, found in a collection of Greek proverbs by Michael Apostolius (d. ca. 1480), puts the stratagemic purpose in a different light: the fires are to perplex the enemy by showing the great size of the camp, i.e., another example of how to make a smaller army appear larger. The vagueness of the Suda' definition permits either interpretation. (74)


3. Hellenistic Additions

The stratagemic vocabulary has its origins in Homeric Greek and the epic tradition, and supplements or new rusé connotatins for old words were added in the fifth and fourth centuries B.C. from the sophistic movement, the theater, and sport. Yet so much of the evidence derives from Hellenistic writers surch as Polybius, Diionysius of Halicarnasus, Plutarch, and others. Certainly the older words remained in use in the Hellenistic period as they would in the Byzantine, but our third category seeks to highlight a few specifically Hellenistic contributions.
Praxis, normally "business," "affair," or "action," begins to assume a rusé sense in the fourth century B.C.: Aeneas Tacticus (23.7.-10) associates it with technazein in describing a treasonous deception of city magistrates. By the time of Polybius, two centuries later, praxis and even its cognate prattein (to do, to achieve, to transact) become such regular words for trick and treachery, that in the Suda praxis can be defined as prodosia (treason, treachery, betrayal). (75). In fact praxis as stratagem tends to appear in situations involving the betrayal of cities.


Notes

67. See Rudolf Schottlaender, "Die Lüge in der Ethik der griechisch-römischen Philosophie," in Otto Lipmann / Paul  Plaut, ed., Die Lüge in psychologischer, philosophischer, juristischer, pädagogischer, historischer, soziologischer, sprach- und literaturwissenschaftlicher und entwicklungsgeschichtlicher Betrachtung (Leipzig 1927) 99, 110.
68. Polyaenus 3.9.32: Iphikrátes poikilos egumnaze tous stratiotas mechanómenos pseudoboetheias, pseudenéndras, pseudoprodosías, pseudautomolías, pseuderódous, pseudopaniká, hinaa ei pote kai toiouton ti génoito, medamós ekpléssanto.
69 Breitenbach 78, n. 122.
70 Xen., Anab 5.2.28; Poll. Onom. 1.173; Suda s.v. pseudenédra, citing Xenophon.
71 Xen. Mag. eq. 5.8; Polyaenus 3.9.32; Front., Strat. 2.4.1-3, 5-6, 20; 3.9.3, 5-6, 10; Liv. 7.14.6-15.8; Onas. 22.2
72 Il 15.159; Ar., Av. 1340; Arist. Poet. 16.10 cf. Plut. Mor. 987C.
73 Pseuangelia: Xen., Mag.eq. 5.8; Dio 49.28.4; pseudoprodosia / pseudoprodotes: Polyaenus: 3.9.32, 6.38.7; Excerpta Polaeni 41 (chapter title); pseudautomolia / pseudautomolos: Polyaenus 3.9.32; Xen., Mag.eq. 4,7; Poll., Onom 1.173; Cannae: App., Hann. 22, 25 cf. Liv.  22.48. 1-4; Val.Max., 7.4 ex 2; Front. Strat. 2,5,27; other cases of  pseudautomolia in Front., Strat.  3.16.2 cf. 2.5.28 and the list in Brizzi 272 n. 381. Polyenus 6.38.7 on the Roman defeat at Herdonea in a conflation of two different battles. The town went over to the Carthaginians after Annae and in 212 B.C. Hannibal lured the praetor Cn. Fulvius Flaccus into an ambush there, bu Flaccus was not killed as Polyenus says. In 210 B.C. the town's Carthaginian sympathies wavered, which accounts for the story of a false betrayer in Polyenus. Hannibal launched a surprise attack (not an ambush) on the proconsul Cn. Fulvius Centtumalus, who died in the battle. Thus Polyaenus' Flaccus and Hannibal's ambush belong to the batle of 212 B.C. and the false betrayal and death of the Roman commander occur in the conflict of 210 B.C. See Liv. 25.20-21, 27.1.4-15.
74.  Suda s.v. pseudópura; Macar. 8.86; Apost. 18.53. A collection of references to stratagems involving compfires in Peters 163, to which should be added Polyaenus 2.28.2; 6.2.1, 19.2 on signal fires.
75. Plb. 2.9.2; 4.8.3, 76.6, 9.18.1; 16.24.7; Suda s.v. praxis, citing Plb. fr. 70 Buettner-Wobst and 5.96.4-5; Welles 355.


Il. 15.159

ἣ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὣς εἰποῦσα πάλιν κίε πότνια Ἥρη,
150ἕζετο δ᾽ εἰνὶ θρόνῳ: τὼ δ᾽ ἀΐξαντε πετέσθην.
Ἴδην δ᾽ ἵκανον πολυπίδακα μητέρα θηρῶν,
εὗρον δ᾽ εὐρύοπα Κρονίδην ἀνὰ Γαργάρῳ ἄκρῳ
ἥμενον: ἀμφὶ δέ μιν θυόεν νέφος ἐστεφάνωτο.
τὼ δὲ πάροιθ᾽ ἐλθόντε Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο
155στήτην: οὐδέ σφωϊν ἰδὼν ἐχολώσατο θυμῷ,
ὅττί οἱ ὦκ᾽ ἐπέεσσι φίλης ἀλόχοιο πιθέσθην.
Ἶριν δὲ προτέρην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα:
‘βάσκ᾽ ἴθι Ἶρι ταχεῖα, Ποσειδάωνι ἄνακτι
πάντα τάδ᾽ ἀγγεῖλαι, μὴ δὲ ψευδάγγελος εἶναι.
160παυσάμενόν μιν ἄνωχθι μάχης ἠδὲ πτολέμοιο
ἔρχεσθαι μετὰ φῦλα θεῶν ἢ εἰς ἅλα δῖαν.
εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐπιπείσεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἀλογήσει,
φραζέσθω δὴ ἔπειτα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμὸν
μή μ᾽ οὐδὲ κρατερός περ ἐὼν ἐπιόντα ταλάσσῃ
165μεῖναι, ἐπεί εὑ φημὶ βίῃ πολὺ φέρτερος εἶναι
καὶ γενεῇ πρότερος: τοῦ δ᾽ οὐκ ὄθεται φίλον ἦτορ
ἶσον ἐμοὶ φάσθαι, τόν τε στυγέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι.


When she had thus spoken queenly Hera returned again
[150] and sate her down upon her throne; and the twain sprang up and sped forth upon their way.
To many-fountained Ida they came, mother of wild beasts, and found Zeus,
whose voice is borne afar, seated on topmost Gargarus; and about him a fragrant cloud was wreathed.
The twain then came before the face of Zeus, the cloud-gatherer,
[155] and at sight of them his heart waxed nowise wroth, for that they had speedily obeyed the words of his dear wife.
And to Iris first he spake winged words: “Up, go, swift Iris; unto the lord Poseidon
bear thou all these tidings, and see thou tell him true.
[160] Bid him cease from war and battle, and go to join the tribes of gods,
or into the bright sea. And if so be he will not obey my words, but shall set them at naught,
let him bethink him then in mind and heart, lest, how strong soever he be,
he have no hardihood to abide my on-coming;
[165] for I avow me to be better far than he in might, and the elder born.
Yet his heart counteth it but a little thing to declare himself the peer
of me of whom even the other gods are adread.”



Arist. Poet. 16.10

[1455α] ὥσπερ ἡ ἐν Κυπρίοις τοῖς Δικαιογένους, ἰδὼν γὰρ τὴν γραφὴν ἔκλαυσεν,
καὶ ἡ ἐν Ἀλκίνου ἀπολόγῳ, ἀκούων γὰρ τοῦ κιθαριστοῦ καὶ μνησθεὶς ἐδάκρυσεν,
ὅθεν ἀνεγνωρίσθησαν. τετάρτη δὲ ἡ ἐκ συλλογισμοῦ, οἷονἐν Χοηφόροις,
[5] ὅτι ὅμοιός τις ἐλήλυθεν, ὅμοιος δὲ οὐθεὶς ἀλλ᾽ ἢ Ὀρέστης, οὗτος ἄρα ἐλήλυθεν.
καὶ ἡ Πολυίδουτοῦ σοφιστοῦ περὶ τῆς Ἰφιγενείας: εἰκὸς γὰρ ἔφη τὸν Ὀρέστην συλλογίσασθαι
ὅτι ἥ τ᾽ ἀδελφὴ ἐτύθη καὶ αὐτῷσυμβαίνει θύεσθαι. καὶ ἐν τῷ Θεοδέκτου Τυδεῖ, ὅτι ἐλθὼν ὡς εὑρήσων τὸν υἱὸν αὐτὸς
[10] ἀπόλλυται. καὶ ἡ ἐντοῖς Φινείδαις: ἰδοῦσαι γὰρ τὸν τόπον συνελογίσαντο τὴν εἱμαρμένην
ὅτι ἐν τούτῳ εἵμαρτο ἀποθανεῖν αὐταῖς, καὶ γὰρ ἐξετέθησαν ἐνταῦθα. ἔστιν δέ τις καὶ συνθετὴ
ἐκ παραλογισμοῦ τοῦ θεάτρου, οἷον ἐν τῷ Ὀδυσσεῖ τῷ
[14]ψευδαγγέλῳ: τὸ μὲν γὰρ τὸ τόξον ἐντείνειν, ἄλλον δὲ
[14α] μηδένα, πεποιημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ καὶ ὑπόθεσις,
[14β] καὶ εἴ γε τὸ τόξον ἔφη γνώσεσθαι ὃ οὐχ ἑωράκει:
[15] τὸ δὲ ὡς δι᾽ ἐκείνου ἀναγνωριοῦντος διὰ τούτουποιῆσαι παραλογισμός.
πασῶν δὲ βελτίστη ἀναγνώρισις ἡ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων, τῆς ἐκπλήξεως γιγνομένης
δι᾽ εἰκότων, οἷον ἐν τῷΣοφοκλέους Οἰδίποδι καὶ τῇ Ἰφιγενείᾳ: εἰκὸς γὰρ βούλεσθαι ἐπιθεῖναι γράμματα. αἱ γὰρ τοιαῦται μόναι
[20] ἄνευτῶν πεποιημένων σημείων καὶ περιδεραίων. δεύτεραι δὲ αἱ ἐκ συλλογισμοῦ.

[1455a] [1] An example of this is the scene in the Cyprians by Dicaeogenes; on seeing the picture he burst into tears 1:
and again in the "Tale of Alcinous," 2 hearing the minstrel he remembered and burst into tears; and thus they were recognized.
The fourth kind results from an inference; for instance, in the Choephoroe "Someone like me has come;
but nobody is like me except Orestes; therefore he has come." And there is Polyidus's 3 idea about Iphigeneia,
for it is likely enough that Orestes should make an inference that, whereas his sister was sacrificed,
 here is the same thing happening to him. And in Theodectes' Tydeus that "having come to find a son,
he is perishing himself." And the scene in the Phineidae, where on seeing the spot the women inferred their fate,
that they were meant to die there for it was there that they had been exposed. 4
There is also a kind of fictitious discovery which depends on a false inference on the part
of the audience, for instance in Odysseus the False Messenger, he said he would recognize
the bow, which as a matter of fact he had not seen, but to assume that he really
would reveal himself by this means is a false inference. 5

1 Teucer, returning to Salamis in disguise and seeing a portrait of his dead father Telamon, burst into tears and was thus discovered.
So, too, in The Two Gentlemen of Verona Julia is discovered because she swoons on hearing Valentine offer Sylvia to his rival.
Hom. Od. 8.521ff.
3 A Sophist who either wrote an Iphigeneia with this denouement or more probably suggested in a work of criticism (cf. Aristot. Poet. 17.6) that Orestes on being led to his fate should speculate aloud upon the odd coincidence that both he and his sister should be sacrificed, thus revealing his identity to Iphigeneia. Like most critics, Polyidos would have been a poor dramatist. There is an example of this form of discovery in the French opera Coeur de Lion, where the old knight says "goddam" and is thus discovered to be an Englishman.
4 In these cases the inference was presumably uttered aloud and hence the identity of the speakers discovered. Nothing else is known of these plays.
5 The text is obscure, and our ignorance of the play or rhapsody adds to the darkness, but the reference may be to the ruse, common in detective stories, of misleading the audience by false clues in order to make the final revelation more effective.




ARISTOTLE: POLITICS V, 1313 ff

αἱ δὲ τυραννίδες σῴζονται κατὰ δύο τρόπους τοὺς ἐναντιωτάτους, 
[35] ὧν ἅτερός ἐστιν ὁ παραδεδομένος καὶ καθ᾽ ὃν
διοικοῦσινοἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν τυράννων τὴν ἀρχήν. 
τούτων δὲ τὰ πολλά φασι καταστῆσαι Περίανδρον τὸν Κορίνθιον:
πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῆςΠερσῶν ἀρχῆς ἔστι τοιαῦτα λαβεῖν. 
ἔστι δὲ τά τε πάλαι λεχθέντα πρὸς σωτηρίαν, ὡς οἷόν τε, 
[40] τῆς τυραννίδος, τὸ τοὺςὑπερέχοντας κολούειν καὶ τοὺς φρονηματίας ἀναιρεῖν, 
καὶ μήτε συσσίτια ἐᾶν μήτε ἑταιρίαν μήτε παιδείαν μήτε ἄλλο μηθὲντοιοῦτον,

[1313β] ἀλλὰ πάντα φυλάττειν ὅθεν εἴωθε γίγνεσθαι δύο, φρόνημά τε καὶ πίστις,
 καὶ μήτε σχολὰς μήτε ἄλλους συλλόγουςἐπιτρέπειν γίγνεσθαι σχολαστικούς,
καὶ πάντα ποιεῖν ἐξ ὧν ὅτι μάλιστα 

[5] ἀγνῶτες ἀλλήλοις ἔσονται πάντες ἡ γὰρ γνῶσιςπίστιν ποιεῖ μᾶλλον πρὸς ἀλλήλους: 
καὶ τὸ τοὺς ἐπιδημοῦντας αἰεὶ φανεροὺς εἶναι καὶ διατρίβειν περὶ θύρας
οὕτω γὰρ ἂνἥκιστα λανθάνοιεν τί πράττουσι, καὶ φρονεῖν ἂν ἐθίζοιντο μικρὸν αἰεὶ δουλεύοντες: 
καὶ τἆλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα Περσικὰ
[10] καὶ βάρβαρα τυραννικά ἐστιν πάντα γὰρ ταὐτὸν δύναται: 
καὶ τὸ μὴ λανθάνειν πειρᾶσθαι ὅσα τυγχάνει τις
λέγων ἢ πράττωντῶν ἀρχομένων, ἀλλ᾽ εἶναι κατασκόπους, 
οἷον περὶ Συρακούσας αἱ ποταγωγίδες καλούμεναι, καὶ οὓς ὠτακουστὰς ἐξέπεμπεν Ἱέρων, 
ὅπου τις εἴη συνουσία καὶ σύλλογος 
[15] παρρησιάζονταί τε γὰρ ἧττον, φοβούμενοι
τοὺς τοιούτους, κἂνπαρρησιάζωνται, λανθάνουσιν ἧττον: 
καὶ τὸ διαβάλλειν ἀλλήλοις καὶ συγκρούειν καὶ φίλους φίλοις καὶ τὸν δῆμον τοῖς
γνωρίμοις καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους ἑαυτοῖς. 
καὶ τὸ πένητας ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀρχομένους τυραννικόν, ὅπως μήτε φυλακὴ 
[20] τρέφηταικαὶ πρὸς τῷ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ὄντες ἄσχολοι ὦσιν ἐπιβουλεύειν. 
παράδειγμα δὲ τούτου αἵ τε πυραμίδες αἱ περὶ Αἴγυπτον 
καὶ τὰἀναθήματα τῶν Κυψελιδῶν καὶ τοῦ Ὀλυμπίου ἡ οἰκοδόμησις ὑπὸ τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν,
 καὶ τῶν περὶ Σάμον ἔργα Πολυκράτειαπάντα γὰρ ταῦτα 
[25] δύναται ταὐτόν, ἀσχολίαν καὶ πενίαν τῶν ἀρχομένων:
καὶ ἡ εἰσφορὰ τῶν τελῶν, οἷον ἐν Συρακούσαις 
ἐν πέντε γὰρ ἔτεσιν ἐπὶ Διονυσίου τὴν οὐσίαν ἅπασαν εἰσενηνοχέναι συνέβαινεν.
 ἔστι δὲ καὶ πολεμοποιὸς ὁτύραννος, ὅπως δὴ ἄσχολοί τε ὦσι καὶ ἡγεμόνος ἐν χρείᾳ διατελῶσιν ὄντες. καὶ ἡ 
[30] μὲν βασιλεία σῴζεται διὰ τῶν φίλων, τυραννικὸν δὲ τὸ μάλιστ᾽ ἀπιστεῖν τοῖς φίλοις,
 ὡς βουλομένων μὲν πάντων δυναμένων δὲ μάλιστα τούτων.

καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν δὲ γιγνόμενα τὴν τελευταίαν τυραννικὰ πάντα, 
γυναικοκρατία τε περὶ τὰς οἰκίας, ἵν᾽ἐξαγγέλλωσι κατὰ τῶν 
[35] ἀνδρῶν, καὶ δούλων ἄνεσις διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν: οὔτε γὰρ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν 
οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ αἱγυναῖκες τοῖς τυράννοις, εὐημεροῦντάς 
τε ἀναγκαῖον εὔνους εἶναι καὶ ταῖς τυραννίσι καὶ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις: 
καὶ γὰρ ὁ δῆμοςεἶναι βούλεται μόναρχος. διὸ καὶ ὁ κόλαξ παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις ἔντιμος, παρὰ 
[40] μὲν τοῖς δήμοις ὁ δημαγωγός ἔστι γὰρ ὁ δημαγωγὸς τοῦ δήμου κόλαξ, 
παρὰ δὲ τοῖς τυράννοις οἱ ταπεινῶς ὁμιλοῦντες, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἔργον κολακείας.

 

[1313a] 
[34] Tyrannies on the other hand are preserved in two extremely opposite ways.
One of these is the traditional way and the one in which most tyrants administer their office.
Most of these ordinary safeguards of tyranny are said to have been instituted by Periander of Corinth,
and also many such devices may be borrowed from the Persian empire. These are both the measures
mentioned some time back to secure the safety of a tyranny as far as possible—the lopping off
of outstanding men and the destruction of the proud,—and also the prohibition of common meals
and club-fellowship and education and all other things of this nature 
[1313b] 
[1] in fact the close watch upon all things that usually engender the two emotions of pride and confidence,
and the prevention of the formation of study-circles and other conferences for debate
,[1] and the employment of
every means that will make people as much as possible unknown to one another
for familiarity increases mutual confidence);
and for the people in the city to be always visible and to hang about the palace-gates 
for thus there would be least concealment about what they are doing, and they would get into a habit
of being humble from always acting in a servile way; and all the other similar devices of Persian and barbarian tyranny for all have the same effect;
and to try not to be uninformed about any chance utterances or actions of any of the subjects, but to have spies like the women called ‘provocatrices’
at Syracuse and the ‘sharp-ears’ that used to be sent out by Hiero wherever there was any gathering or conference for when men are afraid of spies of this sort they keep a check on their tongues, and if they do speak freely are less likely not to be found out); and to set men at variance with one another and cause quarrels
between friend and friend and between the people and the notables and among the rich. And it is a device of tyranny
to make the subjects poor, so that a guard [2] [20] may not be kept, and also that the people being busy with
their daily affairs may  not have leisure to plot against their ruler. Instances of this are the pyramids in Egypt
and the votive offerings of the Cypselids,[3] and the building of the temple of Olympian Zeus by the Pisistratidae [4]
and of the temples at Samos, works of Polycrates [5] for all these undertakings produce the same effect,
constant occupation and poverty among the subject people; and the levying of taxes, as at Syracuse
for in the reign of Dionysius [6] the result of taxation used to be that in five years men
had contributed the whole of their substance. Also the tyrant is a stirrer-up of war,
with the deliberate purpose of keeping the people busy and also of making them
constantly in need of a leader. Also whereas friends are a means of security to royalty,
it is a mark of a tyrant to be extremely distrustful of his friends, on the ground that,
while all have the wish, these chiefly have the power. 

Also the things that occur in connection with the final form of democracy [7] are all favorable to tyranny—
dominance of women in the homes, in order that they may carry abroad reports against the men,
 a
nd lack of discipline among the slaves, for the same reason; for slaves and women do not plot against tyrants,
and also, if they prosper under tyrannies, must feel well-disposed to them, and to democracies as well 
for the common people also wishes to be sole ruler. Hence also the flatterer is in honor with both—
with democracies the demagogue for the demagogue is a flatterer of the people,
and with the tyrants those who associate with them humbly, which is the task of flattery.

 

1 The phrases cover Plato's gatherings in the Academy, Aristotle's in the Peripatos of the Lyceum, and other meetings for the intellectual use of leisure in gymnasia, palaestrae and leschae.
2 Apparently this means a citizen force side by side with the tyrant's mercenaries; 
a variant gives ‘in order that the tyrant's guard may be kept.’
3 Cypselus and his son Periander 1310b 29 n., 1284a 26 n.)
dedicated a colossal statue of Zeus at Olympia and other monuments there and at Delphi.
4 Pisistratus is said to have begun the temple of Olympian Zeus at Athens, not finished till the time of Hadrian.
5 Tyrant of Samos, d. 522 B.C.
6 See 1259a 28 n.
7 Cf. 1309b 27 ff.

 (transl. H. Rackham)

cf. Siam Lewis: News and Society in the Greek Polis. London, 1996, p. 12-13 (See below)



PLATON: POLITEIA II


[359β] ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἀρρωστίᾳ τοῦ ἀδικεῖν τιμώμενον: ἐπεὶ τὸν δυνάμενον αὐτὸ ποιεῖν καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄνδραοὐδ᾽ ἂν ἑνί ποτε συνθέσθαι
τὸ μήτε ἀδικεῖν μήτε ἀδικεῖσθαι: μαίνεσθαι γὰρ ἄν. ἡ μὲν οὖν δὴ φύσις δικαιοσύνης, ὦ Σώκρατες, αὕτη τε καὶ τοιαύτη, καὶ ἐξ ὧν πέφυκε τοιαῦτα, ὡς ὁ λόγος.

ὡς δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐπιτηδεύοντες ἀδυναμίᾳ τοῦ ἀδικεῖν ἄκοντες αὐτὸ ἐπιτηδεύουσι, μάλιστ᾽ ἂν αἰσθοίμεθα, εἰ τοιόνδεποιήσαιμεν

[359b] not as a real good, but as a thing honored in the lack of vigor to do injustice, since anyone who had the power to do it and was
 in reality 'a man' would never make a compact with anybody either to wrong nor to be wronged; for he would be mad.
The nature, then, of justice is this and such as this, Socrates, and such are the conditions in which it originates, according to the theory.

“But as for the second point, that those who practise it do so unwillingly and from want of power to commit injustice
—we shall be most likely to apprehend that if we entertain some such supposition as this in thought:

 

[359ξ] τῇ διανοίᾳ: δόντες ἐξουσίαν ἑκατέρῳ ποιεῖν ὅτι ἂν βούληται, τῷ τε δικαίῳ καὶ τῷ ἀδίκῳ, εἶτ᾽ἐπακολουθήσαιμεν
θεώμενοι ποῖ ἡ ἐπιθυμία ἑκάτερον ἄξει. ἐπ᾽ αὐτοφώρῳ οὖν λάβοιμεν ἂν τὸν δίκαιον τῷἀδίκῳ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἰόντα διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν,
ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν ὡς ἀγαθόν, νόμῳ δὲ βίᾳ παράγεταιἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἴσου τιμήν. εἴη δ᾽ ἂν ἡ ἐξουσία ἣν λέγω τοιάδε μάλιστα, εἰ αὐτοῖς γένοιτο οἵαν

[359c] if we grant to each, the just and the unjust, licence and power to do whatever he pleases, and then accompany them in imagination
and see whither his desire will conduct each. We should then catch the just man in the very act of resorting to the same conduct as the unjust man
because of the self-advantage which every creature by its nature pursues as a good, while by the convention of law1 it is forcibly diverted to paying honor to 'equality.'
2 The licence that I mean would be most nearly such as would result from supposing them to have the power

1 The antithesis of φύσις and νόμος, nature and law, custom or convention, is a commonplace of both Greek rhetoric and Greek ethics.
 Cf. the Chicago dissertation of John Walter Beardslee, The Use of φύσις in Fifth Century Greek Literature, ch. x. p. 68. Cf. Herodotus iii. 38, Pindar,
quoted by Plato, Gorgias 484 B, Laws 690 B, 715 A; Euripides or Critias, Frag. of Sisyphus, AristophanesBirds 755 ff., Plato Protagoras 337 D,
Gorgias 483 E, Laws 889 C and 890 D. It was misused by ancient as it is by modern radicals. Cf. my interpretation of the Timaeus, A.J.P. vol. ix. p. 405.
The ingenuity of modern philologians has tried to classify the Greek sophists as distinctly partisans of νόμος or φύσις. It cannot be done.
Cf. my unsigned review of Alfred Benn in the New York Nation, July 20, 1899, p. 57.

2 Cf. Gorgias 508 A.

[359δ] ποτέ φασιν δύναμιν τῷ Γύγου τοῦ Λυδοῦ προγόνῳ γενέσθαι. εἶναι μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ποιμένα θητεύονταπαρὰ τῷ τότε
Λυδίας ἄρχοντι, ὄμβρου δὲ πολλοῦ γενομένου καὶ σεισμοῦ ῥαγῆναί τι τῆς γῆς καὶ γενέσθαι χάσμακατὰ τὸν τόπον ᾗ ἔνεμεν.
ἰδόντα δὲ καὶ θαυμάσαντα καταβῆναι καὶ ἰδεῖν ἄλλα τε δὴ ἃ μυθολογοῦσιν θαυμαστὰκαὶ ἵππον χαλκοῦν, κοῖλον, θυρίδας ἔχοντα,
καθ᾽ ἃς ἐγκύψαντα ἰδεῖν ἐνόντα νεκρόν, ὡς φαίνεσθαι μείζω ἢ κατ᾽ἄνθρωπον, τοῦτον δὲ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, περὶ δὲ

[359d] which men say once came to the ancestor of Gyges the Lydian.1 They relate that he was a shepherd in the service of the ruler at that time of Lydia,
and that after a great deluge of rain and an earthquake the ground opened and a chasm appeared in the place where he was pasturing; and they say that he saw
and wondered and went down into the chasm; and the story goes that he beheld other marvels there and a hollow bronze horse with little doors,
and that he peeped in and saw a corpse within, as it seemed, of more than mortal stature,

1 So manuscripts and Proclus. There are many emendations which the curious will find in Adam's first
appendix to the book. Herodotus i. 8-13 tells a similar but not identical story of Gyges himself, in which the magic ring and many
other points of Plato's tale are lacking. On the whole legend cf. the study of Kirby Flower Smith, A.J.P. vol. xxiii. pp. 261-282, 361-387, and Frazer's Paus. iii. p. 417.

[359ε] τῇ χειρὶ χρυσοῦν δακτύλιον ὄντα περιελόμενον ἐκβῆναι. συλλόγου δὲ γενομένου τοῖς ποιμέσιν εἰωθότος,
ἵν᾽ ἐξαγγέλλοιεν κατὰ μῆνα τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ περὶ τὰ ποίμνια, ἀφικέσθαι καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἔχοντα τὸν δακτύλιον: καθήμενον οὖν μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων
τυχεῖν τὴν σφενδόνην τοῦ δακτυλίου περιαγαγόντα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ εἴσωτῆς χειρός, τούτου δὲ γενομένου

 

[359e] and that there was nothing else but a gold ring on its hand, which he took off and went forth. And when the shepherds held their
customary assembly to make their monthly report to the king about the flocks, he also attended wearing the ring. So as he sat there it chanced
that he turned the collet of the ring towards himself, towards the inner part of his hand, and when this took place they say that he became invisible1

1 Mr. H.G. Wells'The Invisible Man rests on a similar fancy. Cf. also the lawless fancies of Aristophanes Birds 785 ff.

 

[360α] ἀφανῆ αὐτὸν γενέσθαι τοῖς παρακαθημένοις, καὶ διαλέγεσθαι ὡς περὶ οἰχομένου. καὶ τὸν θαυμάζειν τεκαὶ πάλιν ἐπιψηλαφῶντα τὸν δακτύλιον στρέψαι
ἔξω τὴν σφενδόνην, καὶ στρέψαντα φανερὸν γενέσθαι. καὶτοῦτο ἐννοήσαντα ἀποπειρᾶσθαι τοῦ δακτυλίου εἰ ταύτην ἔχοι τὴν δύναμιν,
καὶ αὐτῷ οὕτω συμβαίνειν, στρέφοντι μὲν εἴσω τὴν σφενδόνην ἀδήλῳ γίγνεσθαι, ἔξω δὲ δήλῳ: αἰσθόμενον δὲ εὐθὺς διαπράξασθαι
τῶν ἀγγέλων γενέσθαι τῶν παρὰ τὸν βασιλέα, ἐλθόντα

[360a] to those who sat by him and they spoke of him as absent and that he was amazed, and again fumbling with the ring turned the collet
outwards and so became visible. On noting this he experimented with the ring to see if it possessed this virtue, and he found the result to be
that when he turned the collet inwards he became invisible, and when outwards visible; and becoming aware of this,
he immediately managed things so that he became one of the messengers

[360β] δὲ καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μοιχεύσαντα, μετ᾽ ἐκείνης ἐπιθέμενον τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴνοὕτω κατασχεῖν.
εἰ οὖν δύο τοιούτω δακτυλίω γενοίσθην, καὶ τὸν μὲν ὁ δίκαιος περιθεῖτο, τὸν δὲ ὁ ἄδικος,
 οὐδεὶςἂν γένοιτο, ὡς δόξειεν, οὕτως ἀδαμάντινος,
ὃς ἂν μείνειεν ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ τολμήσειεν ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλλοτρίων καὶ μὴ ἅπτεσθαι,
ἐξὸν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἀδεῶς ὅτι βούλοιτο λαμβάνειν,

[360b] who went up to the king, and on coming there he seduced the king's wife and with her aid set upon the king and slew him and possessed his kingdom.
If now there should be two such rings, and the just man should put on one and the unjust the other, no one could be found, it would seem, of such adamantine1
temper as to persevere in justice and endure to refrain his hands from the possessions of others and not touch them,
though he might with impunity take what he wished even from the marketplace,

1 The word is used of the firmness of moral faith in Gorgias 509 A and Republic 618 E.

 

[360ξ] καὶ εἰσιόντι εἰς τὰς οἰκίας συγγίγνεσθαι ὅτῳ βούλοιτο, καὶ ἀποκτεινύναι καὶ ἐκ δεσμῶν λύειν οὕστιναςβούλοιτο, καὶ τἆλλα πράττειν
ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἰσόθεον ὄντα. οὕτω δὲ δρῶν οὐδὲν ἂν διάφορον τοῦ ἑτέρουποιοῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ ταὔτ᾽ ἂν ἴοιεν ἀμφότεροι. καίτοι μέγα τοῦτο
τεκμήριον ἂν φαίη τις ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἑκὼν δίκαιος ἀλλ᾽ἀναγκαζόμενος, ὡς οὐκ ἀγαθοῦ ἰδίᾳ ὄντος,
ἐπεὶ ὅπου γ᾽ ἂν οἴηται ἕκαστος οἷός τε ἔσεσθαι ἀδικεῖν, ἀδικεῖν. λυσιτελεῖν γὰρ δὴ οἴεται πᾶς ἀνὴρ πολὺ

[360c] and enter into houses and lie with whom he pleased, and slay and loose from bonds whomsoever he would,
and in all other things conduct himself among mankind as the equal of a god.1 And in so acting he would do no differently from the other man,
but both would pursue the same course. And yet this is a great proof, one might argue, that no one is just of his own will but only from constraint, in the belief that justice is
not his personal good, inasmuch as every man, when he supposes himself to have the power to do wrong, does wrong.

1 ἰσόθεος. The word is a leit-motif anticipating Plato's rebuke of the tragedians for their praises of the tyraant. Cf. 568 A-B.
It does not, as Adam suggests, foreshadow Plato's attack on the popular theology.

[360δ] μᾶλλον ἰδίᾳ τὴν ἀδικίαν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ἀληθῆ οἰόμενος, ὡς φήσει ὁ περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου λόγου λέγων: ἐπεὶ εἴ τις τοιαύτης
ἐξουσίας ἐπιλαβόμενος μηδέν ποτε ἐθέλοι ἀδικῆσαι μηδὲ ἅψαιτο τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἀθλιώτατος μὲν ἂν δόξειεν εἶναι τοῖς αἰσθανομένοις καὶ ἀνοητότατος,
ἐπαινοῖεν δ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸν ἀλλήλων ἐναντίον ἐξαπατῶντες ἀλλήλους διὰ τὸν τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι φόβον. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν δὴ οὕτω.

[360d] For that there is far more profit for him personally in injustice than in justice is what every man believes, and believes truly, as the proponent of this theory will maintain.
For if anyone who had got such a licence within his grasp should refuse to do any wrong or lay his hands on others' possessions, he would be regarded as most pitiable1 and
a great fool by all who took note of it,2 though they would praise him3 before one another's faces, deceiving one another because of their fear of suffering injustice. So much for this point.

1 Cf. 344 A, Gorgias 492 B.

2 αἰσθανομένοις suggests men of discernment who are not taken in by phrases, “the knowing ones.” Cf. Protagoras 317 A, and Aristophanes Clouds 1241τοῖς εἰδόσιν.

3 Cf. Gorgias 483 B, 492 A, Protagoras 327 B, Aristotle Rhet. ii. 23.



PLATO: POLITEIA X



[601δ]

περὶ ἕκαστον ταύτας τινὰς τρεῖς τέχνας εἶναι, χρησομένην, ποιήσουσαν, μιμησομένην;
ναί.
οὐκοῦν ἀρετὴ καὶ κάλλος καὶ ὀρθότης ἑκάστου σκεύους καὶ ζῴου καὶ πράξεως οὐ πρὸς ἄλλο
τι ἢ τὴν χρείανἐστίν, πρὸς ἣν ἂν ἕκαστον ᾖ πεποιημένον ἢ πεφυκός;
οὕτως.
πολλὴ ἄρα ἀνάγκη τὸν χρώμενον ἑκάστῳ ἐμπειρότατόν τε εἶναι καὶ ἄγγελον γίγνεσθαι τῷ ποιητῇ
οἷα ἀγαθὰ ἢκακὰ ποιεῖ ἐν τῇ χρείᾳ ᾧ χρῆται: οἷον αὐλητής που αὐλοποιῷ

 
[601d] that the same holds true of everything?” “What do you mean?” “That there are some three arts concerned with everything,
the user's art,1 the maker's, and the imitator's.” “Yes.” “Now do not the excellence, the beauty, the rightness2 of every implement,
living thing, and action refer solely to the use3 for which each is made or by nature adapted?” “That is so.” “It quite necessarily follows,
then, that the user of anything is the one who knows most of it by experience, and that he reports to the maker
 the good or bad effects in use of the thing he uses.

1 For the idea that the user knows best see Cratyl. 390 B, Euthydem. 289 B, Phaedr. 274 E. Zeller, Aristotle(Eng.) ii. p. 247, attributes
 this “pertinent observation” to Aristotle. Cf. Aristot.Pol. 1277 b 30 αὐλητὴς  χρώμενος.
See 1282 a 21, 1289 a 17. Coleridge, Table Talk: “In general those who do things for others know more about them than those for whom they are done.
A groom knows more about horses than his master.” But Hazlitt disagrees with Plato's view.
2 So in Laws 669 A-B, Plato says that the competent judge of a work of art must know three things, first, what it is, second, that it is true and right, and third, that it is good.
3 For the reference of beauty to use see Hipp. Maj. 295 C ff.

[601ε] ἐξαγγέλλει περὶ τῶν αὐλῶν, οἳ ἂν ὑπηρετῶσιν ἐν τῷ αὐλεῖν, καὶ ἐπιτάξει οἵους δεῖ ποιεῖν, ὁ δ᾽ ὑπηρετήσει.
πῶς δ᾽ οὔ;
οὐκοῦν ὁ μὲν εἰδὼς ἐξαγγέλλει περὶ χρηστῶν καὶ πονηρῶν αὐλῶν, ὁ δὲ πιστεύων ποιήσει;
ναί.
τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἄρα σκεύους ὁ μὲν ποιητὴς πίστιν ὀρθὴν ἕξει περὶ κάλλους τε καὶ πονηρίας, συνὼν τῷ εἰδότι καὶἀναγκαζόμενος

[601e] As, for example, the flute-player reports to the flute-maker which flutes respond and serve rightly in flute-playing,
and will order the kind that must be made, and the other will obey and serve him.” “Of course.” “The one, then, possessing knowledge,
reports about the goodness or the badness of the flutes, and the other, believing, will make them.” “Yes.”
“Then in respect of the same implement the maker will have right belief1 about its excellence and defects from association
with the man who knows and being compelled to listen to him,

1 πίστιν ὀρθήν is used because of πιστεύων above. It is a slightly derogatory synonym of δόξαν ὀρθήν below, 602 A. Cf. 511 E.

 

[602α] ἀκούειν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος, ὁ δὲ χρώμενος ἐπιστήμην.
πάνυ γε.

ὁ δὲ μιμητὴς πότερον ἐκ τοῦ χρῆσθαι ἐπιστήμην ἕξει περὶ ὧν ἂν γράφῃ,
εἴτε καλὰ καὶ ὀρθὰ εἴτε μή, ἢ δόξανὀρθὴν διὰ τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης συνεῖναι τῷ εἰδότι καὶ ἐπιτάττεσθαι οἷα χρὴ γράφειν;
οὐδέτερα.
οὔτε ἄρα εἴσεται οὔτε ὀρθὰ δοξάσει ὁ μιμητὴς περὶ ὧν ἂν μιμῆται πρὸς κάλλος ἢ πονηρίαν.
οὐκ ἔοικεν.
χαρίεις ἂν εἴη ὁ ἐν τῇ ποιήσει μιμητικὸς πρὸς σοφίαν περὶ ὧν ἂν ποιῇ.

[602a] but the user will have true knowledge.” “Certainly.” “And will the imitator from experience or use have knowledge whether the things he portrays
are or are not beautiful and right, or will he, from compulsory association with the man who knows and taking orders from him for the right making of them, have right opinion1?”
“Neither.” “Then the imitator will neither know nor opine rightly concerning the beauty or the badness of his imitations.” “It seems not.” “Most charming,2 then, would be
the state of mind of the poetical imitator in respect of true wisdom about his creations.” “Not at all.”

1 This does not contradict book V. 477-478. For right opinion and knowledge cf. 430 B and What Plato Said, p. 517, on Meno 98 A-B.
2 χαρίεις is ironical like χαριέντως in 426 A and καλόν in Theaet. 183 A, but Glaucon in his answer takes it seriously.


[...]


[614β]
λέγοις ἄν, ἔφη, ὡς οὐ πολλὰ ἄλλ᾽ ἥδιον ἀκούοντι.
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μέντοι σοι, ἦν δ᾽ ἐγώ, Ἀλκίνου γε ἀπόλογον ἐρῶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀλκίμου μὲν ἀνδρός, Ἠρὸς τοῦ Ἀρμενίου, τὸγένος Παμφύλου:
ὅς ποτε ἐν πολέμῳ τελευτήσας, ἀναιρεθέντων δεκαταίων τῶν νεκρῶν ἤδη διεφθαρμένων, ὑγιὴς μὲν ἀνῃρέθη, κομισθεὶς δ᾽ οἴκαδε
μέλλων θάπτεσθαι δωδεκαταῖος ἐπὶ τῇ πυρᾷ κείμενος ἀνεβίω, ἀναβιοὺςδ᾽ ἔλεγεν ἃ ἐκεῖ ἴδοι. ἔφη δέ, ἐπειδὴ οὗ ἐκβῆναι, τὴν ψυχὴν πορεύεσθαι

[614ξ] μετὰ πολλῶν, καὶ ἀφικνεῖσθαι σφᾶς εἰς τόπον τινὰ δαιμόνιον, ἐν ᾧ τῆς τε γῆς δύ᾽ εἶναι χάσματα
ἐχομένωἀλλήλοιν καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ αὖ ἐν τῷ ἄνω ἄλλα καταντικρύ. δικαστὰς δὲ μεταξὺ τούτων καθῆσθαι,
οὕς, ἐπειδὴδιαδικάσειαν, τοὺς μὲν δικαίους κελεύειν πορεύεσθαι τὴν εἰς δεξιάν τε καὶ ἄνω διὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, σημεῖαπεριάψαντας
τῶν δεδικασμένων ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδίκους τὴν εἰς ἀριστεράν τε καὶ κάτω, ἔχοντας καὶτούτους ἐν τῷ ὄπισθεν σημεῖα πάντων ὧν

[614δ] ἔπραξαν. ἑαυτοῦ δὲ προσελθόντος εἰπεῖν ὅτι δέοι αὐτὸν ἄγγελον ἀνθρώποις γενέσθαι τῶν ἐκεῖ καὶδιακελεύοιντό οἱ ἀκούειν
τε καὶ θεᾶσθαι πάντα τὰ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. ὁρᾶν δὴ ταύτῃ μὲν καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον τὸ χάσμα τοῦοὐρανοῦ τε καὶ τῆς γῆς ἀπιούσας τὰς ψυχάς,
ἐπειδὴ αὐταῖς δικασθείη, κατὰ δὲ τὼ ἑτέρω ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἀνιέναι ἐκτῆς γῆς μεστὰς αὐχμοῦ τε καὶ κόνεως, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταβαίνειν ἑτέρας ἐκ τοῦ

[614ε] οὐρανοῦ καθαράς. καὶ τὰς ἀεὶ ἀφικνουμένας ὥσπερ ἐκ πολλῆς πορείας φαίνεσθαι ἥκειν, καὶ ἁσμένας εἰςτὸν λειμῶνα ἀπιούσας
οἷον ἐν πανηγύρει κατασκηνᾶσθαι, καὶ ἀσπάζεσθαί τε ἀλλήλας ὅσαι γνώριμαι, καὶπυνθάνεσθαι τάς τε ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἡκούσας παρὰ
 τῶν ἑτέρων τὰ ἐκεῖ καὶ τὰς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὰ παρ᾽ ἐκείναις. διηγεῖσθαι δὲ ἀλλήλαις τὰς

[615α] μὲν ὀδυρομένας τε καὶ κλαούσας, ἀναμιμνῃσκομένας ὅσα τε καὶ οἷα πάθοιεν καὶ ἴδοιεν ἐν τῇ ὑπὸ γῆςπορείᾳ—εἶναι δὲ τὴν πορείαν χιλιέτη—τὰς δ᾽ αὖ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
εὐπαθείας διηγεῖσθαι καὶ θέας ἀμηχάνους τὸκάλλος. τὰ μὲν οὖν πολλά, ὦ Γλαύκων, πολλοῦ χρόνου διηγήσασθαι: τὸ δ᾽ οὖν κεφάλαιον ἔφη τόδε εἶναι,
ὅσαπώποτέ τινα ἠδίκησαν καὶ ὅσους ἕκαστοι, ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων δίκην δεδωκέναι ἐν μέρει, ὑπὲρ ἑκάστου δεκάκις—τοῦτο δ᾽ εἶναι κατὰ ἑκατονταετηρίδα

 

[614b] “since there are not many things to which I would more gladly listen.” “It is not, let me tell you,” said I, “the tale1 to Alcinous told2 that
I shall unfold, but the tale of a warrior bold,
3 Er, the son of Armenius, by race a Pamphylian.4 He once upon a time was slain in battle,
and when the corpses were taken up on the tenth day already decayed, was found intact, and having been brought home, at the moment
of his funeral, on the twelfth day
5 as he lay upon the pyre, revived,6 and after coming to life related what, he said, he had seen in the world beyond.
 He said that when his soul7 went forth from his body he journeyed with a great company

1 See Proclus, In Remp.,Kroll ii. 96 ff., Macrob. in Somnium Scip. i. 2. The Epicurean Colotes highly disapproved
of Plato's method of putting his beliefs in this form. See Chassang, Histoire du roman, p. 15. See also Dieterich, Nekyia, pp. 114 ff., and Adam ad loc.
2 Odyssey ix.-xii. The term also became proverbial for a lengthy tale. See K. Tümpel, Ἀλκίνου ἀπό λογος, Philologus 52. 523 ff.
3 Plato puns on the name Alcinous. For other puns on proper names see on 580 B. See Arthur Platt, “Plato's Republic, 614 B,” CIass. Review, 1911, pp. 13-14.
For the ἀλλὰ μέν without a corresponding δέ he compares Aristoph.Acharn. 428 οὐ Βελλεροφόντηςἀλλὰκἀκεῖνος μὲν  χωλός . .
.(which Blaydes changed to ἀλλὰ μήν), Odyssey xv. 405 and Eryxias 308 B.
4 Perhaps we might say, “of the tribe of Everyman.” For the question of his identity see Platt, loc. cit.
5 Thomas Browne, Urn Burial, ch. iii., “Plato's historian of the other world lies twelve days incorrupted, while his soul was viewing the large stations of the dead,”
 See also Rohde, Psyche ii.6 pp. 92-93.
6 Stories of persons restored to life are fairly common in ancient literature. There are Eurydice and Alcestis in Greek mythology, in the Old Testament the son
of the widow revived by Elijah (1Kings xvii. 17 ff. Cf. 2Kings iv. 34 ff. and xiii. 21), in the New Testament the daughter of Jairus (Matt. ix. 23 f.), the son of the widow of
Nain (Luke vii. 11 ff.), and Lazarus(John xi.). but none of these recount their adventures. Cf. also Luke xvi. 31 “If they hear not Moses and the prophets neither will they be
persuaded through one rose from the dead.” But in that very parable Lazarus is shown in Abraham's bosom and the rich man in torment. See further, Proclus, In Remp.ii
 pp. 113-116, Rohde, Psyche ii.6 p. 191.
7 For the indirect reflexive cf. p. 507, note f, on 617 

 

[614c] and that they came to a mysterious region1 where there were two openings side by side in the earth, and above and over against them in the
heaven two others, and that judges were sitting2 between these, and that after every judgement they bade the righteous journey to the right and upwards through
the heaven with tokens attached3 to them in front of the judgement passed upon them, and the unjust to take the road to the left4 and downward, they too wearing behind signs

1 For the description of the place of judgement cf. also Gorg. 524 A. Cf. Phaedo 107 D, 113 D, where there is no description but simply the statement
that the souls are brought to a place and judged. On the topography of the myth in general cf. Bréhier, La Philos. de Plot. pp. 28-29: “Voyez, par exemple, la manière dont Numénius . . .
interprète le mythe du Xe livre de Ia République, et comment il précise, avec Ia lourdeur d'un théologien, les traits que la poésie de Platon avait abandonnés à l'imagination du lecteur.
 Le lieu du jugement devient le centre du monde; le ciel platonicien devient Ia sphère des fixes; le ‘lieu sonterrain’ où sont punies les âmes, ce sont les planètes;
la ‘bouche du ciel,’ par laquelle les âmes descendront à la naissance, est le tropique du Cancer; et c'est par le Capricorne qu'elles remontent.”
2 Cf. Gorg. 523 E f., 524 E-525 B, 526 B-C.
3 Gorg. 526 B.
4 Cf. Gorg. 525 A-B, 526 B. For “right” and “left” cf. the story of the last judgement, Matt. xxv. 33-34 and 41.

 

[614d] of all that had befallen them, and that when he himself drew near they told him that he must be the messenger1 to mankind to tell them of that other world,2 and
they charged him to give ear and to observe everything in the place. And so he said that here he saw, by each opening of heaven and earth, the souls departing after
judgement had been passed upon them, while, by the other pair of openings, there came up from the one in the earth souls full of squalor and dust, and from the second there
came down from heaven a second procession of souls clean and pure,

1 Cf. the rich man's request that a messenger be sent to his brethren, Luke xvi. 27-31.
2 ἐκεῖ: so in 330 D, 365 A, 498 C, Phaedo 61 E, 64 A, 67 B, 68 E, Apol. 40 E, 41 C, Crito 54 B, Symp. 192 E. In 500 D and Phaedr. 250 A
it refers to the world of the ideas, in 516 C and 520 C to the world of the cave.

[614e] and that those which arrived from time to time appeared to have come as it were from a long journey and gladly departed to the
meadow1 and encamped2 there as at a festival,3 and acquaintances greeted one another, and those which came from the earth questioned the others
 about conditions up yonder, and those from heaven asked how it fared with those others. And they told their stories to one another, the one lamenting

1 Cf. Gorg. 524 A.
2 Cf. 621 A, 610 E, and John i. 14ἐσκήνωσεν.
3 Cf. 421 B.

 

[615a] and wailing as they recalled how many and how dreadful things they had suffered and seen in their journey beneath the earth1—it lasted a thousand years2
while those from heaven related their delights and visions of a beauty beyond words.
To tell it all, Glaucon, would take all our time, but the sum, he said, was this.
For all the wrongs they had ever done to anyone and all whom they had severally wronged they had paid the penalty in turn tenfold for each,
and the measure of this was by periods of a hundred years each,3

1 Cf. Phaedr. 256 D, Epist. vii. 335 B-C.
2 Phaedr. 249 A, Virgil, Aen. vi. 748.
3 The ideal Hindu length of life is said to be 100 years.

 [...]

[619α] δεῖ ταύτην τὴν δόξαν ἔχοντα εἰς Ἅιδου ἰέναι, ὅπως ἂν ᾖ καὶ ἐκεῖ ἀνέκπληκτος ὑπὸ πλούτων τε καὶ τῶντοιούτων κακῶν, καὶ μὴ ἐμπεσὼν εἰς τυραννίδας
καὶ ἄλλας τοιαύτας πράξεις πολλὰ μὲν ἐργάσηται καὶἀνήκεστα κακά, ἔτι δὲ αὐτὸς μείζω πάθῃ, ἀλλὰ γνῷ τὸν μέσον ἀεὶ τῶν τοιούτων βίον αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ φεύγειν
τὰ ὑπερβάλλοντα ἑκατέρωσε καὶ ἐν τῷδε τῷ βίῳ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν καὶ ἐν παντὶ τῷ ἔπειτα: οὕτω γὰρ

[619β] εὐδαιμονέστατος γίγνεται ἄνθρωπος.

καὶ δὴ οὖν καὶ τότε ὁ ἐκεῖθεν ἄγγελος ἤγγελλε τὸν μὲν προφήτην οὕτως εἰπεῖν:

‘καὶ τελευταίῳ ἐπιόντι, ξὺν νῷἑλομένῳ, συντόνως ζῶντι κεῖται βίος ἀγαπητός, οὐ κακός.
μήτε ὁ ἄρχων αἱρέσεως ἀμελείτω μήτε ὁ τελευτῶνἀθυμείτω.’

εἰπόντος δὲ ταῦτα τὸν πρῶτον λαχόντα ἔφη εὐθὺς ἐπιόντα τὴν μεγίστην τυραννίδα ἑλέσθαι, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀφροσύνης
τε καὶ λαιμαργίας οὐ πάντα ἱκανῶς ἀνασκεψάμενον ἑλέσθαι, ἀλλ᾽

[619ξ] αὐτὸν λαθεῖν ἐνοῦσαν εἱμαρμένην παίδων αὑτοῦ βρώσεις καὶ ἄλλα κακά: ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι,
κόπτεσθαί τε καὶ ὀδύρεσθαι τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὐκ ἐμμένοντα τοῖς προρρηθεῖσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου: οὐγὰρ ἑαυτὸν αἰτιᾶσθαι
τῶν κακῶν, ἀλλὰ τύχην τε καὶ δαίμονας καὶ πάντα μᾶλλον ἀνθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ.
εἶναι δὲ αὐτὸν τῶν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἡκόντων, ἐν τεταγμένῃ πολιτείᾳ ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ βίῳ βεβιωκότα, ἔθει

[619δ] ἄνευ φιλοσοφίας ἀρετῆς μετειληφότα. ὡς δὲ καὶ εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἐλάττους εἶναι ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοιςἁλισκομένους τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἥκοντας,
ἅτε πόνων ἀγυμνάστους: τῶν δ᾽ ἐκ τῆς γῆς τοὺς πολλούς,
ἅτεαὐτούς τε πεπονηκότας ἄλλους τε ἑωρακότας, οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς τὰς αἱρέσεις ποιεῖσθαι. διὸ δὴ καὶ μεταβολὴντῶν κακῶν καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν
 ταῖς πολλαῖς τῶν ψυχῶν γίγνεσθαι καὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ κλήρου τύχην: ἐπεὶ εἴ τις ἀεί, ὁπότε εἰς τὸν ἐνθάδε βίον ἀφικνοῖτο, ὑγιῶς φιλοσοφοῖ

[619ε] καὶ ὁ κλῆρος αὐτῷ τῆς αἱρέσεως μὴ ἐν τελευταίοις πίπτοι, κινδυνεύει ἐκ τῶν ἐκεῖθεν ἀπαγγελλομένων οὐμόνον
ἐνθάδε εὐδαιμονεῖν ἄν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἐκεῖσε καὶ δεῦρο πάλιν πορείαν οὐκ ἂν χθονίαν καὶ τραχεῖαν πορεύεσθαι,
ἀλλὰ λείαν τε καὶ οὐρανίαν.
ταύτην γὰρ δὴ ἔφη τὴν θέαν ἀξίαν εἶναι ἰδεῖν, ὡς ἕκασται

[620α] αἱ ψυχαὶ ᾑροῦντο τοὺς βίους: ἐλεινήν τε γὰρ ἰδεῖν εἶναι καὶ γελοίαν καὶ θαυμασίαν. κατὰ συνήθειαν γὰρτοῦ προτέρου βίου τὰ πολλὰ αἱρεῖσθαι.
 ἰδεῖν μὲν γὰρ ψυχὴν ἔφη τήν ποτε Ὀρφέως γενομένην κύκνου βίοναἱρουμένην, μίσει τοῦ γυναικείου γένους διὰ τὸν ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνων θάνατον οὐκ ἐθέλουσαν
ἐν γυναικὶ γεννηθεῖσανγενέσθαι: ἰδεῖν δὲ τὴν Θαμύρου ἀηδόνος ἑλομένην: ἰδεῖν δὲ καὶ κύκνον μεταβάλλοντα εἰς ἀνθρωπίνου βίουαἵρεσιν, καὶ ἄλλα ζῷα μουσικὰ ὡσαύτως

[620β] εἰκοστὴν δὲ λαχοῦσαν ψυχὴν ἑλέσθαι λέοντος βίον: εἶναι δὲ τὴν Αἴαντος τοῦ Τελαμωνίου,
φεύγουσανἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι, μεμνημένην τῆς τῶν ὅπλων κρίσεως. τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτῳ Ἀγαμέμνονος:
ἔχθρᾳ δὲ καὶ ταύτηντοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου γένους διὰ τὰ πάθη ἀετοῦ διαλλάξαι βίον. ἐν μέσοις δὲ λαχοῦσαν τὴν Ἀταλάντης ψυχήν,
κατιδοῦσαν μεγάλας τιμὰς ἀθλητοῦ ἀνδρός, οὐ δύνασθαι παρελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ λαβεῖν. μετὰ

[620ξ] δὲ ταύτην ἰδεῖν τὴν Ἐπειοῦ τοῦ Πανοπέως εἰς τεχνικῆς γυναικὸς ἰοῦσαν φύσιν: πόρρω δ᾽ ἐν ὑστάτοις ἰδεῖντὴν τοῦ γελωτοποιοῦ
Θερσίτου πίθηκον ἐνδυομένην. κατὰ τύχην δὲ τὴν Ὀδυσσέως λαχοῦσαν πασῶν ὑστάτηναἱρησομένην ἰέναι, μνήμῃ δὲ τῶν προτέρων
πόνων φιλοτιμίας λελωφηκυῖαν ζητεῖν περιιοῦσαν χρόνον πολὺνβίον ἀνδρὸς ἰδιώτου ἀπράγμονος, καὶ μόγις εὑρεῖν κείμενόν που καὶ παρημελημένον

[620δ] ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ εἰπεῖν ἰδοῦσαν ὅτι τὰ αὐτὰ ἂν ἔπραξεν καὶ πρώτη λαχοῦσα, καὶ ἁσμένην ἑλέσθαι. καὶἐκ τῶν ἄλλων δὴ θηρίων
ὡσαύτως εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἰέναι καὶ εἰς ἄλληλα, τὰ μὲν ἄδικα εἰς τὰ ἄγρια, τὰ δὲ δίκαιαεἰς τὰ ἥμερα μεταβάλλοντα, καὶ πάσας μείξεις μείγνυσθαι.

ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ οὖν πάσας τὰς ψυχὰς τοὺς βίους ᾑρῆσθαι, ὥσπερ ἔλαχον ἐν τάξει προσιέναι πρὸς τὴν Λάχεσιν: ἐκείνην δ᾽ ἑκάστῳ ὃν εἵλετο δαίμονα, τοῦτον φύλακα συμπέμπειν

[620ε] τοῦ βίου καὶ ἀποπληρωτὴν τῶν αἱρεθέντων. ὃν πρῶτον μὲν ἄγειν αὐτὴν πρὸς τὴν Κλωθὼ ὑπὸ τὴν ἐκείνηςχεῖρά τε καὶ
ἐπιστροφὴν τῆς τοῦ ἀτράκτου δίνης, κυροῦντα ἣν λαχὼν εἵλετο μοῖραν: ταύτης δ᾽ ἐφαψάμενοναὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς Ἀτρόπου ἄγειν νῆσιν,
ἀμετάστροφα τὰ ἐπικλωσθέντα ποιοῦντα: ἐντεῦθεν δὲ δὴ ἀμεταστρεπτὶὑπὸ τὸν τῆς

[621α] ἀνάγκης ἰέναι θρόνον, καὶ δι᾽ ἐκείνου διεξελθόντα, ἐπειδὴ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι διῆλθον, πορεύεσθαι ἅπαντας εἰςτὸ τῆς Λήθης πεδίον διὰ καύματός τε καὶ πνίγους δεινοῦ:
καὶ γὰρ εἶναι αὐτὸ κενὸν δένδρων τε καὶ ὅσα γῆ φύει. σκηνᾶσθαι οὖν σφᾶς ἤδη ἑσπέρας γιγνομένης παρὰ τὸν Ἀμέλητα ποταμόν, οὗ τὸ ὕδωρ ἀγγεῖον οὐδὲν στέγειν.
μέτρον μὲν οὖν τι τοῦ ὕδατος πᾶσιν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πιεῖν, τοὺς δὲ φρονήσει μὴ σῳζομένους πλέον πίνειν τοῦμέτρου: τὸν δὲ ἀεὶ πιόντα

[621β] πάντων ἐπιλανθάνεσθαι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ κοιμηθῆναι καὶ μέσας νύκτας γενέσθαι, βροντήν τε καὶ σεισμὸνγενέσθαι,
καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐξαπίνης ἄλλον ἄλλῃ φέρεσθαι ἄνω εἰς τὴν γένεσιν, ᾁττοντας ὥσπερ ἀστέρας. αὐτὸς δὲτοῦ μὲν ὕδατος
κωλυθῆναι πιεῖν: ὅπῃ μέντοι καὶ ὅπως εἰς τὸ σῶμα ἀφίκοιτο, οὐκ εἰδέναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξαίφνης ἀναβλέψας ἰδεῖν ἕωθεν αὑτὸν κείμενον ἐπὶ τῇ πυρᾷ.

καὶ οὕτως, ὦ Γλαύκων, μῦθος ἐσώθη καὶ οὐκ ἀπώλετο,

[621ξ] καὶ ἡμᾶς ἂν σώσειεν, ἂν πειθώμεθα αὐτῷ, καὶ τὸν τῆς Λήθης ποταμὸν εὖ διαβησόμεθα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν οὐμιανθησόμεθα. ἀλλ᾽ ἂν ἐμοὶ
πειθώμεθα, νομίζοντες ἀθάνατον ψυχὴν καὶ δυνατὴν πάντα μὲν κακὰ ἀνέχεσθαι, πάντα δὲ ἀγαθά, τῆς ἄνω ὁδοῦ ἀεὶ ἑξόμεθα καὶ δικαιοσύνην
μετὰ φρονήσεως παντὶ τρόπῳ ἐπιτηδεύσομεν, ἵνακαὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς φίλοι ὦμεν καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς, αὐτοῦ τε μένοντες ἐνθάδε, καὶ ἐπειδὰν τὰ ἆθλα

[621δ] αὐτῆς κομιζώμεθα, ὥσπερ οἱ νικηφόροι περιαγειρόμενοι, καὶ ἐνθάδε καὶ ἐν τῇ χιλιέτει πορείᾳ, ἣν διεληλύθαμεν, εὖ πράττωμεν.


[619a] both for life and death. And a man must take with him to the house of death an adamantine1 faith in this, that even there he may be undazzled2
by riches and similar trumpery, and may not precipitate himself into tyrannies and similar doings and so work many evils past cure and suffer still greater himself,
but may know how always to choose in such things the life that is seated in the mean3 and shun the excess in either direction,
both in this world so far as may be and in all the life to come;

1 See Unity of Plato's Thought, p. 25, Laws 661-662, and for the word 360 B, Gorg. 509 A.
2 Cf. 576 D.
3 An anticipation of the Aristotelian doctrine, Eth. Nic. 1106 b 6 f. Cf. What Plato Said, p. 629, on Laws 691 C.

[619b] for this is the greatest happiness for man.
“And at that time also the messenger from that other world reported that the prophet spoke thus:
‘Even for him who comes forward last, if he make his choice wisely and live strenuously, there is reserved an acceptable life, no evil one.
Let not the foremost in the choice be heedless nor the last be discouraged.’
When the prophet had thus spoken he said that the drawer of the first lot at once sprang to seize the greatest tyranny,1
and that in his folly and greed he chose it

1 Cf. Isoc.Epist. vi. 12 Xen.Hiero 7. 2ὅμως προπετῶς φέρεσθε εἰς αὐτήν.

[619c] without sufficient examination, and failed to observe that it involved the fate of eating his own children, and other horrors,
and that when he inspected it at leisure he beat his breast and bewailed his choice, not abiding by the forewarning of the prophet.
 For he did not blame himself1 for his woes, but fortune and the gods and anything except himself. He was one of those who had come
down from heaven, a man who had lived in a well-ordered polity in his former existence,

1 Cf. What Plato Said, p. 532, on Phaedo 90 D.

[619d] participating in virtue by habit1 and not by philosophy; and one may perhaps say that a majority of those who were thus caught were of the company
that had come from heaven, inasmuch as they were unexercised in suffering. But the most of those who came up from the earth, since they had themselves
suffered and seen the sufferings of others, did not make their choice precipitately. For which reason also there was an interchange of good and evil for most of the souls,
as well as because of the chances of the lot. Yet if at each return to the life of this world

1 Phaedo 82 B.

[619e] a man loved wisdom sanely, and the lot of his choice did not fall out among the last, we may venture to affirm,
from what was reported thence, that not only will he be happy here but that the path of his journey thither and the return to this world will not be
underground and rough but smooth and through the heavens. For he said that it was a sight worth seeing to observe how the several souls selected their lives.

[620a] He said it was a strange, pitiful, and ridiculous spectacle, as the choice was determined for the most part by the habits of their former lives.1
He saw the soul that had been Orpheus’, he said, selecting the life of a swan,2 because from hatred of the tribe of women, owing to his death at their hands,
it was unwilling to be conceived and born of a woman. He saw the soul of Thamyras3 choosing the life of a nightingale; and he saw a swan changing
to the choice of the life of man, and similarly other musical animals.

1 Cf. Phaedo 81 E ff., Phaedr. 248-249, Tim. 42 A-D, 91 D ff. For the idea of reincarnation in Plato see What Plato Said, p. 529, on Phaedo 81 E-82 B.
2 Urwiek, The Message of Plato, p. 213, says: “If Plato knew anything at all of Indian allegory, he must have known that the swan (Hamsa) is in Hinduism the invariable symbol of the immortal Spirit;
and to say, as he does, that Orpheus chose the life of a swan, refusing to be born again of a woman, is just an allegorical way of saying that he passed on into the spiritual life. . . . ”
3 Like Orpheus a singer. He contended with the Muses in song and was in consequence deprived by them of sight and of the gift of song. Cf. also Ion 533 B-C, Laws 829 D-E, Iliad ii. 595.

[620b] The soul that drew the twentieth lot chose the life of a lion; it was the soul of Ajax, the son of Telamon, which,
because it remembered the adjudication of the arms of Achilles, was unwilling to become a man. The next, the soul of Agamemnon,
likewise from hatred of the human race because of its sufferings, substituted the life of an eagle.1 Drawing one of the middle lots the soul of
Atalanta caught sight of the great honors attached to an athlete's life and could not pass them by but snatched at them.

1 Cf. Aesch.Ag. 114 ff.

[620c] After her, he said, he saw the soul of Epeius,1 the son of Panopeus, entering into the nature of an arts and crafts woman. Far off in the rear he saw the soul of the buffoon Thersites2
clothing itself in the body of an ape. And it fell out that the soul of Odysseus drew the last lot of all and came to make its choice, and, from memory of its former toils having flung away ambition,
went about for a long time in quest of the life of an ordinary citizen who minded his own business,3 and with difficulty found it lying in some corner disregarded by the others,

1 Who built the Trojan horse. See Hesychius s.v.
2 Cf. Iliad ii. 212 ff.
3 For ἀπράγμονος cf. on 565 A, p. 316, note b.

 

[620d] and upon seeing it said that it would have done the same had it drawn the first lot, and chose it gladly. And in like manner, of the other beasts some entered into men1
and into one another, the unjust into wild creatures, the just transformed to tame, and there was every kind of mixture and combination. But when, to conclude, all the souls had
chosen their lives in the order of their lots, they were marshalled and went before Lachesis. And she sent with each,

1 Phaedr. 249 specifies that only beasts who had once been men could return to human form.

[620e] as the guardian of his life and the fulfiller of his choice, the genius1 that he had chosen, and this divinity led the soul first to Clotho, under her hand and her turning2
of the spindle to ratify the destiny of his lot and choice; and after contact with her the genius again led the soul to the spinning of Atropos3 to make the web of its destiny4 irreversible,
and then without a backward look it passed beneath the throne of Necessity.

1 Cf. 617 E, and for daemons in Plato What Plato Said, pp. 546-547, on Symp. 202 E, Dieterich, Nekyia, p. 59.
2 δίνης: Cf. Cratyl. 439 C and Phaedo 99 B.
3 Cf. Laws 960 C.
4 τὰ ἐπικλωσθέντα: Cf. Laws 957 E, Theaet. 169 C, and the Platonic epigram on Dion, Anth. Pal. vii. 99Μοῖραι ἐπέκλωσαν, Od. i. 17, iii. 208, etc., Aesch.Eumen. 335, Callinus i. 9Μοῖραι ἐπικλώσωσ᾽.

[621a] And after it had passed through that, when the others also had passed, they all journeyed to the Plain of Oblivion,1 through a terrible and stifling heat, for it was bare of trees
and all plants, and there they camped at eventide by the River of Forgetfulness,2whose waters no vessel can contain. They were all required to drink a measure of the water, and those
who were not saved by their good sense drank more than the measure, and each one as he drank forgot all things.

1 Cf. Aristoph.Frogs 186.

2 In later literature it is the river that is called Lethe. Cf. Aeneid vi. 714 f.

[621b] And after they had fallen asleep and it was the middle of the night, there was a sound of thunder and a quaking of the earth, and they were suddenly
wafted thence, one this way, one that, upward to their birth like shooting stars.1 Er himself, he said, was not allowed to drink of the water, yet how and in what way
he returned to the body he said he did not know, but suddenly recovering his sight2 he saw himself at dawn lying on the funeral pyre.—And so, Glaucon, the tale was saved,3 as the saying is, and was not lost.

1 In Tim. 41 D-E each soul is given a star as its vehicle. Cf. Aristoph.Peace 833 f.ὡς ἀστέρες γιγνόμεθ᾽ ὁταν τις ἀποθάνῃ . . .
with the Platonic epigram to Ἄστηρ: . . νῦν δὲ θανὼν λάμπεις Ἕσπερος ἐν φθιμένοιςThere is an old superstition in European
folklore to the effect that when a star falls a soul goes up to God. Cf. also Rohde, Psyche, ii.6 p. 131.
2 Cf. Phaedrus 243 Bἀνέβλεψεν.
3 Cf. Phileb. 14 A, Laws 645 B, Theaet. 164 D.


[621c] And it will save us1 if we believe it, and we shall safely cross the River of Lethe, and keep our soul unspotted from the world.2But if we are guided
by me we shall believe that the soul is immortal and capable of enduring all extremes of good and evil, and so we shall hold ever to the upward way and pursue
righteousness with wisdom always and ever, that we may be dear to ourselves3 and to the gods both during our sojourn here and when we receive our reward,

1 Phaedo 58 Bἔσωσε τε καὶ αὐτὸς ἐσώθησώζειν is here used in its higher sense, approaching the idea of salvation, not as in Gorg.511 C f., 512 D-E, Laws 707 D,
where Plato uses it contemptuously in the tone of “whosoever shall seek to save his life shall lose it.”
2 Cf. James i. 27, Phaedo 81 B, 2Peter iii. 14, and the Emperor Julian's last speech “animum . . . immaculatum conservavi.” Cf. Marius the Epicurean, pp. 15-16:
“A white bird, she told him once, looking at him gravely, a bird which he must carry in his bosom across a crowded public place his own soul was like that.”
3 Cf. Laws 693 Bἑαυτῇ φίλην, Rep. 589 B, Horace, Epist. i. 3. 29 “si nobis vivere cari.” Jowett's “dear to one another” misses the point.
Cf. my review of Lemercier, Les Pensées de Marc-Aurèle, in Class. Phil. vii. p. 115: “In iii. 4, in fine, the words οἵγε οὐδὲ αὐτοὶἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσκονται are omitted because
‘le gens que méprise Marc-Aurèle sont loin de mépriser eux-mêmes.’ That is to forget that Seneca's ‘omnis stultitia fastidio laborat sui’ is good Stoic doctrine,
and that the idea that only the wise and good man can be dear to himself is found in the last sentence of Plato's Republic.” Cf. also Soph. OC 309 τίς γὰρ ἐσθλὸς οὐχ αὑτῷ φίλος;.


[621d] as the victors in the games1 go about to gather in theirs. And thus both here and in that journey of a thousand years, whereof I have told you, we shall fare well.2

1 Cf. Vol. I. p. 480, note c, on 465 D.
2 For the thought Cf. Gorg. 527 Cεὐδαιμονήσεις καὶ ζῶν καὶ τελευτήσας. Cf. Vol. I. p. 104, note b, on 353 E. The quiet solemnity of εὖ πράττωμεν
 illustrates the same characteristic of style that makes Plato begin his Laws with the word θεός, and Dante close each of the three sections of the Divine Comedy with “stelle.”

 


PLATO: PROTAGORAS


[322α] βίου γίγνεται, Προμηθέα δὲ δι᾽ Ἐπιμηθέα ὕστερον, ᾗπερ λέγεται, κλοπῆς δίκη μετῆλθεν.

ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁ ἄνθρωπος θείας μετέσχε μοίρας, πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ συγγένειαν ζῴων μόνον θεοὺς
ἐνόμισεν, καὶ ἐπεχείρει βωμούς τε ἱδρύεσθαι
καὶ ἀγάλματα θεῶν: ἔπειτα φωνὴν καὶ ὀνόματα ταχὺδιηρθρώσατο τῇ τέχνῃ, καὶ οἰκήσεις καὶ ἐσθῆτας καὶ ὑποδέσεις
καὶ στρωμνὰς καὶ τὰς ἐκ γῆς τροφὰς ηὕρετο. οὕτω δὴ παρεσκευασμένοι κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς

[322a] that man gets facility for his livelihood, but Prometheus, through Epimetheus' fault, later on (the story goes) stood his trial for theft.

And now that man was partaker of a divine portion,1 he, in the first place, by his nearness of kin to deity,
was the only creature that worshipped gods, and set himself to establish altars and holy images; and secondly,
he soon was enabled by his skill to articulate speech and words, and to invent dwellings, clothes, sandals, beds,
and the foods that are of the earth. Thus far provided, men dwelt separately in the beginning, and cities there were none;

1 i.e., of arts originally apportioned to gods alone.

[322β] ἄνθρωποι ᾤκουν σποράδην, πόλεις δὲ οὐκ ἦσαν: ἀπώλλυντο οὖν ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων διὰ τὸ πανταχῇ αὐτῶνἀσθενέστεροι εἶναι, καὶ ἡ δημιουργικὴ τέχνη αὐτοῖς πρὸς μὲν τροφὴν ἱκανὴ βοηθὸς ἦν, πρὸς δὲ τὸν τῶν θηρίων πόλεμον ἐνδεής
—πολιτικὴν γὰρ τέχνην οὔπω εἶχον, ἧς μέρος πολεμική— ἐζήτουν δὴ ἁθροίζεσθαι καὶ σῴζεσθαι κτίζοντες πόλεις: ὅτ᾽ οὖν ἁθροισθεῖεν,
ἠδίκουν ἀλλήλους ἅτε οὐκ ἔχοντες τὴν πολιτικὴν τέχνην, ὥστε πάλιν σκεδαννύμενοι διεφθείροντο.

[322b] so that they were being destroyed by the wild beasts, since these were in all ways stronger than they;
and although their skill in handiwork was a sufficient aid in respect of food, in their warfare with the beasts it was defective;
for as yet they had no civic art, which includes the art of war. So they sought to band themselves together and secure their lives by founding cities.
Now as often as they were banded together they did wrong to one another through the lack of civic art,

[322ξ] Ζεὺς οὖν δείσας περὶ τῷ γένει ἡμῶν μὴ ἀπόλοιτο πᾶν, Ἑρμῆν πέμπει ἄγοντα εἰς ἀνθρώπους αἰδῶ τε καὶδίκην,
ἵν᾽ εἶεν πόλεων κόσμοι τε καὶ δεσμοὶ φιλίας συναγωγοί.
ἐρωτᾷ οὖν Ἑρμῆς Δία τίνα οὖν τρόπον δοίηδίκην καὶ αἰδῶ ἀνθρώποις: ‘πότερον ὡς αἱ τέχναι νενέμηνται, οὕτω καὶ ταύτας νείμω;
νενέμηνται δὲ ὧδε: εἷςἔχων ἰατρικὴν πολλοῖς ἱκανὸς ἰδιώταις,
καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δημιουργοί: καὶ δίκην δὴ καὶ αἰδῶ ’
 

[322c] and thus they began to be scattered again and to perish. So Zeus, fearing that our race was in danger
of utter destruction, sent Hermes to bring respect and right among men, to the end that there should be regulation
of cities and friendly ties to draw them together. Then Hermes asked Zeus in what manner then was he to give
men right and respect: “Am I to deal them out as the arts have been dealt? That dealing was done in such wise
that one man possessing medical art is able to treat many ordinary men, and so with the other craftsmen.
Am I to place among men right and respect in this way also, or deal them out to all?”

‘ [322δ] οὕτω θῶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἢ ἐπὶ πάντας νείμω;’ ‘ἐπὶ πάντας,’ ἔφη ὁ Ζεύς, ‘καὶ πάντες μετεχόντων: οὐγὰρ ἂν γένοιντο πόλεις, εἰ ὀλίγοι αὐτῶν μετέχοιεν ὥσπερ ἄλλων τεχνῶν: καὶ νόμον γε θὲς παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ
τὸν μὴδυνάμενον αἰδοῦς καὶ δίκης μετέχειν κτείνειν ὡς νόσον πόλεως.’ οὕτω δή, ὦ Σώκρατες,
καὶ διὰ ταῦτα οἵ τεἄλλοι καὶ Ἀθηναῖοι, ὅταν μὲν περὶ ἀρετῆς τεκτονικῆς ᾖ λόγος ἢ ἄλλης τινὸς δημιουργικῆς,
ὀλίγοις οἴ ονται μετεῖναι συμβουλῆς, καὶ ἐάν

[322d] “To all,” replied Zeus; “let all have their share: for cities cannot be formed if only a few have a share
of these as of other arts. And make thereto a law of my ordaining, that he who cannot partake of respect
and right shall die the death as a public pest.” Hence it comes about, Socrates, that people in cities,
and especially in Athens, consider it the concern of a few to advise on cases of artistic excellence or good craftsmanship,

[322ε] τις ἐκτὸς ὢν τῶν ὀλίγων συμβουλεύῃ, οὐκ ἀνέχονται, ὡς σὺ φῄς—εἰκότως, ὡς ἐγώ φημι—
ὅταν δὲ εἰς συμβουλὴν πολιτικῆς
 

[322e] and if anyone outside the few gives advice they disallow it, as you say, and not without reason,
as I think: but when they meet for a consultation on civic art,

 

[323α] ἀρετῆς ἴωσιν, ἣν δεῖ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πᾶσαν ἰέναι καὶ σωφροσύνης, εἰκότως ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς ἀνέχονται, ὡς παντὶ προσῆκον
ταύτης γε μετέχειν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἢ μὴ εἶναι πόλεις. αὕτη, ὦ Σώκρατες, τούτου αἰτία.

ἵνα δὲ μὴ οἴῃ ἀπατᾶσθαι ὡς τῷ ὄντι ἡγοῦνται πάντες ἄνθρωποι πάντα ἄνδρα μετέχειν δικαιοσύνης τε καὶ τῆς ἄλλης
πολιτικῆς ἀρετῆς, τόδε αὖ λαβὲ τεκμήριον. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἀρεταῖς,
ὥσπερ σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις φῇἀγαθὸς αὐλητὴς εἶναι, ἢ ἄλλην ἡντινοῦν τέχνην ἣν μή ἐστιν, ἢ καταγελῶσιν

[323a] where they should be guided throughout by justice and good sense, they naturally allow advice from everybody,
 since it is held that everyone should partake of this excellence, or else that states cannot be. This, Socrates, is the explanation of it.

And that you may not think you are mistaken, to show how all men verily believe that everyone partakes of justice and the rest of civic virtue,
I can offer yet a further proof. In all other excellences, as you say, when a man professes to be good at flute-playing or any other art in which
he has no such skill, they either laugh him to scorn or are annoyed with him, and his people come and reprove him for being so mad:

[323β] ἢ χαλεπαίνουσιν, καὶ οἱ οἰκεῖοι προσιόντες νουθετοῦσιν ὡς μαινόμενον: ἐν δὲ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ πολιτικῇ ἀρετῇ,
ἐάν τινα καὶ εἰδῶσιν ὅτι ἄδικός ἐστιν, ἐὰν οὗτος αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ τἀληθῆ λέγῃ ἐναντίον πολλῶν, ὃ ἐκεῖ σωφροσύνην ἡγοῦντο εἶναι,
τἀληθῆ λέγειν, ἐνταῦθα μανίαν, καί φασιν πάντας δεῖν φάναιεἶναι δικαίους,
ἐάντε ὦσιν ἐάντε μή, ἢ μαίνεσθαι τὸν μὴ προσποιούμενον δικαιοσύνην: ὡς ἀναγκαῖον

[323b] but where justice or any other civic virtue is involved, and they happen to know that a certain person is unjust,
if he confesses the truth about his conduct before the public, that truthfulness which in the former arts they would regard
as good sense they here call madness. Everyone, they say, should profess to be just, whether he is so or not, and whoever
does not make some pretension to justice is mad; since it is held that all without exception

[323ξ] οὐδένα ὅντιν᾽ οὐχὶ ἁμῶς γέ πως μετέχειν αὐτῆς, ἢ μὴ εἶναι ἐν ἀνθρώποις.

ὅτι μὲν οὖν πάντ᾽ ἄνδρα εἰκότως ἀποδέχονται περὶ ταύτης τῆς ἀρετῆς σύμβουλον
διὰ τὸ ἡγεῖσθαι παντὶμετεῖναι αὐτῆς, ταῦτα λέγω:
ὅτι δὲ αὐτὴν οὐ φύσει ἡγοῦνται εἶναι οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, ἀλλὰ διδακτόν τεκαὶ
ἐξ ἐπιμελείας παραγίγνεσθαι ᾧ ἂν παραγίγνηται, τοῦτό σοι μετὰ τοῦτο πειράσομαι ἀποδεῖξαι.
ὅσα γὰρἡγοῦνται ἀλλήλους κακὰ ἔχειν ἄνθρωποι

[323c] must needs partake of it in some way or other, or else not be of human kind.

Take my word for it, then, that they have good reason for admitting everybody as adviser on this virtue,
owing to their belief that everyone has some of it; and next, that they do not regard it as natural or spontaneous,
but as something taught and acquired after careful preparation by those who acquire it,
—of this I will now endeavor to convince you.

[323δ] φύσει ἢ τύχῃ, οὐδεὶς θυμοῦται οὐδὲ νουθετεῖ οὐδὲ διδάσκει οὐδὲ κολάζει τοὺς ταῦτα ἔχοντας, ἵνα μὴτοιοῦτοι ὦσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλεοῦσιν: οἷον τοὺς αἰσχροὺς ἢ σμικροὺς ἢ ἀσθενεῖς τίς οὕτως ἀνόητος ὥστε τι τούτωνἐπιχειρεῖν ποιεῖν; ταῦτα μὲν γὰρ οἶμαι ἴσασιν ὅτι φύσει τε καὶ τύχῃ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις γίγνεται, τὰ καλὰ καὶ τἀναντία τούτοις:
ὅσα δὲ ἐξ ἐπιμελείας καὶ ἀσκήσεως καὶ διδαχῆς οἴονται γίγνεσθαι ἀγαθὰ ἀνθρώποις,

[323d] In all cases of evils which men deem to have befallen their neighbors by nature or fortune, nobody is wroth
with them or reproves or lectures or punishes them, when so afflicted, with a view to their being other than they are; one merely pities them.
Who, for instance, is such a fool as to try to do anything of the sort to the ugly, the puny, or the weak?
Because, I presume, men know that it is by nature and fortune that people get these things, the graces of life and their opposites.
But as to all the good things that people are supposed to get by application and practice and teaching,


PLATO: POLITIKOS

[260ξ]

Ξένος
φέρε δή, τούτοιν τοῖν τέχναιν ἡμῖν τὸν βασιλικὸν ἐν ποτέρᾳ θετέον; ἆρ᾽ ἐν τῇ κριτικῇ, καθάπερ τινὰ θεατήν,
ἢ μᾶλλον τῆς ἐπιτακτικῆς ὡς ὄντα αὐτὸν τέχνης θήσομεν, δεσπόζοντά γε;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς γὰρ οὐ μᾶλλον

Ξένος
τὴν ἐπιτακτικὴν δὴ τέχνην πάλιν ἂν εἴη θεατέον εἴ πῃ διέστηκεν. καί μοι δοκεῖ τῇδέ πῃ,
καθάπερ ἡ τῶν καπήλων τέχνη τῆς τῶν αὐτοπωλῶν διώρισται τέχνης, καὶ

[260δ] τὸ βασιλικὸν γένος ἔοικεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τῶν κηρύκων γένους ἀφωρίσθαι.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς;

Ξένος
πωληθέντα που πρότερον ἔργα ἀλλότρια παραδεχόμενοι δεύτερον πωλοῦσι πάλιν οἱ κάπηλοι.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.

Ξένος
οὐκοῦν καὶ τὸ κηρυκικὸν φῦλον ἐπιταχθέντ᾽ ἀλλότρια νοήματα παραδεχόμενον αὐτὸ δεύτερον ἐπιτάττει πάλιν ἑτέροις.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ἀληθέστατα.

Ξένος
τί οὖν; εἰς ταὐτὸν μείξομεν βασιλικὴν ἑρμηνευτικῇ,


[260ε] κελευστικῇ, μαντικῇ, κηρυκικῇκαὶ πολλαῖς ἑτέραις τούτων τέχναις συγγενέσιν,
αἳ σύμπασαι τό γ᾽ἐπιτάττειν ἔχουσιν; ἢ βούλει, καθάπερ ᾐκάζομεν νυνδή, καὶ τοὔνομα παρεικάσωμεν,
ἐπειδὴ καὶ σχεδὸνἀν ώνυμον ὂν τυγχάνει τὸ τῶν αὐτεπιτακτῶν γένος,
καὶ ταύτῃ ταῦτα διελώμεθα, τὸ μὲν τῶν βασιλέων γένοςεἰς τὴν αὐτεπιτακτικὴν θέντες,
τοῦ δὲ ἄλλου παντὸς ἀμελήσαντες, ὄνομα ἕτερον αὐτοῖς παραχωρήσαντες θέσθαι τινά;
τοῦ γὰρ ἄρχοντος ἕνεκα ἡμῖν ἡ μέθοδος ἦν

[261α] ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ τοῦ ἐναντίου.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.


[260c]

Stranger
Now to which of these two classes is the kingly man to be assigned? Shall we assign him to the art of judging,
as a kind of spectator, or rather to the art of commanding, inasmuch as he is a ruler?

Younger Socrates
Rather to the latter, of course.

Stranger
Then once more we must see whether the art of command falls into two divisions. It seems to me that it does,
and I think there is much the same distinction between the kingly class and the class of heralds

[260d] as between the art of men who sell what they themselves produce and that of retail dealers.

Younger Socrates
How so?

Stranger
Retail dealers receive and sell over again the productions of others, which have generally been sold before.

Younger Socrates
Certainly.

Stranger
And in like manner heralds receive the purposes of others in the form of orders, and then give the orders a second time to others.

Younger Socrates
Very true.

Stranger
Shall we, then, join the art of the king in the same class with the art of the interpreter,

[260e] the boatswain, the prophet, the herald, and many other kindred arts, all of which involve giving orders?
Or, as we just now made a comparison of functions, shall we now by comparison make a name also
—since the class of those who issue orders of their own is virtually nameless—
and assign kings to the science of giving orders of one's own, disregarding all the rest and leaving to someone else
the task of naming them? For the object of our present quest is the ruler,

[261a] not his opposite.

Younger Socrates
Quite right.

------------------------------

[289α] 

Ξένος
σχεδὸν τοίνυν ὅσα ἔχεται κτήσεως, πλὴν τῶν ἡμέρων ζῴων, ἐν τούτοις ἑπτὰ οἶμαι γένεσιν εἰρῆσθαι.
σκόπει δέ: ἦν γὰρ δικαιότατα μὲν ἂν τεθὲν κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς τὸ

[289β] πρωτογενὲς εἶδος, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο ὄργανον, ἀγγεῖον, ὄχημα, πρόβλημα, παίγνιον, θρέμμα. ἃπαραλείπομεν δέ, εἴ τι μὴ μέγα λέληθεν,
εἴς τι τούτων δυνατὸν ἁρμόττειν, οἷον ἡ τοῦ νομίσματος ἰδέα
καὶ σφραγίδων καὶ παντὸς χαρακτῆρος. γένος τε γὰρ ἐν αὑτοῖς ταῦτα οὐδὲν ἔχει μέγα σύννομον, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν εἰς κόσμον,
τὰ δὲ εἰς ὄργανα βίᾳ μέν, ὅμως δὲ πάντως ἑλκόμενα συμφωνήσει. τὰ δὲ περὶ ζῴων κτῆσιν τῶν ἡμέρων, πλὴν δούλων, ἡ

[289ξ] πρότερον ἀγελαιοτροφικὴ διαμερισθεῖσα πάντ᾽ εἰληφυῖα ἀναφανεῖται.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.

Ξένος
τὸ δὲ δὴ δούλων καὶ πάντων ὑπηρετῶν λοιπόν, ἐν οἷς που καὶ μαντεύομαι τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πλέγμα ἀμφισβητοῦντας
τῷ βασιλεῖ καταφανεῖς γενήσεσθαι, καθάπερ τοῖς ὑφάνταις τότε τοὺς περὶ τὸ νήθειν
τε καὶ ξαίνειν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα εἴπομεν. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πάντες, ὡς συναίτιοι λεχθέντες, ἅμα τοῖς ἔργοις
τοῖς νυν δὴ ῥηθεῖσιν ἀνήλωνται καὶ ἀπεχωρίσθησαν

[289δ] ἀπὸ βασιλικῆς τε καὶ πολιτικῆς πράξεως.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ἐοίκασι γοῦν.

Ξένος
ἴθι δὴ σκεψώμεθα τοὺς λοιποὺς προσελθόντες ἐγγύθεν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς εἰδῶμεν βεβαιότερον.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
οὐκοῦν χρή.

Ξένος
τοὺς μὲν δὴ μεγίστους ὑπηρέτας, ὡς ἐνθένδε ἰδεῖν, τοὐναντίον ἔχοντας
εὑρίσκομεν οἷς ὑπωπτεύσαμεν ἐπιτήδευμα καὶ πάθος.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τίνας;

Ξένος
τοὺς ὠνητούς τε καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ κτητούς: οὓς

[289ε] ἀναμφισβητήτως δούλους ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν; ἥκιστα βασιλικῆς μεταποιουμένους τέχνης.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς δ᾽ οὔ;

Ξένος
τί δέ; τῶν ἐλευθέρων ὅσοι τοῖς νυν δὴ ῥηθεῖσιν εἰς ὑπηρετικὴν ἑκόντες αὑτοὺς τάττουσι,
τά τε γεωργίας καὶ τὰτῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν ἔργα διακομίζοντες ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλους καὶ ἀνισοῦντες, οἱ μὲν κατ᾽ ἀγοράς,
οἱ δὲ πόλιν ἐκπόλεως ἀλλάττοντες κατὰ θάλατταν καὶ πεζῇ, νόμισμά τε πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα
 καὶ αὐτὸ πρὸς αὑτὸ διαμείβοντες, οὓςἀργυραμοιβούς τε

[290α] καὶ ἐμπόρους καὶ ναυκλήρους καὶ καπήλους ἐπωνομάκαμεν, μῶν τῆς πολιτικῆς ἀμφισβητήσουσί τι;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τάχ᾽ ἂν ἴσως τῆς γε τῶν ἐμπορευτικῶν.

Ξένος
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μὴν οὕς γε ὁρῶμεν μισθωτοὺς καὶ θῆτας πᾶσιν ἑτοιμότατα ὑπηρετοῦντας,
μή ποτε βασιλικῆςμεταποιουμένους εὕρωμεν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς γάρ;

Ξένος
τί δὲ ἄρα τοὺς τὰ τοιάδε διακονοῦντας ἡμῖν ἑκάστοτε; 

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τὰ ποῖα εἶπες καὶ τίνας;

[290β]

Ξένος
ὧν τὸ κηρυκικὸν ἔθνος, ὅσοι τε περὶ γράμματα σοφοὶ γίγνονται πολλάκις
ὑπηρετήσαντες, καὶ πόλλ᾽ ἄτταἕτερα περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς διαπονεῖσθαί τινες ἕτεροι πάνδεινοι,
τί τούτους αὖ λέξομεν;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ὅπερ εἶπες νῦν, ὑπηρέταςἀλλ᾽ οὐκ αὐτοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἄρχοντας.

Ξένος
ἀλλὰ οὐ μὴν οἶμαί γε ἐνύπνιον ἰδὼν εἶπον ταύτῃ πῃ φανήσεσθαι τοὺς διαφερόντως
ἀμφισβητοῦντας τῆς πολιτικῆς. καίτοι σφόδρα γε ἄτοπον ἂν εἶναι δόξειε τὸ ζητεῖν

[290ξ] τούτους ἐν ὑπηρετικῇ μοίρᾳ τινί.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν.

Ξένος
ἔτι δὴ προσμείξωμεν ἐγγύτερον ἐπὶ τοὺς μήπω βεβασανισμένους.
εἰσὶ δὲ οἵ τε περὶ μαντικὴν ἔχοντές τινος ἐπιστήμης διακόνου μόριον:
ἑρμηνευταὶ γάρ που νομίζονται παρὰ θεῶν ἀνθρώποις.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ναί.

Ξένος
καὶ μὴν καὶ τὸ τῶν ἱερέων αὖ γένος, ὡς τὸ νόμιμόν φησι, παρὰ μὲν ἡμῶν
δωρεὰς θεοῖς διὰ θυσιῶν ἐπιστῆμόν

[290δ] ἐστι κατὰ νοῦν ἐκείνοις δωρεῖσθαι, παρὰ δὲ ἐκείνων ἡμῖν εὐχαῖς
κτῆσιν ἀγαθῶν αἰτήσασθαι: ταῦτα δὲ διακόνου τέχνης ἐστί που μόρια ἀμφότερα.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
φαίνεται γοῦν.

Ξένος
ἤδη τοίνυν μοι δοκοῦμεν οἷόν γέ τινος ἴχνους ἐφ᾽ ὃ πορευόμεθα προσάπτεσθαι.
τὸ γὰρ δὴ τῶν ἱερέων σχῆμακαὶ τὸ τῶν μάντεων εὖ μάλα φρονήματος πληροῦται
καὶ δόξαν σεμνὴν λαμβάνει διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶνἐγχειρημάτων,
ὥστε περὶ μὲν Αἴγυπτον οὐδ᾽ ἔξεστι βασιλέα χωρὶς ἱερατικῆς

[290ε] ἄρχειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ἄρα καὶ τύχῃ πρότερον ἐξ ἄλλου γένους βιασάμενος,
ὕστερον ἀναγκαῖον εἰς τοῦτοεἰστελεῖσθαι αὐτὸν τὸ γένος: ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων
πολλαχοῦ ταῖς μεγίσταις ἀρχαῖς τὰ μέγιστα τῶν περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα θύματα εὕροι τις ἂν προσταττόμενα θύειν.
καὶ δὴ καὶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν οὐχ ἥκιστα δῆλον ὃ λέγω: τῷ γὰρ λαχόντι βασιλεῖ φασιν τῇδε τὰ σεμνότατα
καὶ μάλιστα πάτρια τῶν ἀρχαίων θυσιῶν ἀποδεδόσθαι.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
καὶ πάνυ γε

[291α]

Ξένος
τούτους τε τοίνυν τοὺς κληρωτοὺς βασιλέας ἅμα καὶ ἱερέας,
καὶ ὑπηρέτας αὐτῶν καί τινα ἕτερον πάμπολυν ὄχλον σκεπτέον,
ὃς ἄρτι κατά δηλος νῦν ἡμῖν γέγονεν ἀποχωρισθέντων τῶν ἔμπροσθεν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τίνας δ᾽ αὐτοὺς καὶ λέγεις;

Ξένος
καὶ μάλα τινὰς ἀτόπους.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τί δή;

Ξένος
πάμφυλόν τι γένος αὐτῶν, ὥς γε ἄρτι σκοπουμένῳ φαίνεται.
πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ λέουσι τῶν ἀνδρῶν εἴξασι καὶ Κενταύροις

[291β] καὶ τοιούτοισιν ἑτέροις, πάμπολλοι δὲ Σατύροις καὶ τοῖς ἀσθενέσι καὶ πολυτρόποις θηρίοις:
ταχὺ δὲμεταλλάττουσι τάς τε ἰδέας καὶ τὴν δύναμιν εἰς ἀλλήλους.
καὶ μέντοι μοι νῦν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἄρτι δοκῶ κατανενοηκέναι τοὺς ἄνδρας.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
λέγοις ἄν: ἔοικας γὰρ ἄτοπόν τι καθορᾶν.

Ξένος
ναί: τὸ γὰρ ἄτοπον ἐξ ἀγνοίας πᾶσι συμβαίνει. καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ νῦν αὐτὸς τοῦτ᾽ ἔπαθον:
ἐξαίφνης ἠμφεγνόησα

[291ξ] κατιδὼν τὸν περὶ τὰ τῶν πόλεων πράγματα χορόν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ποῖον;

Ξένος
τὸν πάντων τῶν σοφιστῶν μέγιστον γόητα καὶ ταύτης τῆς τέχνης ἐμπειρότατον:
ὃν ἀπὸ τῶν ὄντως ὄντων πολιτικῶν καὶ βασιλικῶν καίπερ παγχάλεπον ὄντα ἀφαιρεῖν ἀφαιρετέον,
εἰ μέλλομεν ἰδεῖν ἐναργῶς τὸζητούμενον.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ἀλλὰ μὴν τοῦτό γε οὐκ ἀνετέον.

Ξένος
οὔκουν δὴ κατά γε τὴν ἐμήν. καί μοι φράζε τόδε.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τὸ ποῖον;

[291δ]

Ξένος
ἆρ᾽ οὐ μοναρχία τῶν πολιτικῶν ἡμῖν ἀρχῶν ἐστι μία;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ναί.

Ξένος
καὶ μετὰ μοναρχίαν εἴποι τις ἂν οἶμαι τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν ὀλίγων δυναστείαν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς δ᾽ οὔ;

Ξένος
τρίτον δὲ σχῆμα πολιτείας οὐχ ἡ τοῦ πλήθους ἀρχή, δημοκρατία τοὔνομα κληθεῖσα;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
καὶ πάνυ γε.

Ξένος
τρεῖς δ᾽ οὖσαι μῶν οὐ πέντε τρόπον τινὰ γίγνονται, δύ᾽ ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ἄλλα πρὸς αὑταῖς ὀνόματα τίκτουσαι;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ποῖα δή;

[291ε]

Ξένος
πρὸς τὸ βίαιόν που καὶ ἑκούσιον ἀποσκοποῦντες νῦν καὶ πενίαν καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ νόμον
καὶ ἀνομίαν ἐν αὐταῖςγιγνόμενα διπλῆν ἑκατέραν τοῖν δυοῖν διαιροῦντες μοναρχίαν
μὲν προσαγορεύουσιν ὡς δύο παρεχομένην εἴδηδυοῖν ὀνόμασι, τυραννίδι, τὸ δὲ βασιλικῇ. 

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τί μήν;

Ξένος
τὴν δὲ ὑπ᾽ ὀλίγων γε ἑκάστοτε κρατηθεῖσαν πόλιν ἀριστοκρατίᾳ καὶ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ. 

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
καὶ πάνυ γε. 

Ξένος
δημοκρατίας γε μήν, ἐάντ᾽ οὖν βιαίως ἐάντε ἑκουσίως

 
[292α] τῶν τὰς οὐσίας ἐχόντων τὸ πλῆθος ἄρχῃ, καὶ ἐάντε τοὺς νόμους ἀκριβῶς
φυλάττον ἐάντε μή, πάντως τοὔνομα οὐδεὶς αὐτῆς εἴωθε μεταλλάττειν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ἀληθῆ.

Ξένος
τί οὖν; οἰόμεθά τινα τούτων τῶν πολιτειῶν ὀρθὴν εἶναι τούτοις τοῖς ὅροις ὁρισθεῖσαν,
ἑνὶ καὶ ὀλίγοις καὶπολλοῖς, καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ πενίᾳ, καὶ τῷ βιαίῳ καὶ ἑκουσίῳ,
καὶ μετὰ γραμμάτων καὶ ἄνευ νόμων συμβαίνουσαν γίγνεσθαι;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τί γὰρ δὴ καὶ κωλύει;
 

[292β]

Ξένος
σκόπει δὴ σαφέστερον τῇδε ἑπόμενος.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῇ;

Ξένος
τῷ ῥηθέντι κατὰ πρώτας πότερον ἐμμενοῦμεν ἢ διαφωνήσομεν;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τῷ δὴ ποίῳ λέγεις;

Ξένος
τὴν βασιλικὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν ἐπιστημῶν εἶναί τινα ἔφαμεν, οἶμαι.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ναί.

Ξένος
καὶ τούτων γε οὐχ ἁπασῶν, ἀλλὰ κριτικὴν δήπου τινὰ καὶ ἐπιστατικὴν ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων προειλόμεθα.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ναί.

Ξένος
κἀκ τῆς ἐπιστατικῆς τὴν μὲν ἐπ᾽ ἀψύχοις ἔργοις,
 

[292ξ] τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ ζῴοις: καὶ κατὰ τοῦτον δὴ τὸν τρόπον μερίζοντες δεῦρ᾽ ἀεὶ προεληλύθαμεν,
ἐπιστήμης οὐκἐπιλανθανόμενοι, τὸ δ᾽ ἥτις οὐχ ἱκανῶς πω δυνάμενοι διακριβώσασθαι.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
λέγεις ὀρθῶς.

Ξένος
τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ τοίνυν ἆρ᾽ ἐννοοῦμεν, ὅτι τὸν ὅρον οὐκ ὀλίγους οὐδὲ πολλούς,
οὐδὲ τὸ ἑκούσιον οὐδὲ τὸ ἀκούσιον, οὐδὲ πενίαν οὐδὲ πλοῦτον γίγνεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν χρεών,
ἀλλά τινα ἐπιστήμην, εἴπερ ἀκολουθήσομεν τοῖςπρόσθεν;


[289a]

Stranger
Now I think I have in these seven classes mentioned nearly all kinds of property except tame animals.
See: there was the primary possession, which ought in justice to have been placed first, and after this

[289b] the instrument, receptacle, vehicle, defence, plaything, nourishment. Whatever we have omitted,
unless some important thing has been overlooked, can find its place in one of those classes; for instance,
the group of coins, seals, and stamps, for there is not among these any kinship such as to form a large class,
but some of them can be made to fit into the class of ornaments, others into that of instruments,
though the classification is somewhat forced. All property in tame animals,
 

[289c] except slaves, is included in the art of herding, which has already been divided into parts.

Younger Socrates
Yes quite true.

Stranger
There remains the class of slaves and servants in general, and here I prophesy that
we shall find those who set up
claims against the king for the very fabric of his art, just as the spinners and carders and the rest of whom we spoke advanced claims
against the weavers a while ago. All the others, whom we called contingent causes,
have been removed along with the works we just mentioned and have been separated

[289d] from the activity of the king and the statesman.

Younger Socrates
That seems to be the case, at least.

Stranger
Come then, let us step up and look from close at hand at those who are left, that so we may know them more surely.

Younger Socrates
Yes, that is what we should do.

Stranger
We shall find, then, that the greatest servants, when seen from near at hand, are in conduct and condition the opposite of that which we suspected.

Younger Socrates
Who are they?

Stranger
The bought servants, acquired by purchase, whom we can without question call slaves.

 [289e] They make no claim to any share in the kingly art.

Younger Socrates
Certainly not.

Stranger
How about those free men who put themselves voluntarily in the position of servants of those whom we mentioned before?
I mean the men who carry about and distribute among one another the productions of husbandry and the other arts,
whether in the domestic marketplaces or by travelling from city to city by land or sea, exchanging money for wares or money for money,
the men whom we call brokers,

 [290a] merchants, shipmasters, and peddlers; do they lay any claim to statesmanship?

Younger Socrates
Possibly to commercial statesmanship

Stranger
But certainly we shall never find laborers, whom we see only too glad to serve anybody for hire, claiming a share in the kingly art.

Younger Socrates
Certainly not.

Stranger
But there are people who perform services of another kind. How about them?

Younger Socrates
What services and what men do you mean?

 [290b]

Stranger
The class of heralds and those who become by long practice skilled as clerks and other clever men
who perform various services in connection with public offices. What shall we call them?

Younger Socrates
What you called the others, servants; they are not themselves rulers in the states.

Stranger
But surely it was no dream that made me say we should find somewhere in this region
those who more than others lay claim to the art of statesmanship; and yet it would be utterly absurd
 

[290c] to look for them in any servile position.

Younger Socrates
Certainly.

Stranger
But let us draw a little closer still to those whom we have not yet examined.
There are men who have to do with divination and possess a portion of a certain menial science;
for they are supposed to be interpreters of the gods to men.

Younger Socrates
Yes.

Stranger
And then, too, the priests, according to law and custom, know how to give the gods,
by means of sacrifices, the gifts that please them from us

 

[290d] and by prayers to ask for us the gain of good things from them; now these are both part of a servant's art.

Younger Socrates
At least they seem to be so.

Stranger
At last, then, I think we are, as it were, on the track of our quarry.
For the bearing of the priests and prophets is indeed
full of pride, and they win high esteem because of the magnitude of their undertakings. In Egypt, for example, no king can rule without being a priest,

[290e] and if he happens to have forced his way to the throne from some other class, he must enroll himself in the class of priests afterwards;
and among the Greeks, too, you would find that in many states the performance of the greatest public sacrifices is a duty imposed upon the highest officials.
Yes, among you Athenians this is very plain, for they say the holiest and most national of the ancient sacrifices
are performed by the man whom the lot has chosen to be the King.1

Younger Socrates
Yes, certainly.

1 The second in order of the nine annual archons.

[291a]

Stranger
We must, then, examine these elected kings and priests and their assistants, and also another very large crowd
of people which has just come in sight now that the others are out of the way.

Younger Socrates
Who are these people?

Stranger
A very queer lot.

Younger Socrates
How so?

Stranger
They are of very mixed race at least they seem so now, when I can just see them. For many of them are l
ike lions and centaurs and other fierce creatures,

[291b] and very many are like satyrs and the weak and cunning beasts; and they make quick exchanges
of forms and qualities with one another. Ah, but now, Socrates, I think I have just made out who they are.

Younger Socrates
Tell me; for you seem to have caught sight of something strange.

Stranger
Yes, for ignorance makes things seem strange to everybody. That was what happened to me just now;
when I suddenly caught sight of them I did not recognize the troop of those who busy themselve
 

[291c] with the affairs of the state.

Younger Socrates
What troop?

Stranger
That which of all the sophists is the greatest charlatan and most practised in charlatanry.
This, although it is a hard thing to do, must be separated from the band of really statesmanlike
and kingly men, if we are to get a clear view of the object of our search.

Younger Socrates
But we certainly cannot give that up.

Stranger
No, of course not. I agree to that. And now please answer a question.

Younger Socrates
What is it?

Stranger
We agree that monarchy is one of the forms


[291d] of government, do we not?

Younger Socrates
Yes.

Stranger
And after monarchy one might, I should say, mention the rule of the few.

Younger Socrates
Yes, of course.

Stranger
And a third form of government is the rule of the multitude, called democracy, is it not?

Younger Socrates
Yes, certainly.

Stranger
Do not these three become after a fashion five, producing out of themselves two additional names?

Younger Socrates
What names?

[291e]

Stranger
People nowadays are likely to take into consideration enforced subjection and voluntary obedience,
poverty and wealth, law and lawlessness as they occur in governments, and so they divide two of the forms
we mentioned, giving to the two aspects of monarchy the two names tyranny and royalty.

Younger Socrates
Certainly.

Stranger
And the state that is ruled by the few is called, as the case may be, aristocracy or oligarchy.

Younger Socrates
To be sure.

Stranger
In the case of democracy, however,

[292a] whether the multitude rule those who have property by violence or with their willing consent,
and whether the laws are carefully observed or not, no one ever habitually changes the name.

Younger Socrates
True.

Stranger
Now then, do we believe that any of these forms of government which are defined by the distinctions between the one, the few,
and the many, or wealth and poverty, or violence and willingness, or written constitution and absence of laws, is a right one?

Younger Socrates
I don't see why not.

[292b]

Stranger
Look a bit more closely along the line I am going to point out.

Younger Socrates
What is it?

Stranger
Shall we abide by what we said in the beginning, or dissent from it?

Younger Socrates
To what do you refer?

Stranger
We said, I believe, that royal power was one of the sciences.

Younger Socrates
Yes.

Stranger
And not only a science, but we selected it from the rest as a science of judgement and command.

Younger Socrates
Yes.

Stranger
And from the science of command we distinguished one part which rules inanimate works,

[292c] and one which rules living beings; and so we have gone on dividing in this manner to the present moment,
never forgetting that it is a science, but as yet unable to state with sufficient accuracy what science it is.

Younger Socrates
You are right.

Stranger
Then is this our understanding, that the distinction between forms of government ought not to be found in the words few or many,
or voluntary or unwilling, or wealth or poverty, but some science must be the distinguishing feature,
if we are to be consistent with our previous statement?


------------------

[305ε]

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
εἴξασι γοῦν.

Ξένος
τὴν δὲ πασῶν τε τούτων ἄρχουσαν καὶ τῶν νόμων καὶ συμπάντων τῶν κατὰ πόλιν
ἐπιμελουμένην καὶ πάντα συνυφαίνουσαν ὀρθότατα, τοῦ κοινοῦ τῇ κλήσει περιλαβόντες τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς,
προσαγορεύοιμεν δικαιότατ᾽ ἄν, ὡς ἔοικε, πολιτικήν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

Ξένος
οὐκοῦν δὴ καὶ κατὰ τὸ τῆς ὑφαντικῆς παράδειγμα βουλοίμεθ᾽ ἂν ἐπεξελθεῖν αὐτὴν νῦν,
ὅτε καὶ πάντα τὰ γένη τὰ κατὰ πόλινδῆλα ἡμῖν γέγονε;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
καὶ σφόδρα γε.
 

[305e]

Younger Socrates
That appears, at least, to be the case.

Stranger
But the art which holds sway over them all and watches over the laws and all things in the state,
weaving them all most perfectly together, we may, I think, by giving to its function a designation
which indicates its power over the community, with full propriety call “statecraft.”

Younger Socrates
Most assuredly.

Stranger
Shall we then proceed to discuss it after the model supplied by weaving,
now that all the classes in the state have been made plain to us?

Younger Socrates
By all means


---------------

[309ξ]

Ξένος
πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ τὸ συγγενὲς τὸ ἀειγενὲς ὂν τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν μέρος θείῳ συναρμοσαμένη δεσμῷ,
μετὰ δὲ τὸ θεῖον τὸζῳογενὲς αὐτῶν αὖθις ἀνθρωπίνοις.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς τοῦτ᾽ εἶπες αὖ;

Ξένος
τὴν τῶν καλῶν καὶ δικαίων πέρι καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν τούτοις ἐναντίων ὄντως οὖσαν ἀληθῆ
δόξαν μετὰ βεβαιώσεως, ὁπότανἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐγγίγνηται, θείαν φημὶ ἐν δαιμονίῳ γίγνεσθαι γένει.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πρέπει γοῦν οὕτω. 

[309c]

Stranger
First it binds the eternal part of their souls with a divine bond, to which that part is akin,
 and after the divine it binds the animal part of them with human bonds.

Younger Socrates
Again I ask What do you mean?

Stranger
I mean that really true and assured opinion about honor, justice, goodness and their opposites is divine,
and when it arises in men's souls, it arises in a godlike race.

Younger Socrates
That would be fitting, at any rate.

--------------

[310α]

Ξένος
τοῖς δ᾽ εὐγενέσι γενομένοις τε ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἤθεσι θρεφθεῖσί τε κατὰ φύσιν μόνοις διὰ νόμων
 ἐμφύεσθαι, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις δὴ τοῦτ᾽εἶναι τέχνῃ φάρμακον, καὶ καθάπερ εἴπομεν τοῦτον
θειότερον εἶναι τὸν σύνδεσμον ἀρετῆς μερῶν φύσεως ἀνομοίων καὶ ἐπὶτὰ ἐναντία φερομένων.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ἀληθέστατα.

Ξένος
τοὺς μὴν λοιπούς, ὄντας ἀνθρωπίνους δεσμούς, ὑπάρχοντος τούτου τοῦ θείου σχεδὸν
οὐδὲν χαλεπὸν οὔτε ἐννοεῖν οὔτεἐννοήσαντα ἀποτελεῖν.

[310β]

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς δή, καὶ τίνας;

Ξένος
τοὺς τῶν ἐπιγαμιῶν καὶ παίδων κοινωνήσεων καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰς ἰδίας ἐκδόσεις καὶ γάμους.
οἱ γὰρ πολλοὶ τὰ περὶ ταῦτα οὐκὀρθῶς συνδοῦνται πρὸς τὴν τῶν παίδων γέννησιν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τί δή;

Ξένος
τὰ μὲν πλούτου καὶ δυνάμεων ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις διώγματα τί καί τις ἂν ὡς ἄξια λόγου σπουδάζοι μεμφόμενος;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
οὐδέν.

Ξένος
μᾶλλον δέ γε δίκαιον τῶν περὶ τὰ γένη ποιουμένων

[310ξ] ἐπιμέλειαν τούτων πέρι λέγειν, εἴ τι μὴ κατὰ τρόπον πράττουσιν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
εἰκὸς γὰρ οὖν.

Ξένος
πράττουσι μὲν δὴ οὐδ᾽ ἐξ ἑνὸς ὀρθοῦ λόγου, τὴν ἐν τῷ παραχρῆμα διώκοντες ῥᾳστώνην
καὶ τῷ τοὺς μὲν προσομοίους αὐτοῖςἀσπάζεσθαι, τοὺς δ᾽ ἀνομοίους μὴ στέργειν, πλεῖστον τῇ δυσχερείᾳ μέρος ἀπονέμοντες.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς;

Ξένος
οἱ μέν που κόσμιοι τὸ σφέτερον αὐτῶν ἦθος ζητοῦσι, καὶ κατὰ δύναμιν γαμοῦσί τε παρὰ τούτων καὶ τὰς

[310δ] ἐκδιδομένας παρ᾽ αὑτῶν εἰς τούτους ἐκπέμπουσι πάλιν: ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως τὸ περὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν γένος δρᾷ,
τὴν αὑτοῦμεταδιῶκον φύσιν, δέον ποιεῖν ἀμφότερα τὰ γένη τούτων τοὐναντίον ἅπαν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς, καὶ διὰ τί;

Ξένος
διότι πέφυκεν ἀνδρεία τε ἐν πολλαῖς γενέσεσιν ἄμεικτος γεννωμένη σώφρονι φύσει κατὰ
μὲν ἀρχὰς ἀκμάζειν ῥώμῃ, τελευτῶσα δὲ ἐξανθεῖν παντάπασι μανίαις.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
εἰκός.

Ξένος
ἡ δὲ αἰδοῦς γε αὖ λίαν πλήρης ψυχὴ καὶ ἀκέραστος

[311α] ὕφασμα συνάγοντα ἐξ αὐτῶν, τὰς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἀρχὰς ἀεὶ κοινῇ τούτοις ἐπιτρέπειν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς;

Ξένος
οὗ μὲν ἂν ἑνὸς ἄρχοντος χρεία συμβαίνῃ, τὸν ταῦτα ἀμφότερα ἔχοντα αἱρούμενον ἐπιστάτην: οὗ δ᾽ ἂν πλειόνων,
 τούτωνμέρος ἑκατέρων συμμειγνύντα. τὰ μὲν γὰρ σωφρόνων ἀρχόντων ἤθη σφόδρα μὲν εὐλαβῆ καὶ δίκαια καὶ σωτήρια,
δριμύτητοςδὲ καί τινος ἰταμότητος ὀξείας καὶ πρακτικῆς ἐνδεῖται.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
δοκεῖ γοῦν δὴ καὶ τάδε.

[311β]

Ξένος
τὰ δ᾽ ἀνδρεῖά γε αὖ πρὸς μὲν τὸ δίκαιον καὶ εὐλαβὲς ἐκείνων ἐπιδεέστερα, τὸ δὲ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσι ἰταμὸν
διαφερόντως ἴσχει. πάντα δὲ καλῶς γίγνεσθαι τὰ περὶ τὰς πόλεις ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ τούτοιν μὴ παραγενομένοιν ἀμφοῖν ἀδύνατον.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;

Ξένος
τοῦτο δὴ τέλος ὑφάσματος εὐθυπλοκίᾳ συμπλακὲν γίγνεσθαι φῶμεν πολιτικῆς πράξεως
τὸ τῶν ἀνδρείων καὶ σωφρόνωνἀνθρώπων ἦθος, ὁπόταν ὁμονοίᾳ καὶ φιλίᾳ κοινὸν

[311ξ] συναγαγοῦσα αὐτῶν τὸν βίον ἡ βασιλικὴ τέχνη, πάντων μεγαλοπρεπέστατον ὑφασμάτων
καὶ ἄριστον ἀποτελέσασαὥστ᾽ εἶναι κοινόν τούς τ᾽ ἄλλους ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι πάντας
δούλους καὶ ἐλευθέρους ἀμπίσχουσα, συνέχῃ τούτῳ τῷ πλέγματι, καὶ καθ᾽ ὅσον εὐδαίμονι προσήκει
γίγνεσθαι πόλει τούτου μηδαμῇ μηδὲν ἐλλείπουσα ἄρχῃ τε καὶ ἐπιστατῇ.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
κάλλιστα αὖ τὸν βασιλικὸν ἀπετέλεσας ἄνδρα ἡμῖν, ὦ ξένε, καὶ τὸν πολιτικόν.

 

 

[310a]

Stranger
But we may say that in those only who were of noble nature from their birth and have been nurtured as befits
such natures it is implanted by the laws, and for them this is the medicine prescribed by science, and, as we said before,
this bond which unites unlike and divergent parts of virtue is more divine.

Younger Socrates
Very true.

Stranger
The remaining bonds, moreover, being human, are not very difficult to devise or, after one has devised them, to create, when once this divine bond exists.

[310b]

Younger Socrates
How so? And what are the bonds?

Stranger
Those made between states concerning intermarriages and the sharing of children by adoption,1 and those relating
to portionings and marriages within the state. For most people make such bonds without proper regard to the procreation of children.

Younger Socrates
How is that?

Stranger
The pursuit of wealth or power in connection with matrimony—but why should anyone ever take
the trouble to blame it, as though it were worth arguing about?

Younger Socrates
There is no reason for doing so.

Stranger
We have better cause, however, to speak our minds about those

 

[310c] whose chief care is the family, in case their conduct is not what it should be.

Younger Socrates
Yes; very likely.

Stranger
The fact is, they act on no right theory at all; they seek their ease for the moment; welcoming gladly those who are like themselves,
and finding those who are unlike them unendurable, they give the greatest weight to their feeling of dislike.

Younger Socrates
How so?

Stranger
The decorous people seek for characters like their own; so far as they can they marry wives of
 that sort and in turn give their daughters in marriage to men of that sort;

[310d] and the courageous do the same, eagerly seeking natures of their own kind, whereas both classes ought to do quite the opposite.

Younger Socrates
How so, and why?

Stranger
Because in the nature of things courage, if propagated through many generations with no admixture of a self-restrained nature,
though at first it is strong and flourishing, in the end blossoms forth in utter madness.

Younger Socrates
That is likely.

Stranger
But the soul, on the other hand, that is too full of modesty and contains no alloy of courage or boldness,

[310e] after many generations of the same kind becomes too sluggish and finally is utterly crippled.

Younger Socrates
That also is likely to happen.

Stranger
It was these bonds, then, that I said there was no difficulty in creating, provided that both classes have one
and the same opinion about the honorable and the good. For indeed the whole business of the kingly weaving is comprised in this and this alone,
—in never allowing the self-restrained characters to be separated from the courageous,
but in weaving them together by common beliefs and honors and dishonors and opinions and interchanges of pledges,
thus making of them a smooth and, as we say, well-woven fabric
,
 

[311a] and then entrusting to them in common for ever the offices of the state.

Younger Socrates
How is that to be done?

Stranger
When one official is needed, by choosing a president who possesses both qualities; and when a hoard is desired,
by combining men of each class. For the characters of self-restrained officials are exceedingly careful
and just and conservative, but they lack keenness and a certain quick and active boldness.

Younger Socrates
That also seems, at least, to be true.

[311b]

Stranger
The courageous natures, on the other hand, are deficient in justice and caution in comparison with the former,
but excel in boldness of action; and unless both these qualities are present it is impossible for a state
to be entirely prosperous in public and private matters.

Younger Socrates
Yes, certainly.

Stranger
This, then, is the end, let us declare, of the web of the statesmanÕs activity,
the direct interweaving of the characters of restrained and courageous men,

[311c] when the kingly science has drawn them together by friendship and community of sentiment into a common life,
and having perfected the most glorious and the best of all textures, clothes with it all the inhabitants of the state, both slaves and freemen,
holds them together by this fabric, and omitting nothing which ought to belong to a happy state, rules and watches over them.

Younger Socrates
You have given us, Stranger, a most complete and admirable treatment of the king and the statesman.

 

6 ἐπὶ τοῦτον δὲ τὸν λόγον εἶμι πρῶτον, ὡς ἀδύνατός εἰμι τοῦτο πράττειν. ἔδει γάρ τινα πρῶτον ἀρχὴν γενέσθαι τῆς προδοσίας,
ἡ δὲ ἀρχὴ λόγος ἂν εἴη· πρὸ γὰρ τῶν μελλόντων ἔργων ἀνάγκη λόγους γίνεσθαι πρότερον. λόγοι δὲ πῶς ἂν γένοιντο μὴ συνουσίας τινὸς γενομένης;
συνουσία δὲ τίνα τρόπον γένοιτ᾽ ἂν μήτ᾽ ἐκείνου πρὸς ἐμὲ πέμψαντος μήτε ἐμοῦ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἐλθόντος;
οὐδὲ παραγγελία διὰ γραμμάτων ἀφῖκται ἄνευ τοῦ φέροντος.


7 ἀλλὰ δὴ τοῦτο τῷ λόγῳ δυνατὸν γενέσθαι. καὶ δὴ τοίνυν σύνειμι καὶ σύνεστι κἀκεῖνος ἐμοὶ κἀκείνῳ ἐγώ
— τίνα τρόπον; τίνι τίς ὤν; Ἕλλην βαρβάρῳ. πῶς ἀκούων καὶ λέγων; πότερα μόνος μόνῳ;
ἀλλ᾽ ἀγνοήσομεν τοὺς ἀλλήλων λόγους. ἀλλὰ μεθ᾽ ἑρμηνέως; τρίτος ἄρα μάρτυς γίνεται τῶν κρύπτεσθαι δεομένων.

8 ἀλλὰ δὴ καὶ τοῦτο γενέσθω, καίπερ οὐ γενόμενον. ἔδει δὲ μετὰ τούτους πίστιν δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι.
τίς οὖν ἂν ἦν ἡ πίστις; πότερον ὅρκος; τίς οὖν ἐμοὶ τῷ προδότῃ πιστεύειν ἔμελλεν; ἀλλ᾽ ὅμηροι; τίνες;
οἷον ἐγὼ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἔδωκ᾽ ἄν (οὐ γὰρ εἶχον ἄλλον), ὁ δὲ βάρβαρος τῶν υἱέων τινά· πιστότατα γὰρ ἂν ἦν οὕτως
ἐμοί τε παρ᾽ ἐκείνου ἐκείνῳ τε παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ. ταῦτα δὲ γινόμενα πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ἂν ἦν φανερά.

9 φήσει τις ὡς χρήμασι τὴν πίστιν ἐποιούμεθα, ἐκεῖνος μὲν διδούς, ἐγὼ δὲ λαμβάνων. πότερον οὖν ὀλίγοις;
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ εἰκὸς ἀντὶ μεγάλων ὑπουργημάτων ὀλίγα χρήματα λαμβάνειν. ἀλλὰ πολλοῖς; τίς οὖν ἦν ἡ κομιδή; πῶς δ᾽ ἂν ‹εἷς› ἐκόμισεν;
ἢ πολλοί; πολλῶν γὰρ κομιζόντων πολλοὶ ἂν ἦσαν μάρτυρες τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς, ἑνὸς δὲ κομίζοντος οὐκ ἂν πολύ τι τὸ φερόμενον ἦν.

10 πότερα δὲ ἐκόμισαν ἡμέρας ἢ νυκτός; ἀλλὰ ‹νυκτὸς› πολλαὶ καὶ πυκναὶ φυλακαί, δι᾽ ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λαθεῖν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἡμέρας; ἀλλά γε τὸ φῶς πολεμεῖ τοῖς τοιούτοις. εἶεν. ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐξελθὼν ἐδεξάμην, ἢ ἐκεῖνος ὁ φέρων εἰσῆλθεν;
ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἄπορα. λαβὼν δὲ δὴ πῶς ἂν ἔκρυψα καὶ τοὺς ἔνδον καὶ τοὺς ἔξω; ποῦ δ᾽ ἂν ἔθηκα; πῶς δ᾽ ἂν ἐφύλαξα;
χρώμενος δ᾽ ἂν φανερὸς ἐγενόμην, μὴ χρώμενος δὲ τί ἂν ὠφελούμην ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν;

11 καὶ δὴ τοίνυν γενέσθω καὶ τὰ μὴ γενόμενα, συνήλθομεν, εἴπομεν, ἠκούσαμεν, χρήματα παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔλαβον,
ἔλαθον λαβών, ἔκρυψα. ἔδει δήπου πράττειν ὧν ἕνεκα ταῦτα ἐγένετο. τοῦτο τοίνυν ἔτι τῶν εἰρημένων ἀπορώτερον.
πράττων μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸς ἔπραττον ἢ μεθ᾽ ἑτέρων· ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἑνὸς ἡ πρᾶξις. ἀλλὰ μεθ᾽ ἑτέρων; τίνων; δηλονότι τῶν συνόντων.
πότερον ἐλευθέρων ἢ δούλων; ἐλευθέροις μὲν γὰρ ὑμῖν σύνειμι. τίς οὖν ὑμῶν ξύνοιδε; λεγέτω. δούλοις δὲ πῶς οὐκ ἄπιστον;
ἑκόντες ‹τε› γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἐλευθερίᾳ χειμαζόμενοί τε δι᾽ ἀνάγκην κατηγοροῦσιν.

12 ἡ δὲ πρᾶξις πῶς ‹ἂν› ἐγένετο; δηλονότι τοὺς πολεμίους εἰσαγαγεῖν ἔδει κρείττονας ὑμῶν· ὅπερ ἀδύνατον. πῶς ἂν οὖν εἰσήγαγον;
πότερα διὰ πυλῶν; ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐμὸν ταύτας οὔτε κλῄειν οὔτε ἀνοίγειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡγεμόνες κύριοι τούτων. ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τειχέων ‹διὰ› κλίμακος;
οὔκουν ‹ἐφωράθην ἄν;› ἅπαντα γὰρ πλήρη φυλακῶν. ἀλλὰ διελὼν τοῦ τείχους; ἅπασιν ἄρα φανερὰ γένοιτο ἄν. ὑπαίθριος γὰρ ὁ βίος
(στρατόπεδον γάρ) ἔστ᾽ ἐν ὅπλοις, ἐν οἷς ‹πάντες› πάντα ὁρῶσι καὶ πάντες ὑπὸ πάντων ὁρῶνται.
πάντως ἄρα καὶ πάντῃ πάντα πράττειν ἀδύνατον ἦν μοι.

[...]

30 φήσαιμι δ᾽ ἄν, καὶ φήσας οὐκ ἂν ψευσαίμην οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐλεγχθείην, οὐ μόνον ἀναμάρτητος ἀλλὰ καὶ μέγας εὐεργέτης ὑμῶν
καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων, οὐ μόνον τῶν νῦν ὄντων ἀλλὰ ‹καὶ› τῶν μελλόντων, εἶναι. τίς γὰρ ἂν ἐποίησε
τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον πόριμον ἐξ ἀπόρου καὶ κεκοσμημένον ἐξ ἀκόσμου, τάξεις τε πολεμικὰς εὑρὼν μέγιστον εἰς πλεονεκτήματα,
νόμους τε γραπτοὺς φύλακας [τε] τοῦ δικαίου, γράμματά τε μνήμης ὄργανον, μέτρα τε καὶ σταθμὰ συναλλαγῶν εὐπόρους διαλλαγάς,
ἀριθμόν τε χρημάτων φύλακα, πυρσούς τε κρατίστους καὶ ταχίστους ἀγγέλους, πεσσούς τε σχολῆς ἄλυπον διατριβήν;
τίνος οὖν ἕνεκα ταῦθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ὑπέμνησα;

31 δηλῶν ‹μὲν› ὅτι τοῖς τοιούτοις τὸν νοῦν προσέχω, σημεῖον δὲ ποιούμενος ὅτι τῶν αἰσχρῶν καὶ τῶν κακῶν ἔργων ἀπέχομαι·
τὸν γὰρ ἐκείνοις τὸν νοῦν προσέχοντα τοῖς τοιούτοις προσέχειν ἀδύνατον. ἀξιῶ δέ, εἰ μηδὲν
αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς ἀδικῶ, μηδὲ αὐτὸς ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀδικηθῆναι. 


Les Sophistes: Gorgias: Défense de Palamède. In: Les Présocratiques.
Ed. étabie par Jean-Paul Dumont avec la collaboration de Daniel Delattre et de Jean-Louis Poirer.
 Paris: Gallimard 1988, p. 1036ss
 

6. Je commencerai par avoir recours, en premier lieu, à l'argument suivant: à savoir que je suis incapable d'avoir commis ce forfait.
Il fallait bien en effet que la trahison commençât par des préparatifs, et ces préparatifs auraient dû être une tractation.
Avant d'exécuter un tel projet, il est nécessaire qu'ait lieu, auparavant, une tractation.
Or, comment des tractations pourraient-elles avoir eu lieu sans qu'il y ait eu des contacts?
Mais comment aurait-il pu y avoir des contacts puisque l'adversaire n'a envoyé personne auprès de moi et que je n'ai pas non plus envoyé
quellqu'un auprès de lui? Et un message écrit ne saurait arriver si personne ne l'apporte.

7. Admettons, pourtant, qu'une telle rencontre, avec une tractation, ait été possible. Dès lors, je dois entrer en contact avec l'ennemi, et lui avec moi.
Mais comment? Qui avec qui? Un Grec avec un Barbare. Mais comment se parler et se comprendre? est-ce seul à seul?
Nous ignorons nos langues respectives. Il y a un interprète avec nous? Alors un tiers est témoin de ce qui doit être tenu secret.

8. Admetons encore cela, bien qu'il n'en ait rien été. Il fallait se donner et recevoir garantie l'un de l'autre. Qu'aurait bien pu être cette garantie?
Un serment? Qui aurait accepté de me faire confiance, à moi qui trahissait? Alors, des otages? Mais qui prendre?
J'aurais pu livrer mon frère (je n'avais personne d'autre), et le Barbare un de ses fils. Cela aurait constitué, de lui à moi,
une très sûre garanti; seulement, cela, vous l'auriez tous vu.

9. On pourra dire que nous avons constitué la garantie avec de l'argent: il me le donnait et je le recevais.
En ce cas, une faible quantité? Mais il n'est pas vraisemblable de recevoir peu d'argent en échange de pareils services.
Alors, beaucoup d'argent? Mais qui l'aurait coonvoyé? Comment un seul homme l'aurait-il transporté? ou même plusieurs?
si on avait été plusieurs à le transporter, il y aurait eu plusieurs témoins du complot,
et si c'est un seul qui a fait le transport, ce qu'il portait n'était pas bien lourd.

10. Le transport a-t-il eu lieu de jour ou de nuit? Les sentinelles sont nombreuses et raprochées et il es difficile de les éviter.
De jour, alors? La lumière est ennemie de ce genre de traffic. Mais soit! Dans ce cas, ou je suis sorti pour toucher la somme,
ou c'est lui qui est entré pour me l'apporter! Ces deux hypothèses sont aussi impossibles l'une que l'autre: une fois reçu l'argent,
 comment le cacher aux gens de chez moi et de l'extérieur? Où le mettre? Comment le surveiller? Si je m'en sers, je me démasque,
si je ne m'en sers pas, à quoi bon?

11. Mais admettons qu'ait eu lieu ce qui n'as pas eu lieu. Nous nous sommes rencontrés, nous avons parlé,
nous nous sommes compris, j'ai touché d'eux de l'argent, je l'ai rapporté en cachette, je l'ai dissimulé.
Il fallait quand même accomplir ce à quoi tendaient ces manœvres. Mais ceci est encore plus impracticable que ce qui précède.
Car si je le fais, je le fais seul ou avec d'autres? Mais ce n'est pas l'affaire d'un seul homme. C'est donc avec d'autres? Qui ça?
Il est clair que c'est avec des complices. Des hommes libre ou des esclaves? Mais les hommes libres, c'est vous, avec qui je suis.
Qui de vous, alors, était dans le secret? Qu'il le dise! et si ce sont des esclaves, n'est-ce pas incroyable?
Ces gens-là vous accussent spontanément pour retrouver la liberté, ou bien ils y sont forcés par la torture.

12. Et comment la chose se <serait>-elle faite? évidemment, il fallait introduire dans le camp des ennemis plus forts que vous.
Ce qui est impossible. Comment les aurais-je fait entrer? Est-ce par les portes? Mais il n'est en mon pouvoir ni de les fermer ni de les ouvrir,
il y a des gardes qui en sont maîtres. je leur aurais fait passer les remparts avec une échelle? <Mais j'aurais été pris sur le fait> : ils sont, partout,
couverts de sentinelles. Alors, j'aurais ouvert une brèche Tout le monte aurait pur la voir. C'est à découvert que se déroule la vie militaire
 (car il s'agit d'un camp), tout le monde y voit tout et tous sont vus de tous. Aussi m'était-il totalement impossible, et à tout point de vue, de mener à bien tout cela.

[..] 

30. Je pourrais affirmer – en l'affirmant je ne risquerais ni de mentir ni d'être réfuté – que non seulement pour le présent,
mais <aussi> pour l'avenir. Qui d'audre aurait pu permettre de vivre a une humanité dépourvue? Lui donner les ornemetns qui lui manquaient?
Car c'est moi qui ait inventé la tactique, meilleure arme à la guerre pour les victoires, et les lois écrites, gardiennes du droit; les autres, outil de la mémoire;
les mesures et les poids, si commodes pour les échanges et les transactions; l'arithmétique, gardienne des richesses;
les signaux lumineux, messagers sûrs et rapides
; le jeu d'échecs, si agréable passe-temps. Mais pourquoi vous ai-je rappelé tout cela?

31. C'est pour bien faire voir, que <si> j'ai prêté toute mon ingéniosité à toutes ces inventions,
c'est la preuve que je me tiens à l'écart de tout ce qui est honteux et mauvais. Quand on met toute
son ingéniosité dans de telles inventions, il est impossible qu'on la mette dans le mal. Et je pense,
puisque je vous ai en rien porté tort, qu'il n'y a pas de raison que je subisse de tort de votre part.


Wikipedia: Palamedes

In Greek mythology, Palamedes (Ancient GreekΠαλαμήδης) was the son of Nauplius and Clymene.
He joined the Greeks in the expedition against Troy. Pausanias in his Description of Greece (2.20.3) says that in Corinth is a Temple of Fortune in which Palamedes dedicated the dice that he had invented.

Expedition against Troy

After Paris took Helen to Troy, Agamemnon sent Palamedes to Ithaca to retrieve Odysseus, who had promised to defend the marriage of Helen and Menelaus. Odysseus did not want to honor his oath, so he pretended to be insane and plowed his fields with salt. Palamedes guessed what was happening and put Odysseus' son, Telemachus, in front of the plow. Odysseus stopped working and revealed his sanity.

Death

The ancient sources show differences in regards to the details of how Palamedes met his death. 
Odysseus never forgave Palamedes for ruining his attempt to stay out of the 
Trojan War. When Palamedes advised the Greeks to return home, Odysseus hid gold in his tent and wrote a fake letter purportedly from Priam. The letter was found and the Greeks accused him of being a traitor. Palamedes was stoned to death by Odysseus and Diomedes. According to other accounts the two warriors drowned him during a fishing expedition. Still another version relates that he was lured into a well in search of treasure, and then was crushed by stones. Although he is a major character in some accounts of the Trojan War, Palamedes is not mentioned in Homer's Iliad.

Additional information

Ovid discusses Palamedes' role in the Trojan War in the Metamorphoses. Palamedes' fate is described in Virgil's Aeneid. In the ApologyPlato describes Socrates as looking forward to speaking with Palamedes after death, and intimates in the Phaedrus that Palamedes authored a work on rhetoric. Euripides and many other dramatists have written dramas about his fate.
Hyginus
 revives an old account that Palamedes created eleven letters of the Greek alphabet:
The three 
Fates created the first five vowels of the alphabet and the letters B and T. It is said that Palamedes, son of Nauplius invented the remaining eleven consonants. Then Hermes reduced these sounds to characters, showing wedge shapes because cranes fly in wedge formation and then carried the system from Greece to Egypt*. This was the Pelasgian alphabet, which Cadmus had later brought to Boeotia, then Evander of Arcadia, a Pelasgian, introduced into Italy, where his mother, Carmenta, formed the familiar fifteen characters of the Latin alphabet. Other consonants have since been added to the Greek alphabet. Alpha was the first of eighteen letters, because alphe means honor, and alphainein is to invent.

Wikipedia: Defense of Palamedes

In the Defense of Palamedes Gorgias describes logos as a positive instrument for creating ethical arguments (McComiskey 38). The Defense, an oration that deals with issues of morality and political commitment (Consigny 38), defends Palamedes who, in Greek mythology, is credited with the invention of the alphabet, written laws, numbers, armor, and measures and weights (McComiskey 47).

In the speech Palamedes defends himself against the charge of treason. In Greek mythology, Odysseus – in order to avoid going to Troy with Agamemnon and Menelaus to bring Helen back to Sparta – pretended to have gone mad and began sowing the fields with salt. When Palamedes threw Odysseus' son, Telemachus, in front of the plow, Odysseus avoided him, demonstrating that he was sane. Odysseus, who never forgave Palamedes for making him reveal himself, later accused Palamedes of betraying the Greeks to the Trojans. Soon after, Palamedes was condemned and killed (Jarratt 58).

In this epideictic speech, like the Encomium, Gorgias is concerned with experimenting with how plausible arguments can cause conventional truths to be doubted (Jarratt 59). Throughout the text, Gorgias presents a method for composing logical (logos), ethical (ethos) and emotional (pathos) arguments from possibility, which are similar to those described by Aristotle in Rhetoric. These types of arguments about motive and capability presented in the Defense are later described by Aristotle as forensic topoi. Gorgias demonstrates that in order to prove that treason had been committed, a set of possible occurrences also need to be established. In the Defense these occurrences are as follows: communication between Palamedes and the enemy, exchange of a pledge in the form of hostages or money, and not being detected by guards or citizens. In his defense, Palamedes claims that a small sum of money would not have warranted such a large undertaking and reasons that a large sum of money, if indeed such a transaction had been made, would require the aid of many confederates in order for it to be transported. Palamedes reasons further that such an exchange could neither have occurred at night because the guards would be watching, nor in the day because everyone would be able to see. Palamedes continues, explaining that if the aforementioned conditions were, in fact, arranged then action would need to follow. Such action needed to take place either with or without confederates; however, if these confederates were free men then they were free to disclose any information they desired, but if they were slaves there was a risk of their voluntarily accusing to earn freedom, or accusing by force when tortured. Slaves, Palamedes says, are untrustworthy. Palamedes goes on to list a variety of possible motives, all of which he proves false.

Through the Defense Gorgias demonstrates that a motive requires an advantage such as status, wealth, honour, and security, and insists that Palamedes lacked a motive (McComiskey 47-49)


Encyclopaedia Britannica: Palamedes

Written by: The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica
Last updated: 2-13-2018 See Article History

Palamedes, in Greek legend, the son of Nauplius (king of Euboea) and Clymene and a hero of the Trojan War. Palamedes is a prominent figure in post-Homeric legends about the siege of Troy. Before the war, according to the lost epic Cypria, he exposed the trickery of Odysseus, who had feigned madness to avoid military service; by placing the infant Telemachus in the path of Odysseus’ plow in the field, he forced that king to admit his sanity.

During the siege of Troy, Palamedes alternated with two other Greek heroes, Odysseus and Diomedes, in guiding the army in the field, but his ability aroused their envy. In the Cypria the other two drowned Palamedes while fishing or persuaded him to seek treasure in a well, which they thereupon filled with stones. In various lost tragedies, Agamemnon, Diomedes, and Odysseus had an agent steal into his tent and conceal a letter that contained money and purported to come from King Priam of Troy. They then accused Palamedes of treasonable correspondence with the enemy, and he was stoned to death. His father, Nauplius, avenged him, first by visiting the homes of Greek leaders and encouraging their wives to commit adultery and, then when the men were at sea, burning a light to lead their ships onto dangerous rocks.

Palamedes had a reputation for sagacity, and the ancients attributed a number of inventions to him, including the alphabet, numbers, weights and measures, coinage, board games, and the practice of eating at regular intervals.

 


 

[1282α] ὁμοίως δὲ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἐμπειρίας καὶ τέχνας. ὥσπερ οὖν ἰατρὸν δεῖ διδόναι τὰς εὐθύνας ἐνἰατροῖς,
οὕτω καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις. ἰατρὸς δ᾽ ὅ τε δημιουργὰς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιτεκτονικὸς καὶ τρίτος ὁπεπαιδευμένος περὶ τὴν τέχνην εἰσὶ γάρ
[5] τινες τοιοῦτοι καὶ περὶ πάσας ὡς εἰπεῖν τὰς τέχνας: ἀποδίδομενδὲ τὸ κρίνειν οὐδὲν ἧττον τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις ἢ τοῖς εἰδόσιν.
ἔπειτα καὶ περὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν δόξειενἔχειν τρόπον. καὶ γὰρ τὸ ἑλέσθαι ὀρθῶς τῶν εἰδότων ἔργον ἐστίν,
οἷον γεωμέτρην τε τῶν γεωμετρικῶν καὶ [10]κυβερνήτην τῶν κυβερνητικῶν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ περὶ ἐνίων ἔργων καὶ τεχνῶν μετέχουσι καὶ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τινες, ἀλλ᾽οὔ τι τῶν εἰδότων γε μᾶλλον.
ὥστε κατὰ μὲν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον οὐκ ἂν εἴη τὸ πλῆθος ποιητέον κύριον οὔτε τῶνἀρχαιρεσιῶν οὔτε τῶν εὐθυνῶν. ἀλλ᾽ ἴσως οὐ πάντα ταῦτα λέγεται καλῶς
[15] διά τε τὸν πάλαι λόγον, ἂν ᾖ τὸπλῆθος μὴ λίαν ἀνδραποδῶδες ἔσται γὰρ ἕκαστος μὲν χείρων κριτὴς τῶν εἰδότων, ἅπαντες δὲ συνελθόντες ἢβελτίους ἢ οὐ χείρους,
καὶ ὅτι περὶ ἐνίων οὔτε μόνον ὁ ποιήσας οὔτ᾽ ἄριστ᾽ ἂν κρίνειεν, ὅσων τἆ ργαγινώσκουσι καὶ οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες τὴν τέχνην, οἷον
[20] οἰκίαν οὐ μόνον ἐστὶ γνῶναι τοῦ ποιήσαντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ βέλτιον ὁ χρώμενος αὐτῇ κρινεῖ χρῆται δ᾽ ὁ οἰκονόμος,
καὶ πηδάλιον κυβερνήτης τέκτονος, καὶ θοίνην ὁδαιτυμὼν ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ μάγειρος.

 

[1282a] [1] and that this is the case similarly with regard to the other arts and crafts. Hence just as a court of physicians must judge the work of a physician,
so also all other practitioners ought to be called to account before their fellows. But ‘physician’ means both the ordinary practitioner, and the master of the craft,
and thirdly, the man who has studied medicine as part of his general education
for in almost all the arts there are some such students, and we assign the right of judgement just as much to cultivated amateurs as to experts.
Further the same might be thought to hold good also of the election of officials, for to elect rightly is a task for experts—for example, it is for experts in the science
of mensuration to elect a land-surveyor and for experts in navigation to choose a pilot; for even though in some occupations and arts some laymen also
have a voice in appointments, yet they certainly do not have more voice than the experts.
Hence according to this argument the masses should not be put in control over either the election of magistrates or their audit. But perhaps this statement is not entirely correct,
both for the reason stated above,1 in case the populace is not of too slavish a character for although each individual separately will be a worse judge than the experts,
the whole of them assembled together will be better or at least as good judges, and also because about some things the man who made them would not be the only
nor the best judge, in the case of professionals whose products come within the knowledge of laymen also: [20] to judge a house, for instance,
does not belong only to the man who built it, but in fact the man who uses the house that is, the householder will be an even better judge of it,
and a steersman judges a rudder better than a carpenter, and the diner judges a banquet better than the cook.

[35] ἐπεὶ τό γε καλὸν ἐν πλήθει καὶ μεγέθει εἴωθε γίνεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ἔστι τι καὶ πόλεως μεγέθους μέτρον, 
ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πάντων, ζῴων φυτῶν ὀργάνων:
καὶ γὰρ τούτων ἕκαστον οὔτε λίανμικρὸν οὔτε κατὰ μέγεθος 
ὑπερβάλλον ἕξει τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁτὲ μὲν ὅλως ἐστερημένον ἔσται τῆς φύσεως ὁτὲ 

[40] δὲφαύλως ἔχον, οἷον πλοῖον σπιθαμιαῖον
μὲν οὐκ ἔσται πλοῖον ὅλως, οὐδὲ δυοῖν σταδίοιν, εἰς δὲ τὶ μέγεθος ἐλθὸν

[1326β] ὁτὲ μὲν διὰ σμικρότητα φαύλην ποιήσει τὴν ναυτιλίαν, ὁτὲ δὲ διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολήν: 
ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ πόλις ἡ μὲν ἐξ ὀλίγωνλίαν οὐκ αὐτάρκης ἡ δὲ πόλις αὔταρκες, 
ἡ δὲ ἐκ πολλῶν ἄγαν ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις αὐτάρκης ὥσπερ δ᾽ ἔθνος, ἀλλ᾽ 

[5] οὐπόλις: πολιτείαν γὰρ οὐ ῥᾴδιον ὑπάρχειν: τίς γὰρ στρατηγὸς ἔσται τοῦ λίαν ὑπερβάλλοντος πλήθους, 
ἢ τίς κῆρυξ μὴ Στεντόρειος; διὸ πρώτην μὲν εἶναι πόλιν ἀναγκαῖον
 τὴν ἐκ τοσούτου πλήθους ὃ πρῶτον πλῆθος αὔταρκες πρὸς
τὸ εὖ ζῆν ἐστικατὰ τὴν πολιτικὴν κοινωνίαν: ἐνδέχεται δὲ καὶ τὴν 

[10] ταύτης ὑπερβάλλουσαν κατὰ πλῆθος εἶναι μείζω πόλιν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτ᾽οὐκ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ εἴπομεν, 
ἀόριστον. τίς δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὁ τῆς ὑπερβολῆς ὅρος, ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἰδεῖν ῥᾴδιον. εἰσὶ γὰρ αἱ πράξεις τῆς πόλεως 
τῶν μὲν ἀρχόντων τῶν δ᾽ ἀρχομένων, ἄρχοντος δ᾽ ἐπίταξις καὶ κρίσις ἔργον: πρὸς δὲ τὸ κρίνειν 

[15] περὶ τῶν δικαίωνκαὶ πρὸς τὸ τὰς ἀρχὰς διανέμειν
κατ᾽ ἀξίαν ἀναγκαῖον γνωρίζειν ἀλλήλους, 
ποῖοί τινές εἰσι, τοὺς πολίτας, ὡς ὅπου τοῦτο μὴσυμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι, φαύλως ἀνάγκη γίγνεσθαι 
τὰ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς κρίσεις. περὶ ἀμφότερα
γὰρ οὐ δίκαιοναὐτοσχεδιάζειν, ὅπερ ἐν 

[20] τῇ πολυανθρωπίᾳ τῇ λίαν ὑπάρχει φανερῶς. ἔτι δὲ ξένοις
καὶ μετοίκοις ῥᾴδιον μεταλαμβάνειν τῆς πολιτείας: 
οὐ γὰρ χαλεπὸν τὸ λανθάνειν διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τοῦ πλήθους. 
δῆλον τοίνυν ὡς οὗτός ἐστι πόλεως ὅρος ἄριστος,
ἡμεγίστη τοῦ πλήθους ὑπερβολὴ πρὸς αὐτάρκειαν ζωῆς εὐσύνοπτος. περὶ 

[25] μὲν οὖν μεγέθους πόλεως διωρίσθω τὸν τρόποντοῦτον.

Hence that state also must necessarily be the most beautiful with whose magnitude is combined the above-mentioned limiting principle; 
for certainly beauty is usually found in number and magnitude, but there is a
due measure of magnitude for a city-state as there also is for all other things
—animals, plants, tools; each of these if too small or excessively large will not possess its own proper efficiency, 
but in some cases will have entirely lost its true nature and in others will be in a defective condition: for instance, 
a ship a span long will not be a ship at all, nor will a ship a quarter of a mile long, and even when it reaches a certain size, 
[1326b] [1] in some cases smallness and in others excessive largeness will make it sail badly. 

Similarly a state consisting of too few people will not be self-sufficing which is an essential quality of a state), 
and one consisting of too many, though self-sufficing in the mere necessaries, will be so in the way in which a nation is,
 and not as a state, since it will not be easy for it to possess constitutional government—
for who will command its over-swollen multitude in war? 
or who will serve as its herald, unless he have the lungs of a Stentor? 
It follows that the lowest limit for the existence of a state is when it consists of a population 
that reaches the minimum number that is self-sufficient for the purpose of living
the good life after the manner of a political community. 
It is possible also for one that exceeds this one in number to be a greater state,
 but, as we said, this possibility of increase is not without limit, 
and what the limit of the state's expansion is can easily be seen from practical considerations.

(transl. H. Rackham)

cf. Siam Lewis: News and Society in the Greek Polis. London, 1996, p. 12-13 (See below)


Book 1,2,1

[1] ἔστω δὴ ἡ ῥητορικὴ δύναμις περὶ ἕκαστον τοῦ θεωρῆσαι τὸ ἐνδεχόμενον πιθανόν.
τοῦτο γὰρ οὐδεμιᾶς ἑτέραςἐστὶ τέχνης ἔργον:
τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων ἑκάστη περὶ τὸ αὑτῇ ὑποκείμενόν ἐστιν διδασκαλικὴ καὶ πειστική,
 οἷονἰατρικὴ περὶ ὑγιεινῶν καὶ νοσερῶν, καὶ γεωμετρία περὶ τὰ συμβεβηκότα 
πάθη τοῖς μεγέθεσι, καὶ ἀριθμητικὴ περὶ ἀριθμῶν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν:
ἡ δὲῥητορικὴ περὶ τοῦ δοθέντος ὡς εἰπεῖν δοκεῖ δύνασθαι θεωρεῖν τὸ πιθανόν,
διὸ καί φαμεν αὐτὴν οὐ περί τι γένοςἴδιον ἀφωρισμένον ἔχειν τὸ τεχνικόν. 

[1] Rhetoric then may be defined as the faculty of discovering the possible means of persuasion
in reference to any subject whatever. This is the function of no other of the arts, each of which
 is able to instruct and persuade in its own special subject; thus, medicine deals with health and sickness,
geometry with the properties of magnitudes, arithmetic with number, and similarly with all the other arts and sciences.
But Rhetoric, so to say, appears to be able to discover the means of persuasion in reference to any given subject.
That is why we say that as an art its rules are not applied to any particular definite class of things.


Book 1,2,3

τῶν δὲ διὰ τοῦ λόγου ποριζομένων πίστεων τρία εἴδη ἔστιν:
αἱ μὲν γάρ εἰσιν ἐν τῷ ἤθει τοῦ λέγοντος,
αἱ δὲ ἐν τῷτὸν ἀκροατὴν διαθεῖναί πως,
αἱ δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ λόγῳ διὰ τοῦ δεικνύναι ἢ φαίνεσθαι δεικνύναι.

[3] Now the proofs furnished by the speech are of three kinds.
The first depends upon the moral character of the speaker,
the second upon putting the hearer into a certain frame of mind,
the third upon the speech itself, in so far as it proves or seems to prove.


Book 2, 18

[20] καὶ τοῖς ἐπιχαίρουσι ταῖς ἀτυχίαις καὶ ὅλως εὐθυμουμένοις ἐν ταῖς αὐτῶν ἀτυχίαις:
ἢ γὰρ ἐχθροῦ ἢὀλιγωροῦντος σημεῖον. καὶ τοῖς μὴ φροντίζουσιν ἐὰν λυπήσωσιν: 
διὸ καὶ τοῖς κακὰ ἀγγέλλουσιν ὀργίζονται.

[20] And they are angry with those who rejoice, or in a general way are cheerful
when they are unfortunate; for this is an indication of enmity or slight.
And with those who do not care if they pain them;
whence they are angry with those who bring bad news.


Aeschylos, Persians 253

Ἄγγελος

ὦ γῆς ἁπάσης Ἀσιάδος πολίσματα, 
250ὦ Περσὶς αἶα καὶ πολὺς πλούτου λιμήν, 
ὡς ἐν μιᾷ πληγῇ κατέφθαρται πολὺς 
ὄλβος, τὸ Περσῶν δ᾽ ἄνθος οἴχεται πεσόν. 
ὤμοι, κακὸν μὲν πρῶτον ἀγγέλλειν κακά: 
ὅμως δ᾽ ἀνάγκη πᾶν ἀναπτύξαι πάθος, 
255Πέρσαι: στρατὸς γὰρ πᾶς ὄλωλε βαρβάρων.

Messenger

O cities of all the land of Asia, [250] O realm of Persia,
and bounteous haven of wealth, at a single stroke all your
plenteous prosperity has been shattered, and the flower
of the Persians has fallen and perished!
Ah, it is a terrible task to be the first to deliver news of disaster.
And yet, Persians, I must relate the entirety of the calamity [255]
—the whole barbarian host is lost.


Sophocles: Antigone 277

Φύλαξ

οὐκ οἶδ᾽: ἐκεῖ γὰρ οὔτε του γενῇδος ἦν 
250πλῆγμ᾽, οὐ δικέλλης ἐκβολή. στύφλος δὲ γῆ 
καὶ χέρσος, ἀρρὼξ οὐδ᾽ ἐπημαξευμένη 
τροχοῖσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἄσημος οὑργάτης τις ἦν. 
ὅπως δ᾽ ὁ πρῶτος ἡμὶν ἡμεροσκόπος 
δείκνυσι, πᾶσι θαῦμα δυσχερὲς παρῆν. 
255ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἠφάνιστο, τυμβήρης μὲν οὔ, 
λεπτὴ δ᾽, ἄγος φεύγοντος ὥς, ἐπῆν κόνις 
σημεῖα δ᾽ οὔτε θηρὸς οὔτε του κυνῶν 
ἐλθόντος, οὐ σπάσαντος ἐξεφαίνετο. 
λόγοι δ᾽ ἐν ἀλλήλοισιν ἐρρόθουν κακοί, 
260φύλαξ ἐλέγχων φύλακα, κἂν ἐγίγνετο 
πληγὴ τελευτῶσ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ὁ κωλύσων παρῆν. 
εἷς γάρ τις ἦν ἕκαστος οὑξειργασμένος, 
κοὐδεὶς ἐναργής, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευγε μὴ εἰδέναι. 
ἦμεν δ᾽ ἑτοῖμοι καὶ μύδρους αἴρειν χεροῖν 
265καὶ πῦρ διέρπειν καὶ θεοὺς ὁρκωμοτεῖν, 
τὸ μήτε δρᾶσαι μήτε τῳ ξυνειδέναι 
τὸ πρᾶγμα βουλεύσαντι μηδ᾽ εἰργασμένῳ. 
τέλος δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ οὐδὲν ἦν ἐρευνῶσιν πλέον, 
λέγει τις εἷς, ὃ πάντας ἐς πέδον κάρα 
270νεῦσαι φόβῳ προὔτρεψεν: οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν 
οὔτ᾽ ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ᾽ ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς 
πράξαιμεν. ἦν δ᾽ ὁ μῦθος ὡς ἀνοιστέον 
σοὶ τοὔργον εἴη τοῦτο κοὐχὶ κρυπτέον. 
καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐνίκα, κἀμὲ τὸν δυσδαίμονα 
275πάλος καθαιρεῖ τοῦτο τἀγαθὸν λαβεῖν. 
πάρειμι δ᾽ ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ᾽ ὅτι: 
στέργει γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἄγγελον κακῶν ἐπῶν


Guard

I do not know. For there was no scar of a pickax to be seen there,
[250] no earth thrown up by a mattock. The ground was hard and dry,
 unbroken, not rolled over by wheels. The doer was someone who left no trace.
When the first day-watchman showed it to us, a discomforting amazement fell on us all.
[255] The dead man was veiled from us—not shut within a tomb, but a light cover of dust
was on him, as if put there by the hand of one who shunned a curse.
And no sign was visible that any beast of prey or any dog had approached or torn him.
Then evil words flew thick and loud among us, [260] guard accusing guard.
 It would even have come to blows in the end, nor was there anyone there to prevent it:
every man was the culprit, and no one was plainly guilty, while all disclaimed knowledge of the act.
We were ready to take red-hot iron in our hands, [265] to walk through fire and to swear oaths
by the gods that we had neither done the deed, nor shared knowledge of the planning or the doing.
At last, when our investigating got us nowhere, someone spoke up and made us all bend our faces
[270] in fear towards the earth. For we did not know how we could argue with him, nor yet prosper,
if we did what he said. His argument was that the deed must be reported to you and not hidden.
This view prevailed, and so it was that [275] the lot doomed miserable me to win this prize.
So here I stand, as unwelcome to you as I am unwilling, I well know.
For no man delights in the bearer of bad news.



ARISTOTLE: POETICS


 

1448a

 

ἔτι δὲ τούτων τρίτη διαφορὰ τὸ ὡς ἕκαστα τούτων [20] μιμήσαιτο ἄν τις. καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ μιμεῖσθαι ἔστιν
ὁτὲ μὲν ἀπαγγέλλοντα, ἢ ἕτερόν τι γιγνόμενον ὥσπερ Ὅμηρος ποιεῖ ἢ ὡς τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ μεταβάλλοντα,
ἢ πάντας ὡς πράττοντας καὶ ἐνεργοῦντας †τοὺς μιμουμένους†. ἐν τρισὶ δὴ ταύταις διαφοραῖς ἡ μίμησίς ἐστιν,
[25] ὡς εἴπομεν κατ᾽ ἀρχάς, ἐνοἷς τε <καὶ ἃ> καὶ ὥς.

A third difference in these arts is the manner in which one may represent each of these objects. [20]
For in representing the same objects by the same means it is possible to proceed either partly by narrative
and partly by assuming a character other than your own—this is Homer's method—or by remaining yourself
without any such change, or else to represent the characters as carrying out the whole action themselves.

 

1449b

 

περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἐν ἑξαμέτροις μιμητικῆς καὶ περὶ κωμῳδίας ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν:
περὶ δὲ τραγῳδίας λέγωμεν ἀναλαβόντες αὐτῆςἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων τὸν γινόμενον ὅρον τῆς οὐσίας.
 ἔστιν οὖν τραγῳδία μίμησις πράξεως σπουδαίας [25] καὶ τελείας μέγεθοςἐχούσης,
ἡδυσμένῳ λόγῳ χωρὶς ἑκάστῳ τῶν εἰδῶν ἐν τοῖς μορίοις,
 δρώντων καὶ οὐ δι᾽ ἀπαγγελίας, δι᾽ ἐλέου καὶ φόβουπεραίνουσα τὴν τῶν τοιούτων παθημάτων κάθαρσιν.
λέγω δὲ ἡδυσμένον μὲν λόγον τὸν ἔχοντα ῥυθμὸν καὶ ἁρμονίαν [καὶμέλος], τὸ δὲ χωρὶς τοῖς
[30] εἴδεσι τὸ διὰ μέτρων ἔνια μόνον περαίνεσθαι καὶ πάλιν ἕτερα διὰ μέλους.

ἐπεὶ δὲ πράττοντες ποιοῦνται τὴν μίμησιν, πρῶτον μὲν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἂν εἴη τι μόριον τραγῳδίας ὁ τῆς ὄψεως κόσμος:
εἶταμελοποιία καὶ λέξις, ἐν τούτοις γὰρ ποιοῦνται τὴν μίμησιν. λέγω δὲ λέξιν μὲν αὐτὴν τὴν τῶν
[35] μέτρων σύνθεσιν, μελοποιίανδὲ ὃ τὴν δύναμιν φανερὰν ἔχει πᾶσαν. ἐπεὶ δὲ πράξεώς ἐστι μίμησις,
πράττεται δὲ ὑπὸ τινῶν πραττόντων, οὓς ἀνάγκη ποιούςτινας εἶναι κατά τε τὸ ἦθος καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν
διὰ γὰρ τούτων καὶ τὰς πράξεις εἶναί φαμεν ποιάς τινας,

 

1449b

[20] With the representation of life in hexameter verse5 and with comedy we will deal later.
We must now treat of tragedy after first gathering up the definition of its nature which results
from what we have said already.

Tragedy is, then, a representation of an action6 that is heroic
and complete and of a certain magnitude—by means of language enriched with all kinds of ornament,
each used separately in the different parts of the play: it represents men in action and does not use narrative,
and through pity and fear it effects relief to these and similar emotions.
7

By "language enriched"
 I mean that which has rhythm and tune, i.e., song, and by "the kinds separately"
I mean that some effects are produced by verse alone and some again by song.

Since the representation is performed by living persons, it follows at once that one essential part of a tragedy
is the spectacular effect, and, besides that, song-making and diction. For these are the means of the representation.
By "diction" I mean here the metrical arrangement of the words; and "song making" I use in the full,
obvious sense of the word. And since tragedy represents action and is acted by living persons, who must of necessity
have certain qualities of character and thought—for it is these which determine the quality of an action;

 




DEMOSTHENES: ON THE FALSE EMBASSY


[5] τί δήποτε τούτων; ὅτι ἐκ μὲν τῶν ἀπαγγελιῶν τὸ βουλεύσασθαι
 περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν ἐστίν: ἂν μὲν οὖνὦσιν ἀληθεῖς,
τὰ δέοντ᾽ ἔγνωτε, ἂν δὲ μὴ τοιαῦται, τἀναντία. τὰς δὲ συμβουλίας πιστοτέρας
ὑπολαμβάνετ᾽εἶναι τὰς τῶν πρέσβεων: ὡς γὰρ εἰδότων περὶ ὧν ἐπέμφθησαν ἀκούετε:
οὐδὲν οὖν ἐξελέγχεσθαι δίκαιός ἐστιν ὁ πρεσβευτὴς φαῦλον οὐδ᾽ ἀσύμφορον ὑμῖν συμβεβουλευκώς.

[5] And why is he responsible in these respects? Because on his report must depend your discussion of the situation:
 if his report is true, your decision is a right one: if otherwise, it is the reverse.
Again, you regard the counsels of ambassadors as especially trustworthy.
You listen to them in the belief that they have personal knowledge of the matter
with which they were sent to deal. Never, therefore, ought an ambassador
to be convicted of having given you any worthless or pernicious advice.


[82] μὴ δὴ ταῦτα λέγειν αὐτὸν ἐᾶτε, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς οὐκ ἀπολώλασι Φωκεῖς δεικνύναι,
ἢ ὡς οὐχ ὑπέσχετο σώσειναὐτοὺς Φίλιππον. τοῦτο γάρ εἰσι πρεσβείας εὔθυναι,
τί πέπρακται;
τί ἀπήγγειλας;
εἰ μὲν ἀληθῆ, σῴζου: εἰ δὲ ψευδῆ, δίκην δός.
εἰ δὲ μὴ πάρεισι Φωκεῖς, τί τοῦτο; οὕτω γὰρ διέθηκας αὐτούς, οἶμαι,
τὸ μέρος σύ, ὥστε μήτετοῖς φίλοις βοηθεῖν μήτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἀμύνεσθαι δύνασθαι.

[82] Do not, then, suffer him to urge such a plea. Make him prove to you that the Phocians are not ruined,
or that he did not promise that Philip would save them.
For the questions upon which the examination of an ambassador turns are these:
'What have you effected?
What have you reported?
If the report is true, you may be acquitted; if it is false, you must pay the penal.
How can you plead the non- appearance of the Phocians, when it was you yourself,
I fancy, that brought them, so far as it lay in your power, into such a condition
that they could neither help their friends nor repel their enemies.

(Transl. A.W. Pickard)





[169]
ἑσπέρα μὲν γὰρ ἦν, ἧκε δ᾽ ἀγγέλλων τις ὡς τοὺς πρυτάνεις ὡς Ἐλάτεια κατείληπται. καὶ μετὰ ταῦθ᾽ οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς ἐξαναστάντες μεταξὺ δειπνοῦντες τούς τ᾽ ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐξεῖργον καὶ τὰ γέρρ᾽ ἐνεπίμπρασαν, οἱ δὲ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς μετεπέμποντο καὶ τὸν σαλπικτὴν ἐκάλουν: καὶ θορύβου πλήρης ἦν ἡ πόλις. τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ, ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οἱ μὲν πρυτάνεις τὴν βουλὴν ἐκάλουν εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον, ὑμεῖς δ᾽ εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπορεύεσθε, καὶ πρὶν ἐκείνην χρηματίσαι καὶ προβουλεῦσαι πᾶς ὁ δῆμος ἄνω καθῆτο.

[169]
Evening had already fallen when a messenger arrived bringing to the presiding councillors1 the news that Elatea had been taken. They were sitting at supper, but they instantly rose from table, cleared the booths in the marketplace of their occupants, and unfolded the hurdles,2 while others summoned the commanders and ordered the attendance of the trumpeter. The commotion spread through the whole city. At daybreak on the morrow the presidents summoned the Council to the Council House, and the citizens flocked to the place of assembly. Before the Council could introduce the business and prepare the agenda, the whole body of citizens had taken their places on the hill.

1 presiding councillors: the fifty representatives on the Council of that one of the ten tribes within whose term of administrative duty the meeting fell.
2 unfolded the hurdles: they were tied together hinge-wise, and, when unfolded, formed barriers, either to keep out strangers (Dem. 59.90) or to block streets leading from the marketplace elsewhere than to the Pnyx, where the assembly met (Schol. on Aristoph. Ach. 22). Unfolded is a conjectural reading derived from the scholium cited; but no satisfactory explanation is forthcoming of the reading of all MSS., set fire to the hurdles.


[170] καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὡς ἦλθεν ἡ βουλὴ καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν οἱ πρυτάνεις τὰ προσηγγελμέν᾽ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τὸν ἥκοντα παρήγαγον κἀκεῖνος εἶπεν, ἠρώτα μὲν ὁ κῆρυξ ‘τίς ἀγορεύειν βούλεται’ παρῄει δ᾽ οὐδείς.
πολλάκις δὲ τοῦ κήρυκος ἐρωτῶντος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀνίστατ᾽ οὐδείς, ἁπάντων μὲν τῶν στρατηγῶν παρόντων, ἁπάντων δὲ τῶν ῥητόρων, καλούσης δὲ τῆς κοινῆς τῆς πατρίδος φωνῆς τὸν ἐροῦνθ᾽ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας: ἣν γὰρ ὁ κῆρυξ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους φωνὴν ἀφίησι, ταύτην κοινὴν τῆς πατρίδος δίκαιον ἡγεῖσθαι.

[170] The Council arrived, the presiding Councillors formally reported the intelligence they had received, and the courier was introduced. As soon as he had told his tale, the marshal put the question, Who wishes to speak? No one came forward. The marshal repeated his question again and again, but still no one rose to speak, although all the commanders were there, and all the orators, and although the country with her civic voice was calling for the man who should speak for her salvation; for we may justly regard the voice, which the crier raises as the laws direct, as the civic voice of our country.

(Transl. William Watson Goodwin)



[2, 12]
ἅπαντας γὰρ ὑμᾶς οἶμαι τοῦτό γε αὐτοὺς1 μνημονεύειν, ὅθ᾽ οἱ πρέσβεις οἱ τῶν Εὐβοέων, ἐπειδὴ περὶ τῆς πρὸς αὑτοὺς εἰρήνης τῷ δήμῳ διελέχθησαν, εἶπον, ὅτι καὶ Φίλιππος αὐτοὺς κελεύσειεν ὑμῖν ἀπαγγεῖλαι ὅτι βούλεται διαλύσασθαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ εἰρήνην2 ἄγειν. οὐ πολλῷ δ᾽ ὕστερον χρόνῳ Φρύνων ὁ Ῥαμνούσιος ἑάλω ὑπὸ λῃστῶν ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς ταῖς Ὀλυμπιακαῖς, ὡς αὐτὸς ᾐτιᾶτο: ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ ἐπανῆλθε δεῦρο λυτρωθείς, ἐδεῖτο ὑμῶν πρεσβευτὴν αὑτῷ πρὸς Φίλιππον ἑλέσθαι, ἵνα, εἴ πως δύναιτο, ἀπολάβοι τὰ λύτρα. πεισθέντες δ᾽ ὑμεῖς εἵλεσθ᾽ αὐτῷ Κτησιφῶντα πρεσβευτήν.


There is one thing, at any rate, which I think you all yourselves remember: how the ambassadors from Euboea, after they had discussed with our assembly the question of our making peace with them, told us that Philip also had asked them to report to you that he wished to come to terms and be at peace with you. Not long after this, Phrynon of Rhamnus was captured by privateers, during the Olympian truce, according to his own complaint.1 Now when he had been ransomed and had come home, he asked you to choose an envoy to go to Philip in his behalf, in order that, if possible, he might recover his ransom money. You were persuaded, and chose Ctesiphon as envoy for him.

1 Shortly before the time for the Olympic festival in each quadrennium, heralds were sent out by the Elean state to carry to all Greeks the invitation to the festival and to proclaim a sacred truce between all warring Greek states. Phrynon claimed that Macedonian pirates had violated this truce.


ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπανῆκε δεῦρ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς πρεσβείας ὁ Κτησιφῶν, ἀπήγγειλε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐπέμφθη, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις, ὅτι φαίη Φίλιππος ἄκων μὲν πολεμῆσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, βούλεσθαι δὲ καὶ νῦν ἀπαλλαγῆναι τοῦ πολέμου. εἰπόντος δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ Κτησιφῶντος, καὶ πολλήν τινα ἐξαγγείλαντος πρὸς τούτοις φιλανθρωπίαν, καὶ τοῦ δήμου σφόδρα ἀποδεξαμένου καὶ τὸν Κτησιφῶντα ἐπαινέσαντος, ἀντειπόντος δ᾽ οὐδενός, ἐνταῦθα ἤδη δίδωσι ψήφισμα Φιλοκράτης ὁ Ἁγνούσιος, καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἅπας ὁμογνωμονῶν ἐχειροτόνησεν, ἐξεῖναι Φιλίππῳ δεῦρο κήρυκα1 καὶ πρέσβεις πέμπειν ὑπὲρ εἰρήνης. πρότερον μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτ᾽ ἐκωλύετο ὑπό τινων, οἷς ἦν τοῦτ᾽ ἐπιμελές, ὡς αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἔδειξεν.

When Ctesiphon returned from his mission, he first reported to you on the matters for which he was sent, and then in addition he said that Philip declared that he had gone to war with you against his own will, and that he wished, even now, to be rid of the war. When Ctesiphon had said this and had also told of the marked kindness of his reception, the people eagerly accepted his report and passed a vote of praise for Ctesiphon. Not a voice was raised in opposition. Then it was, and not till then, that Philocrates of Hagnus offered a motion, which was passed by unanimous vote of the people that Philip be allowed to send to us a herald and ambassadors to treat for peace. For up to this time even that had been prevented by certain men who made it their business to do so, as the event itself proved.

γράφονται γὰρ οὗτοι παρανόμων τὸ ψήφισμα, Λυκῖνον ἐπὶ τὴν γραφὴν ἐπιγραψάμενοι, καὶ τίμημα ἑκατὸν τάλαντα. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ εἰσῄει ἡ γραφὴ εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον, ἀρρώστως δ᾽ ἔχων ὁ Φιλοκράτης ἐκάλεσεν αὑτῷ συνήγορον Δημοσθένην, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐμέ. παρελθὼν δ᾽ ὁ μισοφίλιππος Δημοσθένης, κατέτριψε τὴν ἡμέραν ἀπολογούμενος: καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον ἀποφεύγει φεύγει Φιλοκράτης, ὁ δὲ γραψάμενος τὸ πέμπτον μέρος τῶν ψήφων οὐ μεταλαμβάνει. καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑμεῖς ἅπαντες ἴστε.

for they attacked the motion as unconstitutional,1 subscribing the name of Lycinus to the indictment, in which they proposed a penalty of one hundred talents. When the case came to trial Philocrates was ill, and called as his advocate Demosthenes, not me. And Demosthenes the Philip-hater came to the platform and used up the day in his plea for the defence. Finally Philocrates acquitted, and the prosecutor failed to receive the fifth part of the votes.2 This is matter of common knowledge.
1 On the indictment for proposing an unconstitutional measure, see Aeschin. 3, Introduction.

2 A prosecutor who failed to receive one-fifth part of the votes of the jury was subject to a fine of 1,000 drachmas and disability to bring such a suit in the future.


(transl. Charles Darwin Adams)




III. Information Science as a Hermeneutic-rhetorical Discipline

In his Rhetoric [Rhet. 1358 b] Aristotle distinguishes three kinds of speech: 
- deliberative speech (genos symbouleutikon): concerns arguments for or against someone or something, and is related to future actions.   
- juridical speech (genos dikanikon): concerns charge or defence, and is related to past events.  
- laudatory speech (genos epideiktikon): concerns praise and blame and is mainly related to present situations. 

Aristotle connects rhetoric not only to other linguistic-methodological disciplines such as logic, dialectic and topic, but also with ethics and politics. 

This classical division of rhetoric embraces, in other words [Schlüter, 1978, pp. 22-26], three objectives including their corresponding human capabilities: 

- to teach/to inform (docere, informare): concerns reason  
- to influence/to move (movere): concerns the will (and the feelings)  
- to please (delectare): concerns (sensory and sensual) perception 

The characteristics of good speech (arete tes lexeos) are: 

- unambiguity (saphe/claritas): the use of clear expressions  
- commonness (to hellenizein/latinitas): the use of common expressions  
- adequation (to prepon/proprietas): the use of adequate expressions 

In the case of informative (and deliberative) speech these characteristics can be achieved with different kinds of figures: argumentative figures (such as: examples, comparisons, detailed explanations, prima facie-judgements, definitions), composition figures (such as anticipations and looking back), and lexical figures (such as: paradoxes, irony, puns, litotes). 

It is easy to see that the negative forms of the informative speech, to which Schrader refers, cannot be considered as an essential part of information science as long as such a science is not seen as a sub-discipline of rhetoric. The crucial point underlying the hermeneutic-rhetorical paradigm of information science is neither the analogy of information as something physical nor the representation of reality within an inner sphere, but the recognition of the interwovenness of information and misinformation as an existential dimension, i.e., as a specific human way of sharing with others the world openness. Information and misinformation are, in some way, pseudonyms, i.e. ,they are abbreviations for experiences such as "lies, propaganda, misrepresentation, gossip, delusion, hallucination, illusion, mistake, concealment, distortion, embellishment, innuendo, deception" (Schrader) on the one hand, and of telling the truth, communicating publicly our convictions and ideas, looking for adaequate approaches to all kinds of phenomena, hearing to what others have to say, letting our phantasy create new possibilities of being, developing our sense of reality, cultivating critical thinking, as well as other capacities such as righteousness, openness, frankness, clarity, helpfulness, and truthfulness, on the other. 

By grasping information and misinformation as a dimension of human existence, I am suggesting a distinction with regard to other uses of these terms. This anthropologic (or ontologic) distinction does not imply an anthropocentric view. It criticizes a worldless subjectivity representing the things of the outside world in an encapsulated mind. To exist means, for human beings, to be thrown into a field of possibilities with the capacity of conceiving and misconceiving not only our own (technological) projects, but also the nature of things that bring themselves forth. 

One fundamental reason for the interwovenness of information and misinformation is precisely the finite structure of human existence, our facticity or thrownness (Heidegger's "Geworfenheit").  Science remains fallible and all the information we are supposed to store, retrieve etc. is to be understood within a possible breakdown situation (Winograd and  Flores 1986). According to the classical physical paradigm these situations should be avoided in order to get relevant results.  For the hermeneutic-rhetorical approach they are a basis for users constructions. 

The rhetorical distinctions do not intend to separate informative (and deliberative) speech from the other forms of speech nor to isolate all of them from ethics and politics. In order to see these connections, for instance between informative, persuasive and pleasant speech in our field, we have but to recall questions of data security and copyright, or the persuasive efforts of a host marketing division or, finally, the efforts to create user-friendly systems. The ideology of a pure informative speech rests upon the disregarding of its rhetorical roots. Many of our so-called information systems are remnants of a pre-pragmatic, utopian view of an ideal language, although or, more precisely, because our field has been considering itself as a practical one, i.e., as one which does not need a theory. 

With regard to the formal-methodological questions to be studied against a rhetorical background, we are particularly committed in our field  to considering the technological or artificial possibilities of the informative speech. Aristotle distinguishes between non-artificial (atechnoi) and artificial (entechnoi) means  of persuading (pisteis), the first ones being the given ones ("such as witnesses, tortures, documents"), whereas the second are the ones to be produced by the speaker and to be analyzed theoretically by rhetoric (Rhet. 1355 b). Information science, as a sub-discipline of rhetoric, studies the different forms of handling artificially i.e., technologically, shared knowledge. But such handling is, as in the case of other forms of rhetoric, not just a formal-methodological question, completely independent from ethical and political dimensions. Rhetoric and topic play a basic role in the construction of hypertext databases. For, as Wallmannsberger remarks [1990], non-linearity and associativity imply a conception of human knowledge, where analogy and probability are the key aspects. Contrary to the idea of information as a decontextualized or situation-independent sphere, a hermeneutic and rhetorical view stresses the contextuality (including cultural, aesthetic, ethical, and political dimensions) of meaning. The pragmatic turn in philosophy, as carried out by hermeneutics and Wittgenstein's Philosophical Investigations, has decisive implications for our field. Hypertext and hypermedia as well as other kinds of intelligent databases and systems, can be called intelligent as far as they take into consideration dialectical, topical and rhetorical figures. On the background of rhetoric it is also possible to thematize the connections of these technological mediations to ethics and politics. 

The question: What is information science for? is a rhetorical question in the sense that information science, conceived as a sub-discipline of rhetoric, implies a double-bind methodology. It must accomplish a self-reflection in a formal-interpretative as well as in a cultural-historical way. It has to resist the temptation to become just a technical heuristics or a metadiscipline embracing ethics and politics. As a sub-discipline of rhetoric it belongs to other deliberative techniques. As one part of them it is different from juridical and literary forms of speech, but it certainly implies aspects of persuasion and pleasure. This relationship between rhetoric and aesthetics within information science needs to be more strongly emphasized than I am doing it here. It does not only imply the user-friendliness or the ergonomic design of information systems, i.e., the alliance between information science and information design, as Orna and Stevens remark [1991], but also takes into consideration, much more basically, the bodily or aesthetic (Greek: aisthesis = perception) dimension of human existence. We should study how information technologies influence the bodily possibilities of the users. We need, in other words, an information science aesthetics closely related to an information science ethics i.e., to a critical analysis of the ways in which power structures are imposed on the (bodies of the) users or, viceversa, to become aware of the situations and conditions in which information technology becomes, individually and socially, an open field of self creation. One way of doing this is, as Frohmann proposed [1991], through discourse analysis. Information science is a hermeneutic science just because there is no definite separation between information and misinformation. Information science is the science of information and misinformation.

We are concerned, as Popper suggested [1973], with problems and not with subject fields precisely because problems always arise within changing (cultural and historical) horizons or fields (!) of expectations. These terms belong, by the way, to the same geographical metaphor (pro-blem = to throw before).

The linear model of human knowledge and action from "facts" to "decisions", suggested by Hayes [1991], is an idealized description of human understanding, which must take decisions in order to establish facts, thus being involved in a hermeneutic, i.e., not only intellectual, but also pragmatical circle. 

The question 'what is information for?' leads to the question 'what is information science for?' since information science, conceived as a hermeneutic-rhetorical discipline, studies the con-textual pragmatical dimensions within which knwoledge is shared positively as information and negatively as misinformation particularly through technical forms of communication. These are not just an instrument but a "way of being" [Winograd and Flores 1986]. This conception of information science is important if we want information systems to become part of the background of various forms of living. 



b) Zur Kritik des Sender-Kanal-Empfänger-Modells 

Das Sender-Kanal-Empfänger-Modell ist eines der am häufigsten gebrauchten Modelle sowohl im Informationsbereich als auch im Bereich der Fachinformation.  Dies hat eine pragmatische und im Hinblick auf bestimmte Phänomene auch seine sachliche Berechtigung, die hier nicht diskutiert bzw. in Frage gestellt werden soll. Zunächst aber ein kurzer ideengeschichtlicher Hinweis.  

Es wird öfter darauf aufmerksam gemacht, daß dieses Modell auf Aristoteles zurückgeht. Gemeint ist damit das Grundschema der platonischen und aristotelischen Rhetorik.[129] Diese Struktur kommt in der aristotelischen Rhetorik folgendermaßen vor:  

"Es basiert nämlich die Rede auf dreierlei: dem Redner, dem Gegenstand, über den er redet, sowie jemandem, zu dem er redet, und seine Absicht zielt auf diesen - ich meine den Zuhörer."[130]
Wenn anstatt von Sprecher und Hörer, von "Sender" und "Empfänger" die Rede ist, wird das aristotelische Verständnis der zwischenmenschlichen Kommunikation aus seinem spezifischen Zusammenhang gerissen. Dieser Zusammenhang ist die vom Sprecher und Hörer gemeinsam erfahrene Welt, auf deren jeweilige Bezüge das Gesprochene hinweist.[131] Die mögliche Korrespondenz zwischen dem Gesprochnen und den anvisierten Dingen selbst ist keine Eins-zu-Eins-Beziehung wie bei einem Code-Vorrat. Ziel der menschlichen Kommunikation im Sinne eines Re-konstitutions- prozesses ist nicht die Dekodierung vermittelter Zeichen, sondern die gemeinsame Erkenntnis der Dinge (prágmata), auf die die Worte (möglicherweise) verweisen. Diese gemeinsam erfahrene Realität wird jeweils durch unterschiedliche Erkenntnishaltungen (pathémata) auf verschiedene Art vernommen. Obwohl Aristoteles die Abbild-Metaphorik insbesondere in Zusammenhang mit dem Prozeß der sinnlichen Wahrnehmung verwendet,[132] erkennt der Mensch nicht durch Angleichung der "Seele" an ein physisches Ding, eine wohl phantastische Vorstellung, sondern aufgrund eines anderen menschlichen Verhaltens, nämlich des Denkens, wodurch das Allgemeine am Vernommenen selbst erfahren wird.[133] In bezug auf den fachlichen Kommunikationsprozeß sind bei Aristoteles folgende Sachverhalte zu berücksichtigen:  

a) wir philosophieren in und aus der Sprache als etwas Vorgegebenem. Sie wird aber stets an der "Sache" gemessen.  

b) vorgegeben ist auch die "Tradition", die "communis opinio", d.h. das, was die Menschen, gedacht haben und noch denken (ihre "Theorien"),

c) Aristoteles philosophiert im Hinblick auf die gemeinte Sache. [134] 

Es gibt bei ihm kein System von Wörtern mit festen Bedeutungen, sondern diese werden erst in der sachlichen Diskussion, d.h. in der Verwendung bestimmt. Daher die Genauigkeit mit der Aristoteles die Verwendungszusammenhänge untersucht. Für drei große Bereiche des Kommunikationsprozesses, nämlich den wissenschaftlichen, den rhetorischen und den dichterischen, gibt Aristoteles präzise und umfangreiche "Spielregeln", die wir hier nicht behandeln können. Das mündliche Gespräch und das Gespräch mit der schriftlichen Tradition sind zwei Kernpunkte der aristotelischen Auffassung von Fachkommunikation. Der Schlußsatz des dritten Buches seiner "Rhetorik" faßt in eindrucksvoller Weise diese Auffassung zusammen: "Ich habe gesprochen. Sie haben gehört. Sie kennen nun die Tatsachen. Urteilen Sie nun."[135]

Die klassische Darstellung des Sender-Kanal-Empfänger-Modells, ist diejenige, die C.E. Shannon und W. Weaver in Zusammenhang mit der Entwicklung der "mathematischen Kommunikationstheorie" bzw. der "Informationstheorie" vorlegten.[136] Dieses lineare Modell (Abb. 6) wurde von N. Wiener durch das Moment der Rückkopplung verändert und in eine dynamische bzw. kybernetische Struktur umgewandelt.[137] Beide Ansätze fanden im Informationsbereich zahlreiche Anwendungen.

Wie an einer anderen Stelle dargelegt wurde,[138] lag dem informationstheoretischen Modell die Voraussetzung zugrunde, daß alle semantischen und pragmatischen Aspekte der zwischenmenschlichen Kommunikation ausgeschaltet und stattdessen nur diejenigen Aspekte berücksichtigt werden sollten, die in Zusammenhang mit der physikalischen Übertragung von Signalen eine Rolle spielen. Es ist also paradox, daß ein Modell, daß unter dieser Voraussetzung entwickelt wurde, gerade in Zusammenhang mit der Mitteilung von (fachlichen) Bedeutungsgehalten gebracht wird.

Dieses Paradoxon hat seine Erklärung zum einen in der erwähnten Voraussetzung, d.h. der Ausgangspunkt ist die reichhaltige Struktur menschlicher Kommunikation, über die eine Reduktion vorgenommen wird. Die ursprüngliche Struktur kommt nur verzerrt zum Vorschein bzw. wesentliche Momente bleiben ausgespart. Es ist z.B. von einer Vermittlung die Rede, nicht aber von der den Vermittelnden (Menschen) gemeinsamen Welt und von den ihnen in ihr aufgehenden Bedeutungs- und Verweisungszusammenhängen. Zum anderen, die Beibehaltung des Wortes "Information" und ihre spezifische mathematische Prägung führten bald zu einer, wie Bar-Hillel es nannte, "semantischen Falle",[139] d.h. es war für die Anwender schwierig, die ausgelassenen aber z.B. im Wort "information" noch anklingenden Momente nicht mitzudenken und somit das Modell als Darstellung der ursprünglichen Struktur zu verwenden.

Wenn durch Wieners Kybernetik dieses Modell in eine dynamische Struktur umgewandelt wird, dann bleibt dabei der menschliche Bereich unspezifiziert, bzw. es wird ausdrücklich auf "Tiere und Maschinen" (!) verwiesen. Steve J. Heims bemerkt deshalb mit Recht, daß die Kybernetik geeignet sei, "die unmenschliche Nutzung von Menschen" ("the unhuman use of human beings") darzustellen.[140]Wenn der grundsätzliche Analogiecharakter dieser Modelle in bezug auf die kognitiven Funktionen vergessen wird, dann geht man zu einer (materialistischen bzw. idealistischen) Metaphysik über, d.h. man vergißt, wie Oeser sagt, daß es sich um Ähnlichkeiten zwischen gänzlich verschiedenen Dingen handelt. [141] Das Sender-Kanal-Empfänger-Modell und seine kybernetische Variante sind in Analogie zum zwischenmenschlichen Mitteilungsprozeß entwickelt worden und nicht umgekehrt!

Es ist also so: daß erst im Hinblick auf eine mit-geteilte Welt wir uns gegenseitig etwas mitteilen können. Wenn das Paar "Sprecher-Hörer" durch "Sender-Empfänger" ersetzt wird, dann findet dabei eine Verengung des Blickes bezüglich der Bedeutungsgehalte statt, die nur methodisch zu rechtfertigen ist, wenn die Anwendungen diesen Rahmen nicht überschreiten. Auch das Schema Sprecher-Hörer selbst kann das Phänomen der menschlichen Kommunikation so einengen, daß dadurch nur Sprechakte im Singular berücksichtigt werden, während die vorausgesetzten Sinnzusammenhänge, d.h. das gemeinsam ausgebildete und ausgetragene Vorverständnis, ausgespart bleiben. Es gibt keinen "reinen Sprecher" so wie es auch keinen "reinen Hörer" gibt. Das wußte bereits Aristoteles, wie wir gesehen haben. Jedes Reden knüpft, wie B. Waldenfels schreibt, an einen Kontext, der aufgegriffen und fortgebildet wird. Wenn ein Text mitgeteilt wird, dann ist es nicht bloß ein Austauschen von Zeichen, sondern der Sinn steht und entsteht zwischen den Zeilen und das heißt zwischen den Partnern.[142] Es kommt also nicht von ungefähr, daß der Versuch einer Anwendung dieses Modells im informationswissenschaftlichen Bereich immer unter Berücksichtigung der ausgelassenen Momente stattfindet, wobei sie dadurch nur teilweise zum Vorschein kommen können.

Es wurde bereits auf das kybernetisch-hermeneutische Modell von Hollnagel hingewiesen (vgl. I, 3, d). Ausdrücklich betonte Hollnagel den Unterschied zur Shannonschen Informationstheorie, die die Bedeutungsebene unbeachtet läßt. Der Begriff "Empfänger" erwies sich als irreführend. Im Hinblick auf das Phänomen des Vorverständnisses wurde schließlich auf die Hermeneutik verwiesen.

Einen anderen Versuch, das kybernetische Modell in unserem Bereich anzuwenden, stellt der H. Stachowiak verpflichtete Ansatz von G. Wersig dar. [143]Das Modell stellt die Interaktion eines Organismus (!) mit seiner Umwelt dar. Auch wenn es sich dabei um den menschlichen Organismus handelt, stehen im Mittelpunkt "materielle und energetische Austauschprozesse mit der physischen Umgebung". Das bedingt, daß zwischen einer "Außenwelt" und einem "internen Außenweltmodell" unterschieden wird. Da die Grundstruktur eines in sich geschlossenen Organismus (mit unterschiedlichen funktionalen Einheiten) und einer "Außenwelt" weitgehend dem der elektronischen Datenverarbeitungsmaschinen entspricht, so daß auf diesem "hohen Abstraktionsniveau" Menschen und Maschinen unter einem Begriff zusammengeführt werden, finden wir hier erneut eine Umkehrung des Analogie-Verhältnisses. Der "Außenwelt" wird ein "Wesen an sich" zugesprochen, das unzugänglich bzw. nur über die funktionale Einheit "Perzeptor" zu erfahren ist. Der Verstehensprozeß wird dieser Begrifflichkeit angepaßt, wobei im Falle der Verknüpfungen von Begriffen im "internen Außenweltmodell" der Verfasser selbst zugibt, daß "dieses mehrdimensionale Modell natürlich nur noch schwer vorstellbar" ist! Die Kategorie der "problematischen Situation" wird im Zusammenhang mit der Notwendigkeit des Organismus, seine "interne Außenwelt" zu verändern, um sich situationsädequat zu verhalten, bestimmt. Mit dem Begriff der Verhaltensänderung grenzt Wersig seinen Ansatz gegenüber der Betonung einer "bloßen" "Wissensänderung" (Kunz und Rittel) ab. Information wird als "Reduktion von Ungewißheit" in bezug auf die "problematische Situation" bestimmt. Obwohl das Modell in vieler Hinsicht ausbaufähig ist [144] und aufgrund der miteinbezogenen sozialen sowie der semantisch-pragmatischen Dimensionen über sich hinaus weist, scheint die kybernetische Begrifflichkeit ungeeignet, um der folgenden Grundeinsicht zu entsprechen, nämlich,

"daß 'Information' als Bestandteil des Erkennens von und sich Auseinandersetzens mit Welt schon immer mehr bedeutete als nur die Gelegenheit zu verschaffen, irgendwelche Wissenselemente greifen zu können. Sie impliziert auch schon immer die Bewertung, Beurteilung, kognitive und affektive Integration dieses Wissens in ein persönliches Bild von Welt und eine persönliche Begegnungsstrategie. Dies war schon immer ein Prozeß, der nicht isoliert von den sonstigen Austauschprozessen des Menschen ablief. Von daher erklärt sich vielleicht auch die Tatsache, daß die organisierten Informationsprozesse häufig recht weit von dem Erfolg entfernt bleiben, den sie anstreben." [145]

In Anschluß an Habermas hat Wersig den Begriff des "Informationshandelns" geprägt, von wo aus die "Akteure", die "Problembewältigung", die "Wissensarten" und die "Interaktionsmodi/-qualität" definiert werden.[146] Eine solche Begrifflichkeit wird m.E. den in Frage stehenden Sachverhalten eher gerecht als die hierfür irreführenden informationstheoretischen und kybernetischen Modelle. Der Kommunikationstheoretiker C. Cherry hat die Übertragung des Sender-Kanal-Empfänger Modells auf die Ebene menschlicher Kommunikation als "einen großen Fehler" bezeichnet.[147]



[129] Vgl. A. Hellwig: Untersuchungen zur Theorie der Rhetorik bei Platon und Aristoteles, S. 59; L.W. Rosenfield: Aristotle and Information Theory; außerdem P.R. Penland: Communication Science.
[130] Aristoteles: Rhetorica 1358 b.

[131]
 Vgl. L.W. Rosenfield: Aristotle and Information Theory, S. 79: "Meaning in this Greek view is logically limited by the constraints of reality. And because it is so limited, the meaning of a word also attains a degree of permanence, in a logical sense, which is characteristic of denotative reference."
[132] Vgl. Aristoteles: De anima 430 a; ders.: De memoria 450 1.

[133] Vgl. Aristoteles: De interpretatione 1, 16 a; ferner die Deutung von M. Heidegger: Logik. Die Frage nach der Wahrheit, S. 162 ff.
[134] Vgl. Aristoteles: Topica 108 a; ders. Sophistici elenhi I, 165 a; ders. Ethica Nicomachea 1098 b; ders.: Metaphysica A, 995 a. Zum gesamten Themenkomplex I. Düring: Aristoteles. Darstellung und Interpretation seines Denkens.
[135] 
Aristoteles: Rhetorica 1420 a 8 (ερηκα, κηκόατε, χετε, κρίνατε).
[136] C.E. Shannon, W. Weaver: The Mathematical Theory of Communication.
[137] N. Wiener: Cybernetics or Control and Communication in the Animal and the Machine.
[138] Vgl. v.Vf. Information, s. 104 ff.
[139] Y. Bar-Hillel: An Examination of Information Theory, S. 296.
[140] Steve H. Heims: John von Neumann and Norbert Wiener. From Mathematics to the Technologies of Life and Death, S. 303.
[141] E. Oeser: Wissenschaft und Information, Bd. 2, S. 60 ff. Vgl. S. Thomas: Some Problems of the Paradigm in Communication Theory.
[142] B. Waldenfels: Der Sinn zwischen den Zeilen; ferner C.F. Graumann: Interpersonale Perspektivität und Kommunikation.
[143] G. Wersig: Information  Kommunikation 
 Dokumentation.
[144] Vgl. G. Wersig: Ein Kanalmodell als Grundorientierung in der Fachkommunikation.
[145] G. Wersig: Neue Dienstleistungen und Informationsvermittlung-
 Gedanken zum Modischen in der Information und Dokumentation, S. 171.
[146] G. Wersig: Trennen sich die Wege? Neue Orientierungsmuster der Informationswissenschaft angezeigt.
[147] C. Cherry: World Communication: Threat or Promise? A Socio-technical Approach.


3.4.1

μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ἡρώδας τις Συρακόσιος ἐν Φοινίκῃ
ὢν μετὰ ναυκλήρου τινός, καὶ ἰδὼν τριήρεις Φοινίσσας, 
τὰς μὲνκαταπλεούσας ἄλλοθεντὰς δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ πεπληρωμένας,
τὰς δὲ καὶ ἔτι κατασκευαζομένας, 
προσακούσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτοὅτιτριακοσίας αὐτὰς δέοι γενέσθαι,
ἐπιβὰς ἐπὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἀναγόμενον πλοῖον εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα
ἐξήγγειλε τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις ὡςβασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους
τὸν στόλον τοῦτον παρασκευαζομένωνὅποι δὲ οὐδὲν ἔφη εἰδέναι.

After this a Syracusan named Herodas, being [1] in Phoenicia 
with a certain shipowner, and seeing Phoenician war-ships
—some of them sailing in from other places, others lying there fully manned, 
and yet others still making ready for sea—and hearing, 
besides, that there were to be three hundred of them, 
embarked on the first boat that sailed to Greece and 
reported to the Lacedaemonians that the King and 
Tissaphernes were preparing this expedition; 
but whither it was bound he said he did not know.


[1] 396 B.C.

(transl. Carleton L. Brownson)

Ch. 2

[6] An even number of file-leaders has this advantage over an odd, that it is possible
to divide the regiment into a larger number of equal parts. The reasons why I like this
formation are these. In the first place, all the men in the front rank are officers;
and the obligation to distinguish themselves appeals more strongly to men when they
are officers than when they are privates. Secondly, when anything has to be done,
the word of command is much more effective if it is passed (παραγγέλλειν)
to officers rather than to privates [7] Let us assume that this formation has been adopted:
every file-leader must know his position in the line of march by word passed along by the colonel,
just as every colonel is informed by the commander of his proper place in the charge.
For when these instructions are given (παρηγγέλθαι) there will be much better order
than if the men hamper one another like a crowd leaving the theatre.

    Ch 4

[8] Still, you must never neglect to post guards through reliance on spies; on the contrary,
your precautions must at all times be as complete as when you have information (εἰσηγγελμένοι)
that the enemy is approaching. For even if the spies are entirely reliable, it is difficult to report
at the critical moment, since many things happen in war to hinder them. [9]
The advance of cavalry is less likely to be detected by the enemy if orders
are not given (παραγγέλσεως) by a herald or in writing beforehand, but passed along.
Accordingly, for this purpose, too, that the order to advance may be given by word of mouth,
it is well to post file leaders, and half file-leaders behind them, so that
each may pass the word to as few men as possible. Thus, too, the half file-leaders
will wheel and extend the line without confusion, whenever there is occasion to do so.

Ch. 5

[2] He must also have sufficient ingenuity to make a small company of horse look large, and conversely,
to make a large one look small; to seem to be absent when present, and present when absent
(παρόντα μὲν ἀπεῖναι, ἀπόντα δὲ παρεῖναι); to know how to deceive, not merely
how to steal the enemy's possessions, but also how to conceal his own force and fall on the enemy unexpectedly.

[8] φοβεῖν γε μὴν τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ ψευδενέδρας οἷόν
τε καὶ ψευδοβοηθείας καὶ ψευδαγγελίας ποιοῦντα. θαρσοῦσι δὲμάλιστα πολέμιοι, 
ὅταν ὄντα τοῖς ἐναντίοις πράγματα καὶ ἀσχολίας πυνθάνωνται.

[8] The means to employ for scaring the enemy are false ambuscades (ψευδενέδρας),
false reliefs (ψευδοβοηθείας) and false information (ψευδαγγελίας).
An enemy's confidence is greatest when he is told that the other side is in difficulties and is preoccupied.



Book 1: Klio

99.1 ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὁ Δηιόκης ἑωυτῷ τε ἐτείχεε καὶ περὶ τὰ ἑωυτοῦ οἰκία,
 τὸν δὲ ἄλλον δῆμον πέριξ ἐκέλευε τὸ τεῖχος οἰκέειν. οἰκοδομηθέντων
δὲ πάντων κόσμον τόνδε Δηιόκης πρῶτος ἐστὶ ὁ καταστησάμενος, 

μήτε ἐσιέναι παρὰ βασιλέα μηδένα, δι᾽ ἀγγέλων δὲ πάντα χρᾶσθαι, ὁρᾶσθαι
τε βασιλέα ὑπὸ μηδενός, πρός τε τούτοισι ἔτι γελᾶν τε καὶ ἀντίον πτύειν
καὶ ἅπασι εἶναι τοῦτό γε αἰσχρόν. 99.2 ταῦτα δὲ περὶ ἑωυτὸν ἐσέμνυνε τῶνδε
εἵνεκεν, ὅκως ἂν μὴ ὁρῶντες οἱ ὁμήλικες, ἐόντες σύντροφοί τε ἐκείνῳ καὶ οἰκίης
οὐ φλαυροτέρης οὐδὲ ἐς ἀνδραγαθίην λειπόμενοι, λυπεοίατο καὶ ἐπιβουλεύοιεν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἑτεροῖός σφι δοκέοι εἶναι μὴ ὁρῶσι.

[1] Deioces built these walls for himself and around his own quarters, and he ordered the people
to dwell outside the wall. And when it was all built, Deioces was first to establish the rule that
 no one should come into the presence of the king, but everything should be done by means of messengers;
that the king should be seen by no one; and moreover that it should be a disgrace for anyone to laugh or to spit in his presence.
[2] He was careful to hedge himself with all this so that the men of his own age (who had been brought
up with him and were as nobly born as he and his equals in courage), instead of seeing him and
being upset and perhaps moved to plot against him, might by reason of not seeing him believe him to be different.1
.
1 Or, perhaps, different from themselves



Book 6: Erato

Pheidippides

Statue of Pheidippides alongside the Marathon Road.
Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pheidippides

105.1 καὶ πρῶτα μὲν ἐόντες ἔτι ἐν τῷ ἄστεϊ οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἀποπέμπουσι ἐς Σπάρτην
κήρυκα Φειδιππίδην Ἀθηναῖον μὲν ἄνδρα, ἄλλωςδὲ ἡμεροδρόμην τε
καὶ τοῦτο μελετῶντα: τῷ δή, ὡς αὐτός τε ἔλεγε Φειδιππίδης καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι ἀπήγγελλε,
περὶ τὸ Παρθένιονὄρος τὸ ὑπὲρ Τεγέης ὁ Πὰν περιπίπτει:

[1] While still in the city, the generals first sent to Sparta the herald Philippides,
an Athenian and a long-distance runner who made that his calling. As Philippides
himself said when he brought the message
 to the Athenians, when
he was in the Parthenian mountain above Tegea he encountered Pan


Lucian, Pro Lapsu inter salutandum

[3] πρῶτος δ᾽ αὐτὸ Φιλιππίδης ὁ ἡμεροδρομήσας λέγεται ἀπὸ Μαραθῶνος ἀγγέλλων τὴν νίκην εἰπεῖν πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας 
καθημένους καὶ πεφροντικότας ὑπὲρ τοῦ τέλους τῆς μάχης, Χαίρετε, νικῶμεν, καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼνσυναποθανεῖν τῇ ἀγγελίᾳ 
καὶ τῷ χαίρειν συνεκπνεῦσαι. ἐν ἐπιστολῆς δὲ ἀρχῇ Κλέων ὁ Ἀθηναῖος δημαγωγὸςἀπὸ Σφακτηρίας πρῶτον χαίρειν προὔθηκεν
εὐαγγελιζόμενος τὴν νίκην τὴν ἐκεῖθεν καὶ τὴν τῶν Σπαρτιατῶνἅλωσιν: καὶ ὅλως γε μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ὁ Νικίας 
ἀπὸ Σικελίας ἐπιστέλλων ἐν τῷ ἀρχαίῳ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν διέμεινεν ἀπ᾽αὐτῶν ἀρξάμενος τῶν πραγμάτων.

English Translation
The modern use of the word dates back to Philippides the dispatch-runner. Bringing the news of Marathon, he found the archons seated, in suspense regarding the isssue of the battle. 'Joy, we win!' he said, and died upon his message, breathing his last in the word of Joy. The earliest letter beginning with it is that in which Cleon the Athenian demagogue, writing from Sphacteria, sends the good news of his victory and capture of Spartans at that place. However, later than that we find Nicias writing from Sicily and keeping to the older custom of coming to business at once with no itroduction.

Plutarch, De gloria Atheniensium

Θέρσιππος ὁ Ἐρωεύς: 13 οἱ δὲ πλεῖστοι λέγουσιν Εὐκλέα, δραμόντα σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις θερμὸν ἀπὸ τῆς μάχης καὶ ταῖς θύραιςἐμπεσόντα τῶν πρώτων, 14 τοσοῦτο μόνον εἰπεῖν ‘χαίρετε καὶ χαίρομεν’ 15 εἶτ᾽ εὐθὺς ἐκπνεῦσαι. πλὴν οὗτος μὲν αὐτάγγελος ἧκε τῆς μάχης ἀγωνιστὴς; γενόμενος. φέρε δ᾽ εἴ τις ὑπὲρ λόφου τινὸς ἢ σκοπῆς αἰπόλων ἢ βοτήρων τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἄπω θενγενόμενος θεατὴς, καὶ κατιδὼν τὸ μέγα καὶ παντὸς λόγου μεῖζον ἐκεῖνο ἔργον ἧκεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἄτρωτος ἄγγελος καὶ ἀναίμακτος, εἶτ᾽ ἠξίου τιμὰς ἔχειν ἃς Κυνέγειρος 16 ἔσχεν, ἃς Καλλίμαχος, ἃς Πολύζηλος ὅτι τὰς τούτων ἀριστείας καὶτραύματα καὶ θανάτους ἀπήγγειλεν: ἆρ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἐδόκει πᾶσαν ὑπερβάλλειν ἀναίδειαν, ὅπου γε Λακεδαιμονίους φασὶ τῷ τὴν ἐν Μαντινείᾳ φράσαντι νίκην, ἣν Θουκυδίδης 17 ἱστόρηκεν, εὐαγγέλιον [p. 461] ἐκ φιδιτίου κρέας ἀποστεῖλαι; 18 καὶ μὴν οἱσυγγράφοντες ἐξάγγελοί τινές εἰσι τῶν πράξεων εὔφωνοι καὶ τῷ λόγῳ διὰ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἐξικνούμενοι, οἷς εὐαγγέλιον ὀφείλουσιν οἱ πρώτως ἐντυγχάνοντες καὶ ἱστοροῦντες. ἀμέλει δὲ καὶ ἐγκωμιάζονται μνημονευόμενοι καὶ ἀναγιγνωσκόμενοι διὰ τοὺς κατορθώσαντας: οὐ γὰρ οἱ λόγοι ποιοῦσι τὰς πράξεις ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰς πράξεις 19 καὶ ἀκοῆς; ἀξιοῦνται.

[p. 403] Thersippus of Eroeadae brought the first news of the victory at Marathon, as Heraclides of Pontus relates. But most report that Eucles, running armed with his wounds reeking from the fight, and falling through the door into the first house he met, expired with only these words in his mouth, ‘God save ye, we are well.’ Now this man brought the news himself of the success of a fight wherein he was present in person. But suppose that ally of the goat-keepers or herd-men had beheld the combat from some high hill at a distance, and seeing the success of that great achievement, greater than by words can be expressed, should have come to the city without any wound or blood about him, and should have claimed the honors done to Cynaegirus, Callimachus, and Polyzelus, for giving an account of their wounds, their bravery and deaths, wouldst thou not have thought him impudent above impudence itself; seeing that the Lacedaemonians gave the messenger that brought the news of the victory at Mantinea [2] no other reward than a quantity of victuals from the public mess? But historians are (as it were) well-voiced relators of the actions of great men, who add grace and beauty and dint of wit to their relations, and to whom they that first light upon them and read them are indebted for their pleasing tidings. And being read, they are applauded for transmitting to posterity the actions of those that do bravely. For words do not make actions, though we give them the hearing.

2 Thuycd. V. 73.

  


Book 8: Urania

Persian Royal
                                          Road
The map of Achaemenid Empire and the section of the Royal Road noted by Herodotus  

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Royal_Road

98. [1] ταῦτά τε ἅμα Ξέρξης ἐποίεε καὶ ἔπεμπε ἐς Πέρσας ἀγγελέοντα τὴν παρεοῦσάν σφι συμφορήν.
τούτων δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐστὶ οὐδὲν ὅ τι θᾶσσον παραγίνεται θνητὸν ἐόν· οὕτω τοῖσι Πέρσῃσι ἐξεύρηται τοῦτο.
λέγουσι γὰρ ὡς ὁσέων ἂν ἡμερέων ᾖ ἡ πᾶσα ὁδός, τοσοῦτοι ἵπποι τε καὶ ἄνδρες διεστᾶσι κατὰ ἡμερησίην
 ὁδὸν ἑκάστην ἵππος τε καὶ ἀνὴρ τεταγμένος· τοὺς οὔτε νιφετός, οὐκ ὄμβρος, οὐ καῦμα, οὐ νὺξ ἔργει μὴ οὐ
 κατανύσαι τὸν προκείμενον αὐτῷ δρόμον τὴν ταχίστην. [2] ὁ μὲν δὴ πρῶτος δραμὼν παραδιδοῖ
τὰ ἐντεταλμένα τῷ δευτέρῳ, ὁ δὲ δεύτερος τῷ τρίτῳ· τὸ δὲ ἐνθεῦτεν ἤδη κατ᾽ ἄλλον καὶ ἄλλον
διεξέρχεται παραδιδόμενα, κατά περ ἐν Ἕλλησι ἡ λαμπαδηφορίη τὴν τῷ Ἡφαίστῳ ἐπιτελέουσι.
τοῦτο τὸ δράμημα τῶν ἵππων καλέουσι Πέρσαι ἀγγαρήιον.

[1] While Xerxes did thus, he sent a messenger to Persia with news of his present misfortune.
Now there is nothing mortal that accomplishes a course more swiftly than do these messengers,
by the Persians' skillful contrivance. It is said that as many days as there are in the whole journey,
so many are the men and horses that stand along the road, each horse and man at the interval of a day's journey.
These are stopped neither by snow nor rain nor heat nor darkness from accomplishing their appointed course with all speed.
 [2
]
The first rider delivers his charge to the second, the second to the third, and thence it passes on from hand to hand,
even as in the Greek torch-bearers' race in honor of Hephaestus. This riding-post is called in Persia, angareion
.
 

99. [1] ἡ μὲν δὴ πρώτη ἐς Σοῦσα ἀγγελίη ἀπικομένη, ὡς ἔχοι Ἀθήνας Ξέρξης,
ἔτερψε οὕτω δή τι Περσέων τοὺς ὑπολειφθέντας ὡς τάς τε ὁδοὺς μυρσίνῃ πάσας
ἐστόρεσαν καὶ ἐθυμίων θυμιήματα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν ἐν θυσίῃσί τε καὶ εὐπαθείῃσι.
[2] ἡ δὲ δευτέρη σφι ἀγγελίη ἐπεσελθοῦσα συνέχεε οὕτω ὥστε τοὺς κιθῶνας κατερρήξαντο πάντες,
βοῇ τε καὶ οἰμωγῇ ἐχρέωντο ἀπλέτῳ, Μαρδόνιον ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέντες. οὐκ οὕτω δὲ περὶ τῶν
νεῶν ἀχθόμενοι ταῦτα οἱ Πέρσαι ἐποίευν ὡς περὶ αὐτῷ Ξέρξῃ δειμαίνοντες.
 

[1] When the first message came to Susa, saying that Xerxes had taken Athens, it gave such delight
to the Persians who were left at home that they strewed all the roads with myrtle boughs and burnt incense
and gave themselves up to sacrificial feasts and jollity. [2] The second, however, coming on the heels of the first,
so confounded them that they all tore their tunics, and cried and lamented without ceasing, holding Mardonius to blame;
it was not so much in grief for their ships that they did this as because they feared for Xerxes himself
.

Book VII, 239

I return now to that place in my history where it earlier left off.1 The Lacedaemonians were the first to be informed that the king was equipping himself to attack Hellas;
with this knowledge it was that they sent to the oracle at Delphi, where they received the answer about which I spoke a little while ago.
Now the way in which they were informed of this was strange.

ἄνειμι δὲ ἐκεῖσε τοῦ λόγου τῇ μοι τὸ πρότερον ἐξέλιπε. ἐπύθοντο Λακεδαιμόνιοι ὅτι βασιλεὺς στέλλοιτο ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πρῶτοι,
καὶ οὕτω δὴ ἐς τὸ χρηστήριον τὸ ἐς Δελφοὺς ἀπέπεμψαν, ἔνθα δή σφι ἐχρήσθη τὰ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον εἶπον: ἐπύθοντο δὲ τρόπῳ θωμασίῳ.

[2] Demaratus son of Ariston, an exile among the Medes, was, as I suppose (reason being also my ally), no friend to the Lacedaemonians,
and I leave it to be imagined whether what he did was done out of goodwill or spiteful triumph.
When Xerxes was resolved to march against Hellas, Demaratus, who was then at Susa and had knowledge of this, desired to send word of it to the Lacedaemonians.

 [2] Δημάρητος γὰρ ὁ Ἀρίστωνος φυγὼν ἐς Μήδους, ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ δοκέω καὶ τὸ οἰκὸς ἐμοὶ συμμάχεται, οὐκ ἦν εὔνοος Λακεδαιμονίοισι,
πάρεστι δὲ εἰκάζειν εἴτε εὐνοίῃ ταῦτα ἐποίησε εἴτε καὶ καταχαίρων. ἐπείτε γὰρ Ξέρξῃ ἔδοξε στρατηλατέειν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα,
 ἐὼν ἐν Σούσοισι ὁ Δημάρητος καὶ πυθόμενος ταῦτα ἠθέλησε Λακεδαιμονίοισι ἐξαγγεῖλαι.

[3] He, however, feared detection and had no other way of informing them than this trick:
—taking a double tablet, he scraped away the wax from it, and then wrote the king's plan on the wood.
Next he melted the wax back again over the writing, so that the bearer of this seemingly blank tablet might not be troubled by the way-wardens.

[3] ἄλλως μὲν δὴ οὐκ εἶχε σημῆναι: ἐπικίνδυνον γὰρ ἦν μὴ λαμφθείη: ὁ δὲ μηχανᾶται τοιάδε:
δελτίον δίπτυχον λαβὼν τὸν κηρὸν αὐτοῦ ἐξέκνησε, καὶ ἔπειτα ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ τοῦ δελτίου ἔγραψε τὴν βασιλέος γνώμην,
ποιήσας δὲ ταῦτα ὀπίσω ἐπέτηξε τὸν κηρὸν ἐπὶ τὰ γράμματα, ἵνα φερόμενον κεινὸν τὸ δελτίον μηδὲν πρῆγμα παρέχοι πρὸς τῶν ὁδοφυλάκων.

[4] When the tablet came to Lacedaemon, the Lacedaemonians could not guess its meaning, until at last (as I have been told) Gorgo,
Cleomenes' daughter and Leonidas' wife, discovered the trick herself and advised them to scrape the wax away so that they would find writing on the wood.
When they did so, they found and read the message, and presently sent it to the rest of the Greeks. This is the story, as it is told.

[4] ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἀπίκετο ἐς τὴν Λακεδαίμονα, οὐκ εἶχον συμβαλέσθαι οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, πρίν γε δή σφι, ὡς ἐγὼ πυνθάνομαι,
Κλεομένεος μὲν θυγάτηρ Λεωνίδεω δὲ γυνὴ Γοργὼ ὑπέθετο ἐπιφρασθεῖσα αὐτή, τὸν κηρὸν κνᾶν κελεύουσα,
καὶ εὑρήσειν σφέας γράμματα ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ. πειθόμενοι δὲ εὗρον καὶ ἐπελέξαντο, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῖσι ἄλλοισι Ἕλλησι ἐπέστειλαν.
ταῦτα μὲν δὴ οὕτω λέγεται γενέσθαι.


Book 9: Kalliope

100 [1]ὡς δὲ ἄρα παρεσκευάδατο τοῖσι Ἕλλησι, προσήισαν πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους: ἰοῦσι δέ σφι φήμη τε ἐσέπτατο 
ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδονπᾶν καὶ κηρυκήιον ἐφάνη ἐπὶ τῆς κυματωγῆς κείμενον: ἡ δὲ φήμη διῆλθέ σφι ὧδε,
 ὡς οἱ Ἕλληνες τὴν Μαρδονίου στρατιὴννικῷεν ἐν Βοιωτοῖσι μαχόμενοι.

[2] δῆλα δὴ πολλοῖσι τεκμηρίοισι ἐστὶ τὰ θεῖα τῶν πρηγμάτων, εἰ καὶ τότε, τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρης 
συμπιπτούσης τοῦ τε ἐν Πλαταιῇσικαὶ τοῦ ἐν Μυκάλῃ μέλλοντος ἔσεσθαι τρώματος, 
φήμη τοῖσι Ἕλλησι τοῖσι ταύτῃ ἐσαπίκετο, ὥστε θαρσῆσαί τε τὴν στρατιὴνπολλῷ 
μᾶλλον καὶ ἐθέλειν προθυμότερον κινδυνεύειν.

[1] The Greeks, having made all their preparations advanced their line against the barbarians. 
As they went, a rumor spread through the army, and a herald's wand was seen lying by the water-line. 
The rumor that ran was to the effect that the Greeks were victors over Mardonius' army at a battle in Boeotia.
[2] Now there are many clear indications of the divine ordering of things, seeing that a message, 
which greatly heartened the army and made it ready to face danger, arrived amongst the Greeks 
the very day on which the Persians' disaster at Plataea and that other which was to befall them at Mykale took place.


cf. Siam Lewis: News and Society in the Greek Polis. London, 1996, p. 12-13:

"The function of gossip in imposing a common moral standard on the community is well-documented, and it seems
that women may have had a particular role to play in policing the morality of others. A society which seeks both to keep women in a separate sphere from men, and to police their activities, must,
as Cohen has shown, rely on other women to observe and regulate the behaviour of friends and neighbours who do not conform. [16] Plato, foreshadowing modern China,
suggested among his precriptions for the ideal polis a board of women to regulate family and sexual matters,
while Aristotle records that the tyrant ieron of Syracuse kept powere through a ring of informers called the 
ôtakoustai (eavesdropper women). [17]
Sources show that women cared a great deal about their reputation as perceived by other women - forensic speeches place much significance on women being allowed
by their peers to participate in all-female festivals such as the Thesmophoria, as an indication of respectability. [18] 
Women as nieghbours and gossips, passing on information from the oikos,
 could and needed to share in this aspect of public life, ir it was to fulfil its proper function. The female role was thus a dual one:
as wives and daughters they had a duty to prevent potentially harmful information leaving the oikos; as neighbours
and fellow-citizens they needed to circulate information about others in order to impose collective moral standards
The tension between these two opposing demands for secrecy and information was obscured to some extent
by divorcing rumor from human activita. In situations where we might think of gossip, the Greeks applied the concept of  phêmê,
common report, and the distinction bears examination.
Phêmê represented more than simply rumour for the Greeks: it was a personification which had been current
since the time of Hesiod, and, according to Aischines, the personification of Rumour had an altar at Athens. [19]
It is interesting that the Greeks chose to see Rumour as something divine, rather than mundane, information which is
passed on by quasi-supernatural means, rather than from person to person.,
Phêmê 
in the time of Homer, meant a divine or ominous uterance, and developed from this to mean 'reputation' or 'report.
 Hesiiod caracterises phêmê as divine because it cannot be stopped  by human means once sent abroad, emphasising its self-generating nature. [20]

One can detect in this a wish to divorce the idea of rumour from that of gossip. Many authors insist on the spontaneous nature of rumour,
which springs up and spreads of its own accord, as opposed to slander, which is deliberately passed from one person to another. [21]
This attitude towards rumour allowed it to be presented as a neutral force within the polis. Aischines, in his accusation of Timarchos,
argues for the importancee of  phêmê in determining a man's reputation:

But concerning the life and deeds of men, an incontrovertible rumour spreads of its own accord
throughout the city, and brings private deeds to the attention of all, and often even phrophesies what is going to happen.[22]

This is of course a useful claim to make in court; the orator's distinction between rumour and slander is designed to allow
them to gossip about their opponents while definding themselves: I appeal to common report, you spread slander.
But it uses an idea which is current in all forms of literature, of rumour as an independent entity.
The divine attribution meant that rumour was seen to be generally true, and also accounts for the thin boundary between
newes brought by rumour and that spread by supernatural means.
The best example of supernatural news is the spontaneous rumour among the Greeks at the battle of Mykale, that the Persian army had been defeated at Plataia..
As they were advancing, a herald's staff appeared lying in the surf on the shore, and at the same time a rumour
flew around the whole army, that the Greeks had defeated the Persian army under Mardonius in Boiotia. [23]
The rumour was, naturally, true, and Herodotus, through the detail of the herald's staff found on the beach, implies a completely
divine origin for the information. Rumours were seen to spring up under circumstances in which news could not possibly
have been passed by normal means, and to travel unnaturally fast.
The scholion to Aischines associates the establishment of the altar at Athens with another story of this kind:
on the same day that Kimon won his victory over the
Persians by land and sea at Eurymedon, the news was known at Athens before any messenger could arrive. [24]
Rumour, in the sense of information about individuals in the community, could be presented as divinely rather
than humanly circulated, because news within the community had an amgiguous status, as both good and bad.
It was good to find out about others, but bad to reveal about yourself and your family.
The role of women in this as disseminators of news and gossip is thus also either valuable or harmful,
depending on one's standpoint. But without gossip it would have been impossible to establish reputations.

[16] D. Cohen, Law, Sexuality and Society: the enforcement of morals in classical Athens (Cambridge 1991) 49-51, 161.
[17] Plato Laws 783E-784E, 794A-B, 795A-B, 795D, 930A, 932B; Aristotle Politics 1313a11-15.
[18] Isaios 8.19-20, 3-80; for concern fo reputation, Euripides Medea 214-18; Alkestis 351-16.
[19] Hesiod Works and Days 760-4; Aischines 1,128.

[20] Hesiod Works and Days  763-4: 'Rumour which many people spread never dies entirely; Rumour also is some kind of divinity.'
[21] Aischines 2.145, Demosthenes 19.243-4; 21.80, Lysias 10.23; Virgil Aeneid 4.173-94 has exactly the same kind of distancing.
[22] Aischines 1.127.
[23] Herodotos 9.100.
[24] Schol. Aischines 1.128. There is also the story of Aelian Varia Historia 9.2 that the news of Taurosthenes' victory
at Olympia was reported to his father on Aigina on the same day by a phasma (apparition) (see below p. 42 and n. 104). 
Riepl, Das Nachrichtenwesen des Altertums 235-40 comments on the Roman conception of rumour as something
contrasted to normal news, citing examples where rumour travelled faster than an ordinary messenger. he notes
that both the Greek and Romasn failed to develop relay systems in the fasion the Persians or the Gauls, so that rumour
needed to be explained in different ways, and from this derives the idea of divinity.


POLYBIUS: THE HISTORIES


English:http://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Polybius/10*.html#43.1

Greek: http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0233%3Abook%3D10%3Achapter%3D43%3Asection%3D1

 

VII Affairs of Greece

[...]

Fire-Signalling


43.1
I think that as regards the system of signalling by fire, which is now of the greatest possible service in war but was formerly undeveloped,
it will be of use not to pass it over but to give it a proper discussion.
τοῦ
 δὲ κατὰ τὰς πυρσείας γένουςμεγίστας δὴ παρεχομένου χρείας ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖςἀνεργάστου πρότερον ὑπάρχοντος,
χρήσιμον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ τὸ μὴ παραδραμεῖνἀλλὰ ποιήσασθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν μνήμην.

2 It is evident to all that in every matter, and especially in warfare, the power of acting at the right time contributes very much to the success of enterprises,
and fire-signals are the most efficient of all the devices which aid us to do this.
[
2] ὅτι μὲν οὖν  καιρὸς ἐν πᾶσι μεγάλην ἔχει μερίδα πρὸς τὰς ἐπιβολάςμεγίστην δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς,
παντὶ δῆλοντῶν δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο συναγωνισμάτων πλείστην ἔχουσι δύναμιν οἱ πυρσοί.

3 For they show what has recently occurred and what is still in the course of being done, and by means of them anyone who cares to do so
even if he is at a distance of three, four, or even more days' journey can be informed.
[
3] ἄρτι γὰρ τὰ μὲν γέγονετινὰ δ᾽ ἀκμὴν ἐνεργεῖται καὶ δυνατόν ἐστι γινώσκειν,
 μέλειποτὲ μὲν ἡμερῶν τριῶν  τεττάρων ὁδὸν ἀπέχοντιποτὲ δὲ καὶ πλειόνων.

4 So it is always surprising how help can be brought by means of fire messages when the situation requires it.
[
4] ὥστ᾽ ἀεὶ τοῖς δεομένοις πράγμασιν ἐπικουρίας παράδοξον γίνεσθαι τὴν βοήθειαν διὰ τῆς τῶν πυρσῶν ἀπαγγελίας.

5 Now in former times, as fire-signals were simple beacons, they were for the most part of little use to those who used them.
[5] τὸν μὲν οὖν πρὸ τούτου χρόνον ἁπλῆς γινομένης τῆς πυρσείας κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον αὐτὴν ἀνωφελῆ συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τοῖς χρωμένοις.

6 For the service should have been performed by signals previously determined upon, and as facts are indefinite, most of them defied communication by fire-signals.
[
6] διὰ γὰρ συνθημάτων ὡρισμένων ἔδει τὴν χρείαν συντελεῖντῶν δὲ πραγμάτων ἀορίστων ὑπαρχόντων τὰ πλεῖστα
διέφυγε τὴν τῶν πυρσῶν χρείανοἷον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων.

7 To take the case I just mentioned, it was possible for those who had agreed on this to convey information that a fleet had arrived at Oreus, Peparethus, or Chalcis,
but when it came to some of the citizens having been guilty of treachery or a massacre having taken place in the town, or anything of the kind,
things that often happen, but cannot all be foreseen
[
7] ὅτι μὲν οὖν εἰς Ὠρεὸν καὶ Πεπάρηθον  Χαλκίδα πάρεστι στόλοςδυνατὸν ἦν διασαφεῖν τοῖς περὶ τούτου συνθεμένοις:
[8] ὅτι δὲ μεταβάλλονταί τινες τῶν πολιτῶν  προδιδόασιν φόνος ἐν τῇ πόλει γέγονεν τι τῶν τοιούτων,
 δὴ συμβαίνει μὲν πολλάκιςπρόληψιν δ᾽ ἔχειν πάντων ἀδύνατον —

9 and it is chiefly unexpected occurrences which require instant consideration and help — all such matters defied communication by fire-signal.
[
9] μάλιστα δὲ τὰ παραδόξως γινόμενα τῆς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ συμβουλίας καὶ ἐπικουρίας προσδεῖται
— 
τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα διέφυγε τὴν τῶν πυρσῶν χρείαν.

10
 For it was quite impossible to have a preconcerted code for things which there was no means of foretelling.
[10] περὶ ὧν γὰρ οὐκ ἐνεδέχετο προνοηθῆναιπερὶ τούτων οὐδὲ σύνθημα ποιήσασθαι δυνατόν.


44.
1
Aeneas, the author of the work on strategy, a wishing to find a remedy for the difficulty, advanced matters a little,
but his device still fell far short of our requirements, as can be seen from this description of it.
Αἰνείας δὲ βουληθεὶς διορθώσασθαι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀπορίαν τὰ περὶ τῶν Στρατηγικῶν ὑπο μνήματα συντεταγμένος,
βραχὺ μέν τι προεβίβασετοῦ γε μὴν δέοντος ἀκμὴν πάμπολυ τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν ἀπελείφθη.

2 He says that those who are about to communicate urgent news to each other by fire-signal should procure
two earthenware vessels of exactly the same width and depth, the depth being some three cubits and the width one.
[2] γνοίη δ᾽ ἄν τις ἐκ τούτωνφησὶ γὰρ δεῖν τοὺς μέλλοντας ἀλλήλοις διὰ τῶν πυρσῶν δηλοῦν
τὸ
 κατεπεῖγον ἀγγεῖα κατασκευάσαι κεραμεᾶκατά τε τὸ πλάτος καὶ κατὰ τὸ βάθος ἰσομεγέθη πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν:
εἶναι
 δὲμάλιστα τὸ μὲν βάθος τριῶν πηχῶντὸ δὲ πλάτος πήχεος.

3 Then they should have corks made a little narrower than the mouths of the vessels and through the middle of each cork should pass
a rod graduated in equal sections of three fingerbreadths, each clearly marked off from the next.
[3] εἶτα παρασκευάσαι φελλοὺς βραχὺ κατὰ πλάτος ἐνδε εῖς τῶν στομάτωνἐν δὲ τούτοις μέσοις ἐμπεπηγέναι
βακτηρίας
 διῃρημένας εἰς ἴσα μέρη τριδάκτυλακαθ᾽ ἕκαστον δὲ μέρος εἶναι περιγραφὴν εὔσημον.

 4 In each section should be written the most evident and ordinary events that occur in war,  e.g. on the first
"Cavalry arrived in the country," on the second "Heavy infantry," on the third "Light-armed infantry," next "Infantry and cavalry,"
next "Ships," next "Corn," and so on until we have entered in all the sections the chief contingencies of which, at the present time,
there is a reasonable probability in war time.
[4] ἐν ἑκάστῳ δὲ μέρει γεγράφθαι τὰ προφανέστατα καὶ καθολικώτατα τῶν ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς συμβαινόντωνοἷον εὐθέως ἐν τῷ πρώτῳδιότι "
[
5] πάρεισιν ἱππεῖς εἰς τὴν χώραν," ἐν δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ διότι "πεζοὶ βαρεῖς," ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ "ψιλοί," τούτων δ᾽ ἑξῆς "
[6
] πεζοὶ μεθ᾽ ἱππέων," εἶτα "πλοῖα," μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα "σῖτος," καὶ κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς οὕτωμέχρις ἂν
ἐν πάσαις γραφῇ ταῖς χώραις τὰ μάλιστ᾽ ἂν ἐκ τῶν εὐλόγων προνοίας τυγχάνοντα καὶ συμβαίνοντα κατὰ τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιροὺς ἐκ τῶν πολεμικῶν.

7 Next he tells us to bore holes in both vessels of exactly the same size, so that they allow exactly the same escape.
Then we are to fill the vessels with water and put on the corks with the rods in them and allow the water to flow through the two apertures.
[7] τούτων δὲ γενομένων ἀμφότερα κελεύει τρῆσαι τὰ ἀγγεῖα πρὸς ἀκρίβειανὥστε τοὺς αὐλίσκους ἴσους εἶναικαὶ κατ᾽ ἴσον ἀπορρεῖνεἶτα πληρώσαντας ὕδατος ἐπιθεῖναι τοὺς φελλοὺς ἔχοντας τὰς βακτηρίαςκἄπειτα τοὺςαὐλίσκους ἀφεῖναι ῥεῖν ἅμα.

 8 When this is done it is evident that, the conditions being precisely similar, in proportion as the water escapes
 the two corks will sink and the rods will disappear into the vessels.
[8] τούτου δὲ συμβαίνοντος δῆλον ὡς ἀνάγκη πάντων ἴσων καὶ ὁμοίων ὄντωνκαθ᾽ ὅσον ἂν ἀπορρέῃ τὸ ὑγρόν,
κατὰ τοσοῦτον τοὺς φελλοὺς καταβαίνειν καὶ τὰς βακτηρίας κρύπτεσθαι κατὰ τῶν ἀγγείων.

9 When by experiment it is seen that the rapidity of escape is in both cases exactly the same, the vessels are to be conveyed
to the places in which both parties are to look after the signals and deposited there.
[9] ὅταν δὲ τὰ προειρημένα γένηται κατὰ τὸν χειρισμὸν ἰσοταχῆ καὶ σύμφωνατότε κομίσαντας ἐπὶ τοὺςτόπους,
ἐν
 οἷς ἑκάτεροι μέλλουσι συντηρεῖν τὰς πυρσείαςἑκάτερον θεῖναι τῶν ἀγγείων.

10 Now whenever any of the contingencies written on the rods occurs he tells us to rise a torch and to wait until the corresponding party raise another.
When both the torches are clearly visible the signaller is to lower his torch and at once allow the water to escape through the aperture.
[
10] εἶτ᾽ ἐπὰν ἐμπέσῃ τι τῶν ἐν τῇ βακτηρίᾳ γεγραμμένωνπυρσὸν ἆραι κελεύεικαὶ μένεινἕως ἂν ἀνταίρωσινοἱ συντεταγμένοι:
γενομένων
 δὲ φανερῶν ἀμφοτέρων ἅμα τῶν πυρσῶν καθελεῖνεἶτ᾽ εὐθέως ἀφεῖναι τοὺςαὐλίσκους ῥεῖν.

11 Whenever, as the corks sink, the contingency you wish to communicate reaches the mouth of the vessel he tells the signaller
to raise his torch and the receivers of the signal are to stop the aperture at once and to note which of the messages written on the rods is at the mouth of the vessel.
[11] ὅταν δὲ καταβαίνοντος τοῦ φελλοῦ καὶ τῆς βακτηρίας ἔλθῃ τῶν γεγραμμένων  βούλει δηλοῦν κατὰ τὸχεῖλος τοῦ τεύχουςἆραι κελεύει τὸν πυρσόν:
[
12] τοὺς δ᾽ ἑτέρους ἐπιλαβεῖν εὐθέως τὸν αὐλίσκονκαὶ σκοπεῖν τί κατὰ τὸ χεῖλός ἐστι τῶν ἐν τῇ βακτηρίᾳγεγραμμένων:

13 This will be the message delivered, if the apparatus works at the same pace in both cases.
[13] ἔσται δὲ τοῦτο τὸ δηλούμενον πάντων ἰσοταχῶς παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις κινουμένων.
 

45.1
This is a slight advance on beacons with a preconcerted code, but it is still quite indefinite. 
ταῦτα δὲ βραχὺ μέν τι τῆς διὰ τῶν συνθημάτων πυρσείας ἐξήλλαχενἀκμὴν δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἀόριστα.

2 For it is evident that it is neither possible to foresee all contingencies, or even if one did to write them all on the rod.
So that when circumstances produce some unexpected event, it is evident that it cannot be conveyed by this plan.
Again none of the things written on the rod areº defined statements, for it is impossible to indicate how many infantry
are coming and to what part of the country, or how many ships or how much corn.
[
2] δῆλον γὰρ [ἔσται] ὡς οὔτε προϊδέσθαι τὰ μέλλοντα πάντα δυνατὸν οὔτε προϊδόμενον εἰς τὴν βακτηρίαν γράψαι:
λοιπὸν
 ὁπόταν ἐκ τῶν καιρῶν ἀνυπονόητά τινα συμβαίνῃφανερὸν ὡς οὐ δύναται δηλοῦσθαι κατὰταύτην τὴν ἐπίνοιαν.
[
3] καὶ μὴν οὐδ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ βακτηρίᾳ γεγραμμένων οὐδέν ἐστιν ὡρισμένον.
πόσοι
 γὰρ ἥκουσιν ἱππεῖς πόσοι πεζοὶ καὶ ποῦ τῆς χώρας καὶ πόσαι νῆες καὶ πόσος σῖτοςοὐχ οἷόν τε διασαφῆσαι:

4 For it is impossible to agree beforehand about things of which one cannot be aware before they happen. 
[4] περὶ γὰρ ὧν ἀδύνατον γνῶναι πρὶν  γενέσθαιπερὶ τούτων οὐδὲ συνθέσθαι πρὸ τοῦ δυνατόν.

5 And this is the vital matter; for how can anyone consider how to render assistance if he does not know
how many of the enemy have arrived, or where? And how can anyone be of good cheer or the reverse,
or in fact think of anything at all, if he does not understand how many ships or how much corn has arrived from the allies?
[
5] τὸ δὲ συνέχον ἐστὶ τοῦτοπῶς γὰρ ἄν τις βουλεύσαιτο περὶ τοῦ βοηθεῖν μὴ γινώσκων πόσοι πάρεισι τῶνπολεμίων  ποῦ;
πῶς
 δὲ θαρρήσαι πάλιν  τοὐναντίον  καθόλου διανοηθείη τι μὴ συνεὶς πόσαι νῆες  πόσοςσῖτος ἥκει παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων;

6 The most recent method, devised by Cleoxenus and Democleitus and perfected by myself,
is quite definite and capable of dispatching with accuracy every kind of urgent messages, but in practice it requires care and exact attention.
[6] ὁ δὲ τελευταῖος τρόποςἐπινοηθεὶς διὰ Κλεοξένου καὶ Δημοκλείτουτυχὼν δὲ τῆς ἐξεργασίας δι᾽ ἡμῶν,
πάντηπάντως μέν ἐστιν ὡρισμένος καὶ πᾶν τὸ κατεπεῖγον δυνάμενος ἀκριβῶς διασαφεῖν,
κατὰ δὲ τὸν χειρισμὸν ἐπιμελείας δεῖ καὶ παρατηρήσεως ἀκριβεστέρας.

7 It is as follows: We take the alphabet and divide it into five parts, each consisting of five letters.
There is one letter less in the last division, but this makes no practical difference.
[7] ἔστι δὲ τοιοῦτοςτὸ τῶν στοιχείων πλῆθος ἑξῆς δεῖ λαμβάνοντας διελεῖν εἰς πέντε μέρη κατὰ πέντε γράμματα.
λείψει
 δὲ τὸ τελευταῖον ἑνὶ στοιχείῳτοῦτο δ᾽ οὐ βλάπτει πρὸς τὴν χρείαν.

8 Each of the two parties who are about signal to each other must now get ready five tablets
and write one division of the alphabet on each tablet,
and then come to an agreement that the man who is going to signal is in the first place to raise
 two torches and wait until the other replies by doing the same.
[8] μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πλατεῖα παρεσκευάσθαι πέντε τοὺς μέλλοντας ἀποδιδόναι τὴν πυρσείαν ἀλλήλοις
ἑκατέρους
καὶ γράψαι τῶν μερῶν ἑξῆς εἰς ἕκαστον πλατεῖον,
[
9] κἄπειτα συνθέσθαι πρὸς αὑτοὺς διότι τοὺς μὲν πρώτους ἀρεῖ πυρσοὺς  μέλλων σημαίνειν
ἅμα
 καὶ δύο καὶμενεῖ μέχρις ἂν  ἕτερος ἀνταίρῃ.

10 This is for the purpose of conveying to each other that they are both at attention.
[10] τοῦτο δ᾽ ἔσται χάριν τοῦ διὰ ταύτης τῆς πυρσείας ἑαυτοῖς ἀνθομολογήσασθαι διότι προσέχουσι.

11 These torches having been lowered the dispatcher of the message will now raise the first set of torches on the left side indicating
which tablet is to be consulted, i.e. one torch if it is the first, two if it is the second, and so on.
[11] καθαιρεθέντων δὲ τούτων λοιπὸν ὁ σημαίνων ἀρεῖ μὲν τοὺς πρώτους ἐκ τῶν εὐωνύμων,
διασαφῶν
 τὸπλατεῖον ποῖον δεήσει σκοπεῖνοἷον ἐὰν μὲν τὸ πρῶτονἕν᾽ἂν δὲ τὸ δεύτερονδύοκαὶ κατὰ λόγον οὕτω:

12 Next he will raise the second set on the right on the same principle to indicate what letter of the tablet the receiver should write down.
[12] τοὺς δὲ δευτέρους ἐκ τῶν δεξιῶν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγονποῖον δεήσει γράμμα τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πλατείου γράφειναὖ τὸν ἀποδεχόμενον τὴν πυρσείαν.


46.1
Upon their separating after coming to this understanding each of them must first have on the spot a telescope with two tubes,
so that with the one he can observe the space on the right of the man who is going to signal back and with the other that on the left.
ὅταν δὲ ταῦτα συνθέμενοι χωρισθῶσινἑκάτερον ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου δεήσει πρῶτον μὲν διόπτραν ἔχειν δύ᾽αὐλίσκους ἔχουσαν,
ὥστε
 τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀντιπυρσεύειν τῷ μὲν τὸν δεξιὸν τόποντῷ δὲ τὸν εὐώνυμον δύνασθαι θεωρεῖν.

2 The tablets must be set straight up in order next the telescope,
[2] παρὰ δὲ τὴν διόπτραν ἑξῆς ὀρθὰ δεῖ τὰ πλατεῖα πεπηγέναι,

3 and there must be a screen before both spaces, as well the right as the left, ten feet in length and of the height of a man
so that by this means the torches may be seen distinctly when raised and disappear when lowered. 
[3] παραπεφράχθαι δὲ καὶ τὸν δεξιὸν καὶ τὸν εὐώνυμον τόπον ἐπὶ δέκα πόδαςτὸ δὲ βάθος ὡς ἀνδρόμηκες,
εἰς
τὸ τοὺς πυρσοὺς αἰρομένους μὲν παρὰ ταῦτα τὴν φάσιν ἀκριβῆ ποιεῖνκαθαιρουμένους δὲ τὴν κρύψιν.

4 When all has been thus got ready on both sides, if the signaller wants to convey, for instance, that about a hundred of the soldiers
have deserted to the enemy, he must first of all choose words which will convey what he means in the smallest number of letters,
e.g. instead of the above "Cretans a hundred deserted us," for thus the letters are less than one half in number, but the same sense is conveyed. 
[4] τούτων δ᾽ ἑτοιμασθέντων παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροιςὅταν βούλῃ δηλῶσαι λόγου χάριν διότι
"
τῶν στρατιωτῶν τινεςεἰς ἑκατὸν ἀποκεχωρήκασι πρὸς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους,"
πρῶτον
 δεῖ διαλέξαι τῶν λέξεωνὅσαι δι᾽ ἐλαχίστωνγραμμάτων δύνανται ταὐτὸ δηλοῦν,
[
5] οἷον ἀντὶ τοῦ προειρημένου "Κρῆτες ἑκατὸν ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν ηὐτομόλησαν." νῦν γὰρ τὰ μὲν γράμματ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐλάττωτῶν ἡμίσεωνδιασαφεῖται δὲ ταὐτόν.

6 Having jotted this down on a writing-tablet he will communicate it by the torches as follows: 
[6] τούτου δὲ γραφέντος εἰς πινάκιονοὕτω δηλωθήσεται τοῖς πυρσοῖςπρῶτον δ᾽ ἐστὶ γράμμα τὸ κάππα:

7 The first letter is kappa. This being in the second division is on tablet number two,
and, therefore, he must raise two torches on the left,
so that the receiver may know that he had to consult the second tablet. 
[7] τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ μερίδι καὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ πλατείῳ.
δεήσει
 δὲ καὶ πυρσοὺς ἐκ τῶν εὐωνύμων δύ᾽αἴρειν,
ὥστε τὸν ἀποδεχόμενον γινώσκειν ὅτι δεῖ τὸ δεύτερον πλατεῖον ἐπισκοπεῖν.

8 He will now raise five torches on the right, to indicate that it is kappa, this being the fifth letter in the second division,
and the receiver of the signal will note this down on his writing tablet.
[8] εἶτ᾽ ἐκ τῶν δεξιῶν ἀρεῖ πέντε, διασαφῶν ὅτι κάππα: τοῦτο γὰρ πέμπτον ἐστὶ τῆς δευτέρας μερίδος,
ὃ δεήσει γράφειν εἰς τὸ πινάκιον τὸν ἀποδεχόμενον τοὺς πυρσούς.

9 The dispatcher will then raise four torches on the left as rho belongs to the fourth division,
 and then two on the right, rho being the second letter in this division.
The receiver writes down rho and so forth. This device enables any news to be definitely conveyed. 
[9] εἶτα τέτταρας ἐκ τῶν εὐωνύμωνἐπεὶ τὸ ῥῶ τῆς τετάρτης ἐστὶ μερίδος.
εἶτα
 δύο πάλιν ἐκ τῶν δεξιῶνδεύτερον γάρ ἐστι τῆς τετάρτης.
ἐξ
 οὗ τὸ ῥῶ γράφει [ὁ δεχόμενος τοὺς πυρσούς]καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον.
[
10] προδηλοῦται μὲν οὖν πᾶν τὸ προσπῖπτον ὡρισμένως κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ἐπίνοιαν,

 

47.1
Many torches, of course, are required, as the signal for each letter is a double one.
πολλοὶ δὲ γίνονθ᾽ οἱ πυρσοὶ διὰ τὸ δεῖν ὑπὲρ ἑκάστου γράμματος διττὰς ποιεῖσθαι τὰς πυρσείας.

2 But if all is properly prepared for the purpose, what is required can be done whichever system we follow.,
[2] οὐ μὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν τις εὐτρεπῆ ποιήσῃ τὰ πρὸς τὸ πρᾶγμαδύναται γίνεσθαι τὸ δέον.

3 Those engaged in the work must have had proper practice, so that when it comes to putting it in action
they may communicate with each other without the possibility of a mistake. 
[3] καθ᾽ ἑκατέραν δὲ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν προμελετᾶν δεῖ τοὺς χειρίζοντας,
 
ἵνα τῆς χρείας γινομένης ἀδιαπτώτωςδύνωνται διασαφεῖν ἀλλήλοις.

4 From many instances it is easy for all who wish it to learn how great the difference is between the same thing
when it is first heard and when it has become a matter of habit. 
[4] πηλίκην δὲ συμβαίνει φαίνεσθαι τὴν διαφορὰν ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων πρῶτον λεγομένων καὶ πάλινκατὰ συνήθειαν γινομένων,
ἐκ
 πολλῶν εὐχερὲς τῷ βουλομένῳ καταμαθεῖν.

5 For many things which appear at the beginning to be not only difficult
but impossible are performed quite easily after time and practice. 

[5] πολλὰ γὰρ οὐ μόνον τῶν δυσχερῶνἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀδυνάτων εἶναι δοκούντων κατὰ τὰς ἀρχάς,
μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνου καὶ συνηθείας τυχόντα ῥᾷστα πάντων ἐπιτελεῖται.

6 There are many other examples which confirm this, but the clearest of all is the case of reading.
[6] τοῦ δὲ τοιούτου λόγου παραδείγματα μὲν πολλὰ καὶ ἕτερα πρὸς πίστιν,
ἐναργέστατον δὲ τὸ γινόμενον ἐπὶτῆς ἀναγνώσεως.

7 Here if we put side by side a man who is ignorant and unpractised in letters, but generally intelligent,
and a boy who is accustomed to read, give the boy a book and order him to read it,
[7] ἐπὶ γὰρ ἐκείνηςεἴ τις παραστησάμενος ἄνθρωπον ἄπειρον μὲν καὶ ἀσυνήθη γραμματικῆςτἄλλα δ᾽ἀγχίνουν,
κἄπειτα παιδάριον ἕξιν ἔχον παραστήσας καὶ δοὺς βυβλίον κελεύοι λέγειν τὰ γεγραμμένα,

8 the man will plainly not be able to believe that a reader must first of all pay attention to the form of each letter, then to its sound-value,
next to the combinations of the different letters, each of which things requires a considerable amount of time.
[8] δῆλον ὡς οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο πιστεῦσαι διότι δεῖ πρῶτον ἐπὶ τὰς ὄψεις τὰς ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν γραμμάτωνἐπιστῆσαι τὸν ἀναγινώσκονταδεύτερον ἐπὶ τὰς δυνάμειςτρίτον ἐπὶ τὰς πρὸς ἄλληλα συμπλοκάςὧν ἕκαστονποσοῦ χρόνου τινὸς δεῖται. 

9 So when he sees that the boy without hesitation reels off five or seven lines in a breath he will not find it easy to believe that he never read the book before,
[9] διόπερ ὅταν ἀνεπιστάτως θεωρῇ τὸ παιδάριον ὑπὸ τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρονοὐκ ἂνεὐχερῶς
δύναιτο
 πιστεῦσαι διότι πρότερον οὗτος οὐκ ἀνέγνωκε τὸ βυβλίον:

10 and he will absolutely refuse to believe this if the reader should be able to observe the action, the pauses, and the rough and smooth breathings.
[10] εἰ δὲ καὶ τὴν ὑπόκρισιν καὶ τὰς διαιρέσειςἔτι δὲ δασύτητας καὶ ψιλότητας δύναιτο συσσῴζεινοὐδὲ τελέως.

11 We should not, therefore, abandon, anything useful owing to the difficulties which show themselves at the outset,
but we must call in the aid of habit, through which all good things fall into the hands of men, and more specially
when the matter is one on which our preservation mainly depends.
[11] διόπερ οὐκ ἀποστατέον οὐδενὸς τῶν χρησίμων διὰ τὰς προφαινομένας δυσχερείαςπροσακτέον δὲ τὴν ἕξιν πάντα τὰ καλὰ γίνεται θηρατὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις,
ἄλλως τε καὶ περὶ τῶν τοιούτωνἐν οἷς πολλάκις κεῖται τὸσυνέχον τῆς σωτηρίας.

12 In offering these observations I am acting up to the promise I originally made at the outset of this work.
For I stated that in our time all arts and sciences have so much advanced the knowledge of most of them may be said to have been reduced to a system. 
[12] ταῦτα μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπαγγελίαν προήχθημεν εἰπεῖν.
ἔφαμεν
 γὰρ πάντα τὰ θεωρήματα καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον εἰληφέναι τὰς προκοπάς,
ὥστε
 τῶν πλείστων τρόπον τινὰ μεθοδικὰς εἶναι τὰς ἐπιστήμας.

13 This is, then, one of the most useful parts of a history properly written.
[13] διὸ καὶ τοῦτο γίνεται τῆς δεόντως ἱστορίας συντεταγμένης ὠφελιμώτατον.

 

 

Wikipedia: Polybius

Polybius (/pəˈlɪbiəs/Greek: Πολύβιος, Polýbios; c.  200 – c. 118 BC) was a Greek historian of the Hellenistic period noted for his work The Histories, which covered the period of 264–146 BC in detail. The work describes the rise of the Roman Republic to the status of dominance in the ancient Mediterranean world and includes his eyewitness account of the Sack of Carthage in 146 BC.

Polybius is important for his analysis of the mixed constitution or the separation of powers in government, which was influential on Montesquieu's The Spirit of the Laws and the framers of the United States Constitution.

Cryptography

Polybius was responsible for a useful tool in telegraphy that allowed letters to be easily signaled using a numerical system (mentioned in Hist. X.45.6 ff.). This idea also lends itself to cryptographic manipulation and steganography.

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

1

A

B

C

D

E

2

F

G

H

I/J

K

3

L

M

N

O

P

4

Q

R

S

T

U

5

V

W

X

Y

Z

 

This was known as the "Polybius square", where the letters of the alphabet were arranged left to right, top to bottom in a 5 x 5 square, (when used with the modern 26 letter alphabet, the letters "I" and "J" are combined). Five numbers were then aligned on the outside top of the square, and five numbers on the left side of the square vertically. Usually these numbers were arranged 1 through 5. By cross-referencing the two numbers along the grid of the square, a letter could be deduced.

In The Histories, he specifies how this cypher could be used in fire signals, where long-range messages could be sent by means of torches raised and lowered to signify the column and row of each letter. This was a great leap forward from previous fire signaling, which could send prearranged codes only (such as, 'if we light the fire, it means that the enemy has arrived').

Other writings of scientific interest include detailed discussions of the machines Archimedes created for the defense of Syracuse against the Romans, where he praises the 'old man' and his engineering in the highest terms, and an analysis of the usefulness of astronomy to generals (both in the Histories).



Fama ist in der römischen Mythologie die Gottheit des Ruhmes wie auch des Gerüchts. Der Fama entspricht
in der griechischen Mythologie die Pheme (griechisch Φήμη). Personifikation des Ruhmes ist bei den Römern noch die Gloria.

Pheme und Ossa

Bei Homer erscheint Pheme als Ossa (Ὄσσα). Einmal – in der Ilias – bedeutet der Ausdruck "Pheme" den Ruhm,
der als Bote des Zeus das griechische Heer begleitet [1], das andere Mal – in der Odyssee – verkörpert er das Gerücht.[2]
Ursprünglich bezeichnet Pheme – sprachgeschichtlich verwandt mit phemi, »sprechen« – einfach eine Nachricht o
der einen Hinweis unklaren Ursprungs, im Unterschied zu einer aus bekannter Quelle stammenden Nachricht. Daraus
wurde Pheme, das Gerücht, die Anmutung – aber auch das Vorzeichen und das Omen.[3] 
In Sophokles' Drama König Ödipus ist sie ein Kind von Elpis, der personifizierten Hoffnung.[4]
In Hesiods Werke und Tage wird sie als Allegorie und Quasi-Gottheit beschrieben:
Pheme ist ihrer Natur nach böse, leicht, oh so leicht aufzulesen, aber schwer zu tragen und kaum mehr abzulegen.
Sie verschwindet nie völlig, sobald sie großgeredet ist von der Menge. Tatsächlich ist sie eine Art Göttin.[5]

In mythologischen Texten gibt es nur wenige anschauliche Darstellungen der Figur. Mehrfach erscheint Pheme bei Nonnos von Panopolis;
dort wird sie als geflügeltes und vielzüngiges Wesen beschrieben, was ihrem allegorischen Charakter durchaus entspricht.[6] Es fehlt ihr an persönlicher
Kontur und auch einen Kult scheint es nicht gegeben zu haben.
Nur Aischines berichtet von einem nach der Schlacht am Eurymedon durch die Athener errichteten Altar der Pheme[7],
der von Pausanias als Kuriosum und Beleg dafür erwähnt wird, dass die Athener schlicht Jedem einen Altar errichten.[8] Aischines unterscheidet dabei zwischen
Pheme als etwas wie von selbst Erscheinendes
und der den einzelnen Menschen belangenden Diabole (Διαβολή „Verleumdung“). Dagegen ist bei Achilleus Tatios "die Pheme" eine Tochter der Diabole:
Gerücht [Pheme] ist die Tochter der Verleumdung [Diabole]. Verleumdung ist schärfer als ein Schwert, s
tärker als Feuer und beseuselt mehr als der Gesang der Sirene. Das Gerücht rinnt schneller als Wasser dahin, läuft schneller als der Wind,
und fliegt schneller als irgend ein Vogel.[9]

Einzelnachweise
1. Homer Ilias 2.93ff
2. Homer Odyssee 2.216ff, 24.412ff
3. Wilhelm Pape Griechisch-Deutsches Handwörterbuch. Bd. 2, Braunschweig 1914, S. 1267f, s. v. Φήμη
4. Sophokles: König Ödipus 151
5 Hesiod Werke und Tage 760ff
6. Nonnos Dionysiaka 5.370ff, 18.1f, 44.123ff, 47.1ff
7. Aischines in Timarchum 128 mit Scholien und de falsa legatione 144f
8. Pausanias Beschreibung Griechenlands 1.17.1
9. Achilleus Tatios 6.10.4-5

Vgl. 
Enkélados: Bruder der Pheme
Koios


PHEME
Der Kleine Pauly, 725-726

München 1975
Pheme (Φήμη). Personifikation des Gerüchts: der üblen Nachrede. Hes. erg. 760ff., 
der Siegesbotschaft Bakchyl. 2,1. 9,1. Soph. Oid. T. 158. El. 1066.
In Athen hatte die göttliche Stimme einen Altar, Pau s. 1,17,1, errichtet nach Komons Sieg am
Eurymedon 466, Aischin. 1,128 u. Sch. IG-XIV 1120 (aus Tusculum)
 
Φήμη εὐαγγέλω. Anth. Pal. 10.89.
Vgl. Hom. Il. 2,93 Ὄσσα, Διὸς ἄγγελος. Od. 24.413. → Fama, Aius Locutius.
(H.v.G.)
Wilam. GldH I,17f. Ders. Hesiods Erga 129. O.Kern Die Rel. der Griechen 1, 79f.


PHEME & OSSA

Source: Theoi Project : Aaron J. Atsma, Netherlands & New Zealand


OSSA (Ossa), the personification of rumour or report, the Latin Fama.
As it is often impossible to trace a report to its source, it is said to come from Zeus, and hence
Ossa is called the messenger of Zeus (Hom. Od. i. 282, ii. 216, xxiv. 412, Il. ii. 93). 
Sophocles (Oed. Tyr.158) calls her a daughter of Hope, and the poets, both Greek and Latin,
have indulged in various imaginary descriptions of Ossa or Fama (Hes. Op. et Dies. 705, &c.;
Virg. Aen. iv. 174, &c.; Ov. Met. xii. 39, &c.). 
At Athens she was honoured with an altar. (Paus. i. 17. § 1.)
Source: Dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography and Mythology

Ossa Personification of Rumour

Homer, Iliad 2. 93 ff (trans. Lattimore) (Greek epic C8th B.C.) :

"[The Greeks] marched in order by companies to the assembly, and Ossa (Rumour) walked blazing among them, Zeus' messenger, to hasten them along."

Homer, Odyssey 2. 216 ff (trans. Shewring) (Greek epic C8th B.C.) :

"[Telemakhos (Telemachus) departs in search of his father Odysseus :] ‘Perhaps some
human witness will speak, perhaps I shall hear some rumour (ossa) that comes from Zeus,
 a great source of tidings for mankind.’"

Homer, Odyssey 24. 412 ff : 

"Ossa (Rumour) as herald was speeding hotfoot through the city, crying the news of the suitors' [of Penelope] hideous death and doom."


Feme Personification of Rumour & Report

Hesiod, Works and Days 760 ff (trans. Evelyn-White) (Greek epic C8th or C7th B.C.) :

"Do as I tell you and keep away from the gossip of people. For Pheme (Rumour) is an evil thing,
by nature, she's a light weight to lift up, oh very easy, but heavy to carry, and hard to put down again.
Pheme (Rumour) never disappears entirely once many people have talked her big. In fact, she really is some sort of goddess."

Bacchylides, Fragment 2 (trans. Campbell, Vol. Greek Lyric IV) (Greek lyric C5th B.C.) :

"Speed to holy Keos (Ceos), Pheme (Report), you giver of majesty, and carry
the message of gracious name, that Argeius won the victory [in the Games]."

Bacchylides, Fragment 10 :

"Pheme (Report), you visit the tribes of mortals and to all . . . because with their eyes they have looked on golden blessed Nike (Victory)."

Sophocles, Oedipus the King 151 ff (Greek tragedy C5th B.C.) : 

"Chorus : O sweetly-speaking message of Zeus, in what spirit have you come to
glorious Thebes from golden Pytho? I am on the rack, terror shakes my soul,
O Delian healer [oracular Apollon] to whom wild cries rise, in holy fear of you, wondering what debt
you will extract from me, perhaps unknown before, perhaps renewed with the revolving years.
Tell me, immortal Phama (Pheme, Report), child of golden Elpis (Hope)."

Pausanias, Description of Greece 1. 17. 1 (trans. Jones) (Greek travelogue C2nd A.D.) :

"They [the Athenians] are conspicuous . . . for their devotion to religion. They have an altar of Aidos (Aedos, Shame),
one to Pheme (Rumour) and one to Hormes (Effort)."

Anonymous, Dionysus and Lycurgus Fragment (trans. Page, Vol. Select Papyri III, No. 129) (Greek epic C3rd A.D.) :

"[Lykourgos (Lycurgus) was driven mad by the god Dionysos :] Baneful Rumour (phêmê) of his madness
should arrive at Thebes on wings and summon Ardys and Astakios (Astacius), his two sons, and Kytis (Cyis)
who married him and was subdued to his embrace. They, when led by Rumour’s (phêmê) many tongues they came,
found Lykourgos just now released from suffering, worn out by madness."

Nonnus, Dionysiaca 5. 370 ff (trans. Rouse) (Greek epic C5th A.D.) :

"Already Pheme (Rumour) self born had flown from the hills to Autonoe, proclaiming her son's [Aktaion's (Actaeon's)] fate torn to pieces by his dogs."

Nonnus, Dionysiaca 18. 1 ff : 

"Meantime manytongued Pheme (Rumour) was on the wing; and she flew along the whole line
of Assyrian cities, proclaiming the name of Dionysos with his gift of the vine, the glorious fruit of grapes ,and his bold warfare with the Indians."

Nonnus, Dionysiaca 44. 123 ff : 

"[Dionysos returned to Thebes after his victorious campaign in India :]
Already Pheme (Rumour) was flying about the seven-gated city proclaiming the rites of Dionysos."

Nonnus, Dionysiaca 47. 1 ff : 

"Pheme (Rumour) was flitting up and down the city, announcing of herself that Dionysos of the grapes had come to visit Athens."




ARISTOTLE: NICOMACHEAN ETHICS

NE VII, 1153 b 26 - 1154 a 1.

καὶ τὸ διώκειν δ᾽ ἅπαντα καὶ θηρία καὶ ἀνθρώπους τὴν ἡδονὴν σημεῖόν τι τοῦ εἶναί πως τὸἄριστον αὐτήν: 
φήμη δ᾽ οὔτις πάμπαν ἀπόλλυται, ἥν τινα λαοί πολλοί ... 1 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὐχ  αὐτὴ οὔτε φύσις οὔθ᾽ ἕξις  ἀρίστη οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν οὔτε δοκεῖ,
οὐδ᾽ ἡδονὴν διώκουσι τὴν αὐτὴν πάντες, ἡδονὴν μέντοι πάντες. 
ἴσως δὲ καὶ διώκουσιν οὐχ ἣν οἴονταιοὐδ᾽ ἣν ἂν φαῖεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν αὐτήν: πάντα γὰρ φύσει ἔχει τι θεῖον. 
ἀλλ᾽ εἰλήφασι τὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος κληρονομίαναἱ σωματικαὶ ἡδοναὶ διὰ τὸ πλειστάκις
τε παραβάλλειν εἰς αὐτὰς καὶ πάντας μετέχειν αὐτῶν: διὰ τὸ μόνας οὖν γνωρίμους εἶναι ταύτας μόνας οἴονται εἶναι.

ὧδ᾽ ἔρδειν: δεινὴν δὲ βροτῶν ὑπαλεύεο φήμην. 
φήμη γάρ τε κακὴ πέλεται, κούφη μὲν ἀεῖραι 
ῥεῖα μάλ᾽, ἀργαλέη δὲ φέρειν, χαλεπὴ δ᾽ ἀποθέσθαι. 
φήμη δ᾽ οὔτις πάμπαν ἀπόλλυται, ἥν τινα πολλοὶ 
λαοὶ φημίξωσι: θεός νύ τίς ἐστι καὶ αὐτή.

"So do: and avoid the talk of men.
For Talk is mischievous, light, and easily raised, 
but hard to bear and difficult to be rid of. 
Talk never wholly dies away when many people
voice her: even Talk is in some ways divine."


And indeed the fact that all things, both brutes and men, pursue pleasure is an indication of its being somehow the chief good: 

No voice is wholly lost that many peoples...

But since no one nature or state either is or is thought the best for all, neither do all pursue the same pleasure; yet all pursue pleasure.
And perhaps they actually pursue not the pleasure they think they pursue nor that which they would say they pursue, but the same pleasure;
for all things have by nature something divine in them. But the bodily pleasures have appropriated the name both because
we oftenest steer our course for them and because all men share in them; thus because they alone are familiar,
men think there are no others. 
It is evident also that if pleasure, i.e. the activity of our faculties, is not a good,
it will not be the case that the happy man lives a pleasant life; for to what end should he need pleasure,
if it is not a good but the happy man may even live a painful life? For pain is neither an evil nor a good, if pleasure is not;
why then should he avoid it? Therefore, too, the life of the good man will not be pleasanter than that of any one else,
if his activities are not more pleasant. 

Transl. W.D. Ross


GIANNIS STAMATELLOS: PLOTINUS' ANGELETICS: A NEOPLATONIC MESSAGE THEORY

 

Published in:  Rafael Capurro - John Holgate (eds.). Messages and Messengers. Angeletics as an Approach to the Phenomenology of Communication. München 2011S. 125-145.

 
INTRODUCTION

[...] An ancient philosophical discourse on angelos (i.e. messenger) is found in the thought of Plotinus (AD 204-270) – a prominent philosopher of late antiquity, widely regarded as the founder of Neoplatonism. Understanding Plotinus’ message theory involves inquiring into his epistemology, psychology and metaphysics. Particularly, in the Enneads, Plotinus refers twice to angelos: firstly in his middle-period treatise IV.4 [28] On Difficulties About the Soul II (chapter 19.28-29) and secondly in his late treatise V.3 [49] On the Knowing Hypostases and That Which is Beyond (chapter 3.44). A third enlightening passage is found in the seventh chapter of his early treatise VI.9 [9] On the Good or the One (chapter 7.5-16). In these passages, Plotinus uses ‘angelos’ in relation to: (1) sense-perception and the outer activity of the soul towards the perceptible world and (2) contemplation and the inner activity of the soul towards the One. The first case is discussed in Enneads IV.4.19 and V.3.3, while the second one in Ennead VI.9.9.

Within this framework, the aim of this essay is twofold: firstly, to present Plotinus’ concept of angelos in the Enneads and, secondly, to support the position that Plotinus’ message theory should be conceived as an early antecedent of Capurro’s angeletics.


1. ANGELOS IN PLOTINUS

In the Enneads, ‘angelos’ refers to the soul (psyche). In Plotinus words, the soul is an amphibion (IV.8.1-5), a hybrid mode of being at a common boundary between the intelligibles and the corporeals; a double life in the middle of the intelligible world of the Forms and the perceptible world of the senses (IV.8.8). The soul is an intelligible being which self-includes all the intelligibles (noeta) as formative principles (logoi) (V.1.6): the spermatic formulators, generators and animators of the natural world (III.6.19.26-29). The soul animates the corporeal bodies with its logoi (IV.3.10.35-42) organizing chaotic matter into a well-articulated cosmos (Kalligas 1997, 400). The Plotinian soul is a medium: a principle of mediation between the intelligible and the perceptible world (Rangos 1999). However, by reversing the traditional Platonic-Pythagorean body-soul relationship, Plotinus maintains that the soul is not present in the body but the body is present in the soul. Hence in Plotinus’ psychology it is more appropriate to speak of ‘ensouled bodies’ rather than ‘embodied souls’ (IV.3.22-23).

Plotinus further divides (theoretically) the soul in two parts: the world-soul and the individual-soul (IV.8.2). The process of organising chaotic matter by the world-soul has its counterpart in the reverse process whereby an ensouled-individual-body can reach through contemplation the higher intelligible realm. World-soul is the all-inclusive prototype of the individual souls; whereas the world-soul governs, cares and directs the universal body
with its superior intellectual power, the individual-souls govern their corporeal bodies with difficulty and struggle.

In Ennead IV.4.19, Plotinus argues on the nature of pain and pleasure as they are connected to the soul’s faculty of sense-perception:

But as it is, the finger has a pain, and the man has a pain, because the man’s finger does. The man is said to have a pain in his finger in the same way as we speak of a bright-looking man, because of his bright-eyes. So then that which is affected has the pain, unless one takes “has the pain” as including the immediately consequent perception: if one includes this obviously one is indicating that pain goes with sense-perception’s awareness of the pain. But, then, the sense-perception itself is not to be called, but knowledge of pain; but since it is knowledge, it is unaffected, so that it can know and give a sound message. For a messenger who is affected, if he gives himself over to the affection, either does not deliver his message or is not a sound and reliable messenger. [Ennead IV.4.19.19-29; trans. Armstrong modified; my italics]        

In this passage, sense-perception is the messenger (angelos) of the soul; the perception of pain is not pain per se but knowledge of pain. The intelligible part of the soul remains unaffected by pain and that is why perception delivers (apaggelei) to the mind a sound and reliable message. The perception of pain is a form of knowledge different from what is perceived: the perception of pain is awareness of pain (Emilsson 1998, 343 ff.).

Likewise, in Ennead V.3.3, Plotinus’ discussion is about the soul and its discursive-reasoning (dianoia) (i.e. our empirical self) as an intermediate mode of being between the activity of sense-perception (directed downwards to the corporeals) and the activity of intellect (directed upwards to the Forms):

The activities of intellect are from above in the same way that those of sense-perception are from below; we are this, this principal part of the soul, in the middle between two activities, a worse and a better, the worse that of sense-perception, the better that of intellect. But it is generally agreed that sense-perception is always ours-for we are always perceiving-but there is a disagreement about intellect, both because we do not always use it and because it is separate; and it is separate because it itself does not incline towards us, but rather look up towards it. Sense-perception is our messenger, but Intellect is our king.[Ennead V.3.3.34-45 trans. Armstrong modified; my italics]

In this passage, sense-perception is again the angelos of the soul, contrasted to intellect which is the ‘king’ of the soul, from which the soul originates as an intelligible entity.

Finally, in Ennead VI.9, the soul is described as having direct communication to the One - the supreme reality of being beyond life and thought. In becoming acquainted with the One, the soul must empty itself from all qualities and forms (VI.9.7.5-16); it must be like matter, fully empty and passive to receive the message of the One (Meijer 1992, 219-220). The soul has to become unintelligible and formless so as to receive the pure illumination of the One; to receive being itself.

… the soul must let go all outward things and turn entirely towards what is in it, and not be inclined towards something of the outside things, but ignoring all things, both before in their condition, then also in their forms, and even ignoring oneself one must come to be in contemplation of that, and having been with it and having had as it were sufficient communion with it, come back with a message, if one could do it, about that communion. [VI.9.7.16-23; trans. Meijer]

To succeed in the communion (synousia) with the One the soul must withdraw from everything external and return completely inwards. Plotinus illustrates the communion between the soul and the One with the mythical story of Minos (7.23-24). According to the myth, Minos had several meetings in his cave with his father Zeus; inspired by the divine touch, Minos was able to write laws and present them as images of his secret meetings with Zeus (Meijer 1992, 224). Minos’ myth gives a political colour to Plotinus’ message theory reflecting Plato’s politics in the Laws (624b), while the direct union (epaphe) between the soul and the One (i.e. Minos and Zeus) reminds us of the discussion of the Platonic Eros in the Symposium (209c) (Meijer 1992, 225-228). In contemplation of the One, the soul is in-formed by the messages of being; the One is the ultimate source of the soul’s political knowledge and intelligible existence.  

Thus, in the light of the above passages, two forms of communication could be identified: (1) message communication corresponding to the soul’s perceptive part (soul ↔ perceptible reality) and (2) message communication corresponding to the soul’s intellectual part (soul ↔ One). The former is related to the soul’s outward act of sense-perception towards the perceptible realm, the latter to the soul’s inward act of contemplation towards the One.

[...]

CONCLUSION

The Plotinian soul is both medium and mediator; active sender and receiver simultaneously: it receives the messages of the physical reality (i.e. the qualities of the perceptible objects) and sends the message of the One (i.e. the indefinites of amorphous being). As a receiver, the messenger is the soul’s process of sense-perception delivering the perceptible message to discursive reason (logos), while, as a sender, the messenger is the soul’s process of contemplation (theoria) delivering the message of the One. Whereas sense-perception is an outward act which results in the soul’s apprehension, contemplation is an inward act which presupposes the soul’s ignorance and emptiness. In sense-perception the soul remains unaffected by the corporeal qualities, while in its contemplation the soul is informed by the One. 

Plotinus’ angeletics is an innovative insight on active message communication that synthesizes psychology, epistemology and metaphysics in an inter-disciplinary theory. He inaugurates an ancient theory of communication as mediation – a Neoplatonic message theory of angeletics – in which messages and messengers are in direct contact, influence and communion at human, sub-human and hyper-human level. For this reason, Plotinus’ message theory should be regarded as a Neoplatonic forerunner of Rafael Capurro’s modern angeletics and its interdisciplinary investigations on the complexity of the message phenomenon.

(p. 125-126;  133-134)
 


HANS-GEORG GADAMER: HERMENEUTIK


In: Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Art. Hermeneutik, Basel 1974, 1061-1062

Hermeneutik ist die Kunst des ἑρμηνεύειν, d.h. des Verkündens, Dolmetschens, Erklärens und Auslegens. 'Hermes' hieß der Götterbote, der die Botschaften der Götter den Sterblichen ausrichtet. Sein Verkünden ist offenkundig kein bloßes Mitteilen, sondern Erklären von göttlichen Befehlen, und zwar so, daß er diese in sterbliche Sprache und Verständlichkeit übersetzt. Die Leistung der H. besteht grundsätzlich immer darin, einen Sinnzusammenhang aus einer anderen "Welt" in die eigene zu übertragen. Das gilt auch von der Grundbedeutung von ἑρμηνεία, die "Aussage von Gedanken" ist, wobei der Begriff der Aussage selber vieldeutig ist, Äußerung, Erklärung, Auslegung und Übersetzung umfassend. Die Aristotelische Schrift Περὶ ἑρμηνείας, ein Teil des 'Organon', ist gar keine H., sondern eine Art logischer Grammatik, die die logischen Strukturen des apophantischen Logos (des Urteils) untersucht und alle anderen Arten des Logos, bei denen es nicht nur auf das Wahrsein ankommt, ausschließt. Die H. als Kunst gehört nach Platon [Politikos 260d] nicht allem Ausdruck von Gedanken zu, sondern allein dem Wissen, das anweist, wie das des Königs, des Herolds usw. In der 'Epinomis' [975c] steht die H. ein einer Reihe mit der Mantik – offenbar als eine Kunst, die den Götterwillen erklärt, im klaren Doppelsinn von Mitteilen und Gehorsamfordern. Im späteren Griechischen kann dann ἑρμηνεία freilich sehr wohl "gelehrte Erklärung" und ἑρμηνεύς, "Erklärer" wie "Übersetzer" heißen [Photios, Bibl.; Platon, Jon 534 e; Leges 907d]. Aber es ist doch bezeichnend, daß die "Kunst" der ἑρμηνεία, die H., an die Sakralsphäre gebunden war, in der ein autoritativer Wille Maßgebliches dem Hörenden eröffnet. Davon ist in dem heutigen wissenschaftstheoretischen Bewußtsein nichts mehr lebendig, auch wenn die Hauptformen, in denen H. ihre Ausbildung fand, die juristische Auslegung der Gesetze und die theologische oder philologische Auslegung heiliger oder klassischer Texte, den ursprünglich normativen Sinn durchaus noch implizieren.



POLITIKOS
260d

 

[260ξ]

Ξένος
φέρε δή, τούτοιν τοῖν τέχναιν ἡμῖν τὸν βασιλικὸν ἐν ποτέρᾳ θετέον; ἆρ᾽ ἐν τῇ κριτικῇ, καθάπερ
τινὰ θεατήν, ἢμᾶλλον τῆς ἐπιτακτικῆς ὡς ὄντα αὐτὸν τέχνης θήσομεν, δεσπόζοντά γε;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς γὰρ οὐ μᾶλλον;

Ξένος
τὴν ἐπιτακτικὴν δὴ τέχνην πάλιν ἂν εἴη θεατέον εἴ πῃ διέστηκεν. καί μοι δοκεῖ τῇδέ πῃ,
καθάπερ ἡ τῶνκαπήλων τέχνη τῆς τῶν αὐτοπωλῶν διώρισται τέχνης, καὶ

[260δ] τὸ βασιλικὸν γένος ἔοικεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τῶν κηρύκων γένους ἀφωρίσθαι.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς;

Ξένος
πωληθέντα που πρότερον ἔργα ἀλλότρια παραδεχόμενοι δεύτερον πωλοῦσι πάλιν οἱ κάπηλοι.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.

Ξένος
οὐκοῦν καὶ τὸ κηρυκικὸν φῦλον ἐπιταχθέντ᾽ ἀλλότρια νοήματα παραδεχόμενον
 αὐτὸ δεύτερον ἐπιτάττειπάλιν ἑτέροις.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ἀληθέστατα.

Ξένος
τί οὖν; εἰς ταὐτὸν μείξομεν βασιλικὴν ἑρμηνευτικῇ,

[260ε] κελευστικῇ, μαντικῇ, κηρυκικῇ, καὶ πολλαῖς ἑτέραις τούτων τέχναις συγγενέσιν,
αἳ σύμπασαι τό γ᾽ἐπιτάττειν ἔχουσιν; ἢ βούλει, καθάπερ ᾐκάζομεν νυνδή, καὶ τοὔνομα παρεικάσωμεν,
ἐπειδὴ καὶ σχεδὸνἀνώνυμον ὂν τυγχάνει τὸ τῶν αὐτεπιτακτῶν γένος, καὶ ταύτῃ ταῦτα διελώμεθα, τὸ μὲν τῶν
βασιλέων γένοςεἰς τὴν αὐτεπιτακτικὴν θέντες, τοῦ δὲ ἄλλου παντὸς ἀμελήσαντες,
ὄνομα ἕτερον αὐτοῖς παραχωρήσαντεςθέσθαι τινά; τοῦ γὰρ ἄρχοντος ἕνεκα ἡμῖν ἡ μέθοδος ἦν

[261α] ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ τοῦ ἐναντίου.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.

Ξένος
οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο μετρίως ἀφέστηκεν ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνων, ἀλλοτριότητι διορισθὲν
πρὸς οἰκειότητα, τοῦτο αὐτὸπάλιν αὖ διαιρεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, εἴ τινα τομὴν ἔτι ἔχομεν ὑπείκουσαν ἐν τούτῳ;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πάνυ γε.

Ξένος
καὶ μὴν φαινόμεθα ἔχειν: ἀλλ᾽ ἐπακολουθῶν σύντεμνε.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῇ;

Ξένος
πάντας ὁπόσους ἂν ἄρχοντας διανοηθῶμεν ἐπιτάξει

[261β] προσχρωμένους ἆρ᾽ οὐχ εὑρήσομεν γενέσεώς τινος ἕνεκα προστάττοντας;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῶς δ᾽ οὔ;

Ξένος
καὶ μὴν τά γε γιγνόμενα πάντα δίχα διαλαβεῖν οὐ παντάπασι χαλεπόν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
πῇ;

Ξένος
τὰ μὲν ἄψυχα αὐτῶν ἐστί που συμπάντων, τὰ δ᾽ ἔμψυχα.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ναί.

Ξένος
τούτοις δέ γε αὐτοῖς τὸ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ μέρος ἐπιτακτικὸν ὄν, εἴπερ βουλόμεθα τέμνειν, τεμοῦμεν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
κατὰ τί;

Ξένος
τὸ μὲν ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν ἀψύχων γενέσεσιν αὐτοῦ τάττοντες,
 

[261ξ] τὸ δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν ἐμψύχων: καὶ πᾶν οὕτως ἤδη διαιρήσεται δίχα.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
παντάπασί γε.

Ξένος
τὸ μὲν τοίνυν αὐτῶν παραλίπωμεν, τὸ δ᾽ ἀναλάβωμεν, ἀναλαβόντες δὲ μερισώμεθα εἰς δύο τὸ σύμπαν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
λέγεις δ᾽ αὐτοῖν ἀναληπτέον εἶναι πότερον;

Ξένος
πάντως που τὸ περὶ τὰ ζῷα ἐπιτακτικόν. οὐ γὰρ δὴ τό γε τῆς βασιλικῆς
ἐπιστήμης ἐστί ποτε τῶν ἀψύχωνἐπιστατοῦν, οἷον ἀρχιτεκτονικόν, ἀλλὰ γενναιότερον, ἐν τοῖς

[261δ] ζῴοις καὶ περὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα τὴν δύναμιν ἀεὶ κεκτημένον.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ὀρθῶς.

Ξένος
τήν γε μὴν τῶν ζῴων γένεσιν καὶ τροφὴν τὴν μέν τις ἂν ἴδοι μονοτροφίαν οὖσαν,
τὴν δὲ κοινὴν τῶν ἐν ταῖςἀγέλαις θρεμμάτων ἐπιμέλειαν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ὀρθῶς.

Ξένος
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μὴν τόν γε πολιτικὸν εὑρήσομεν ἰδιοτρόφον, ὥσπερ βοηλάτην ἤ
τινα ἱπποκόμον, ἀλλ᾽ ἱπποφορβῷ τεκαὶ βουφορβῷ μᾶλλον προσεοικότα.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
φαίνεταί γε δὴ ῥηθὲν νῦν.

[261ε]

Ξένος
πότερον οὖν τῆς ζῳοτροφίας τὴν τῶν συμπόλλων κοινὴν τροφὴν
ἀγελαιοτροφίαν ἢ κοινοτροφικήν τιναὀνομάζομεν;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
ὁπότερον ἂν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ συμβαίνῃ.

Ξένος
καλῶς γε, ὦ Σώκρατες: κἂν διαφυλάξῃς τὸ μὴ σπουδάζειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, πλουσιώτερος
εἰς τὸ γῆραςἀναφανήσῃ φρονήσεως. νῦν δὲ τοῦτο μέν, καθάπερ διακελεύῃ,
ποιητέον: τὴν δὲ ἀγελαιοτροφικὴν ἆρ᾽ ἐννοεῖςπῇ

[262α] τις δίδυμον ἀποφήνας τὸ ζητούμενον ἐν διπλασίοισι τὰ νῦν ἐν τοῖς ἡμίσεσιν εἰς τότε ποιήσει ζητεῖσθαι;

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
προθυμήσομαι. καί μοι δοκεῖ τῶν μὲν ἀνθρώπων ἑτέρα τις εἶναι, τῶν δ᾽ αὖ θηρίων ἄλλη τροφή.

Ξένος
παντάπασί γε προθυμότατα καὶ ἀνδρειότατα διῄρησαι: μὴ μέντοι
τοῦτό γε εἰς αὖθις κατὰ δύναμιν πάσχωμεν.

Νεώτερος Σωκράτης
τὸ ποῖον;

Ξένος
μὴ σμικρὸν μόριον ἓν πρὸς μεγάλα καὶ πολλὰ

[262β] ἀφαιρῶμεν, μηδὲ εἴδους χωρίς: ἀλλὰ τὸ μέρος ἅμα εἶδος ἐχέτω. κάλλιστον μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ
τῶν ἄλλωνεὐθὺς διαχωρίζειν τὸ ζητούμενον, ἂν ὀρθῶς ἔχῃ, καθάπερ ὀλίγον σὺ πρότερον οἰηθεὶς
ἔχειν τὴν διαίρεσινἐπέσπευσας τὸν λόγον, ἰδὼν ἐπ᾽ ἀνθρώπους πορευόμενον: ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ φίλε,
λεπτουργεῖν οὐκ ἀσφαλές, διὰμέσων δὲ ἀσφαλέστερον ἰέναι τέμνοντας, καὶ μᾶλλον ἰδέαις ἄν τις προστυγχάνοι. 

[260c]

Stranger
Now to which of these two classes is the kingly man to be assigned?
Shall we assign him to the art of judging, as a kind of spectator, or rather to the art of commanding, inasmuch as he is a ruler?

Younger Socrates
Rather to the latter, of course.

Stranger
Then once more we must see whether the art of command falls into two divisions.
It seems to me that it does, and I think there is much the same distinction between the kingly class and the class of heralds

 

[260d] as between the art of men who sell what they themselves produce and that of retail dealers.

Younger Socrates
How so?

Stranger
Retail dealers receive and sell over again the productions of others,
which have generally been sold before.

Younger Socrates
Certainly.

Stranger
And in like manner heralds receive the purposes of others in the form of orders, and then give the orders a second time to others.

Younger Socrates
Very true.

Stranger
Shall we, then, join the art of the king in the same class with the art of the interpreter,

[260e] the boatswain, the prophet, the herald, and many other kindred arts,
all of which involve giving orders? Or, as we just now made a comparison of functions,
shall we now by comparison make a name also—since the class of t
hose who issue orders
of their own is virtually nameless—and assign kings to the science of giving orders of one's own,
disregarding all the rest and leaving to someone else the task of naming them? For the object of our present quest is the ruler,

[261a] not his opposite.

Younger Socrates
Quite right.

Stranger
Then since a reasonable distinction between this class and the rest has been made,
by distinguishing the commands given as one's own or another's, shall we again divide this class,
if there is in it any further line of section?

Younger Socrates
Certainly.

Stranger
I think there is one; please help me in making the section.

Younger Socrates
On what line?

Stranger
Take the case of all those whom we conceive of as rulers who
give commands: shall we not find that they all issue commands

[261b] for the sake of producing something?

Younger Socrates
Of course.

Stranger
Furthermore it is not at all difficult to divide all that is produced into two classes.

Younger Socrates
How?

Stranger
Of the whole class, some have life and others have no life.

Younger Socrates
Yes.

Stranger
And on these same lines we may, if we like, make a division of the part of intellectual science which commands.

Younger Socrates
In what way?

Stranger
By assigning one part of it to the production of lifeless, the other to that of living objects;

[261c] and in this way the whole will be divided into two parts.

Younger Socrates
Certainly.

Stranger
Let us then leave one half and take up the other, and then let us divide that entire half into two parts.

Younger Socrates
Which half shall we take up?

Stranger
That which issues commands relating to living objects, assuredly. For certainly the science
of the king is not, like that of the architect, one which supervises lifeless objects; it is a nobler science,

[261d] since it exercises its power among living beings and in relation to them alone.

Younger Socrates
True.

Stranger
Now you may notice that the breeding and nurture of living beings is sometimes the nurture
of a single animal and sometimes the common care of creatures in droves.

Younger Socrates
True.

Stranger
But we shall find that the statesman is not one who tends a single creature, like
the driver of a single ox or the groom who tends a horse; he has more resemblance
to a man who tends a herd of cattle or a drove of horses.

Younger Socrates
That seems to be true, now that you mention it.

[261e]

Stranger
Shall we call the art of caring for many living creatures the art of tending a herd or something like community management?

Younger Socrates
Whichever we happen to say.

Stranger
Good, Socrates! If you preserve this attitude of indifference to mere names,
you will turn out richer in wisdom when you are old. But now we will, as you suggest,
not trouble ourselves about the name; but do you see a way in which a man may show that the art of herding is twofold,

[262a] and may thereby cause that which is now sought among a double number of things to be sought among half as many?

Younger Socrates
I am quite willing to try. I think one kind is the care of men, the other that of beasts.

Stranger
You made the division with perfect willingness and courage. However, let us do our best not to fall again into your error.

Younger Socrates
What error?

Stranger
We must not take a single small part, and set it off against many large ones, nor disregard species in making our division.

[262b] On the contrary, the part must be also a species. It is a very fine thing to separate the object
of our search at once from everything else, if the separation can be made correctly, and so, just now,
you thought you had the right division and you hurried our discussion along, because you saw that
it was leading towards man. But, my friend, it is not safe to whittle off shavings; it is safer to proceed
by cutting through the middle, and in that way one is more likely to find classes.


EPINOMIS


[974δ]
Ἀθηναῖος
τὰς ἄλλας τοίνυν ὅσαι ἐπιστῆμαι μέν εἰσιν λεγόμεναι, σοφὸν δὲ οὐκ ἀποτελοῦσιν
τὸν λαμβάνοντά τε αὐτὰςκαὶ ἔχοντα, πρῶτον διεξιτέον, ὅπως ταύτας ἐκποδὼν θέμενοι,
πειρώμεθα ἐκείνας ὧν δεόμεθα παραθέσθαι τεκαὶ παραθέμενοι μανθάνειν.
πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν ὧν πρῶτον δεῖ θνητῷ γένει, ἴδωμεν

[975α] ὀνείδη τε ἴσχει μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιστήμης.
ἐροῦμεν δὴ αἵ τ᾽ εἰσὶν καὶ ὅτι πᾶς ἀνὴρ αὐτάς, σχεδὸν ὅσοις ἀγὼν
πρόκειται τοῦ δοκεῖν ὡς ἄριστον ἄνδρα συμβῆναι γενόμενον ἄν,
φεύγει διὰ τὰς κτήσεις τῆς φρονήσεώς τε καὶ ἐπιτηδεύσεως. ἔστω δὴ πρῶτον
μὲν ἡ τῆς ἀλληλοφαγίας τῶν ζῴων ἡμᾶς τῶν μέν, ὡς ὁμῦθός ἐστιν,
τὸ παράπαν ἀποστήσασα, τῶν δὲ εἰς τὴν νόμιμον ἐδωδὴν καταστήσασα.
ἵλεῳ δ᾽ ἡμῖν οἱ πρόσθενεἴησάν τε καὶ εἰσίν—οἵτινες μὲν

[975β] γὰρ οὖν† ἐλέγομεν, πρῶτοι χαιρέτωσαν—ἡ δ᾽ οὖν
 ἀλφίτων τε καὶ ἀλεύρων ποίησις ἅμα καὶ τροφὴ καλὴμὲν καὶ ἀγαθή,
σοφὸν δὲ ἄνδρα τελέως οὐκ ἐθελήσει ποτὲ ἀπεργάσασθαι: τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτό,
ἡ τῆς ποιήσεωςἐπίκλησις, τῶν ποιουμένων αὐτῶν δυσχέρειαν ἀπεργάζοιτ᾽ ἄν.
σχεδὸν δ᾽ οὐδὲ χώρας συμπάσης γεωργία: οὐγὰρ τέχνῃ ἀλλὰ φύσει κατὰ θεὸν
πάντες φαινόμεθα γῆν μετακεχειρίσθαι. καὶ μὴν οὐδ᾽ ἡ τῶν οἰκήσεών
γεσυνυφὴ καὶ σύμπασα οἰκοδομία καὶ σκευῶν

[975ξ] πάντων ἀπεργαστική, χαλκεία τε καὶ ἡ τῶν τεκτονικῶν
καὶ πλαστικῶν καὶ πλεκτικῶν καὶ ἔτισυμπάντων ὀργάνων παρασκευή,
δήμῳ τὸ πρόσφορον ἔχουσα, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἀρετῇ λεγομένη. καὶ μὴν
οὐδ᾽ ἡσύμπασα θηρευτική, πολλή περ καὶ τεχνικὴ γεγονυῖα,
τό γε μεγαλοπρεπὲς σὺν τῷ σοφῷ οὐκ ἀποδίδωσιν. οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ
μαντική γε οὐδ᾽ ἑρμηνευτικὴ τὸ παράπαν: τὸ λεγόμενον γὰρ οἶδεν
μόνον, εἰ δ᾽ ἀληθές, οὐκ ἔμαθεν.ὅτε δὴ τὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὁρῶμεν
κτῆσιν διὰ τέχνης μὲν

[975δ] ἀπεργαζομένην, τούτων δὲ οὐδεμίαν οὐδένα σοφὸν ποιοῦσαν, τό γε μετὰ τοῦτο
παιδιά τις ἂν λείποιτο, μιμητικὴ μὲν τὸ πλεῖστον ἀλλ᾽ οὐδαμῇ σπουδαία. πολλοῖς μὲν
γὰρ ὀργάνοις μιμοῦνται, πολλοῖς δ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶνσωμάτων οὐ πάντως εὐσχήμοσι μιμήμασιν,
τά τε κατὰ λόγους καὶ μοῦσαν πᾶσαν, καὶ ὅσων γραφικὴ μήτηρ, πολλῶν καὶ παντοίων
ποικιλμάτων ἀποτελουμένων ἐν πολλοῖς ὑγροῖς καὶ ξηροῖς γένεσιν: ὧν σοφὸν
οὐδέναεἰς οὐδὲν σπουδῇ τῇ μεγίστῃ δημιουργοῦντα ἡ μιμητικὴ παρέχεται.

[975ε]

πάντων δ᾽ ἐξειργασμένων τὸ λοιπὸν βοήθεια γίγνοιτ᾽ ἂν μυρία μυρίοις, ἡ μὲν μεγίστη
τε καὶ εἰς πλεῖσταπολεμικὴ κληθεῖσαστρατηγικὴ τέχνηεὐδοκιμωτάτη πρὸς χρείαν,
 
εὐτυχίας πλείστης δεομένημᾶλλον δὲ ἀνδρείᾳ κατὰ φύσιν 

 

[976α] σοφίᾳ δεδομένη. ἣν δὲ καλοῦσι μὲν ἰατρικήν, βοήθεια δέ που καὶ αὕτη σχεδὸν
ὅσων ὧραι ψύχει καὶκαύματι ἀκαίρῳ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις ληίζονται τὴν τῶν ζῴων φύσιν.
εὐδόκιμον δὲ οὐδὲν τούτων εἰς σοφίαντὴν ἀληθεστάτην: ἄμετρα γὰρ δόξαις φορεῖται τοπαζόμενα.
βοηθοὺς δέ που καὶ τοὺς κυβερνήτας ἅμα καὶ τοὺςναύτας ἐροῦμεν, καὶ τούτων ἄνδρα σοφὸν
μηδένα τις ἡμᾶς παραμυθούμενος ἐξ ἁπάντων διαγγελλέτω: οὐ γὰρἂν εἰδείη τις πνεύματος ὀργὴν

[976β] οὐδὲ φιλίαν, ὃ προσφιλὲς ἁπάσῃ κυβερνητικῇ. καὶ μὴν οὐδ᾽ ὁπόσοι βοηθοὶ δίκαις
ἐν τῇ τοῦ λέγειν ῥώμῃφασὶ γίγνεσθαι, μνήμῃ καὶ τριβῇ δόξης ἤθεσιν προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν,
ἀληθείας δὲ τῶν ὄντως δικαίων ἐκτὸςπαρεσφαλμένοι.

λοιπὴ δ᾽ ἔτι πρὸς δόξαν σοφίας ἐστίν τις ἄτοπος δύναμις, ἣν φύσιν ἂν οἱ πολλοὶ μᾶλλον
ἢ σοφίαν ὀνομάσειαν, τότε ὅταν τινά τις συννοῇ ῥᾳδίως μὲν ὅτιπερ ἂν μανθάνῃ μανθάνοντα,

 

[976ξ] μάλα δὲ πολλὰ καὶ ἀσφαλῶς μνημονεύοντα, ὅταν τε τὸ πρόσφορον ἑκάστῳ διαμνημονεύῃ τις,
ὅτιγιγνόμενον ἂν πρέποι, τοῦτο δὲ ταχὺ δρᾷ: ταῦτα γὰρ ἅπαντα οἱ μὲν φύσιν, οἱ δὲ σοφίαν,
οἱ δὲ ἀγχίνοιανθήσουσιν φύσεως, σοφὸν δὲ ὄντως οὐδενὶ τούτων οὐδεὶς τῶν ἐμφρόνων ἐθελήσει ποτὲ καλεῖν.

ἀλλὰ μὴν δεῖ φανῆναί γέ τινα ἐπιστήμην ἣν ἔχων σοφὸς γίγνοιτ᾽ ἂν ὁ σοφὸς ὄντως ὢν
καὶ μὴ μόνονδοξαζόμενος. ἴδωμεν δή. χαλεπῷ μὲν γὰρ λόγῳ παντάπασιν

 

[976δ] ἐπιχειροῦμεν, ἑτέραν πάρεξ τῶν εἰρημένων εὑρεῖν, ἣ σοφία μὲν λέγοιτ᾽ ἂν ὄντως τε καὶ εἰκότως,
ὁ δὲλαβὼν οὔτε βάναυσος οὔτ᾽ ἠλίθιος ἔσται, σοφὸς δὲ καὶ ἀγαθὸς δι᾽ αὐτὴν πολίτης τε καὶ ἄρχων καὶ ἀρχόμενοςἐνδίκως
ἔσται πόλεως ἅμα καὶ ἐμμελής. κατίδωμεν δὴ ταύτην πρώτην, τίς ποτ᾽ ἐκ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεωςἐπιστήμη μία διεξελθοῦσα
ἢ μὴ παραγενομένη τῶν νῦν παρουσῶν ἀνοητότατον ἂν καὶ ἀφρονέστατονπαράσχοιτο ζῷον τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. οὐ δὴ

 

[976ε] τοῦτό γε πάνυ χαλεπὸν τὸ κατιδεῖν. μία γὰρ ὡς εἰπεῖν πρὸς μίαν ἡ τὸν ἀριθμὸν δοῦσα παντὶ
τῷ θνητῷγένει τοῦτ᾽ ἂν δράσειεν: θεὸν δ᾽ αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἤ τινα τύχην ἡγοῦμαι δόντα ἡμῖν σῴζειν ἡμᾶς.
ὃν δὲ θεὸνἡγοῦμαι, φράζειν χρή, καίπερ ἄτοπον ὄντα, καί πως οὐκ ἄτοπον αὖ: πῶς γὰρ τὸ

 

[977α] ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον ἡμῖν συμπάντων οὐ καὶ τοῦ πολὺ μεγίστου, τῆς φρονήσεως,
αἴτιον ἡγεῖσθαι δεῖγεγονέναι; τίνα δὴ καὶ σεμνύνων ποτὲ λέγω θεόν, ὦ Μέγιλλέ τε καὶ Κλεινία;
σχεδὸν Οὐρανόν, ὃν καὶδικαιότατον, ὡς σύμπαντες ἄλλοι δαίμονες ἅμα καὶ θεοί, τιμᾶν τε
καὶ εὔχεσθαι διαφερόντως αὐτῷ. τὸ δὲ καὶτῶν ἄλλων αἴτιον ἀγαθῶν πάντων ἡμῖν αὐτὸν γεγονέναι πάντες
ἂν ὁμολογοῖμεν: δοῦναι δὲ ἅμα καὶ ἀριθμὸνἡμεῖς γε ὄντως αὐτόν φαμεν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ δώσειν, ἐάν

 

[977β] τις θέλῃ συνακολουθεῖν. ἐὰν γὰρ ἴῃ τις ἐπὶ θεωρίαν ὀρθὴν τὴν τοῦδε, εἴτε κόσμον
εἴτε ὄλυμπον εἴτεοὐρανὸν ἐν ἡδονῇ τῳ λέγειν, λεγέτω μέν, ἀκολουθείτω δὲ ὅπῃ ποικίλλων
αὑτὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὑτῷ στρέφωνἄστρα πάσας διεξόδους ὥρας τε καὶ τροφὴν πᾶσιν παρέχεται.
καὶ τὴν ἄλλην δὲ οὖν φρόνησιν, ὡς φαῖμεν ἄν, σὺν ἀριθμῷ παντί, καὶ τἆλλ᾽ ἀγαθά: τοῦτο
 δὲ μέγιστον, ἐάν τις τὴν ἀριθμῶν αὐτοῦ δόσιν δεξάμενος ἐπεξέλθῃπᾶσαν τὴν περίοδον.

ἔτι δὲ σμικρὸν ἐπανελθόντες πως τοῖς λόγοις ἀναμνησθῶμεν

 

[974d]
Athenian
Then first we must go through the other sciences, which are reputed as such,
but do not render him wise who acquires and possesses them; in order that,
having put them out of the way, we may try to bring forward those that we require,
and having brought them forward, to learn them.
First, therefore, let us observe that while the sciences which are first needs of the human race

[975a] by the knowledge he has got. Now we must mention what they are,
and that almost everyone who makes it his aim to be thought likely to prove
 himself in the end as good a man as possible avoids them, in order to gain
the acquirements of understanding and study. So first let us take the practice
among animate beings of eating each other, which, as the story goes,
has made us refrain entirely from some, while it has settled us in the lawful eating of others.[1]
May the men of old time be gracious to us, as they are: for we must take our leave of
whatever men were the first of those we were just mentioning [2]; but at any rate

1 “Some”means“men,”and“others”means“other animals.”
2 i.e. the first men who practiced the eating of flesh.

[975b]
the making of barley-meal and flour, with the sustenance thereof,
is noble and good indeed, yet it is never like to produce a perfectly wise man.
For this very name of making must produce [1] an irksomeness in the actual things that are made.
Nor can it well be husbandry of land in general: for it is not by art but by a natural gift from Heaven,
it seems, that we all have the earth put into our hands. Nor again is it the fabrication of dwellings
 and building in general, nor the production of all sorts of appliances—smiths' work,

1 The word“produce”is repeated here in a strained sense of“declare,”“indicate,”or the like.
The very idea of“making”implies a certain annoyance incompatible with perfect wisdom.

[975c] and the supply of carpenters', moulders', plaiters', and, in fine, all kinds of implements;
for this is of advantage to the public, but is not accounted for virtue.
Nor again the whole practice of hunting, which although grown extensive and a matter of skilled art,
gives no return of magnificence with its wisdom. Nor surely can it be divination or interpretation [1]
as a whole;  for these only know what is said, but have not learnt whether it be true.
And now that we see that the acquisition of necessaries

1 i.e. of omens, heavenly signs, etc.

[975d] is achieved by means of art, but that no such art makes any man wise,
there may be some diversion remaining after this—imitative for the most part,
 but in no way serious. For they imitate with many instruments, and with many imitative acts,
not altogether seemly, of their very bodies, in performances both of speech and of every Muse,
and in those whereof painting is mother, and whereby many and most various designs are
elaborated in many sorts, moist and dry; and though a man ply his craft in these
with the greatest zeal, in nothing is he rendered wise by imitation.




ION

Σωκράτης
καὶ ὁρῶ, ὦ Ἴων, καὶ ἔρχομαί γέ σοι ἀποφανούμενος
[533δ] 
ὅ μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτο εἶναι. ἔστι γὰρ τοῦτο τέχνη μὲν οὐκ ὂν παρὰ
 σοὶ περὶ Ὁμήρου εὖ λέγειν, ὃ νυνδὴ ἔλεγον, 

θεία δὲ δύναμις ἥ σε κινεῖ, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ λίθῳ ἣν 
Εὐριπίδης μὲν Μαγνῆτιν ὠνόμασεν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ Ἡρακλείαν. καὶ γὰρ αὕτη ἡ λίθος 
οὐ μόνον αὐτοὺς τοὺς δακτυλίους

 ἄγει τοὺς σιδηροῦς, ἀλλὰ καὶ δύναμινἐντίθησι τοῖς δακτυλίοις 
ὥστ᾽ αὖ δύνασθαι ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ποιεῖν ὅπερ ἡ λίθος, ἄλλους

[534ε]
 
‘εὕρημά τι Μοισᾶν.’ ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ δὴ μάλιστά μοι δοκεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἐνδείξασθαι ἡμῖν, 
ἵνα μὴ διστάζωμεν, ὅτιοὐκ ἀνθρώπινά ἐστιν 

τὰ καλὰ ταῦτα ποιήματα οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ θεῖα καὶ θεῶν, οἱ δὲ ποιηταὶ οὐδὲν 
ἀλλ᾽ἢ ἑρμηνῆς εἰσιν τῶν θεῶν, κατεχόμενοι ἐξ ὅτου 

ἂν ἕκαστος κατέχηται. ταῦτα ἐνδεικνύμενος 
ὁ θεὸς ἐξεπίτηδεςδιὰ τοῦ φαυλοτάτου 

[535α] 
ποιητοῦ τὸ κάλλιστον μέλος ᾖσεν: ἢ οὐ δοκῶ σοι ἀληθῆ λέγειν, ὦ Ἴων;

Socrates
I do observe it, Ion, and I am going to point out to you
[533d] 
what I take it to mean. For, as I was saying just now, this is not an art in you, 
whereby you speak well on Homer, but a divine power, 
which moves you like that in the stone which Euripides named a magnet,
but most people call “Heraclea stone.” For this stone not only attracts iron rings, 
but also imparts to them a power whereby they in turn are able to do the very same thing as the stone,
[533e]
and attract other rings; so that sometimes there is formed quite a long chain of bits of iron and rings, 
suspended one from another; and they all depend for this power on that one stone. 
In the same manner also the Muse inspires men herself, and then by means of these inspired 
persons the inspiration spreads to others, and holds them in a connected chain. 
For all the good epic poets utter all those fine poems not from art, but
 as inspired and possessed, and the good lyric poets likewise;
[534a]
[...] just as the Corybantian [1] worshippers do not dance when in their senses, 
so the lyric poets do not indite those fine songs in their senses,
[534d] 
in order that we who hear them may know that it is not they who utter these words of great price, when they are out of their wits, 
but that it is God himself who speaks and addresses us through them. 
A convincing proof of what I say is the case of Tynnichus,[1] the Chalcidian, 
who had never composed a single poem in his life that could deserve any mention, and then produced the paean [2] which is in everyone's mouth, 
almost the finest song we have, simply—as he says himself—“an invention of the Muses.” For the god, as it seems to me,
[534e] 
intended him to be a sign to us that we should not waver or doubt that these fine poems are not human or the work of men, 
but divine and the work of gods; and that the poets are merely the interpreters of the gods, according as each is possessed by one of the heavenly powers. 
To show this forth, the god of set purpose sang the finest of songs through the meanest of poets:
[535a] 
or do you not think my statement true, Ion?


LEGES


[907α]

Ἀθηναῖος
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντων φυλάκων εἰσὶ μέγιστοι καὶ περὶ τὰ μέγιστα ἡμῖν οἱ πάντες θεοί;

Κλεινίας
πολύ γε.

Ἀθηναῖος
τοὺς δὴ κάλλιστά τε πράγματα φυλάττοντας, διαφέροντάς τε αὐτοὺς φυλακῇ πρὸς ἀρετήν,
κυνῶν χείρους καὶ ἀνθρώπων μέσων εἶναι φήσομεν, οἳ τὸ δίκαιον οὐκ ἄν ποτε προδοῖεν
ἕνεκα δώρων παρὰ ἀδίκων ἀνδρῶνἀνοσίως διδομένων;

[907β]

Κλεινίας
οὐδαμῶς: οὔτε ἀνεκτὸς λόγων, τῶν τε περὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν ὄντων κινδυνεύει πᾶς
ὁ ταύτης τῆς δόξης ἀντεχόμενος πάντων ἂν τῶν ἀσεβῶν κεκρίσθαι δικαιότατα κάκιστός τε εἶναι καὶ ἀσεβέστατος.

Ἀθηναῖος
τὰ μὲν δὴ προτεθέντα τρία, θεοί τε ὡς εἰσίν, καὶ ὡς ἐπιμελεῖς,
καὶ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ὡς παντάπασιν ἀπαραίτητοι, φῶμεν ἱκανῶς ἀποδεδεῖχθαί που;

Κλεινίας
πῶς γὰρ οὔ; καὶ σύμψηφοί γε τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις ἐσμέν.

Ἀθηναῖος
καὶ μὴν εἴρηνταί γέ πως σφοδρότερον διὰ φιλονικίαν

[907ξ] τῶν κακῶν ἀνθρώπων: τούτου γε μὴν ἕνεκα, ὦ φίλε Κλεινία, πεφιλονίκηνται, μή ποτε λόγοις ἡγῶνται
κρατοῦντες ἐξουσίαν εἶναι σφίσιν ἃ βούλονται πράττειν οἱκακοί, ἃ δὴ καὶ ὅσα καὶ οἷα περὶ θεοὺς
 διανοοῦνται. προθυμία μὲν δὴ διὰ ταῦτα νεωτέρως εἰπεῖν ἡμῖν γέγονεν: εἰ δέ τι καὶ βραχὺ προὔργου
πεποιήκαμεν εἰς τὸ πείθειν πῃ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἑαυτοὺς μὲν μισῆσαι, τὰ δ᾽ ἐναντία πως ἤθη στέρξαι,
καλῶς ἡμῖν εἰρημένον
[907δ] ἂν εἴη τὸ προοίμιον ἀσεβείας πέρι νόμων.

Κλεινίας
ἀλλὰ ἐλπίς: εἰ δὲ μή, τό γε τοῦ λόγου γένος οὐκ αἰτιάσεται τὸν νομοθέτην.

Ἀθηναῖος
μετὰ τὸ προοίμιον τοίνυν λόγος οἷος ἂν τῶν νόμων ἑρμηνεὺς ὀρθῶς γίγνοιτο ἡμῖν,
προαγορεύων ἐξίστασθαιπᾶσι τοῖς ἀσεβέσι τρόπων τῶν αὑτῶν εἰς τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς.
τοῖς δὲ μὴ πειθομένοις ἀσεβείας ὅδε ἔστω πέρι νόμος: ἐάν τις ἀσεβῇ
[907ε] λόγοις εἴτ᾽ ἔργοις, ὁ παρατυγχάνων ἀμυνέτω σημαίνων πρὸς ἄρχοντας, τῶν δὲ ἀρχόντωνοἱ
πρῶτοι πυθόμενοι πρὸς τὸ περὶ τούτων ἀποδεδειγμένον κρίνειν δικαστήριον εἰσαγαγόντων
κατὰ τοὺςνόμους: ἐὰν δέ τις ἀκούσασα ἀρχὴ μὴ δρᾷ ταῦτα, αὐτὴ ἀσεβείας ὑπόδικος
γιγνέσθω τῷ ἐθέλοντι τιμωρεῖν ὑπὲρτῶν νόμων. ἐὰν δέ τις ὄφλῃ, τιμάτω
τὸ δικαστήριον ἓν ἑκάστῳ τῶν καθ᾽ ἓν ἀσεβούντων τίμημα.


[907a]

Athenian
Are not all gods the greatest of all guardians, and over the greatest things?

Clinias
Yes, by far.

Athenian
Shall we say that those who watch over the fairest things, and who are themselves eminently good at keeping watch,
are inferior to dogs and ordinary men, who would never betray justice for the sake of gifts impiously offered by unjust men?
[907b]

Clinias
By no means; it is an intolerable thing to say, and whoever embraces such an opinion would most justly be adjudged
the worst and most impious of all the impious men who practice impiety in all its forms.

Athenian
May we now say that we have fully proved our three propositions,—namely, that the gods exist,
and that they are careful, and that they are wholly incapable of being seduced to transgress justice?

Clinias
Certainly we may; and in these statements you have our support.

Athenian
And truly they have been made in somewhat vehement terms, in our desire for victory
[907c]
over those wicked men; and our desire for victory was due to our fear lest haply, if they gained
the mastery in argument, they should suppose they had gained the right to act as they chose—those
men who wickedly hold all those false notions about the gods. On this account we have been zealous
to speak with special honor; and if we have produced any good effect, however small, in the way of
persuading the men to hate themselves and to feel some love for an opposite kind of character,
then our prelude to the laws respecting impiety
[907d] will not have been spoken amiss.

Clinias
Well, there is hope; and if not, at any rate no fault will be found with the lawgiver in respect of the nature of the argument.

Athenian
After the prelude it will be proper for us to have a statement of a kind suitable to serve as the laws' interpreter,
forewarning all the impious to quit their ways for those of piety. For those who disobey, this shall be the law concerning
impiety:—If anyone commits impiety either by word or deed, he that meets with him
[907e]
shall defend the law by informing the magistrates, and the first magistrates who hear of it shall bring the man up before the court
[1]
appointed to decide such cases as the laws direct; and if any magistrate on hearing of the matter fail to do this,
he himself shall be liable to a charge of impiety at the hands of him who wishes to punish him on behalf of the laws.
And if a man be convicted, the court shall assess one penalty

1 Cp. Plat. Laws 767cPlat. Laws 767dPlat. Laws 855c.

[975e] And when all these have been performed, there may yet remain assistance,
in countless forms and countless cases: the greatest and most useful is called warfare,
the art of generalship; most glorified in time of need, requiring most good fortune,
and assigned rather to a natural valor than to wisdom.
[976a] And that which they call medicine is likewise, of course,
an assistance in almost every case towards things of which animal nature is deprived
by seasons of untimely cold and heat and all such visitations. But none of these is of high
repute for the truest wisdom: for they are borne along by opinion, as inaccurate matter of conjecture.
We may, I suppose, speak of pilots and sailors alike as giving assistance: yet you shall not report,
to appease us, a single wise man from amongst them all; for a man cannot know

[976b] the wrath or amity of the wind, a desirable thing for all piloting.
Nor again all those who say they can give assistance in law suits by their powers of speech,
men who by memory and exercise of opinion pay attention to human character,
but are far astray from the truth of what is really just.

There still remains, as a claimant to the name of wisdom, a certain strange power,
which most people would cal
l a natural gift rather than wisdom, appearing when
one perceives someone learning this or that lesson with ease, or remembering a great many things

[976c] securely; or when one recalls what is suitable to each person, what should properly
be done, and does it quickly. Some people will describe all this as nature, others as wisdom,
and others as a natural readiness of mind: but no sensible person will ever call a man really wise for any of these gifts.

But surely there must be found some science, the possession of which will cause the wisdom
of him who is really wise and not wise merely in men's opinion. Well, let us see:
for in this laborious discussion we are trying our hardest to find some other science,

[976d] apart from those we have mentioned, which can really and reasonably
be termed wisdom; such an acquirement as will not make one a mean and witless drudge,
but will enable one to be a wise and good citizen, at once a just ruler and subject of his city,
and decorous.
1 So let us examine this one first, and see what single science it is of those
that we now have which, by removing itself or being absent from human nature,
must render mankind the most thoughtless and senseless of creatures.

[976e] Well, there is no great difficulty in making that out. For if there is one more than another,
so to speak, which will do this, it is the science which gave number to the whole race of mortals;
and I believe God rather than some chance gave it to us, and so preserves us. And I must explain
who it is that I believe to be God, though he be a strange one, and somehow not strange either:
for why should we not believe 

[977a] the cause of all the good things that are ours to have been the cause also of what is
far the greatest, understanding? And who is it that I magnify with the name of God, Megillus and Cleinias?
Merely Heaven, which it is most our duty to honor and pray to especially, as do all other spirits and gods.
That it has been the cause of all the other good things we have, we shall all admit; that it likewise
gave us number we do really say, and that it will give us this hereafter, if we will but follow its lead.

[977b] For if one enters on the right theory about it, whether one be pleased to call it
World-order or Olympus or Heaven—let one call it this or that, but follow where,
in bespangling itself and turning the stars that it contains, it produces all their courses
and the seasons and food for all. And thence, accordingly, we have understanding in general,
we may say, and therewith all number, and all other good things: but the greatest of these is when,
after receiving its gift of numbers, one has covered the whole circuit. [1]
Moreover, let us turn back some little way in our discussion

[1] Apparently a metaphor from astronomy, meaning“the prescribed or proper course of study”; cf. Plato, Rep.407 E.



RAFAEL CAPURRO: HERMENEUTIK IM VORBLICK

EINFÜHRUNG IN DIE ANGELETIK


Erschienen in: v.Vf.:
 Ethik im Netz, Stuttgart Steiner 2003, S. 90-104.

I. HERMENEUTIK IM RÜCKBLICK

Zu Beginn des Artikels Hermeneutik im Historischen Wörterbuch der Philosophie schreibt Hans-Georg Gadamer folgendes:
"Hermeneutik ist die Kunst des hermeneuein, d.h. des Verkündens, Dolmetschens, Erklärens und Auslegens, Hermes hieß der Götterbote, der die Botschaften der Götter den Sterblichen ausrichtet. Sein Verkünden ist offenkundig kein bloßes Mitteilen, sondern Erklären von göttlichen Befehlen, und zwar so, daß er diese in sterblicher Sprache und Verständlichkeit übersetzt. Die Leistung der H. besteht grundsätzlich immer darin, einen Sinnzusammenhang aus einer anderen "Welt" in die eigene zu übertragen. Das gilt auch von der Grundbedeutung von hermeneia, die "Aussage von Gedanken" ist, wobei der Begriff der Aussage selber vieldeutig ist, Äußerung, Erklärung, Auslegung und Übersetzung umfassend. Die Aristotelische Schrift Peri hermeneias, ein Teil des Organon, ist gar keine H., sondern eine Art logische Grammatik, die die logischen Strukturen des apophantischen Logos (des Urteils) untersucht und alle anderen Arten des Logos, bei denen es nicht nur auf das Wahrsein ankommt, ausschließt. Die H. als Kunst gehört nach Platon nicht allem Ausdruck von Gedanken zu, sondern allein dem Wissen, das anweist, wie das des Königs, des Herolds usw. In der Epinomis steht die H. in einer Reihe mit der Mantik - offenbar als eine Kunst, die den Götterwillen erklärt, im klaren Doppelsinn von Mitteilen und Gehorsamfordern. Im späteren Griechischen kann dann hermeneiafreilich sehr wohl "gelehrte Erklärung" und hermeneus "Erklärer" wie "Übersetzer" heißen. Aber es ist doch bezeichnend, daß die "Kunst" der hermeneia, die H., an die Sakralsphäre gebunden war, in der ein autoritativer Wille Maßgebliches dem Hörenden eröffnet. Davon ist in dem heutigen wissenschaftheoretischen Bewußtsein nichts mehr lebendig, auch wenn die Hauptformen, in denen H. ihre Ausbildung fand, die juristische Auslegung der Gesetze und die theologische oder philologische Auslegung heiliger oder klassischer Texte, den ursprünglich normativen Sinn durchaus noch implizieren. Wenn wir heute von H. reden, stehen wir dagegen in der Wissenschaftstradition der Neuzeit." (Gadamer 1974, 1061-1062)
Diesem Zitat folgt eine hier in geraffter Form wiederzugebende historische Darstellung ausgehend von der theologischen Hermeneutik, deren Hauptproblem das der allegorischen Interpretation oder des "Hintersinns" (hyponoia) war. Höhepunkt dieser Tradition war die von Cassian systematisierte Methode des vierfachen Schriftsinns. Die Reformation suchte mit einem neuen Methodenbewußtsein einen objektiven Sinn der Schrift, jenseits der Verzerrungen durch die kirchliche Tradition. Zu Beginn der Neuzeit entwickelte sich eine allgemeine Auslegungslehre als Teil der Logik. Aber erst Schleiermacher löste die Hermeneutik von der biblischen Anwendung ab. Der normative Sinn eines Textes tritt zurück, zugunsten der Auffassung von Verstehen als kongenialer Wiederholung. Ferner löst Schleiermacher die Hermeneutik vom Schriftlichen ab. Das Gespräch als Begründung des Verstehens tritt in den Vordergrund. Die Hermeneutik wird zur Grundlage aller historischen Geisteswissenschaften. 

Die Idee der psychologischen Interpretation bildet dann den Ausgang für Diltheys Auffassung des Erlebnisbegriffes und der Geisteswissenschaften. Das sich daraus ergebende Problem der Relativität historischer Sichtweisen suchte man, von Max Weber bis Karl Jaspers, mit Hilfe von Weltanschauungstypologien zu meistern. Vor diesem Hintergrund würdigt Gadamer Heideggers philosophische Radikalisierung der Hermeneutik, die einen ersten Ausdruck in der Vorlesung von 1923 Hermeneutik der Faktizität (GA 63) fand. Im Gegensatz zu Husserls Wesensontologie legte Heidegger die Existenz selbst als Verstehen und Sich-Entwerfen auf Möglichkeiten aus. Verstehen war dann nicht mehr ein Verhalten unter anderen, sondern die Grundbewegtheit menschlichen Daseins.   
 

Heideggers Hermeneutik bildete wiederum den Ausgang für Gadamers eigene Wege. Dazu zählen seine Betonung des unaufhebbaren Beitrags des Interpreten im Verstehensprozeß und der unhintergehbaren Rolle der Sprache, die, nach eigenem Verständnis, in der Nähe von Wittgensteins "Sprachspielen" steht. Hermeneutik läßt sich dementsprechend nicht bloß als Teilgebiet der Logik auffassen. Aussagen sind Antworten auf vorausgehende Fragen. Ihr Sinn ist nicht von der Motivationsgeschichte  wissenschaftstheoretisch ausgedrückt: vom context of discovery  zu lösen. Damit bindet Gadamer die Hermeneutik an die Tradition der Rhetorik. Zugleich faßt er den Begriff der Sprache so weit auf, daß er alle menschlichen Ausdruckweisen umfaßt. Sprache meint letztlich die "kommunikativ erfahrene Welt selbst als eine offene Totalität" (Art. Herm., Sp. 1071). Die philosophische Arbeit als Arbeit am Begriff ist insofern wesentlich hermeneutisch als die Weltauslegungen in "Begriffsworte" gefaßt werden, deren Sinn aber wandelbar bleibt. Gadamer schließt seine Ausführungen mit Hinweisen auf Habermas' Kritik am Universalitäts- anspruch der Hermeneutik sowie auf den Zusammenhang zwischen Hermeneutik und Psychoanalyse bei Paul Ricoeur und Jacques Lacan. Für Gadamer bleibt die Ausweitung der Hermeneutik auf die Praxis unerläßlich, deren Sinn aber wird nicht ausgeführt.

II. HERMENEUTIK IST DIE KUNST DES HERMENEUEIN

Kehren wir aber zu Gadamers Anfang zurück. Dort heißt es:    
"Hermeneutik ist die Kunst des hermeneuein, d.h. des Verkündens, Dolmetschens, Erklärens und Auslegens. Hermes hieß der Götterbote, der die Botschaften der Götter den Sterblichen ausrichtet." (Gadamer, Art. Hermeneutik, Sp. 1061).
Es ist merkwürdig, daß Gadamer in diesem begriffsgeschichtlichen Zusammenhang zwar auf Hermes, nicht aber auf den griechischen Botschaftsbegriff (angelia) eingeht. Die Aristotelische Schrift Peri hermeneias ist, so Gadamer, keine Hermeneutik, 
"sondern eine Art logischer Grammatik, die die logischen Strukturen des apophantischen Logos (des Urteils) untersucht und alle anderen Arten des Logos, bei denen es nicht nur auf das Wahrsein ankommt, ausschließt." (Gadamer, Art. Herm., Sp. 1062)
Es ist bezeichnend, daß das Wort angelia bei Aristoteles nur einmal vorkommt, und zwar in der Poetik (1454 b 5). Es steht dort in Zusammenhang mit der Ankündigung (proagoreuseos) und dem, was einer Handlung vorausgeht oder was ihr nachfolgt und "wovon ein Mensch nicht wissen kann". Etwas Unsinniges (alogon), so Aristoteles anschließend, soll es in den Handlungen des Dramas nicht geben. Angelia und angello kommen zwar bei Platon mehrmals vor, aber der Begriff spielt nicht im Entferntesten die zentrale Rolle, die er in der Dichtung von Homer über Hesiod bis Pindar und den Tragikern  hatte (Capurro 1996). In den Platonischen Dialogen findet man, wie jetzt zu zeigen ist, lediglich ein Echo dieser großen Tradition. 

Die Platonische Hermeneutik, von der keine Spuren bei ihrer Umwandlung in die Aristotelische Grammatik des Peri Hermeneias zu finden sind, gehört zur Kunst der Herolde, des Dolmetschers, des Befehlsträgers und des Wahrsagers und unterscheidet sich von der königlichen Kunst des Selbstbefehlens (autepitakton genos) (Politikos 260 e). Hermeneutike meint die Auslegung von Göttersprüchen und steht deshalb in unmittelbarer Nähe der Wahrsagerei (mantike) (Epinomis 975c). Am eindrucksvollsten findet man diese Zusammenhänge in jenem hermeneutischen Dialog par excellence, dem Ion, wo Sokrates die Künste göttlicher Dolmetscher, vor allem der Homeriden, behandelt. Diese haben ihr Wissen aufgrund göttlicher Eingebung (theia moira) und nicht durch eigene Sachkenntnis (techne) (Ion 536d). Die Dichter sind Dolmetscher der Götter (hermenes eisin ton theon) (Ion 534e), und die Rhapsoden wiederum Dolmetscher der Dichter. Anstelle des Verkündens tritt der Sokratische Dialog, die gemeinsame Suche nach Gründen im Medium der gesprochenen Sprache (logos):    

"Ja, reden hören will ich dich sicherlich, doch nicht eher als bis du mir auf folgende Frage Antwort gegeben: Über welches von Homer behandelte Gebiet weißt du gut zu reden (eu legeis)? Gewiß doch nicht über jedes ohne Unterschied?" (Ion 536e)
Allerdings verschwindet die mächtige mythische angelia nicht ganz aus den Platonischen Dialogen. Der Begriff hat aber keine spezifische philosophische Bedeutung, sondern er gehört, wie jetzt zu zeigen ist, sowohl dem Bereich des Mythos und der politischen Herrschaft als auch dem der Alltagssprache zu. Programmatisch können wir feststellen, daß angelia einer Vorstellung von Kommunikation angehörte, die sich von der des philosophischen Logos-Austausches wesentlich unterschied.    

Zu diesen beiden antiken Vorstellungen von Kommunikation, nämlich Kommunikation als die Tätigkeit göttlich inspirierter Boten und Kommunikation als Umgang mit Argumenten, kamen auch, so der Kommunikationswissenschaftler Klaus Krippendorff, die Vorstellung von Kommunikation als Schaffung von Monumenten sowie Kommunikation im Sinne eines gemeinsam geteilten Symbolon hinzu (Krippendorff 1994).

Diese Vorstellungen und die ihnen zugrundeliegenden Metaphern finden sich, wie Krippendorff ausführt, auch in heutigen Auffassungen von Kommunikation. So zum Beispiel in der Metapher einer übertragbaren Botschaft, auf deren Basis das Kommunikationsproblem auf ein Transportproblem reduziert wird oder in der Vorstellung, daß eine Botschaft in einem Behälter (einem Wort, einem Brief, einer Zeitung) 'enthalten' sei (Container-Metapher), oder in der Metapher eines gemeinsam geteilten Wissens (cognitive sharing), oder in der Fluß-Metapher, die den 'Botschaftsfluß' als Kanalisationssystem auffaßt, oder schließlich in der Vorstellung von Kommunikation als Macht- und Kontrollinstrument. Wichtig scheint mir dabei Krippendorffs Feststellung, daß diese Metaphern eng mit den ihnen zugrundeliegenden Phänomenen zusammenhängen und daß in ihnen sich Medien-, Technik- und Sprachgeschichte miteinander verweben. Die folgende skizzenhafte Analyse des Angelia-Begriffs bestätigt diese Analyse und zeigt das (vorläufige) Verschwinden des Boten zugunsten der Macht philosophischer Argumentation. Mit der Sokratischen Abwertung des göttlichen Mediums tritt nicht nur der damit zusammenhängende Sprachgebrauch, sondern auch das Phänomen selbst in den Hintergrund. Diese Geschichte setzt sich aber fort. 

In Platons Dialogen finden sich mehrere Stellen, die den Gebrauch des Angelia-Begriffs in Zusammenhang mit der Tätigkeit des Übertragens einer göttlichen oder staatlichen Botschaft belegen. Der Bote steht stets unter einer höheren Macht. Er darf nicht für sich selbst sprechen. Die Botschaft hat meistens einen Befehlscharakter. Dazu einige Beispiele.    

Am Anfang des 12. Buches der Nomoi heißt es:   

"Wer sich fälschlich als Gesandter (presbeutes) oder Herold (kerux) des Staates bei einem anderen Staate ausgibt oder, wenn er wirklich mit der Gesandschaft betraut ist, die ihm übertragene Botschaft (presbeias) wissentlich fälscht (me apangelle) oder andererseits keinen Zweifel darüber läßt, daß er die von der anderen Seite, sei es Feind oder Freund, ihm übertragene Botschaft als Gesandter oder Herold gefälscht hat, der soll gerichtlich belangt werden als ein Frevler wider die heiligen Gesetze über Botschaften und Aufträge, die unter dem Schutze des Hermes und Zeus stehen (Hermou kai Dios angelias kai epitaxeis); und wird er schuldig befunden, so soll das Gericht die gebührende Strafe oder Buße bestimmen." (Nomoi 941a).
"Als Wächterin über alle solche Verfehlungen", schreibt Plato ebenfalls in den "Nomoi"  und er meint an dieser Stelle die Verfehlungen bezüglich der Ehre, die man den Göttern, Heroen sowie den Eltern schuldig ist , "ist Nemesis, die Botin der Dike (Dike Nemesis angelos)" (Nomoi 717d; vgl. Nomoi 758c).    

Im Dialog Kratylos deutet Sokrates die Herkunft des Namen "Hermes" als Dolmetscher (to hermenea), Bote (to angelon), Dieb (to klopikon) und Betrüger (to apatelon) in bezug auf die Rede (in logois). Hermes ist ein geschickter Handelsmann (to agorastikon), dem alles sich um die Macht der Rede (peri logou dynamin) dreht. Sein Name ist zusammengesetzt aus eirein, dem "Gebrauch der Rede", und emesato, "ausfindig machen". Auch der Name der Iris wird von eirein abgeleitet, "weil sie Botin (angelos) war" (Crat. 407e-408b).    

Andere Stellen zeigen aber, daß Platon angello und angelia in einem alltäglichen Zusammenhang gebraucht, ohne daß Sache und Begriff zum Gegenstand philosophischer Reflexion oder zum terminus technicus werden. Dazu einige Beispiele.    

Zu Beginn des Gastmahls kommt ein Sklave mit der Meldung (angellonta), daß Sokrates in der Vortür eines Nachbarhauses stehe (Symp. 175a). Eutyphrons Vater schickt einen Boten (angelon), um die Auslegung des Richters in einem Mordfall zu erfahren (Euthyph. 4d). Kriton bringt Sokrates eine schlimme Nachricht (angelian chalepen), nämlich die seines bevorstehenden Todes (Crit. 43c). Am Schluß des Phaidon sagt Kriton: "Auch weiß ich, daß andere erst lange nach geschehener Ankündigung (parangelthe) den Trank nahmen" (Phaed. 116e) und das mit Bezug auf die vorausgegangenen Ankündigungen des Dieners, der einen Auftrag (angellon) zu erfüllen hatte. Zu Beginn dieses Dialogs wünscht sich Exekrates einen genauen Bericht (saphes ti angeilai) über die Vorgänge in Zusammenhang mit dem Tod des Sokrates (Phaed. 57 b).

Im vierten Buch der Politeia "jagen" Sokrates und Glaukon nach dem Wesen der Gerechtigkeit. Als Sokrates meldet, er hätte "eine Spur des Wildes" entdeckt, antwortet Glaukon:

"'Gute Botschaft' (eu angelleis). Allerdings stellt sich sofort heraus, daß das Wild sich von Anfang an vor ihren Füßen herum trieb!" (Polit. 360a).
Am Schluß dieses Dialogs stellt sich heraus, daß der Gebrauchende eines Gegenstandes der Erfahrenste sei und deshalb dem Hersteller Auskunft geben soll (angelon gignesthai), was er richtig oder falsch macht:
"Also der eine als Wissender gibt Auskunft (exangellei) über taugliche und untaugliche Flöten, der andere schenkt ihm Glauben und verfertigt sie danach?" (Polit. X 601d-e)
Diese Stelle ist insofern besonders hervorzuheben, als hier angelia in einem prima facie paradoxen Zusammenhang mit dem Prozeß der Mitteilung von Fachwissen steht. Der Stelle liegt die Platonische Auffassung des Handwerkers als Nachahmer zugrunde. Der Verfertigter einer Nachahmung hat für Sokrates nur ein Scheinwissen über die Sache gegenüber dem, der diese unmittelbar gebraucht. So kommt es, daß das praktische Wissen des Verbrauchers höher eingestuft wird als das Herstellerwissen. Dementsprechend wird der Prozeß der Wissensmitteilung vom Verbraucher zum Hersteller ebenfalls höher eingestuft als umgekehrt.    

Ebenfalls im neutralen Sinne von Wissensmittelung lautet folgende Stelle am Schluß des Dialogs Philebos:    

"Auf alle Weise also wirst du, Protarchos (den Abwesenden) durch Boten (angellon pempon), den Anwesenden durch eigenen Mund verkünden (phrazon), daß die Lust nicht das erste und auch nicht das zweite Besitztum sei." (Phil. 66a)
Dieser neutrale Gebrauch von angellein kehrt sozusagen das hermeneutische Verhältnis dichterischer Mitteilung, so wie sie im Dialog Ion gedeutet wurde, um.

Zusammenfassend können wir feststellen, daß angelia sowohl zum höheren, von Sokrates philosophisch relativierten Bereich der Götter und der Könige und ihrer befehlenden Mitteilungen, aber auch zum alltäglichen niederen oder dienenden Handlungsbereich gehört. Die Philosophie stellt sich kritisch gegenüber dem autoritativen oder vertikalen Charakter der angelia und ersetzt diesen durch den horizontalen diskursiven Modus des dialektischen oder kritischen Besprechens (logos) als Ursprung des Wissens. Auch wenn die Ergebnisse der gemeinsamen Suche im Dialog anderen mitgeteilt werden, gilt in Wahrheit das Phänomen des philosophischen Dialogs selbst als die neue Mitteilungsform, die die alte Angelia-Struktur ersetzt oder in den Dienst des logos nimmt.

Ich habe in einem anderen Zusammenhang (Capurro 1995 und 1996) die Problematik des Verhältnisses zwischen logos und angelia im Sinne einer an Nietzsche und Foucault sich orientierenden Genealogie der Information gedeutet und wie folgt zusammengefaßt:    

"die dichterische Gestaltung des Mitteilungsprozesses (bedeutete) eine Abschwächung der Machtstrukturen des Mythos, so wie wiederum die Geburt der Philosophie in der Athenischen Agora zu einer Infragestellung des mythisch-dichterischen Botschaftsbegriffs (angelia) führte, indem die heteronome Dimension dieses Mitteilungsmodus  die Verkündung der göttlichen Weisheit (sophia) durch die Vorstellung einer autonomen Erkenntnissuche (philosophia), wenn nicht ersetzt, doch zumindest verdrängt wurde. Die Herrschaft des philosophischen logos mit ihren spezifischen Machtstrukturen trat an.      
Die christliche Botschaft bedeutete wiederum eine erneute Verstärkung des heteronomen Mitteilungsmodus, der erst in der Neuzeit auf der Basis der Autonomie der Subjektivität und des von ihr vorgestellten zensurfreien Raums des freien, wissenschaftlichen Mitteilens auf der Basis des gedruckten Wortes in Frage gestellt wurde. Dieser Raum ist heute nicht mehr primär durch das gedruckte Wort, sondern durch die elektronischeVernetzung multimedial gestaltet. Die ihn bestimmenden Machtstrukturen sind vorwiegend wirtschaftlicher Natur. Der Sinn des dichterisch-philosophischen Mitteilens und die neuzeitliche Idee der Denk- und Mitteilungsfreiheit als jeweils unterschiedliche menschen- formende Kräfte scheinen [...] in der rastlosen Informations- zirkulation beinah aufgelöst zu sein." (Capurro 1995, S. 99)
In Wahrheit aber bringt die rastlose Informationszirkulation eine neue Mitteilungs- und Verstehensstruktur hervor. Diese veränderten Strukturen sehe ich als Herausforderung für eine künftige Hermeneutik an, die sich nicht nur als Kunst des Auslegens, sondern ebensosehr als des Verkündens und Dolmetschens im informationstechnologischen Kontext versteht.



MARCEL DETIENNE: LE CIRCLE ET LE LIEN


In: Marcel Detienne and Jean-Pierre Vernant: Les ruses de l'intelligence. La mètis des Grecs (Paris 1974, 263-306.

"Dans le royaume des dieux soumis à l'autorité sereine de Zeus, la mètis est pour ainsi dire la chose la mieux partagé. Non parce qu'elle serait comme un bon sens également accordé à tous les habitants de l'Olympe, mais parce que la répartition des pouvoirs entre les différentes figures du panthéon entraîne inévitablement und certaine dispersion de cette forme d'intelligence. Polymorphe et diverse, la mètis trouve à s'appliquer dans les multiples savoirs dont les dieux sont titulaires. Mais cette dispersion va de pair avec une limitation concertée de la mètis dont chacun peut disposer." (p. 263)

The mètis is well distributed but neither Demeter nor Poseidon, Artemis or even Apollon and Dionysos seem to share it. It looks as if we have to do with different kinds of angeletic power distribution among some gods (and humans). Comparing Hephaistos and Hermes, Detienne writes:

"En regard du feu démiurgique d'Héphaistos, celui d'Hermès semble quelque feu follet. Sans doute est-ce aussi un feu qui cuit la viande et que le héraut a charge d'allumer. Mais ce feu alimentarie, la mètis d'Hermès le fait jaillir du mouvement rapide de deux pièces de bois, elle l'invente dans la nuit, au retour d'une course entre brousse et cultures. Et à sa peine, s'en est-elle servi qu'elle imagine d'en faire disparaître les traces. (Hymne homérique à Hermès, 108-141). C'est un feu mobile, comme Hermès, un feu engendré sexuellement, comme le dieu de Cyllène. Il surgit dans un espace ouvert que traverse une puissance du passage, un dieu insaisissble, roublard et débrouillard, faisant contraste avec le puissant forgeron, planté dans sa forge, à côté  du feu autour duquel il ne se déplace que pesamment, roulant d'un soufflet à l'autre (Il., XVIII 372: helissómenon perí physas). Cet esprit de débrouillardise, qui caractérise Hermès polúmetis, les Grecs disposent pour le définir d'un mot qui conjoint l'idée du feu àa celle du tour de main: purpalámes (Palame, paume ou main, signifie l'habilité , le savoir-faire, la combine, le truc (Alcée, fr. 249, 7 Lobel et Page; 380; 378; Théognis 624; 1018; Hérodote, VIII, 19; Aristophane, Guêpes, 645; Pindare, Olympiques, XIII, 52; etc.). [...]
Né le matin, à midi il joue de la cithare (Hymne hom, Hermès 179, et déjà son intelligence est si vive qu'elle ne peut  être comparée qu'à l'éclair lancé par un régard (ibid. 45). Le soir Hermès a subtilisé le troupeau de son frère, et quand il reviet se glisser furtivement dans les langes abandonées le matin, espérant ainsi détourner l'attention d'Apollon, il est comme une braise ardente de chêne vert recouverte d'une cendre épaisse (237-238. Il y a un Hermès barbouillé de cendre noire, qui accourt du fond de la maison pour effrayer les enfants (Callimaque, Hymne à Artémis, 68-69). Dans le récit des événements qu'Apollon fait gravement devant les dieux assemblés, l'obscurité dans l'antre devient plus épaisse, elle est même si profonde qu'un aigle à l'œil perçant n'aurait rien pu y voir. Mais c'est pour faire ressortir davantage l'éclat  jeté par l'œil d'Hermès, un Hermès qui fait semblant d'être  plongé dans un doux sommeil, alors qu'il est en réalitié aux aguets, tout éveillé (241-242). Quant Ulysse aborde au pays de Phéaciens, il s'endort épuisé sous une épaisse couche de feuilles, protégée par des arbres épais;  enfoui comme le tison sous la cendre, comme la braise qu'au fond de la campagne on cache "afin de conserver la semence du feu, spérma purós, qu'on n'aura plus à s'en aller chercher au loin" (Od., V; 488-490). Mais tandis que dort son protégé, Athéna au regard flamboyant veille sur son sommeil.), et si occupé à combiner et à méditer des ruses qu'il doit souvant, d'un geste de la main, frotter les yeux pour en atténuer le flamboiement et pour en cacher le feu don l'éclat pourrait le découvrir jusques au fond de sa cache obscure (356-361). Comme si ce dieu de la nuit, qui sait mieux que personne cacher en même tempos qu' être caché, ne pouvait être trahi que par le flamboiment de sa propre mètis." (p. 266-267)

Hermes is a master when it comes to bound and rebound with endless or multiple bounds that, when circular, are apeirones. Peras is related to tékmar which means "signe, indice, repère" (p. 272). When the argonautes arrive at the kingdom of Phinée, who had abused of his power "en communiquant aux hommes les plans médités par Zeus" (p. 274), Phinée explains Jason "les peirata de la traversée et le tékmar" that will allow them to navigate though between the rocks and come to the pontos , "le vol d'une colombe de roche lancée devant le navire lui servira de présage."
(p. 274). Peirar is related to bound ("lien") and circle. "Or, il y a, dans la pensée mythique des Grecs, un espace semblable à l'étendu marine, où le sans-limite, l'apeiron, oscille entre les entraves que personne ne peut délier et les chemins au long desquels nul ne peut cheminer." (p. 278), which is the "Tartare" but also a technical object "qui vient matérialiser la notion de lien circulaire: C'est le filet de chasse ou de pêche dont nous avons, dès le départ, reconnu l'importance pour le vocabulaire de la mètis." (p. 280) and which is a key strategie when it comes, for instance, to build a circle around the Persians of Xerxes (periplous and diékplous), "un filet circulaire qui les réduit à l'impuissance" "alliant la perficie du poulpe à la ruse du rénard" (p. 285). It is also the case of Hermes turning back the imprints of the feet of the cows, and he himself takes also the opposite way (empalin au sense inverse), which means in both cases 'la synthèse des contraires" (p. 288): "Apollon le reconnaît devant les dieux: Hermès, est améchanos, insaisissable, indomptable; contre lui tout machination échoue inévitablement." (p. 289)

In sum,

"Sans la complicité fondamentalbe du lien et du cercle, la mètis ne peut pleinement s'exercer. Pour déployer toutes ses ressources, l'intelligence rusée a besoin de l'échange circulaire du lié et du lieur. Mais il y a quelque paradoxe à déceler cette dynamique de la mètis dans les tours qu'un Olympien berné médite pour se venger. Car du jour où la souveraineté de Zeus fut définitivement établie, le jeu de la mètis fut modifié de façon radicale. En avalant la déesse Mètis, qu'il épouse en premières noces, Zeus fait disparaître d'un coup, au profit d'un ordre immuable, cette part imprévisible de désordre qui faisait gronder les révoltes et surgir les conflits entre dieux autrefois. Désormais, plus d'aventures ni de surprises; plus de renversements où le maître des liens se retrouve à son tour enchaîné. Pressé par les autres dieux de répartir entre eux les honneurs et les privilèges, Zeus va leur distribuer des savoir prudemment définis et des pouvoirs soigneusement limités. Les désordres qu'engendrait la puissance de Mètis livrée à elle même sont ainsi exorcisés du monde ordonné des dieux de l'Olympe. [...] Cependant, c'est dans le monde des hommes aux prises avec les affaires humaines  que l'intelligence rusée jouit de tous ses privilèges. Engagée dans le devenir, elle se trouve sans cesse confrontée à des événements inédits, à des situations ambiguës; guettée par l'imprévisible, elle doit être assez vigilante et polymorphe pour renverser ou dévier à son avantage les puissances rusées qui méditent de retourner contre elle ses pièges et ses filets." (p. 292-294)

Plato and Aristotle refer to and reflect on this kind of practical intelligence in different ways:

"La première des ces qualités intellectuelles met en lumière la relation nécessaire entre la mobilité de l'intelligence et sa rapidité d'action: c'est l'agchínoia, la finesse d'esprit, où l'accent est mis sur la vivacié et sur l'acuité. Avoir de l'agchínoia, - Platon l'explique dans le Charmide (160a) - c'est se montrer le plus agile et le plus prompt à débrouiller ses résolutions ou ses idées, qu'il s'agisse de délibérer ou de mener une recherche intellectuelle. De son côté, Aristote souligne que cette forme d'intelligence s'exerce dans un temps "trop court pour être observé", áskeptos (Seconds Analytiques, I, 34, 89 b 10-15): un instant si fugitif qu'il échappe à l'attention du guetteur (skopós), fût-il le plus vigilant; un temps si bref qu'il est comme un cheveu trop court pour être coupé, akarés. A cette intelligence toute en finesse et en agilité, Platon assigne pour domaine la délibération et la recherche intellectuelle. Mais Aristote, sans le contredire, concède à l'agchínoia un champ d'application beaucoup plus vaste, puis qu'il parle de la 'finesse d'esprit' de la sage-femme, sectionnant le cordon ombilical: "Couper le cordon exigee de la sage-femme une certaine réflexion qui ne se trompe pas sur le but à atteindre (ouk astóchou dianoias). Car il faut non seulement que, dans les accouchemetns dificiles, elle soit capable de porter secours à la patiente avec dextérité (euchéreia), amis elle doit aussi être assez vive d'esprit pour parer aux événements (pros ta sumbainonta agchinoun), et pour faire la ligature du cordon au bebé." (Histoire des animaux, VII, 9 587 a 9 sq.)". Le tour de main ne suffit pas, la sage-femme a besoin d'expérience (587 a 22-23)., car selon que l'arrière-faix est expulsé en même temps ou reste à l'intérieur, selon la manière dont l'enfant se présente, les gestes ne seront pas le mêmes: dans un cas, il faudra couper à l'intérieur après avoir lié le cordon; dans un autre, séparer le cordon de l'arrière-faix par un fil de laine et couper au-dessus de la ligature. La formule aristotélicienne d'une intelligence toute tendue vers le mouvement des choses et des actions en cours laisse déjà soupçonner que l'habilité de la sage-femme n'est pas différente de la finesse du politique et que la même intelligence aiguë et pleine de vivacité peut être revendiquée à la fois par un guerrier habile aux stratagèmes et par une puissance de la mer dont la progéniture est vouée à des activités métallurgiques." (p.295-296)

In the Nichomachean Ethics Aristotle calls this practical intelligence phronesis, a theory of prudence that his eager to distinguish from the trivial meaning when "someone use this term to speak about prudent animals"  (EN VI, 13, 1144 a 24-25), which would blur the difference that arises from logos with other aloga zoia.

Eventually, Detienne asks why there has been a long long silence conerning the métis and he gives two reasons. In a Christian perspective the abyss between humans and non-humans becomes more important and was in danger of being blurred even more as it was the case for ancient thinkers. And then it was also "le signe de la Vérité platonicienne, reléguant dans l'ombre tout un plan de l'intelligence avec ses façons propres de comprendre, n'a jamais réellement cessé de hanter la pensée métaphysique de l'Occident?" (p. 306) What happened with the metis in Modernity (Macchiavelli through Nietzsche) and the different kinds of political practical intelligence, (also for modern wars and modern economy,  leading to Wall Street and to algorithms to be applied everywhere. Are apps a new/old kind of metis? Or is this kind of pre-view and calculation the opposite of it in such a way that they are supposed to protect me, like a nanny state, of the dangers of what might come?
Is angeletics inextricable concerned with metis?


MARCEL DETIENNE: THE MASTERS OF TRUTH IN ARCHAIC GREECE
  New York, Zone Books, 1999


Chapter 3: 'The Old Man of the Sea", p. 54

“Pandora is Zeus’s trick: a product of his metis, a ‘sheer impossible deception’. All the metis of the gods combines to make her the most complete form of metis. Hephaestus gives her the ‘likeness of a decorous young girl’; Athena teaches her the skills of the loom and ‘intricate weaving’ which is an instrument of fascination; Aphrodite endows her with Charis and Pothos. The Charites, the Hours and Peitho complete this work of art." (p.178 note 85)

"In Hesiod's Theogony, Nereus administers justice. However, for an entire tradition he embodied a mantis power whose wisdom the Ancients always praised and whose "pronouncements" were carefully preserved and passed on. The occasions on which he was consulted are famous. Nereus was, moreover, at the head of a lineage of oracular deities: his daughter, Eidō, was called, was called Theonoē because "she knew all divine things, the present and the future, a privilege she inherited from her Forebear Nereus." When Glaucus, a member of the same family of sea gods, appeared to the Argonauts, he declared himself to be the prophet of the Old Man of the Sea, the husband of Panteidyia, the All-Knowing One, and an apseudēs interpreter. Nereus-like deities, such as Phorkys, Glaucus, and Pontus, the Halios Gērōn, were all related, or even identified, through their mantic function.
Alētheia occupied a place of great importance in the realm of mantic speech (or prophecy). Evidence shows that the authority of mantic knowledge and pronouncements was derived from a particular concept of the truth. In the Homeric Hymn to Hermes, the ancient deities assigned to Hermes by Apollo are the Bee-Women who go everywhere, making all kinds of things "happen": Endowed with a mantic knowledge, they speak  Alētheia. The oracle of the Ismenion is known as the alēthēs seat of diviners. When Tiresias refers to his knowledge, he speaks of his Alētheia. The nocturnal oracles summoned up by Gaia speak Alēthosunē. Cassandra is Alētheia. Finally, Olympia is "a queen of Alētheia," because there "men of prophecy, consulting Zeus' sacrificial fire, probe his will! God of the white-flashing bolt, what has he to say of the contenders struggling for glory, breathless until they hold it?
[...]
In our scientific civilization, the idea of "truth" immediately summons up notions of objectivity, communicability, and unity. Truth is defined at two levels: conformity with logical principles and conformity with reality. Accordingly, truth is inseparable from concepts of demonstration, verification, and experimentation. Of all our commonsense notions, truth probably above all seems nowadays to have always existed, static as well as relatively simple. However, to undermine such impressions, we only have to recall that experimentation, for example, one of the underpinnings of our conception of what is true, only became mandatory in a society where it had become a traditional technique, that is, after physics and chemistry had already an important place.
We may therefore wonder whether truth, as a mental category, cannot be dissociated from a whole system of thought as well as from material and social life. By contrast, the Indo-Iranian word usually translated as truth, Rta, also means liturgical prayer, the power ensuring the continual return of the dawn, the order established by the cult of the gods, and law - in short, it comprises a collection of meanings that shatters our own image of truth. What seems simple is replaced by complexity, and, moreover, complexity organized quite differently from our own."


WOLFGANG SPEYER: HIMMELSBRIEFE

 

Source: Wolfgang Speyer: Bücherfunde in der Glaubenswerbung der Antike. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1970.

1. TEIL

Bücher vom Himmel

1. Himmelsbriefe und Meteore

Die Vorstellung des Himmelsbriefes scheint überall in der Welt, wo es Schriftkulturen gibt, verbreiten zu sein (1). Wie es aber zur Ausgestaltung dieses Menschheitsgedanken gekommen ist,
was ihn mitverursacht hat, ist bisher wohl noch nicht klar genug erkannt worden (2). Mit den folgenden Bemerkungen knüpfen wir dankbar an eine das Thema zusammenfassende Abhandlung von R. Stübe an.

S. 23

[...]

Im folgenden gebe ich im Anschluß an R. Stübe eine Zusammenstellung der sonst bekannten antiken Nachrichten über Himmelsbriefe.

In Ägypten, dem Land heiliger Schriften, ist öfters von ihnen die Rede. Der Bauplan des Tempels von Edfu soll nördlich von Memphis vom Himmel gefallen sein (1).
Von einer Isisbeschwörung wird im Londoner medizinischen Papyrus, col. 8,8/13: "Diese Schrift wurde in der Nacht gefunden, niedergefallen in der Halle des Tempels in Koptos,
als Geheimnis dieser Göttin, seitens des Vorlesepriesters dieses Tempels" (2). Diodor berichtet 1,87,8 ein Falke habe zu den Priestern in Theben ein Buch mit gottesdienstlichen Ordnungen gebracht (3).
(Der Falke war für die Ägypter nicht nur Götterbote, sondern eine Erscheinungsform des Gottes. Horus wurde als Falke dargestellt (4). Nach Porphyrios, de abstin. 3,5 dienten Falke und Rabe Apoll als Herold.) 

Seit dem 2. Jahrhundert vor Christus sind auch für Griechenland Äußerungen über Himmelsbriefe bezeugt. Pausanias erzählt 10,38,13
von der wunderbaren Heilung des Phalysios, der an einem Augenleiden erkrankt war. Asklepios schickte zu ihm die Dichterin Anyte mit einem versiegelten Schreiben, das der Kranke lesen sollte.
Diesen Auftrag erhielt sie in einem Traum, der sich sogleich bestätigt; denn beim Erwachen fand sie ein gesiegeltes Schreiben in ihren Händen (5).

Fußnoten

1. Vgl. K. Sethe, Imhotep: Untersuchungen zur Geschichte u. Altertumskunde Ägyptens 2 (1902) 108f. - Leipoldt-Morenz 30f. bemerken treffend:
"Wer Ägyptische Verhältnisse kennt, wird in diesem Bauplan [d.i. in der Schrift des 'Imhotep' von der Anlage des Horos-Tempels] ein gottesdienstliches Buch erblicken:
es enthielt gewiß all die Bräuche, die bei der Arbeit beobachtet werden mußten."

2. Mitgeteilt von Leipoldt-Morenz 28; vgl. J.H. Breasted, The Edwin Smith Surgical Papyrus 1 (Chicago 1930) 5.

3.  Diodor 1, 87, [8] τινὲς δέ φασιν ἐν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις χρόνοις ἱέρακα βιβλίον ἐνεγκεῖν εἰς Θήβας τοῖς ἱερεῦσι φοινικῷ ῥάμματι περιειλημένον,
ἔχον γεγραμμένας τὰς τῶν θεῶν θεραπείας τε καὶ τιμάςδιὸ καὶ τοὺς ἱερογραμματεῖς φορεῖν φοινικοῦν ῥάμμα καὶ πτερὸν ἱέρακος ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς.
Das Aition für die liturgische Gewandung ist spätere Zutat und hat mit der ursprünglichen Überlieferung nichts zu tun.

Diodor 1, 87 (Engl. Trans.)
6 And of the sacred birds the ibis is useful as a protector against the snakes, the locusts, and the caterpillars, and the hawk against the scorpions, horned serpents,
and the small animals of noxious bite which cause the greatest destruction of men.
7
 But some maintain that the hawk is honoured because it is used as a bird of omen by the soothsayers in predicting to the  Egyptians events which are to come.
8
 Others, however, say that in primitive times a hawk brought to the priests in Thebes a book wrapped about with a purple band, which contained written directions concerning the worship
of gods and the honours due to them; and it is for this reason, they add, that the sacred scribes wear on their heads a purple band and the wing of a hawk.
9
 The eagle also is honoured by the Thebans because it is believed to be a royal animal and worthy of Zeus.

4. Vgl. H. Bonnet, Reallexikon der ägyptischen Religionsgeschichte (Berlin 1952) 178/80.

 
Literatur:

R. Stübe: Der Himmelsbrief (Tübingen 1918)
- Art. Himmelsbrief: Handwörterbuch d. deutschen Aberglaubens 4 (1931/32) 21/7.

(S. 33-34)

Vgl. Wikipedia: Unas


Belleropontos ta grammata
Βελλεροφόντος τὰ γράμματα

Wikipedia: Bellerophontes

Bellerophontes auf dem Pegasus tötet die Chimära

„Bellerophontusbrief“

Brief mit dem Auftrag, den Überbringer zu töten. Bellerophon (auch Bellerophontes) war ein Enkel des Sisyphos.

Die Frau des Königs Proitos beschuldigte ihn, er habe versucht, sie zu verführen. Der König schickte Bellerophontes darauf zu seinem Schwiegervater Iobates, mit der verschlüsselten Nachricht – vergleiche Σήματα λυγρά –, ihn zu töten. Iobates freundete sich mit ihm an. Nachdem er aber den Brief seines Schwiegersohns gelesen hatte, stellte er Bellerophon schwierigste Aufgaben, in der Hoffnung, dass dieser dabei umkomme. Zunächst befahl er Bellerophon die Chimära zu töten. Bellerophon spürte sie auf und tötete die Chimäre.

Als Nächstes musste Bellerophon gegen das Nachbarvolk der Solymer zu Felde ziehen. Bellerophon besiegte sie ebenso wie danach die Amazonen.

Nachdem all diese Versuche, Bellerophon umkommen zu lassen, fehlgeschlagen waren, glaubte Iobates, Bellerophon sei ein Liebling der Götter, gab ihm seine Tochter zur Frau und schenkte ihm die Hälfte seines Königreichs.

Ähnlich geht die alttestamentliche Geschichte vom Urijasbrief. Urija war einer der 30 Helden des Königs David. Urija befand sich an der Front, als sich David in seine Frau Batseba verliebte. David ließ Urija an die Front schicken und übergab ihm einen Brief an den Feldherrn. Darin ordnete er an, dass Urija während der Schlacht in vorderster Linie eingesetzt werden sollte und die Mitkämpfer sich schlagartig zurückziehen sollten. Urija wurde, wie beabsichtigt, getötet; Batseba wurde Witwe.


Urijasbrief

Wikipedia

Urija (auch: Uria) ist eine biblische Person. Seine Geschichte wird in 2 Sam 11 EU erzählt: Demnach war er ein Hethiter und Söldner im Heer König Davids, der ihn ermorden ließ, nachdem er seine Frau Batseba geschwängert hatte. Die Geschichte bildet den Hintergrund für die scharfe Kritik des Propheten Natan, der David seiner Tat überführt (2 Sam 12 EU).

Etymologie

Der hebräische Name Urija wird im MT אוּרִיָּה ’ûrîjāh geschrieben. Daneben existiert auch die Schreibung אוּרִיָּהוּ ’ûrîjāhû in Jer 26,20 EU, allerdings für eine andere Person. Es handelt sich in beiden Fällen um Satznamen. Das Subjekt (das theophore Element יָה jāh oder יָהוּ jāhû) ist JHWH, das Prädikat gehört zur Wurzel אור ’wr „hell werden / leuchten“, auf die auch die Substantive אוּר ’ûr „Feuer“ und אוֹר ’ôr „Licht“ zurückgehen.[1] Der Name bedeutet „das Licht JHWHs / (mein) Licht (ist) JHWH“.

Biblische Darstellung

Während Urija als einer der 30 Helden an der Front für David kämpfte, sah dieser seine Frau, begehrte sie und schlief mit ihr, so dass sie schwanger wurde. Um seine Vaterschaft zu verbergen, ließ David Urija nach Jerusalem kommen, machte ihn mit Wein betrunken und forderte ihn auf, nach Hause zu gehen, um dort mit Batseba zu schlafen. Doch Urija, ein pflichtbewusster Mann, weigerte sich, in einem Haus die Nacht zu verbringen, während sich die Bundeslade wie auch die Soldaten Israels unter freiem Himmel aufhalten mussten; so verbrachte er die Nacht im Hof seines Hauses.

Am nächsten Morgen schrieb David einen Brief an den Feldherrn der IsraelitenJoab, und gab ihn Urija mit, den er zur Front zurückschickte. In diesem Brief ordnete David an, dass Urija während der Schlacht um die Stadt Rabba in vorderster Linie eingesetzt werden sollte und die Mitkämpfer sich schlagartig zurückziehen sollten. Urija wurde, wie beabsichtigt, getötet. Batseba betrauerte den Tod ihres Ehemannes und wurde nach der Trauerzeit in das Haus Davids geholt. Die Bibel berichtet darüber im 2 Sam 11,1–26 EU.

Durch den Propheten Natan allerdings wurde David damit konfrontiert, dass sein Ehebruch und der Mord an Urija Gott missfiel. Das Kind von David und Batseba starb am siebenten Tag. David und Batseba bekamen einen weiteren Sohn, Salomo, den späteren Nachfolger Davids auf dem israelitischen Thron 2 Sam 12,1–24 EU.

Rezeption

In „Die Bibel – David“ von 1997 verkörpert der Italiener Marco Leonardi Urija, in „König David“ von 1985 der Brite James Lister. In „David und Bathseba“ (1951) wird Urija von dem Iren Kieron Moore dargestellt.

Der Uriasbrief wurde sprichwörtlich für eine Nachricht, die dem Überbringer Unheil bringt.[2]

Literatur

Stefan Seiler: Uria. In: Michaela Bauks, Klaus Koenen, Stefan Alkier (Hrsg.): Das wissenschaftliche Bibellexikon im Internet (WiBiLex), Stuttgart 2006 ff.

Weblinks

Bathsheba

Einzelnachweise

 Wilhelm Gesenius, Hebräisches und Aramäisches Handwörterbuch, 17. Aufl. 1995, S. 18f.

 Cornelia Schlagbauer: Dein Wort in Gottes Ohr, Deutschsprachige Redewendungen und ihr religiöser Ursprung. Leykam, Graz 2006, ISBN 978-3-7011-0062-0; Cornelia Schlagbauer: Uriasbrief in: Religiöse WortSchätze, Projekt der Karl-Franzens-Universität Graz


THUCYDIDES

THE PELOPONNESIAN WAR


Source: http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0199%3Abook%3D7%3Achapter%3D8%3Asection%3D1

 

VII, 8

[1] ὁ δὲ Νικίας αἰσθόμενος τοῦτο καὶ ὁρῶν καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐπιδιδοῦσαν τήν τε τῶν πολεμίων ἰσχὺν καὶ τὴν σφετέραν ἀπορίαν, ἔπεμπε καὶ αὐτὸς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας ἀγγέλλων πολλάκις μὲν καὶ ἄλλοτε καθ᾽ ἕκαστα τῶν γιγνομένων, μάλιστα δὲ καὶ τότε, νομίζων ἐν δεινοῖς τε εἶναι καί, εἰ μὴ ὡς τάχιστα ἢ σφᾶς μεταπέμψουσιν ἢ ἄλλους μὴ ὀλίγους ἀποστελοῦσιν, οὐδεμίαν εἶναι σωτηρίαν.

Nicias perceiving this, and seeing the strength of the enemy and his own difficulties daily increasing, himself also sent to Athens. He had before sent frequent reports of events as they occurred, and felt it especially incumbent upon him to do so now, as he thought that they were in a critical position, and that unless speedily recalled or strongly reinforced from home, they had no hope of safety.

[2] φοβούμενος δὲ μὴ οἱ πεμπόμενοι ἢ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ λέγειν ἀδυνασίαν ἢ καὶ μνήμης ἐλλιπεῖς γιγνόμενοι ἢ τῷ ὄχλῳ πρὸς χάριν τι λέγοντες οὐ τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλωσιν, ἔγραψεν ἐπιστολήν, νομίζων οὕτως ἂν μάλιστα τὴν αὑτοῦ γνώμην μηδὲν ἐν τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ἀφανισθεῖσαν μαθόντας τοὺς Ἀθηναίους βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας.

[2] He feared, however, that the messengers, either through inability to speak, or through failure of memory, or from a wish to please the multitude, might not report the truth, and so though it best to write a letter, to insure that the Athenians should know his own opinion without its being lost in transmission, and be able to decide upon the real facts of the case.

[3] καὶ οἱ μὲν ᾤχοντο φέροντες, οὓς ἀπέστειλε, τὰ γράμματα καὶ ὅσα ἔδει αὐτοὺς εἰπεῖν: ὁ δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὸ στρατόπεδον διὰ φυλακῆς μᾶλλον ἤδη ἔχων ἢ δι᾽ ἑκουσίων κινδύνων ἐπεμέλετο.

[3] His emissaries, accordingly, departed with the letter and the requisite verbal instructions; and he attended to the affairs of the army, making it his aim now to keep on the defensive and to avoid any unnecessary danger.

VII, 10

[1] τοῦ δ᾽ ἐπιγιγνομένου χειμῶνος ἥκοντες ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας οἱ παρὰ τοῦ Νικίου ὅσα τε ἀπὸ γλώσσης εἴρητο αὐτοῖς εἶπον, καὶ εἴ τίς τι ἐπηρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο, καὶ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀπέδοσαν. ὁ δὲ γραμματεὺς ὁ τῆς πόλεως παρελθὼν ἀνέγνω τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις δηλοῦσαν τοιάδε.

The winter ensuing, the persons sent by Nicias, reaching Athens, gave the verbal messages which had been entrusted to them, and answered any questions that were asked them, and delivered the letter. The clerk of the city now came forward and read out to the Athenians the letter, which was as follows:—

VII, 14

[4] ‘τούτων ἐγὼ ἡδίω μὲν ἂν εἶχον ὑμῖν ἕτερα ἐπιστέλλειν, οὐ μέντοι χρησιμώτερά γε, εἰ δεῖ σαφῶς εἰδότας τὰ ἐνθάδε βουλεύσασθαι. καὶ ἅμα τὰς φύσεις ἐπιστάμενος ὑμῶν, βουλομένων μὲν τὰ ἥδιστα ἀκούειν, αἰτιωμένων δὲ ὕστερον, ἤν τι ὑμῖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν μὴ ὁμοῖον ἐκβῇ, ἀσφαλέστερον ἡγησάμην τὸ ἀληθὲς δηλῶσαι.

I might, it is true, have written to you something different and more agreeable than this, but nothing certainly more useful, if it is desirable for you to know the real state of things here before taking your measures. Besides I know that it is your nature to love to be told the best side of things, and then to blame the teller if the expectations which he has raised in your minds are not answered by the result; and I therefore thought it safest to declare to you the truth.


 

     

Copyright © 2018 by Rafael Capurro, all rights reserved. This text may be used and shared in accordance with the fair-use provisions of U.S. and international copyright law, and it may be archived and redistributed in electronic form, provided that the author is notified and no fee is charged for access. Archiving, redistribution, or republication of this text on other terms, in any medium, requires the consent of the author.
 

 
Back to Digital Library 
 
Homepage Research Activities
Publications Teaching Interviews